pte mete
paca Te

duet?
a
of

Nhe
tne
aot

g ~ ev ke To" Sleateen Saft oe
peer acres sot fuigteete oe Sey on
, = eh se Sa Park eta

SerucprK MAC CEN

Terre

byl
; Sisiencatee
~ pAsteky> - ix
. hy patie

DAs Bho He porta bie en
oe

“4 i4iysties
ae
oe
ares,
gig eee er
P ahated

ANNALS

OF THE

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

Vor xt.

“ D VW
LIBRA!

a

IQIQ—1922

Wiese tLOMILAN DY: “2yitor

PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHORITY OF THE

BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTE
MARCH, 1922

\

~

Pe

PRESS OF
THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
: LANCASTER, PA.

PAGES
IME DACS. dS US Sarin nanan e CE Re ae eRe Ret eioo cue An antl Ene i-il
“Ral Sc@le. (Coops ohice nae mera ete ae Pees cote RGR ODIO c a de Umno a a Aa ili
LEASE Gule. 122 Ek etm AR Rh ME hy ty Bey PEP Gra Val lv one gd Vv
ILS e Gat Tate obeknotobed Reb. q 2 ete clon res. Glee OOOO caimere Doane nice rcnenee vi
List of Genera, Species, and Varieties New to Science .......... vii-ix
orate et: Comme ema cach go cic ci ostole i recots here tei g a mea seem nianw areola x
EcatOrial NOLES amen alia aise Sictensvoserolnnseralel lo Gs ed ae As Ie 1-4; 233-230
I. Saltatorial Orthoptera from South America and the Isle of
PneSean, bya eAWirenCe SD GUNEKE ct aetrd ecu d hie on eee estos 5-91
II. Orthoptera from Africa, Being a Report on Some Salta-
toria Mainly from Cameroon Contained in the Carnegie
Museum: “By Wawrence "Bruner (.cc\c0 o2..2 soe sis niece vs Q2-142
III. Diplomystus goodi Eastman. By W. J. Holland ......... 143-144
IV. Morphological Features of Certain Mussel-shells Found in
Lake Erie, Compared with those of the Corresponding
Species Found in the Drainage of the Upper Ohio. By
Norman VicDowell@Grienec seca ccs oaciat oer ioe ere ei 145-182
V. Some Features of the Geology of Northeastern Brazil. By
Geraldo miami ee ity Oe xcs c's crevare. elo ction, tices a,c8cyeusie = 183-223

Appendix on Fossil Mammalia Collected by Gerald A. War-
ing at Pedra Vermelha, Bahia, Brazil. By W. J. Hol-
TART OY Gk ai Scheme eth ACRE reeset cioreehar olelithe Hie AV Reed SiON ICA Ree RECITES 224-232
VI. A Review of the Fishes of the Family Mugilidze Found in
the Waters of Formosa. By Masamitsu Oshima, Ph.D. . 249-259
VII. A Review of the Fishes of the Family Centriscide Found
in the Waters of Formosa. By Masamitsu Oshima,

12) Dae ie hen enh Ne Rc Red Re EO AS RAE SOR ME LA 260-264

VIII. Notes on Some Species of Chalcidoidea in the Carnegie -
NISeuiMs a Saye UIC Ol Wall) © oicsnse cays sald aie bpeeleices oe aidtare.es 265-268
IX. The Genus Dicysta Champion. By Carl J. Drake ........ 269-273

X. An Annotated List of Fossil Plants of the Dakota Forma-
tion (Cretaceous) in the Collections of the Carnegie Mu-
seum, including Descriptions of Three New Species. By
185, INS L5 GRRECS ON 24 VE] Dik a Raaeaa eee tnPes n R oo 274-332

lil

iv TABLE OF CONTENTS.

XI. A Comparative Study of some Subfossil Remains of Birds
from Bermuda, Including the “Cahow”. By R. W.

S] hob) (0 (ll rer AAI navn iia maaan sso 0c 333-418
XII. The “ Vigilant” Fire-engine. By W. J. Holland ........ 419-422
XIII. Some Notes on Spheriide with Description of New Spe-

cies. By Victor Sterki 32 5..05- SET AT He pCR oe, 423-4390
XIV. Studies in the Genus Lactuca in Western Pennsylvania. By

QO) E.- Jennings...) tapemewnncsn teenie eco Rir ce 440-447

i byt => Gt eee ra hms rite ae oat Sa hah UE, 448

_

ITT,

IV & V.
VI.

VAT.

VAT:

IX.

re

XI-XIT.
XIII.

XIV-XV.
XVI-XXXI.

XXXII.
XXXIITI.

LISPOr-PEARES:

. Diplomystus goodi Eastman.
Tate

Map illustrating sources of material discussed by N. M.
Grier in “ Morphological Features of Mussel-Shells.”
Map giving localities mentioned by N. M. Grier in “ Mor-
phological Features of Mussel-Shells.”

Maps of parts of northeastern Brazil.

Kiger
with tableland probably capped by quartzite in the dis-

Pegmatite dikes near Periquitos, Parahyba, Brazil,

tance.
Fig. 2. Pegmatite dikes near Jardim de Seridé, Rio Grande
do Norte; granite hills in the distance.
Fig. 1. Granite in the gorge of Rio Acauan at the Gargal-
heira dam site, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil.
Fig. 2. Granite hills near Pati, Rio Grande do Norte.
Fig. 1. Mica-schist at the dam site on Rio Salgado near
Lavras, Ceara, Brazil.
Fig, Cretaceous sandstone of Serra Grande near Ipu,
Ceara, overlying the plain of crystalline rocks.

2

Fig. 1. Fluted and pitted granite hills near Quixada, Ceara,
Brazil.
Fig. 2. Basin in granite gneiss traversed by dikes, at Cal-

deirao Grande, Bahia.

Fig. 1. Limestone crags near Acarape, Ceara, Brazil.

Fig. 2. Limestone pillar, “ Frade,” near Acarape, Ceara.

New Species of Formosan Mugilide.

Chelon crenilabis Forskal; Centriscus scutatus (Linneus) ;
Centriscus capito Oshima.

New Species of Fossil Plants from the Dakota.

Plates illustrating Dr. Shufeldt’s article on Subfossil Re-
mains of Birds from Bermuda.

The “ Vigilant” Fire-engine.

Figures illustrating article by O. E. Jennings on the genus
Lactuca,

Fig.
Fig.

lig.

Fig.

Fig.

iN)

LIST OF PIGURES TN. hei:

(Article by Gerald A. Waring.) PAGES.

Index Map of South America, showing location of region of
Northeastern Brazil under ‘discussion... :/....\. «2. <0 184

Sketch Map, showing the geology in the vicinity of crystal-
line limestone: near Accarape;) Ceara,’ Brazile). 2.22%. ... es 213

a. Section showing alternation of quartz and limestone in a
boulder at “Frade” near Acarape, Ceara, Brazil; b. Sec-
tion showing alternation of quartz and limestone in rail-
way-cut S. E. of Itapahy Station near Acarape, Ceara,

133 G2 At EMRE D Coesrscucinl oiGas OO ORNS GG STO LARS BSS 214

Fragment of tooth’of,,Proboscideank sac. a4. ose eee 230
(Article by Carl J. Drake.)

Dieysta jollandi: Drakeeemiacisccin came nl clacte costes) sect hoteles 271

vi

GENERA SPPCINS, AND VARIERIES NEW TO
SCIENCE DESCRIBED OR FIGURED
IN THIS VOLUME.

PLANTZ (Viventes).

PAGES
EQCiiGGespicaia Var. Cured, Var MOV, JENNINGS... .cace0 a+ cess ese 440
Lactuca spicata var. aurea, forma integrifolia Jennings.............. 443
Lactuca canadensis var. spinulosa var. nov. Jennings................ 444

PLANT (Fossiles).
Platanus cissiiifola sp. nov. Gress (Platanacez).............0-0565. 310
Frotophyllum ovatum sp. nov. Gress (Sterculiacee)................ 317
Protophyllum viburnifolium sp. nov. Gress (Sterculiacee)........... 318
MAMMALIA (Fossilia).
Mastodon waringi sp. nov. Holland .............. CRN Oe ere ete 229
AVES (Subfossiles).
Puffinus mcgalli sp. nov. Shufeldt............ IBeriiitdalaern neice sae 354
Puffinus parvus sp, nov. Shufeldt............. Bermudas 2.222. 350
4istrelata vociferans sp. nov. Shufeldt........ Berinttdaam ace casters 365
PISCES (Viventes).
Family Muci.ip.
Mugil anpinensis sp. nov. Oshimacan. ss: Ho niinOSasemaetrre ate 245
Liza formos@ sp. nov. Oshimacn asl. soee ne Hormosa. asec stole 251
Liza parva sp. nov. Oehiimia tyke se eae aniae Hormosaden os see occ 253
Liza pescadorensis sp. nov. Oshima........... MOLiMoSa vate eee 254
Family CENTRISCID.
Centriscus capito sp. nov. Oshima... ccveceacn« Horimosaecccicsc asses 263
PISCES (Fossiles).
Diplomystus goodi Eastman (Plate I)........ Benito, Spanish Guinea 143

vii

Vill GENERA, SPECIES, AND VARIETIES NEw TO SCIENCE.

INSECTS.
HEMIPTERA.

PAGE
Dicysta hollandi sp. nov. Drake.............. Chapada, Brazil soe eels
Dicysta braziliensis sp. nov. Drake........... Santarem, Brazil-< 2.90 272
Deysta snuthi sp. nov. Drake... .2...0.22- o. 24 Chapada, Brazil ..aes 273

ORTHOPTERA,
Family TErTricip®.
Platytetttx arcuatus sp. nov. Bruner.......... French'-Guianae. a. see; 8
Rytinatettix affinis sp. nov. Bruner........... Argentina eee n ee oe 12
Tettigidea glabrata sp. nov. Bruner........... French “Giuianaseeee. 12
Tettigidea steinbachi sp. nov. Bruner.......... Bolivian tases eee 14
Scaria boliviana sp. nov. Bruner............. Boliviasceae cane eee 15
Hippodes hopet sp. nov. Bruner.............. Camleroonk Wee escerieee 93
Family EUMASTACID®.
Paramastax pictifrons sp. nov. Bruner...... PENS OLIVIDS earerrcgee tres eens 19
Family CyrTACANTHRACRIDZ.

Ophthalmolampis geniculapicta sp.nov. Bruner Bolivia................ 39
Trybliophorus modestus sp. nov. Bruner...... Bolivia® ye. cen 4I
Leptysmina minor sp. nov. Bruner............ French “Guiana... 45
Opsomala intermedia sp. nov. Bruner......... French (Guianac. s36 46
Stenacris forficulata sp. nov. Bruner.......... Bolivaa:..ass scence 49
Stenacris cayennensis sp. nov.. Bruner......... French “GuianaJjone see 50
Stenacris megacephala sp. nov. Bruner........ French Gianass.. 2.52 52
Tucayaca aquatica Bruner gen. & sp. nov...... Boliviasesnvaoe oc oe 53
Tucayana normalis sp. nov. Bruner........... French Gttiana.>:. ss: 54
Oxyblepta minor sp. nov. Bruner............. Bioliviar.).,7sucavncr acon 52
Hlenia surinama sp. nov. Bruner............. French ‘Guiana. ..... 2. 59
Henia testacea Sp. nov. Bruner... 2:22 occ. Boliviaccrrchosson coe 50
Henia steinbachi sp. nov. Bruner........... A SOLVIT as .15 cc eee ane 50
Cornops pelagicum sp. nov. Bruner........... French Gutanae.... 25). 61
Tetratema australis sp. nov. Bruner.......... BO Lwidic- ceed nee oes 62
Copiocera formosa sp. nov. Bruner........... French: Guiana......:. 66
Copiocera boliviana sp. nov. Bruner.......... Bolivia. danke. aan ote 67
Zosperamerus vittatus sp. nov. Bruner........ Bolivian )tcan. en. aaa 69
Adelotettix ceruleipennis Sp. nov. Bruner one French Gtianas<ac.ese 70

Bucephalacris boliviana sp. nov. Bruner

GENERA, SPECIES, AND VARIETIES NEW TO SCIENCE. 1X

PAGE
Pheoparia boliviana sp. nov. Bruner......... Bolivia care sera sate sae o's 74
Eusitalces vulneratus sp. nov. Bruner........ Boliviateprsc meet eco! 79
Schistocerca flavolineata sp. nov. Bruner..... Bolividervecwor cess cis 81
Faradichroplus sanguineus sp. nov. Bruner....Bolivia................ 86
Rhytidichrota boliviana sp. nov. Bruner...... Bolivian esc care rere)
Cyphocerastis hopei sp. nov. Bruner.......... IBERIA oo) ob oer on coe 110
Cyphocerastis picturata sp. nov. Bruner....... Wolodorteweratia. see 109
Pteropera uniformis sp. nov. Bruner......... Batam caeeraa seston es 112
Catantops uniformis sp. nov. Bruner.......... Bahan cale sce cttaves crcl ores 113
Stenocrobylus catantopoides sp. nov. Bruner..Batanga............... 116
Family XIPHIDIIDA.
Xiphidion neglectum sp. nov. Bruner......... Batanoae es sce 123
Family Mecopopip,

Ehime een-novs Brunet ii. ste. sae des osu cele Gongors (avs sees 127
Eluma amplipenmis sp. nov. Bruner........... @ongors ies, feecaietie cas 127
Family PHANEROPTERID®.

Eurycorypha zebrata sp. nov. Bruner......... Rolodonti ease nae 135
HYMENOPTERA.

CHALCIDOIDEA,
Pentasmicra brasiliensis Ashmead..... Tg Vi) Spit CCl la, Peeneteediancts hash esa sineete 265
Xanthosmicra trinidadensis Ashmead..Type fixed.................... 268
Xanthosmicra brasiliensis Ashmead...Type fixed.................05.. 268
Leucospis enderleini Ashmead........ alnyipe MIE! Wertacecss wmeehoe ee 268
MOLLUSCA.

Dr. Victor Sterki describes the following new species and varieties of
Pisidium: deflexum, Maine, p. 429; compressum var. mutatum, Maine, p.
430; decisum, Maine, p. 430; paradoxum, Maine, p. 431; griscolum, Maine,
P. 432; limpidum, Montana, p. 433; apiculatum, North Dakota, p. 433; no-
tophthalmi, Washington, p. 434; orcasense, Washington, p. 435; progna-
thum, British Columbia, p. 436; pilula, British Columbia, p. 437. He also
describes Spherium declive, North Dakota, p. 438.

ERRATA AND CORRIGENDA.

. 39. Tenth and eleventh lines from top, and p. 40, twentieth line from
top, for “ Opthalmolampis” read Ophthalmolampis.

P. 84. Thirteenth line from bottom, for “ Goglio-Tos” read Giglio-Tos.

P. 140. Second line from bottom, and p. 141, third line from top, for
“ Home@ogryllus” read Homeogryllus.

P. 142. For “ Euscyrtus” read Euscirtus.

P. 151. Third line from top, and p. 175, second and fourth lines from bot-

tom, for “Fusconaja” read Fusconaia.

ac)

ANNALS

OF THE

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

VOLUME, XIII, -NOS. 1-2:

EDITORIAL NOTES.

In the present issue of the ANNALS there appear a few of the papers,
which have been in the hands of the Editor for a considerable time,
their publication having been unfortunately delayed for reasons
already explained in the last volume and in the Report of the Director
for the fiscal year extending from 1918-1919. We are happy in
believing that the circumstances which brought about the delay in
publishing these and other papers are not likely to arise again.

THE death of Mr. Andrew Carnegie, which occurred on August 11th,
1919, at his summer home, Shadowbrook, Lenox, Massachusetts,
removed the gracious presence of the Founder of the Museum, and
inflicted an irreparable loss, for which his munificent provision through
the Carnegie Corporation of New York to maintain the work he had
begun, cannot atone. We shall miss his words of cheer and encourage-
ment and the evidences of his appreciation unfailingly bestowed
upon this department of the Institute, one of the very earliest of his
great public foundations. Elsewhere in this volume the Editor, who
for more than forty-five years enjoyed the close friendship of Mr.
Carnegie, endeavors briefly to record some of his memories, especially
those relating to the founding of the Museum and its subsequent work.

1

bo

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

THE first Memoir to be included in Volume VIII of the Memoirs
of the Carnegie Museum was issued in December, 1919. It is the
final part of Dr. Arnold E. Ortmann’s Monograph upon the Naiades
of Pennsylvania.

The preparation of this work may be said to have been undertaken
at ‘‘the eleventh hour.’’ The great river-system of the Ohio arising
in western Pennsylvania, western New York, and West Virginia, at
the time of the first occupation of the region by the whites was rich
in mollusca. In the process of time, with the great increase in popu-
lation, which has occurred, and the huge development of industrial
enterprises, which has taken place along the streams, these have become
more or less polluted. The flow into the rivers of water strongly
charged with sulphuric acid from the mines, the injection of waste
from various manufactories, the disposal of sewage by drainage it
into the streams, have gradually led to such contamination that the
fluvial fauna has become practically extinct over wide reaches of
the rivers, especially below the metropolitan area of Pittsburgh.
Where even only twenty years ago representatives of various speg¢ies
of mussel-shells were still comparatively abundant they have now
ceased to exist. The shores of Neville Island below the city in the
last decade of the nineteenth century possessed a very extensive
molluscan population, which is now dead and gone, as completely
extinct as the Indians, who once lived there, and derived part of their
sustenance from the beds of shell-fish, which were found along the
river. Fortunately the Carnegie Museum _ possesses several col-
lections made many years ago in the region, and the indefatigable
industry of Dr. Ortmann has supplemented these by great quantities
of specimens, which he has himself gathered, or secured through the
codperation of others whom he has filled with his own enthusiasm.
He thus possessed as the basis of his labors material such as exists in
no other museum in the world, and his work will always remain a
monument not only to his learning but to his scientific energy. Alas!
it is in the main a record of that which is past. The rich fauna which
once filled the streams is practically extinct, except as represented here
and there by remnants. The student of future years will find the
only memorial of this great assemblage of species in the cabinets of
the Carnegie Museum.

From South America during the past ten months we have received

EDITORIAL. 3

important collections of birds made among the Andes of Colombia,
and on the lower waters of the Amazons. A large collection from
Bolivia has also been received. The collection of birds in the Carnegie
Museum is now quite the largest in the state of Pennsylvania, and
in exceptionally fine condition. Our assemblage of the species found
in the Neotropical Region is growing apace, and we hope before many
years have passed to be able to claim the possession in our cabinets
of representatives of all the species known to exist in the Western
Hemisphere. We shall be satisfied with nothing less.

THE library of the Museum has recently been enriched by a number
of important and classic works upon ornithology, which heretofore
have been lacking, but which were needed for reference. Our as-
semblage of works upon ornithology, including those in the private
library of the Director, deposited in the Museum, is rapidly becoming
one of the most extensive upon the continent.

SINCE the last issue of the ANNALS was sent to the press the Museum
has been visited by many distinguished men of science and men of
affairs. Our most notable recent visitors were the King of the
Belgians, his Queen, and their son, the Crown Prince, who were
accompanied by their party, among these His Excellency, Baron E.
De Cartier, the Belgian Ambassador to the United States, and His
Excellency, Mr. Brand Whitlock, the American Ambassador to
Belgium. Their visit occurred on Thursday, October 23, 1919.

It was the privilege of the Director of the Museum, acting in his
capacity as Chairman of the Standing Committee on Honorary De-
grees of the University of Pittsburgh, to present His Majesty for the
Honorary Degree of Doctor of Laws, which was conferred upon him
by the Chancellor at 10 a.m. in the Soldiers and Sailors Memorial
Hall, in the presence of an immense audience. After this ceremony
had been completed, the party repaired to the main building of the
Carnegie Institute, where they were welcomed by the President and
Members of the Board of Trustees. The Director had the pleasure
of giving them a necessarily somewhat hasty view of some of the
treasures of the Museum, after which they repaired to his office,
where they were presented to a number of persons, whom they had

4 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

expressed a desire to meet because of the services they had rendered
to the cause of suffering Belgium. Several of these friends received
at the hands of the King and the Queen souvenirs of their visit in
the form of decorations. It may be proper to mention that the office
of the Director is at least for the time being the Belgian Consulate in
Pittsburgh, the Director for some time past having consented as an
act of friendship to attend to Belgian affairs in the western half of
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

I. SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTH AMERICA
AND SHE ISLE ORS PINES.

By LAWRENCE BRUNER.

INTRODUCTORY.

The following pages relate to a rather considerable number of
saltatorial Orthoptera collected for the Carnegie Museum in Argentina
and Bolivia by Mr. José Steinbach, and in French Guiana and the
State of Para, Brazil, by Mr. S. M. Klages. A few species from the
Isle of Pines, collected by the late Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., and his asso-
ciates, are included in the report. The latter were obtained some
years ago, but the collections made by Mr. Steinbach, and those
made by Mr. Klages, have come into the possession of the Museum
in quite recent years. The writer in the spring of 1919 was prepared
to submit a report upon those parts of this assemblage of insects which
had at that time come into his hands, but the receipt of later col-
lections made in the remote interior of French Guiana and about Para
by Mr. Klages, seemed to make it preferable to withhold this report,
until the more recently acquired material could be studied and the
results of such investigation incorporated with what had already
been written. This was a fortunate decision, as the material alluded
to, which was received by the Museum in the summer of 1919, proved
to be rather interesting, and to contain a number of apparently
undescribed forms. Every sending of insects from the little-visited
parts of tropical America reveals the fact that our knowledge of the
fauna is not yet complete. In the papers upon the Orthoptera of
the American tropics, which the writer has presented in the pages
of the ANNALS of the Carnegie Museum, including the present report,
there have been described over two hundred and sixty (264) species
new to science. The types of these species are of course all preserved
in the Museum in Pittsburgh, where they may be consulted by future
students of the order.

In this, as in former papers by the writer issued by the Carnegie
Museum, synoptic keys of the species in a given genus have been

5

6 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

frequently given, and occasionally keys to the genera themselves have
been supplied.

Order SALTATORIA.
Part 1 Suborder WOCUSTOIDEA:

LocusTS OR SHORT-HORNED GRASSHOPPERS.

The insects, which are included in this suborder of the Saltatorial
Orthoptera, are very numerous and widely scattered over the surface
of the earth, wherever there is sufficient vegetation to afford them
sustenance and where they may find security against some of their
host of enemies. Of course, as might be expected, the species and
individuals are most abundant in warmer and more humid regions.
Nevertheless comparatively numerous representatives of the group are
to be met with in hot, arid regions, as well as in cooler countries
towards the poles.

In the introductions to the sections dealing with families, contained
in former papers on these insects, I have written somewhat extensively
upon their life-histories, food-habits, and distribution. I will not
here repeat what already has been said upon these subjects.

In the present paper over thirty supposedly new forms are charac-
terized. We may readily infer, that, when the entire South American
continent shall have been thoroughly explored, and its orthopterous
fauna collected and studied, there will be still many more species of
these insects discovered and made known to science.

Family TETRIGIDZ: (Acrydiide).

The present collection contains a number of ‘‘grouse-locusts’’
several of which appear to be undescribed. Undoubtedly considerable
additions remain to be made to our present knowledge of these inter-
esting little insects, so far as South American forms are concerned.
In 1910 the present author published in the ANNALS (VII, pp. 89-143)
a special paper on these insects based on a quite extensive collection
belonging to the Carnegie Museum. While that paper was not
intended to be a regular synopsis or monograph of the group under
consideration so far as South American forms are concerned, it was
nevertheless a rather full review. Since that time both the writer
and several others have added to that which was known about them

for the region.

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 7

Without here attempting to give additional notes on their haunts,
distribution, habits, etc., I may refer the student of the group to my
former paper for hints as to these matters.

Genus Cortys Bolivar.
Cotys BoLivaR, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, pp. 186, 194, 247 (1887); HANcocK,
Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth., Acrid. Tetr., pp. 30, 35 (1906).

The genus Cotys belongs solely to the American hemisphere and
contains but a single representative.

1. Cotys antennatus Bolivar.
Cotys antennatus BOLIVAR, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, pp. 186, 247, No. 1 (1887);
_HAncock, l. ¢., p. 35, No. 1, pl. 4, fig. 34 (1906). ;
This species is represented by two specimens, male and female.
They come from the Rio Japacani in eastern Bolivia, where they were
taken by J. Steinbach in February, 1915. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

Genus AMORPHOPUS Serville.

Amorphopus SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 756 (1839); Borivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
xxxi, pp. 186, 194, 250 (1887); HaANcock, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth., Acrid.
Tetr., pp. 31, 36 (1906).

The genus Amorphopus is made up of several species of tropical
American grouse-locusts, which rather closely resemble each other.
They are to be met with either on rocks in or at the margins of streams,
or on the trunks of trees and on rocks in damp, shady situations,
where mosses and lichens abound.

2. Amorphopus notabilis Serville.
Amorphopus notabilis SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 757, No. 1, pl. 13, fig. 5 (1839);
BOLIvAR, l. c., pp. 186, 250, 252, No. 5, pl. 5, figs. 20, 20a—b (1887); HANCOCK,
l. c., p. 37, No. 1, pl. 4, fig. 38 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, pp.
90, 97 (1910).
Only a single female specimen of this species is at hand. It comes
from eastern Bolivia, where it was captured in February by J. Stein-
baches@* WM. Acc. No. 5573.

Genus Eomorpuopus Hancock.
Eomorphopus HANcocK, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth., Acrid. Tetr., pp. 31, 37 (1906);
BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, pp. 90, 98 (1910).
The representatives of this genus belong to the South American
tropics. They may be separated from those of the preceding genus

8 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

by their less flattened or depressed bodies and the non-clypeate

anterior femora.

3. Eomorphopus granulatus Hancock.

Eomorphopus granulatus HANCOCK, l. c., p. 38, no. 2, pl. 4, figs. 35, 35a (1906);

BRUNER, lI. ¢., p. 98 (1910).

The following listed material is at hand: 1 o, 4 Q 9, Benevides,
Para, Brazil, October 1918 (S. M. Klages), Acc. No. 6174; 1 @,
Oucatopi Island, June, 1918, Acc. No. 6178; 1 9, Cayenne, Acc.
No. 5897; 1 9, Mana River, French Guiana, May, 1917, Acc. No.
6008.

Genus PLATYTETTIX Hancock.

Platytettix HANcock, Ent. News, XVII, 1906, 88; Gen. Ins., Fase. 48, Orth. Acrid.
Tetr., 1906, 39; BRUNER, Ann. Car. Mus., VII, ro1t, 99.

4. Platytettix arcuatus sp. nov.

Having the same general appearance as the remainder of the repre-
sentatives of the genus Platytettix, but a little smaller than either
gibbinotus or uniformis, which were characterized in a former number
of the ANNALS (Vol. VII, pp. 99-100, I910). In the synoptic table
for the separation of the known species of the genus the present form
falls between the two here referred to. If we include this species,
the key should be modified as follows:

KEY TO THE SPEUIES OF PLATYTETTIX.

A. Pronotum strongly reticulate and gibbous.
b. Larger (8 to 9 mm. in length).
c. Apex of the anterior edge of the posterior lateral lobes of the pro-
notum greatly produced and acuminate... . .reticulatus Hancock.
cc. Apex of the posterior lateral lobes but little produced.
gibbinotus Bruner.
bb. Smaller (6.5-7 mm. in length). The posterior lateral lobes but little

produced, nevertheless still angulate............... arcuatus sp. nov.
AA. Pronotum comparatively smooth. The posterior angles of the lateral lobes
roundly angulate (7 mm.) «2 Hane ocean eee uniformis Bruner.

As seen by an examination of the above key, arcuatus has the pro-
notum moderately gibbous, but is smaller than the others. The pro-
notum is rather greatly elevated on its anterior half and evenly
arcuate and ascending from the front edge to the point of its greatest

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 9

height, where it suddenly and a little obliquely drops to a level with
the anterior edge. The lower apical half of the disc of the pronotum
is nearly flat, and provided with several oblique carine, which extend
from the well-marked nearly equal and smooth median carina to the
lateral edges. The anterior margin at middle straight, the apex is
sharply acuminate and extends little, if any, beyond the apex of the
valves of the ovipositor. The gibbosities are chiefly confined to the
lateral lobes anteriorly and below the lateral carine. The lobes of
the carine of the anterior and middle femora are less well-defined
than in reticulatus, especially is this true with reference to the superior
ones. Front, frontal costa, and vertex about normal for the
genus.

General color dark brunneo-fuscous, varied with pale testaceous and
dull cinereous. Anterior and middle tibie fasciate, the apical portion
of the tarsi infuscated. Hind femora with their apical half and the
tibie largely testaceous, marmorate with browns. Apica' depressed
portion of the disc of the pronotum pale testaceous Apical four or
five joints of the antenne pallid, the middle ones infuscated, while
those at the base are more or less varied with testaceous. Dorsal
carina of the pronotum alternately pallid and fuscous.

Length of body, 9, 6.5 mm.; of pronotum, 6 mm.; of hind femora,
4 mm.

Habitat: The only specimen at hand, the type, bears the label
‘Pied Saut, Oyapok River, French Guiana, S. M. Klages, C. M.
Acc. No. 6111.”’ It was taken in November, 1917.

Genus Crimisus Bolivar.

Crimisus BOLIvAR, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 246 (1887); Hancock, Gen. Ins.,
Fasc. 48, Orth. Acrid. Tetr., pp. 31, 40 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus.,
VII, pp. 91, 103 (1910).

The only representative of the genus at hand is a single specimen
of the following species.

5. Crimisus patruus Bolivar.
Crimisus patruus BOLIVAR, l. c., p. 247 (1887); HANCOCK, l. c., p. 40 (1906); BRUNER,
l. c., Pp. 103, 104 (1910).
1 o', Rio Japacani, eastern Bolivia, Feb., 1915, J. Steinbach, col-
lector, sGaMe Aces, No..5573

10 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus OTUMBA Morse.

Otumba Morse, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 5, 7 (1900); Hancock, Tett.
N. Amer., pp. 34, 50 (1902); IB., Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth. Acrid. Tetr., pp. 32,
43 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, pp, 91, II0 (1910).

A strictly tropical American genus containing several rather common

species.
6. Otumba lobata Hancock.
Otumba lobata HANCOCK, l. c., 2nd reference, pp. 44, 45, no. 4 (1906); BRUNER, lL. ¢.,

pp. II0, 111 (1910).

This grouse-locust is represented in the material now being reported
upon by the following specimens: I o’, 2 9 2, Mana River, May,
1917, C. M. Acc. No. 6008; 1 @, Pied Saut, Oyapok River, French
Guiana, Dec., 1917, S. M. Klages, collector, C. M. Acc. No. 6111.

Genus ALLOTETTIX Hancock.

Allotettix HANCOCK, Ent. News, x, p. 276 (1899); Is., Tettig. N. Amer., pp. 126,
127 (1902); Is., Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth. Acrid. Tetr., pp. 48 (1906); BRUNER,
Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, p. 114 (1910). .
Allotettix is another of our tropical American genera of grouse-

locusts. Its representatives are all extremely slender insects with

greatly lengthened wings and pronotal shield. Eight species have
been recognized and characterized. At least three of these are found
among the material now being examined.

7. Allotettix chipmani Bruner.

Allotettix chipmanit BRUNER, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIV, p. 146 (1906); IB.,
Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, pp. 115, 116 (1910); Hancock, Gen. Ins., Fasc,
48, Orth. Acrid. Tetr., p. 48 (1906).

There are quite a number of specimens of both sexes of this insect
before me as I write. They come chiefly from the Mana River in
French Guiana and were taken during the months of May and June,
1917. C. M. Acc. No. 6008. Three other specimens are also at
hand, which are referred to this species, one male and two females,
from the Oucatopi Island, where they were taken in June, 1918, by
S. M. Klages. C. M. Acc. No. 6178.

8. Allotettix peruvianus (Bolivar).

Paratetlix peruvianus BOLIVAR, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, p. 272 (1887).
Allotettix peruvianus Hancock, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth. Acrid. Tetr., p. 48,
fig. 18 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, pp. 115, 116 (1910).

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. alas

Specimens of both sexes of a rather slender rugose-granulose grouse-
locust coming from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, are referred to
Bolivar’s Paratettix peruvianus. They were taken at the same time
and locality as the following insect, which has been determined as
Allotettix chapadensis described by me (see ANNALS Car. Mus., VII,
p. 117). The present lot was taken by J. Steinbach. C. M. Acc.
No. 5573.

g. Allotettix chapadensis Bruner.
Allotettix chapadensis BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, pp. I15, 117 (1910).

All the specimens in the present collection, which are referred to
this species, come from the Province del Sara, Bolivia. They were
taken by J. Steinbach in October and December, and were found at
an elevation of about 350 meters above sea-level. Both sexes are
represented. C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

10. Allotettix sp.?

In addition to the three species of Allotettix recorded above there
is a single male of what seemis to be a fourth species at hand. It was
taken at Las Juntas, in the Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, at an
elevation of 250 meters above sea-level, in December, 1913, by J.
Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No. 5060.

It is not as rugulose as is usually the case in representatives of the
genus, but is instead remarkably coarsely granulose, and has the
median carina of the pronotum quite prominent and of nearly equal
height throughout. The vertex is also. a little more advanced in
front than is usual in representatives of this genus. I refrain, in
view of the paucity of the material, from giving it a specific name.

Genus RYTINATETTIX Hancock.
Rytinatettic HANCOCK, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, p. 418 (1908); REHN, Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc., XLIII, p.°343.

As shown by Mr. Jas. A. G. Rehn (J. c.) Hancock created the genus
Rytinatettix for the reception of the Prototettix fossulatus of Bolivar
and the Tetrix lobulata of Stal, as well as the Paratettix borellii of
Giglio-Tos.

11. Rytinatettix fossulatus Bolivar.

Prototettix fossulatus BoLivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, pp. 255, 256 (1887);
BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, pp. 92, 122 (1910); REHN, Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc., XLIII, p. 342 (1917).

12 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Paratettix borellii G1cL1o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torin., XII, no. 302
(1897), pp. 28-29; BRUNER, Locusts of Argentina, 1900, p. 16; IB., Ann. Car-
negie Mus., VII, p. 119 (1910); HANCOCK, Gen. Ins., -Fasc. 48, Orth. Tetr.,
p. 56 (1906); REHN, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XLITI, p. 343 (1910), footnote.
A single female specimen of a small robust grouse-locust, which was

at first determined by me as Paratettix borellii of Giglio-Tos, seems

to belong in the present genus as limited and defined by Hancock.

Our specimen agrees fairly well with the descriptions of both lobulatus

Stal and fossulatus Bolivar. But when compared with specimens of

Paratettix borellii in my possession, coming from Argentina, I am

inclined to choose Rehn’s diagnosis as more nearly correct. The

specimen is from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, where it was taken

by J. Steinbach during the period from March to April, 1913, at a

locality about 350 meters above sea-level. C.M. Acc. No. 5058.

12. Rytinatettix affinis sp. nov. (?)

A second specimen, a male, also apparently belonging to this genus,
is at hand. It comes from the Rio Bermejo in the Province of Salta,
Argentina, where it was taken at an elevation of 400 meters above sea-
level. In general appearance it is much smoother and has longer
wings and pronotum than the preceding insect. It may be called
Rytinatettix afinis. It is dull ferruginous, or inclining to wood-
brown, and faintly variegated with fuscous. The median carina of
the pronotum is less prominent and only moderately undulate. Its _
measurements are as follows: Length of body, o, 6.5 mm.; of pro-
notum, 9 mm.; of posterior femora, 5 mm.; the wings extend I mm.
beyond the apex of the pronotum. Collected by J. Steinbach, May,
IQI4.

Genus TETTIGIDEA Scudder.
Tettigidea SCUDDER, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VIII (1862), p. 476; Bottvar, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Belg., XX XI (1887), p. 299; Hancock, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth.
Tetr., p. 67 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, p..123 (1910).

13. Tettigidea glabrata sp. nov.

A moderately large, but not excessively robust insect, having a
nearly uniform dark fusco-brunneous color, the entire surface of
which is glabrous, or, I might say, appearing to have been freshly
varnished. Viewed laterally, the insect has a rather fusiform wedge
shape, 7.e., the sides and edges of the wedge are somewhat arcuate or

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 13

gently bowed outward at middle. Apex of pronotum only reaching
the tip of the hind femora. Wings not apparent or visible. Not-
withstanding the glabrous appearance of this insect, it nevertheless
has the surface of both the dorsum and lateral lobes of the pronotum
very coarsely rugulose or wrinkled. On the disc two of these ruge
assume the form of supplemental, but rather irregular, longitudinal ;
carine on each side of the middle, accompanied by many independent
short and transverse carine, some of which unite with the longitudinal
ones. Anterior margin of the pronotum both angulated and spined,
the latter extending forward over the occiput to the middle of the
eyes. Latter not prominent, sub-triangular in form, the front edge
longest, the ventro- and dorso-posterior sides rounded and of about
equal length. . Occiput and summit of head somewhat, but not greatly,
raised above the upper portion of the eyes, provided with a deep wide
sulcus, which receives the pronotal spine from behind and the upper
and backwardly directed portion of the frontal costa from the front.
Frontal costa rather narrow and very narrowly sulcate; viewed from
the side nearly straight and not greatly produced in front of the eyes.
Antenne missing. Anterior and middle legs slender; hind femora
fairly robust, but elongate, provided with the usual ruge, but these
are Somewhat irregular, especially on the disc. Hind tibia with the
lateral edges acute and provided with many regularly arranged,
rather acute, small spines. Labial palpi with two apical segments
flattened and ivory-white. Under side of body and tibiz piceous.

Length of body, 2, 14 mm.; of pronotum, 13 mm.; of hind femora,
8 mm.

Habitat: The only specimen at hand, the type, comes from Oucatopi
Island, where it was taken by S. M. Klages in June, 1918. C. M.
Mcch No, 6178:

(Note——Could this insect be the Tetrix purpurascens of Serville?)

14. Tettigidea paratecta Rehn?
Tettigidea paratecta REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., May, 1913, pp. 304-306,

figs. 10 and 11 (1913).

A single female specimen of the genus Tettigidea, from the Rio
Japacani of eastern Bolivia, is referred here for the present at least.
It was taken by J. Steinbach in February, 1915. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

At first glance it seemed to be an immature individual of the fol-
lowing species, but this can hardly be the case, since it lacks the spine

14 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

on the anterior middle of the pronotum. It also has a more arcuate
and deeper pronotum than the insect with which it has been com-

pared.

15. Tettigidea steinbachi sp. nov.

A medium-sized long-winged species. Somewhat robust, but could
not be termed incrassate. Smaller than T. hancocki, and more finely
rugose or even granulose than that species; the supplemental longi-
tudinal carine of the disc three in number on each side, reaching a
point a little beyond the basal fourth of the hind femora. Pronotum
angulate in front, as well as provided with an acute spine, the apex
of which reaches a point opposite (co) the middle of the upper edges
of the eyes, or a little in advance of this (9). Frontal costa rather
prominent and deeply sulcate, the sides or carine not very heavy,
and evenly converging upward. The apex a little advanced in front
of the eyes and quite deeply and broadly sulcate, the upper extremity
of the frontal costa almost reaching (2), or not quite (o") the apex
of the anteriorly projecting spine of the pronotum. Posterior ex-
tremity of the latter reaching the tips of the hind femora, the wings
somewhat longer. Hind femora rather robust at their base. Tibial
spines quite large and regularly placed.

General color pale fuscous, the dorsum or disc of the male pronotum
a little paler, and with the femora, the abdomen, and sides of the
pronotum and head, varied with dull black or dark fuscous. Tegmina
unicolorous or very faintly paler apically.

Length of body, o&’, 10 mm., 9, 11 mm.; of pronotum, ©’, 10.5
mim.; 9, 12. mm.; of hind femora, o, 6 mm., 9,7.5 mm.

Habitat: Province del Sara, Bolivia, 1 o&’',1 Q,thetypes. Collected
by J. Steinbach at an elevation of 350 meters above sea-level. The
male was taken in February, 1913, and the female in October, 1912.

16. Tettigidea costalis Bruner.
Tettigidea costalis BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, p. 133 (1910).

There is a single male specimen of this species before me. It comes
from Las Juntas, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, where it was
taken in December, 1913, by J. Steinbach. It is much more robust
than the same sex of 7. lateralis of North America and has its hind
femora prominently marked by a large median testaceous patch.

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. Le

17. Tettigidea multicostata Bolivar.

Tettigidea multicostata BOLtvAR, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, p. 299 (1887);
BRUNER, Locusts of Argentina, 1900, p.. 17; IB., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX,
p-. 616 (1906); Is., Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, p. 136 (1910); HANcock, Genera

Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth. Tetr., p. 68 (1906).
A single female nymph belonging in this genus is referred here. It

bears the label ‘‘Rio Bermejo, Prov. of Salta, Argentina, 400 m.
It was collected by J. Steinbach in May, 1914.

Genus ScARIA Bolivar.
Scaria BoLivaR, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XX XI, p. 301 (1887); HANcock, Genera
Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth. Tetr., p. 69 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII,
p. 140 (1910).

18. Scaria hamata (De Geer).

Acrydium hamatum DE GEER, Mém. Ins., III, p. 503 (1773), no. 22, pl. 42, fig. 13.

Tettix hamatus STAL, Recens. Orthopt., I, p. 146 (1873).

Scaria hamata Borivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XX XI, p. 301 (1887); HANcock,
Gen. Ins., Orth., Acrid. Tetr., Fasc. 48, p. 69 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie
Mus., VII, p. 140 (1910).

A single male and three females of the genus Scaria are referred to
this species. They come from the Mana River of French Guiana,

where they were taken in May, 1917. C. M. Acc. No. 6008.

19. Scaria producta Hancock.

Scaria producta HANCOCK, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth. Acrid., Tetr., p. 70 (1906);
Bruner, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, p. 140 (1910).
A female of this species collected by J. Steinbach on the Rio Japacani
in eastern Bolivia, in February, 1915. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

20. Scaria boliviana sp. nov.

Rather closely related to the Acrydium hamatum of De Geer, as
shown by the flavo-maculate tegmina, but smaller, and lacking the
depressed areas on the disc of the pronotum back of the shoulders.
In color the present species is testaceo-fuscous varied with black on
the sides, legs, and median carina of the pronotum. Moderately
robust, finely granulose, the hind femora a little robust, not as long
in proportion as in the species producta, a specimen of which latter is
before me for comparison.

Length of body, @, 11.5 mm.; of pronotum, 13 mm.; of hind
femora, 7 mm.

16 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat: The type, a female, comes from Las Juntas, Department
of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, where it was taken in December, 1913, by
J. Steinbach at an elevation of 250 meters above sea-level. A second
specimen, also a female, bears the label “Quatro Ojos, Dept. Sta.
Cruz, Bolivia, 300 m.’’ It was likewise taken by Steinbach, but in
November.

Genus BATRACHIDEA Serville.
Batrachidea SERVILLE, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth., p. 764 (1839); Boxtvar, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Belg., XXXI, p. 126 (1887); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, p. 141
(1910). Not the genus Batrachidea as meant by Scudder, Thomas, or Saussure.

21. Batrachidea mucronata (Serville) ?

Tetrix (Batrachidea) mucronata SERVILLE, Hist. Ins. Orth., p. 764 (1839).
Tetrix mucronata SERVILLE, Encycl. Méth., X, p. 600 (1839).
Acridium (Tetrix) mucronatum DE HAAN, Bijdrag. tot de Kennis Orthopt., p. 166

1842).
ee mucronata BOLtvAR, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, p. 300 (1887);

Hancock, Genera Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth. Acrid., Tetr., p. 70 (1906); BRUNER,

Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, p. 141 (1910).

Two females from the Rio Japacani, eastern Bolivia, belong here.
They were collected by J. Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

A single female specimen from Quatro Ojos, Department of Santa
Cruz, Bolivia, taken by J. Steinbach in November, 1913, is also
referred here, but with some doubt. Like the four specimens referred
to in a former paper (ANNALS C. M., VII, p. 141) this insect has the
frontal costa widely, rather than narrowly furcillate. All may repre-
sent a distinct species.

22. Batrachidea notata Hancock.

Batrachidea notata HANCOCK, in BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 616-
617 (1906); Hancock, Genera Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth. Acrid., Tetr., p. 70 (1906);
BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, p. 142 (1910).

A female of an insect, which appears to belong here, comes from
Las Juntas, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia. It was taken by
J. Steinbach at an altitude of 250 meters above sea-level in December,
1913. It has the pronotum a trifle shorter than to the apex of the
hind femora, while the wings are still somewhat shorter.

Genus PauroTarsus Hancock.
Paurotarsus HANCOCK, Psyche, IX, p. 42 (1900); Is., Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth.
Acrid., Tetr., pp. 70-71 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, p. 142
(1910).

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 1k

The representatives of the genus Paurotarsus are rather large
insects for the group of locusts to which they belong, and bear a
general resemblance to some of the species of Tettigidea. Three
species have been recognized thus far. These may be separated by
the annexed synoptic key:

A. Carine of the frontal costa very heavy, almost obliterating the otherwise
moderately wide sulcus (Brazil).

6b. Frontal costa strongly protuberant, the anterior margin of the frontal

dise decidedly angulate, median carina depressed between the humeri;

hind femora more elongate and slender; the caudal metatarsal joint

less than a third longer than the distal joint (Brazil)... .imsolitus Rehn.

bb. Frontal costa only moderately protuberant, the anterior margin of the

pronotum not decidedly angulate, the median carina between the

humeri not noticeably depressed; hind femora more robust and less

elongate; the caudal metatarsal joint fully twice as long as the

Gis tall Oimitseee- costello. Leen eNotes, Cone are amazonus Hancock.
AA. Carine of the frontal costa only moderately heavy, leaving the sulcus fairly
wides (slandkoteirinidad) scree evn ee sete or ee ae rugosus Bruner.

23. Paurotarsus amazonus Hancock.
Paurotarsus amazonus HANCOCK, I. c.

2 o.O", Mana River, Prench, Guiana, May, 1917, C. M. Acc. No.
6008.

Family EUMASTACID.

Genus EuMASTAX Burr.

Eumastax Burr, Essai sur les Eumastacides, pp. 43, 45 (1899); Is., Gen. Ins.,
Fasc. 15, Orth. Eumastac., p. 15 (1903).

24. Eumastax vittata Burr.
Eumastax vittata BuRR, Essai sur Jes Eumastacicides, pp. 44, 46 (1899); KIRBY,

Syn_Cat. Orthopt.; II, p. 76 (oro):

A single male specimen of this species is at hand. It comes from
Quatro Ojos, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, where it was taken
in November, 1913, at an elevation of 300 meters above sea-level
by J. Steinbach. There are also two males and two females in the
collections, which come from Buena Vista, eastern Bolivia, and were
taken in February, 1915, by J. Steinbach. €. M. Acc. No. 5573.

25. Eumastax tenuis (Perty)?

Mastax tenuis PERTY, Delect. Anim. Brasil, p. 123, tab. XXIV, fig. 3 (1830).
Mastax virescens WESTWOOD, Arc. Ent., I, p. 100 (1841).
ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 3, DEC. 4, 1920.

18 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Mastax minuta BOLtivar, An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., X, p. 481 (1881).
Ewumastax tenwis Burr, Essai sur les Eumastacides, pp. 44, 45 (1899); Is., Gen.
Ins., Fasc. 15, Orthop. Eumastac, p. 16 (1903).

Two females belonging to the genus Eumastax are referred to this
species, even though they are a little small, as compared with the
measurements given for it. They are from Buena Vista, eastern
Bolivia, where they were collected by J. Steinbach, C. Me Acceso:
5573:

26. Eumastax militaris (Gerstecker) ?
Mastax militaris GERSTE©CKER, Mitth. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riigen, XIX, and XX,

p. 84 (1888); Karscu, Ent. Nachr., XV, p. 36 p. 36 (1889).

Eumastax militaris BURR, Essai sur les Eumastacides, pp. 44, 54 (1899); IB., Gen.

Ins., Fasc. 15, Orth. Eumast., p. 16 (1903).

Three female specimens taken in the month of May, 1917, bear the
label ‘‘Mana River, Fr. Guiana.’”’ They were evidently collected
by S. M. Klages, and belong to C. M. Acc. No. 6008. A fourth
specimen, also a female, is from the Upper Rocana, N. Para, Brazil.
It was taken by the same collector in July, 1918, C. M. Acc. No. 6175.

These specimens are doubtfully referred to militaris, since they
come from a region rather widely removed from the habitat given

for the species.

Genus PARAMASTAX Burr.

Paramastax Burr, An. Soc. Espafi., Hist. Nat., XXVIII, pp. 90, 94, 268 (1899);
Is., Gen. Ins., Fasc. 15, Orth. Eumastac., pp. 15, 16 (1903); BRUNER, Biol.
Cent. Amer., Orth., II, pp. 20, 23 (1901); SAUSSURE, Rev. Suisse Zo6l., XI, p.
91 (1903); KirpBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 77 (1910).

This is one of the larger genera of the family the species of which
are wholly confined to tropical America and chiefly to South America.
At least nine species have thus far been recognized, and a tenth is
now added. They are all more or less gaudily colored, and may be
separated by the accompanying synoptical table based on the males.
It is a modification of the keys given by Burr and Saussure:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF PARAMASTAX.
A. Cerci of males forked.

b. Anterior and middle legs black. Wings cinnamon-brown.. gawdens Burr.

bb. Anterior and middle legs rufous.

c. Wings eneous or brassy, shining.
d. Hind femora rufous towards the apex............ vicina Burr.
dd. Hind femora with their apex infuscate, not rufous.

magna Giglio-Tos.

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 19

cc. Wings hyaline-orange or cupreous. Anterior and middle legs
TULOUS eee eter teeters tons ciel cres sdetalewanerel al elens rere brevipennis Burr.
AA. Cerci of the males simple, not forked.
bye NVingonwhhites peewee ear ociarst otc iarelet caer aniaus’ seals eee aee tas nigra Scudder.
bb. Wings hyaline orange. Thorax and abdomen in part striped with
yellow on the sides. Scutellum of the face flavomaculate.
c. Cheeks immaculate.
d. Eighth segment of the abdomen with its margin above two-
ONT OTeXG ley niet Stale irae DA Healy GIO: ot ini oatt onic eeees leta Gerst.
dd. Eighth segment of the abdomen above emarginate, in the
mud dlesxSinWoOSesaa. hk no cee Oe eee personata Burr.
cc. Cheeks and between the eyes ornamented with yellow.
d. Front and cheeks with a transverse yellow band. Antenne
fod eYed ey Si yok Blin che rcrcils Gua arena ac NOM DLR ted Ore teeniata Sauss.
dd. Front and cheeks largely yellow. Base of antenna yellow.
e. Larger (o’, 29 mm.; 2, 29 mm.). Antenne largely rufous
or vinaceous red, only at extreme apex infuscated.
Front with its lower margin and a narrow arcuate
transverse band below the antenne black.
piclifrons sp. nov.
ee. Smaller (o’, 15 mm.). Antenne, except basal segments,
black. Front entirely yellow........... facialis Sauss.

27. Paramastax pictifrons sp. nov.

Related to the species P. teniata and P. facialis of Saussure, but
considerably larger than either. A beautiful insect, conspicuously
ornamented with yellow and white on the head and sides of the meso-
and metathorax.

General color of the male olivaceo-testaceous; the anterior and
middle legs rufous; carine of the hind femora and spines of the hind
tibie black; head on the occiput, hind and lower margins of the cheeks
and lower edge of the front, together with the base of the clypeus,
black, remainder yellow; antennae with two basal joints yellow,
remainder reddish, becoming infuscated apically. Sides of the
abdomen and thorax back of the pronotum conspicuously banded
with creamy white, this band placed between upper and lower in-
fuscated borders, becoming gradually narrower toward its posterior
end. Tegmina fuscous, their veins testaceous; wings slightly hyaline
with a cupreous tinge basally. Apex of the hind femora rather
lengthily infuscated. The general color of the female is a dark wood-
brown with the sides of the meso- and metathorax and three basal
abdominal segments conspicuously and broadly ornamented with a

20 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

longitudinal pallid stripe, bordered above and below by black, which
gradually fades away into the general hue of the body. Face and
cheeks paler than the remainder of the head and the body of the
insect, but not yellow, as in the male. Antenne and anterior and
middle legs pale vinaceous red. Cerci of the male somewhat spatulate
apically, rather strongly curved inward and downward; the hind
margin of the eighth abdominal segment above widely and roundly
emarginate, the sides of the emargination provided with a short
coarse tooth.

Length of body, &, 20 mm., 2, 29 mm.; of pronotum, 9, 2.8 mm.,
Q, 3.1 mm.; of tegmina, o', 14 mm., @, 15 mm.; of hind femora,
oe 15 mm; ©, ro mm.

Habitat: The type, a male, comes from Las Juntas, Department of
Santa Cruz, Bolivia, where it was taken in December, 1913. Two
additional males and three females from the same locality are also
at hand. They were all taken by J. Steinbach, and belong to C. M.
Acc. No. 5060. There are also five males and two females before me
from Buena Vista, and three males from Rio Japacani, eastern Bolivia.
These also were collected by Steinbach, C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

28. Paramastax nigra Scudder.
Mastax nigra SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 266 (1875).

Eumasltax nigra BurRR, Essai sur les Eumastacides, p. 55 (1899); Is., Gen. Ins.,

Fasc. 15, Orth. Eumast., p. 16 (1903).

Three males of a species belonging to Paramastax are referred to
Scudder’s nigra. They come from the Rio Japacani in eastern
Bolivia, where they were collected in February, 1915. C. M. Acc.
INiO:<5573-

These specimens vary somewhat from Scudder’s description, but
possibly only owing to the condition of preservation, etc.

-

Genus MASYNTES Karsch.

Masyntes Karscu, Ent. Nachr., XV, pp. 26, 31 (1889); BurRR, Soc. Espaii.,
Hist. Nat., XXVIII, pp. 90, 95, 273 (1899); SAUSSURE, Rev. Suisse Zoél., XI,
p. 99 (1903); BRuNrR, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 6 (1910).

29. Masyntes borellii Giglio-Tos.

Masyntes borellit G1GLi0o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zodl. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII, No. 302,
p. 17 (1898); Burr, An. Soc. Espafi., Hist. Nat., XXVIII, pp. 90, 274, 275
(1899); REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., LIV, p. 67 (1905); KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., III, p. 79 (1910).

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. PAA

Masyntes mutilata GiGLi1o-Tos (nec SERVILLE), Boll. Mus. Zo6l. Anat. Comp.

Torino, IX, no. 184, p. 4 (1894); Is., Zoél. Jahrb. Syst., VIII, p. 806 (1895).
Masyntes chapadensis BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 6, 8 (1911).

A single male nymph from Province del Sara, Bolivia, is referred
to this species. It was collected by J. Steinbach in February, 1913,
at an elevation of 350 meters above sea-level.

According to Candido Bolivar the above synonymy should stand
(Bol> ‘Reali Soc. Espan.; “Hist: (Nati; XVI; role; (p. 198). “Aic-
cordingly I also am temporarily placing in this species two other
male specimens, which I had set aside as possibly representing two
new species, related to M. brasiliensis and M. tigris, on account of
their abbreviated tegmina and wings. The names suggested were
M. fuscipennis and M. steinbachi respectively, the former being 23
mm. in length with tegmina and wings 7.5-8 mm. long, and the
latter 22 mm. in length with tegmina 3.5 mm. long. Both insects
have the hind femora twice broadly annulate with testaceous on their
apical two-fifths, although much brighter and more strongly defined
in fuscipennis. Both have fuscous antenne with the three basal
joints pale. The general color of fuscipennis above is dark fuscous,
without bands of testaceous mottlings. The specimen labelled stezn-
bachi is pale brown with longitudinal fuscous bands on the sides of the
pronotum. Under side and legs of both insects flavo-testaceous,
brightest in fuscipennis.

The specimen labelled fuscipennis is ticketted ‘‘ Pr. Chiquitos, Boll-
via, 300 M., Steinbach,” “‘ April 1909,” and ‘“‘Carn. Mus. Acc. 5229’;
the specimen labelled steinbachi is ticketted ‘‘R. Japacani, E. Bolivia,
Jesteimbachs.; “Feb: rors,) and) “Carn Mus. Accis573:"

Family PROSCOPID.

For remarks on the present family of tropical American locusts
please refer to what the writer had to say in a former number of the
ANNALS (Vol. VII, pp. 430-431,.1913), where he reported upon a
number of forms contained in the Carnegie Museum. The present
collection contains but few representatives of this family.

Genus ProscopiA Klug.

Proscopia KiuG, Hor. Phys. Berol., p. 17 (1820); St. FarG. & SERVILLE, Encycl.
Meth., Ins., X, p. 211 (1825); SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p.265 (1831);
Is., Ins. Orth., p. 571 (1839); BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, pp. 602, 603
(1838); BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, Verh. Zodl.-bot. Ges. Wien., XL, pp. 92,
94 (1890); and others.

22 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The species of this genus seem to be less numerous than are those
of some other genera. They may be recognized by the characters
given by Brunner von Wattenwyl in his Monograph of the family
mentioned above.

30. Proscopia scabra Klug.

Proscopia scabra KLuG, l. ¢c., p. 19, no. 2, pl. 3, fig. 2 (1820); BURMEISTER, I. c.,
p. 604, no. 7 (1839); SERVILLE, I. ¢c., p. 574 (1839); BRUNNER, I. ¢., pp. 95, 97,
no. 5 (1890); REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1918, p. 168.

o'. Proscopia rostrata KLuG, l. ¢., p. 24, no. 12, pl. 4, fig. 12 (1820), etc.

Proscopia parallela WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., III, p. 490 (1870).

Taxiarchus paraénsis REHN, Ent. News, XVII, p. 332 (1906).

This species is represented by a male and a female from Cayenne,
French Guiana, where they were collected by S. M. Klages in March
and April, 1917; C. M. Acc. No. 5873. There is a second male at
hand, taken at Benevides, Para, Brazil, by the same collector in
October, 1918; C. M. Acc. No. 6174. This last-mentioned specimen
agrees with the one reported upon by Rehn as to color-markings.

Genus TETANORHYNCHUS Brunner.

Tetanorhynchus BRUNNER V. WATTENWYL, Verh. Zodl.-Bot. Ges. in Wien, XX XIX,
pp. 92, 104 (1890);° GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII,
no. 302, p. 18 (1897); REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1904, p. 677; BRUNER,
Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 433 (1913).

31. Tetanorhynchus humilis Giglio-Tos?

Tetanorchynchus humilis GiGLio-Tos; Boll. Mus. Zod]. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII,
no. 302, p. 18 (1897); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orthopt., III, p. 86 (1910); BRUNER,
Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 435-436 (1913).

Three males, two females, and one nymph from the Province del
Sara, Bolivia, are placed here with a question. They do not quite
agree with the description given by Giglio-Tos, but approach it
closer than anything else. They were taken by J. Steinbach in
February, November, and December. A pair were taken in coitu.
Cum. Ace. No. 5572.

32. Tetanorhynchus incertus Brunner?
Telanorhynchus incertus BRUNNER, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XL, pp. 105-106
(1890); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orthopt., III, p. 86 (1910); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie
Mus., VIII, pp. 437, 439 (1913).

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 23

There is a single female specimen at hand, which seems to belong
here. It is from Las Juntas, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia,
250 meters above sea-level. It was collected by J. Steinbach in
December, 1913.

33. Tetanorhynchus borellii Giglio-Tos.
Tetanorhynchus borellii GiGL1o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zod]. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII,

no. 302, p. 18 (1897); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 86 (1910).

Four males and two females of a third species of this genus appear
to be referable to T. borellii. They come from the Rio Bermejo,
Province of Salta, Argentina. They were collected at an elevation
above sea-level of 400 m., in May, 1914, by J. Steinbach. C. M.
Aecey Nov 5229;

Genus CEPHALOC@MA Serville.

Cephalocema SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 577 (1839); Burm, Abh. Ges. Halle, XV,
p. 3 (1880); BRUNNER, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XL, pp. 93, 114 (1890);
GicLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zodl. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII, no. 302, pp. 19-20
(1894); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 439-440 (1913).

For an account of the genus see some remarks by me in the ANNALS
for 1913, page 140.

34. Cephaloccema teretiuscula Brunner.

Cephalocuma teretiuscula BRUNNER, I. ¢., pp. T15, 117, no. 6 (1890); GiGLIo-Tos,
Boll. Mus. Torino, XII, no. 302, p. 20 (1897).
A male Proscopiid from Buena Vista, eastern Bolivia, is referred
here. It was taken by J. Steinbach. C.M. Acc. No. 5573.

Family TRUXALIDA.

While the family comprising the truxaline locusts is rather extensive
and variable, with an almost world-wide distribution, the present
collection does not contain an .unusually large number of species.
Aside from two or three very common forms, only a few are repre-
sented by more than two or three individuals each. The family
as a whole, so far as South American forms is concerned, was somewhat
fully discussed in these ANNALS (Vol. VIII, pp. 442-456) where a
synoptical key for the separation of the thirty or more genera was
included. Since the publication of that paper the results of studies
by Mr. James A. G. Rehn, tend to somewhat modify the accepted

24 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

status of some of the representatives of the family, but not to the
extent of rendering that paper useless.

Genus TRUXALIS Fabricius.

Truxalis FaBRicius, Syst. Ent., p. 279 (1775); STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 92,
104 (1873) and many writers since.

35. Truxalis brevicornis (Linnzus).
Gryllus brevicornis LINN., Cent. Ins. Rar., p. 15 (1763); Is., Amoen. Acad., VI, p.

398, n. 37 (1764).

For a quite full synonymy of this species see ANNALS CARNEGIE
Museum, Vol. VIII, p. 9 (1911), and for the principal bibliography
see Kirby’s Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 103.

The present collection contains specimens from the following named
localities: two males and 1 female, Cayenne, French Guiana, Feb.
and Mch., 1917; one male, Upper Rocana, N. Para; Brazil, July,
1918, S. M. Klages; two males, Benevides, Para, Brazil, Oct., 1918.
These different lots belong to the C. M. Acc. Nos. 5873, 6174, and
6175, respectively.

Genus EuUTRYXALIS Bruner.

Eutryxalis BRUNER, 2nd Rep. Locust Comm. B. Aires, pp. 22, 24 (1900); IB.,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 621, 625 (1906).

36. Eutryxalis gracilis (Giglio-Tos).
Hyalopteryx gracilis GiGLt1o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII,
No. 302, p. 22 (1887).
Eutryxalis gracilis BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 623, 625 (1906).
Two specimens, male and female, are at hand. They were collected
by Mr. J. Steinbach in the Province del Sara, Bolivia, in November
and December.

Genus PARATRUXALIS Rehn.
Paratruxalis REHN, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XLII, pp. 275-276 (1916).

Orphula GiGLio-Tos, BRUNER, REHN, CAUDELL, etc. during recent years (not of

Stal, teste Rehn).

According to Rehn, /. c. there has been an error on the part of
various recent writers as to the identity of Stal’s genus Orphula, and
he has suggested the substitution of the name Paratruxalis to take
its place where misused.

bo
ey |

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA.

37. Paratruxalis filatus (Walker).

Chrysochraon filatus WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., V, p. 785 (1870).
Paratruxalis filatus REHN, l. ¢., p. 276 (1916).
Orphula pagana GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184,

p- 9 (1894) et al (nec Stal).

The specimens before me, four males and four females, which I
locate here, are from Quatro Ojos, Department of Santa Cruz, Province
del Sara, Bolivia, and from the Rio Bermejo, Province of Salta, Argen-
tina. They are all slightly larger than those coming from Asuncion,
Paraguay, and first determined by me as Stal’s Orphula pagana.
They may represent Giglio-Tos’ Orphula minor, as suggested by Rehn
(Procs Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1906, p. 17). If so, théy are very
closely related to pagana, which as shown by Rehn (Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc., XLII, pp. 175-176, 1916) is the same as Walker’s earlier de-
scribed Chysochraon filatus, of which it becomes a synonym. These
specimens were collected by J. Steinbach in March and April, 1913,
and May, 1914.

38. Paratruxalis filatus minor (Giglio-Tos) ?
&

For synonymy, etc., see Rehn, /. c., pp. 175-176.

Four females coming from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, may
belong here. They were taken during the period January—April,
1913, by Steinbach, and form a part of C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

Genus ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos.
Orphulella GiGLio-Tos, Bol. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184, pp. 8,
10 (1894); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 9-20 (1911).
The paper cited in the last reference contains a general statement
concerning the genus and also a synoptic table of the South American
species.

39. Orphulella gracilis Giglio-Tos.
Orphulella gracilis GiGL1o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zo6l. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184,

Pp. I1 (1894); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 11, 14 (1911).

Among the material collected by J. Steinbach in the Province del
Sara, Bolivia, are four males and one female, which are referred to
this species. They were taken in the months of February, March,
April, and December at an approximate altitude above sea-level of
350 meters.

26 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

40. Orphulella pelidna (Burmeister).
Gomphocerus pelidnus BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 659 (1838). For further

synonymy see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 120 (1910).

A number of specimens of both sexes, as well as nymphs of a member
of this genus from Nueva Gerona, Columbia, and Sante Fé, Isle of
Pines, West Indies, are referred here. They were chiefly taken in
the months of June, July, and August. C. M. Acc. No. 4745.

41. Orphulella peruna Bruner.

Orphulella peruna BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 12, 16 (1911).
Zonocerus bilineatus SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 268 (1874).
Orphulella ? bilineatus ScuDDER, lL. c., XXVII, p. 210 (1896). Not Stenobothrus

bilineatus Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 250 (1862).

This species is represented by a pair from the Upper Mamoré River,
two pairs from Las Juntas, and a single female from Quatro Ojos,
all in the Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, collected by J. Steinbach
in November and December.

42. Orphulella punctata (De Geer).

Acridium punctatum DE GEER, Mém. Ins., III, p. 593, pl. 42, fig. 12 (1773).

Truxalis punctata STAL, Recens Orth., I, p. 106 (1873).

Orphulella punctata G1GLtIo-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zod]. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no.
184, p. 12 (1894); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Museum, VIII, pp. 11, 15 (1911).
For a rather full synonymy of this species see Kirby, Syn. Cat.

Orth? Lip: 12. (Lo1ro):

There are a number of specimens at hand of both sexes. They
are from Cayenne, French Guiana, where they were taken during
the months of February, March, and April by S. M. Klages. Both
green or pale and dusky individuals are represented. C. M. Acc.

43. Orphulella boucardi (Bruner).

Linoceratium boucardi BRUNER, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., II, p. 84 (1904).
Orphulella chipmani BRUNER, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIV, p. 149 (1906).
Linoceratium australe BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 20 (1911).

For a discussion of the synonymy of the present species see James
A. G. Rehn in the Transactions of the American Entomological
society, XLII, p.-277.

Specimens of this insect are at hand from Cayenne, French Guiana,
taken in February and March, 1917. They belong to C. M. Acc.

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 27

Nos. 5873. and 5893; from Benevides, Para, Brazil, taken October,
1918, C. M. Acc. No. 6174; and from the Mana River, French Guiana,
May, 1917, C. M. Acc. No. 6008. They were all taken by S. M.
Klages.

This material, although somewhat variable, agrees quite well with
the original specimens, upon which the species was based. In color
both green or greenish, and brown or fuscous specimens are included.

44. Orphulella scudderi (Bolivar)?

Orphula scudderi BoLtvar, Mém. Soc. Zoél. France, I, p. 142 (1888).
Orphulella scudderi BRUNER, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., II, pp. 77, 82 (1904); IB.,

Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 12, 17 (1911).

There is a single female specimen belonging to the genus Orphulella
at hand, which I at first felt inclined to call new, giving it the name
O. surinama. After considering the matter somewhat in detail it is
doubtfully referred to O. scudderi Bolivar, originally described from
Cuba, although it varies considerably from the original description
of that insect. It bears the label ‘Cayenne, Mch. 1917, Acc. 5897.”

Genus PARACHLO#BATA Bruner.
Parachloébata BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., II, pp. 31, 86 (1902, 1904); KIRBY,

Syn. Cato Orth:, DEM, p. 124 (O10).

The present genus was originally based on a single specimen coming
from the West Indies. In general appearance this insect is very
similar to the Orphulelle, but differs from them in having three more
spines on the outer margin of the hind tibiz and in the color-pattern.
It is also likewise more robust in stature. A

45. Parachloébata pratensis Bruner.
Parachloébata pratensis SAUSSURE (MS. name); BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,

Orth hy pss, Pls i, figs) to, roa) 79) (o904)5) KirRBy,e) cp. E24) (toro):

The present collection contains several specimens of both sexes .
as well as a half dozen nymphs. They come from Nueva Gerona,
Santa Fé, and Columbia, Isle of Pines, and belong to C. M. Acc. No.
4745.

In the original description of the species only the female was charac-
terized. It is now possible to add something relative to the male.
While the females vary greatly in color from almost a uniform pale
grass-green with scarcely a trace of dark and pallid markings, as

28 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

originally described, to even in part vinaceous, all of the males at
hand (5) are fairly uniformly colored, being greenish testaceous on
the head, body, and legs. Cheeks back of the eyes, upper edges of
the lateral lobes of the pronotum and the pleura fuscous; the tegmina,
except the dorsal field, which is pallid, quite uniformly infuscated.
The occiput, disc of the pronotum, and the dorsal area of the tegmina
seem invariably to be pallid. The genicular portion of the hind
femora in the males appear to be much less infuscated than in the
opposite sex, where it is usually quite dark.

The following measurements can now be given: Length of body, ©,
19 mm., 2,27 mm.; of pronotum, o7, 3.3mm., 9,5 mm.; of tegmina,
o', 14mm., 9, 21: mm.; of hind femora, co’, 11 mm, ~9\) 15-5 mm:

Genus DICHROMORPHA Morse.

Dichromorpha Morse, Psyche, VII, p. 326 (1896); BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., II, pp. 31, 85 (1902, 1904); IB., Second Rept. Locust. Com. B. Aires,
p- 28 (1900); Is., Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 444, 449 (1911).

The representatives of the genus Dichromorpha all belong to the
Western Hemisphere, where they are to be met with at suitable
localities between, the 50th parallel north, and about the 4oth parallel
south.

46. Dichromorpha australis Bruner.

Dichromor pha australis BRUNER, Locusts of Argent., p. 29 (1900); IB., Ann. Car-

negie Mus., VIII, p. 449 (1911).

Dichromorpha viridis GiGLiI0o-Tos (nec Scudder), Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp.

Torino, XII, no. 302, p. 24 (1897).

A single male specimen coming from the Rio Japacani in eastern
Bolivia is among the material collected by J. Steinbach in February,
1915. C. MAcce. Ne. 5572:

Nearly all of the specimens of this species are pale testaceous, rather
than green, the prevailing color of our North American D. viridis.
In D. australis a much larger percentage of the individuals are also
brachypterous than is the case in D. viridis.

Genus FENESTRA Giglio-Tos.

Fenestra GiGLio-Tos, Zod]. Jahrb., Syst: Abth., VIII, p. 807 (1895); REHN, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1906, p. 31.

Dichroatettix BRUNER, 2nd Rept. B. Aires Locust Comm., pp. 22, 32 (1900).

Not = Fenestra BRUNNER VON ,WATTENWYL, Revis. Syst. Orth., p. 120 (1893),
which evidently was based on a species of Rehn’s genus Cocytotettix. (See dis-
cussion by Rehn in footnote No. 12, p. 30, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1906.)

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 29

47. Fenestra bohlsii Giglio-Tos.

Fenestra bohlsii G1GL1o-Tos, Zoé]. Jahrb., Syst. Abth., VIII, p. 807 (1895); REHN,

[ics D:. 32 (LQ06)E

The material collected by Steinbach in March and April, 1913,
contains a single female from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, which I
refer here. It was taken at an altitude of 350 meters above sea-level.
There are also at hand two males coming from Buena Vista, and one
from the Rio Japacani of eastern Bolivia. The latter specimen was
taken in February, 1915. All these males were collected by J. Stein-
bachae (Gs M-wAtcce: ING5573:

Genus PERUVIA Scudder.

Peruvia SCUDDER, Psyche, V, p. 439 (Dec. 1890); REHN, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
XLII, p. 280 (1916).

Toxopterus BOLIVAR (nec Koch), Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., XIX, p. 313 (1890).
The present genus unfortunately has had a checkered career, as

may be seen by referring to the synonymy under the species Peruvia

nigromarginata Scudder, which follows. Mr. Jas. A. G. Rehn has

discussed the synonymy rather carefully (/. c., pp. 280, 281).

48. Peruvia nigromarginata (Scudder).

Macherocera nigromarginata SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 268
(1875).

Peruvia nigromarginata SCUDDER, Psyche, V, p. 439 (Dec. 1890); REHN, Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc., XLII, p. 280 (1916).

Toxo plerus miniatus BoLtvar, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., XIX, p. 314 (Feb. 1891).
While the present material does not happen to contain representa-

tives of this insect, it is a denizen of eastern Bolivia so frequently

referred to in these pages, and from which the Carnegie Museum

contains specimens, there collected.

Genus AMBLYTROPIDIA Stal.

Amblytropidia STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 93, 107 (1873); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie
Mus., VIII, p. 24 (1911). For a more complete bibliography see Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Orth, III, p.. 114: (1910).

49. Amblytropidia corumbe Bruner.
Amblytropidia corumbe BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 25, 28 (1911).
There certainly is in the material from the Province del Sara, Bo-
livia, one female, and possibly three others belonging here. They were

30 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

collected by J. Steinbach in October and December. One of these
three, taken in December, differs quite noticeably from the others
in not only having the tegmina destitute of the pale sub-costal line,
but also quite uniformly rather prominently conspersed with fuscous.
Otherwise they agree fairly well with A. corumbe.
; 50. Amblytropidia chapadensis Rehn.
Amblytropidia chapadensis REHN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 371 (1906);
Bruner, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, pp. 25, 29, 451 (IQII, 1913).
Only a single male specimen among the present lot of orthopterous
insects is referable to A. chapadensis. It is from Buena Vista, eastern
Bolivia, where it was taken by J. Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

51. Amblytropidia trinitatis Bruner.

Amblytropidia trinitatis BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 65 (1904); IB.,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 630 (1905); IB., Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII,
p- 25 (1911). :

I now have before me five males and three females of this interesting
little species, little, at least so far as the male is concerned. They
come from Cayenne, French Guiana, where they were taken in
January, February, and March, 1917, by S. M. Klages. C. M. Acc.
No. 5873.

This insect is interesting from the fact that the males have the basal
half of the wings very noticeably tinted with a delicate rose-pink.
In the females this tint is scarcely visible, except at the very base,
where it is confined to the anterior margin.

52. Amblytropidia robusta Bruner.

Amblytropidia robusta BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 371 (1906);
In., Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 25, 28 (1911).

A pair, male and female, taken by J. Steinbach at Buena Vista,
eastern Bolivia, are here referable. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

Genus BoRELLIA Rehn.

Borellia REHN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 379 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Car-
negie Mus., VIII, pp. 34 (1911), 446 (1913).

53. Borellia carinata Rehn.

Borellia carinata REHN, l. c., p. 379 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII,
Pp. 34 (1Q1T).

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 3)

Only a single male specimen coming from the Province del Saral
Bolivia is referred here. It was collected by Steinbach at an elevation
of 450 meters above sea-level. It is quite typical, and agrees well,
with the large series examined by me and reported upon in a previous
paper appearing in the ANNALS, Vol. VIII, p. 34.

Genus STAURORHECTUS Giglio-Tos.

Staurorhectus GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp., XII, no. 302, p. 25
(1897); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 31 (1911).

54. Staurorhectus longicornis Giglio-Tos.

Staurorhectus longicornis GiGLio-Tos, 1. ¢., p. 26 (1997); BRUNER, I. ¢., p. 31

(1901I).

The collection contains three specimens of this locust, two males
from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, and a female, the latter from the
Rio Bermejo, Province of Salta, Argentina. They were taken in
February, March, and April by J. Steinbach.

While the males of this species are quite uniform as to color, the
females are apt to vary greatly in this respect.

Genus Compsacris Bolivar.

Compsacris BoLivar, Anal. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIX, p. 315 (1890); REHN,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XLII, p. 279 (1906); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus.,
VIII, p. 445 (1913).

This genus comes near to Staurorhectus Giglio-Tos, but is distinct.

It belongs to the region of the upper Amazons in eastern Bolivia and

southwestern Brazil.

55. Compsacris pulcher Bolivar.

Compsacris pulcher BOvivar, l. c., p. 315 (1890); REHN, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,

XLII, p. 279 (1916).

Staurorhectus intermedius BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 31 (1911).

The present collection contains two males and a female of this
species. They come from Benevides, Para, Brazil, where they were
taken by S. M. Klages in October, 1918. C.M. Acc. No. 6174.

The males and females of this insect agree with the female of my
Amblyscapheus lineaius from Paraguay in having the apical joints of
the antenne white or pallid; but the valves of the ovipositor are
very unlike those of A. lineatus.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

OO
bo

Genus ALoTA Bruner.

Alota BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 446, 454 (1911).
The genus Alota was established by the present writer on the
strength of a single male specimen from the Rio Machupo in Bolivia.
It belongs to the group Scyllinine as shown by the size and form of

the inner hind tibial spurs.

56. Alota boliviana Bruner.
Alota boliziana BRUNER, l. ¢.,; p. 454 (1911).

This species was described, as stated above, from a single male
specimen.

We now have a female which also belongs here. It was taken by
J. Steinbach at Las Juntas, in the Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia,
in December, 1913, at an altitude of 250 M. above sea-level. C. M.
Acc. No. 5060.

This specimen in its type of coloration and general appearance at
first glance recalls one of the larger species of Orphulella, and also of
the representatives of the genus Parorphula. However, the entire
absence of lateral pronotal carine and the structure of the tibial
spurs at once carry it to Alota in the synoptic table of the South
American genera of the Truxalide. The tegmina have the costal and
discal fields infuscated, the former varied with a series of pale spots,
which give to that area a longitudinal maculate appearance. This
female specimen has but six spines on the outer margin of the hind
tibia instead of seven, as described for the male type. Still I feel
satisfied that it belongs to the species boliviana. :

Length of body, 2, 19 mm.; of pronotum, 3.85 mm.; of tegmina,
19 mm.; of hind femora, 12 mm.

’Genus SCYLLINA Stal.
Scyllina STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 94, 112 (1873). For further synonymy see

Annals VIII, p. 35 (1811).

This is certainly an important genus in tropical American countries,
where its representatives are widely distributed and among the most
abundant of locusts. Some of them even become destructive to
crops and forage-plants in their respective localities.

57. Scyllina brunneri (Giglio-Tos).
Pseudostauronotus brunneri GIGL10-Tos, Zobl. Jahrb., Syst., VIII, p. 800 (1895).
Plectoroteltix brunneri BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 100 (1904); IB.,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.; XXX, p. 636 (1906).

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 3

Scyllina brunneri REHN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 385 (1906).

The only specimen at hand which is referable to Giglio-Tos’s
brunneri is a male taken at a point in the Province del Sara, Bolivia,
at an elevation of 350 m. above sea-level. It was collected by J.
Steinbach in November, 1913.

58. Scyllina smithi Rehn?
Scyllina smithi REHN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 387-388 (1906); BRUNER,

Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 36 (1911).

There are six males and six females in the collection, which are with
some doubt referred to Rehn’s S. smithi. They were collected by
J. Steinbach in the Province del Sara, Bolivia, in October and Novem-
ber, 1913.

59. Scyllina borellii Giglio-Tos?
Scyllina borelli G1GL10-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184,

p. 14 (1894).

Mr. Steinbach took a remarkably large male Scyilina in the Province
del Sara, which I am inclined to refer to S. borellit of Giglio-Tos,
only the female of which was described. Rehn later described his
female .S. schistocercoides, which is also very large, but not any larger
than the present specimen. Rehn’s specimen was rather slender,
while that of Steinbach’s collecting is comparatively robust.

The present specimen was found at an elevation of 350 meters above
sea-level. It measures; Length of body, 37 mm.; of pronotum,

a

7mm.; of tegmina, 37 mm.; of hind femora, 25 mm.

60. Scyllina cyanipes (Fabricius) ?
Gryllus cyantpes FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., p. 292, no. 25 (1775).
Scyllina cyanipes K1rByY, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 132 (1910).

One male and two females of an insect belonging to Scyllina and
coming from Cayenne, French Guiana, are referred here with some
hesitation. They were collected ‘in the month of February, 1917,
and are included in C. M. Acc. No. 5873.

61. Scyllina pratensis (Bruner)?

Plectrotettix pratensis BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 100 (1904).
Scyllina pratensis REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, LVIII, p. 45 (1906).

A single male Scyllina coming from the Rio Japacani of eastern
ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 4, DEC. 4, 1920.

34 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Bolivia is referred with some doubt to this species, because of its
being taken so far from the given habitat of the species, and because
no specimens of pratensis are at hand for comparison. The insect
was taken by J. Steinbach in February, 1915. C. M. Acc. No. 5873.

62. Scyllina brasiliensis (Bruner).
Plectrotettix brasiliensis BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 100 (1904).
Scyllina brasiliensis REHN, l. c., p. 46 (1906).
Four males and three females of a second Scyllina coming from
Cayenne in French Guiana are referred here. These were collected
in February and March, 1917. C. M. Acc. Nos. 5873 and 5897.

Family G@2DIPODIDA.

Genus CHORTOPHAGA Saussure.

Chortophaga SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Généve, XXVIII (9), pp. 43, 72 (1884). For
further synonymy see KIRBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 198.

63. Chortophaga cubensis (Scudder).

Tragocephala cubensis SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, pp. 480, 483
(1875).
Chortophaga cubensis SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Généve, XXVIII (9), pp. 72, 73
(1884), etc.
There are four females of this species before me. They form part
of C. M. Acc. No. 4798, and were collected at Los Indios and Nueva
Gerona on the Isle of Pines.

. Genus PSINIDIA Stal.

Psinidia STA, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 117, 133 (1873). For a rather extended syn-
onymy see KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 246 (1910).

64. Psinidia fenestralis (Serville).
CEdipoda fenestralis SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 726 (1838); THOMAS, Synopsis Acrid.

N. Amer., pp. 109, 118 (1873).

Psinidia fenestralis STAL, l. c., p. 133 (1873).

This rather common Cdipodid is represented by one male, two
females and two nymphs. They come from Los Indios and Nueva
Gerona, Isle of Pines.

This same species is quite widely distributed on the North American
continent, and occurs with both red and yellow hind-wings. It is

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 35

an insect of the seashore and sandy beaches of inland waters, extending
even into Canadian territory to the north of the United States and
southward into Mexico.

Genus SPHINGONOTUS Fieber.

Sphingonotus FIEBER, Lotus, III, p. 124 (1853); SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Généve,
XXVIII, pp. 60, 195 (1884). For a more complete synonymy see KIRBY, Syn.
Cat. Orth. ps 27r (moro):

65. Sphingonotus cerulans cubensis Saussure.

Sphingonotus cerulans var. cubensis SAUSSURE, Prodrom. C&dip., p. 201 (1884);
REHN, 2nd Rept. Cent. Exp. Sta. Cuba, p. 204 (1909).

A single male specimen of this West Indian variety of the European
S. cerulans is at hand. It comes from Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines.
It was taken on August 10, 1912, and forms a part of C. M. Acc.

No. 4745.
Family OMMEXECHID&.

Genus OMMEXECHA Serville.

Ommexecha SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 285 (1831); BLANCHARD, Ann.
Soc. Ent. France, V, p. 607 (1836); BoLivar, An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., pp.
21, 27, 493 (1884). Fora more complete synonymy see KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
LET ps 206) (ro xr0)).

66. Ommexecha servillei Blanchard.
Ommexecha servillei BLANCHARD, Ann. Ent. Soc. France, V, p. 613, pl. 22, figs. 2, 3
(1836).
The material collected by Mr. J. Steinbach at an elevation of 350
meters above sea-level in the Province del Sara, Bolivia, contains two
female specimens of this species.

67. Ommexecha macropterum Blanchard.
Ommexecha macroplerum BLANCHARD, Monog. Ommex., p. 610, pl. 21, figs. 3, 4

(1836).

A single male and five females from the Province del Sara, and two
males from Las Juntas, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, are
referred here. The former lot were taken at an elevation of 350
meters, and the latter at 250 meters above sea-level. They were all
collected by J. Steinbach in the months of February and December,

1913.

36 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family PYRGOMORPHID-.

Genus OmurA Walker.
Omura WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., III, p. 503 (1870); Bottvar, An.
Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., V, p. 215 (1905); Ib., Gen. Ins., Fasc. 90. Orth. Acrid.,

Pyrg., pp. 39, 41 (1909).
Protomachus STAL, Bihang. Svensk, Akad. Handl., IV (5), p. 53 (1776); BOLIVAR,
An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIII, pp. 23, 6c, 494 (1884).

68. Omura congrua Walker.

Omura congrua WALKER, l. c., p. 504 (1870); BOLIVAR, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 90, Orth.

Acrid., Pyrg., p. 41, pl. 1, figs. 5, 5@ (1909).
Protomachus depressus STAL, l. c., p. 54 (1876); BoLtvar, An. Soc. Espafi. Hist.

Nat., XIII, pp. 61, 494, pl. 1, fig. 7 (1884).

A pair, male and female, of this peculiar locust are before me.
They come from Pied Saut, Oyapok River, in French Guiana, where
they were collected by S. M. Klages in November, 1917. C. M. Acc.
No. 6111.

Family CYRTACANTHACRIDZE:.

Genus PROcOLPIA Stal.

Procolpia STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 28, 45 (1873); GiGL1o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zodl.
Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, no. 311, p. 41 (1898); BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., XXX, pp. 640, 643 (1906).

69. Procolpia minor Giglio-Tos.

Procolpia minor GiGuLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zo6dl. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184,
p. 17 (1894); REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., LIX, p. 169 (1907); BRUNER,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 643 (1906).

Munatia australis BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 644 (1906).

The present collection contains one male from Buena Vista and a
female from the Rio Japacani district of eastern Bolivia. They
were taken by J. Steinbach in the spring of 1915. C. M. Acc. No.
5573:

70. Procolpia emarginata (Serville).

Xiphicera emarginata SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 271 (1832).

Procolpia emarginata STAL, l. c., p. 45 (1873); BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth.
II, p. 223 (1907).

The collection contains a single female specimen which belongs
here. It was taken at Quatro Ojos, Department of Santa Cruz,
Bolivia, by J. Steinbach.

(ot)
=I

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA.

Genus PRORHACHIS Scudder.

Prorhachis SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 269 (1875); GIGLIO-
Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, no. 311, p. 40 (1878).

71. Prorhachis granulosa Scudder?

Prorhachis granulosa SCUDDER, l. c., p. 269 (1875).

One male from Las Juntas, Department of Santa Cruz, and one
female from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, are referred to Scudder’s
species. The former was collected in December and the latter in
either March or April of the same year. In addition there are two
rather young nymphs, which also seem likely to belong here. .The
latter come from Las Juntas, in the Department of Santa Cruz.
They, together with the male, are part of C. M. Acc. No. 5060;
while the female belongs to C. M. Acc. No. 5058. They were all
taken by J. Steinbach.

The young nymphs have the median pronotal carina greatly arched
and deeply notched.

Genus A©oOLACRIS Scudder.

Holacris SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 269, note (1875); Pict.
& Sauss., Mitth. Schweiz. Ent. Ges., VII, p. 340 (1887); GiGLi0o-Tos, Boll.
Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, no. 311, p. 41 (1898); BRUNER, Biol
Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 209, 224 (1907). :

72. #olacris caternaulti (Feisthamel).

Xiphicera caternaullii FEIstTH., Mag. Zodl., VII (9), pl. 184 (1837).

Xiphicera octolunata SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 615, no. 5 (1839).

Afolacris caternaultiit Pict. & Sauss., l. c., p. 340, no. 2 (1887); GIGLio-Tos, Boll.
Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII, no. 301, p. 3 (1897).

Xiphicera octomaculata SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XII, p, 337, no. 16
(1869).
A single female coming from the Mana River district in French

Guiana belongs here. It was taken in May, 1917. C. M. Acc. No.

6008.
Genus PRIONOLOPHA Stal.

For a bibliography and synonymy of this genus see Kirby, Syn.,
Cat. Orth., III, pp. 358 and 359. Only the one species is known.
Nevertheless it has been described many times, as indicated by the
extensive synonymy (J. c., pp. 358-359).

38 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

73. Prionolopha serrata (Linnzus).

A pair, male and female, are contained in the material coming from
Cayenne, French Guiana. They were taken in February, 1917, and
belong to-C. M. Acc. No. 5873.

Genus COLPOLOPHA Stal.

Colpolopha Stat, fv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., XXX (4), p. 53 (1873). See Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 362, for additional bibliography.

74. Colpolopha obsoleta (Serville).

Tropinotus obsoletus SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 274 (1831); IB., Ins.
Orth., p. 620 (1839).

Colpolopha obsoleta Pict. & Sauss., Mitt. Schweiz. Ent. Ges., VII, p. 338 (1887).

Xiphocera basalis WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., III, p. 522 (1870).

The collections made by S. M. Klages on the Mana River of French
Guiana during July, 1917, contain five males and four females of
this locust. They area part of C. M. Acc. No. 5008.

Genus CoryAcris Rehn.

Coryacris REHN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXVI, p. 111 (1909); BRUNER, Ann.
Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 53, 462 (1913).

75. Coryacris angustipennis (Bruner).

Eleeochlora angustipennis BRUNER, 2nd Rept. Locust. Comm. B. Aires, p. 58
(1900).
Coryacris diversipes REHN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXVI, pp. 111-114, figs. 1, 2
(1909). °
Two females were collected by J. Steinbach in the Province del
Sara, Bolivia, in November, 1912, and in December, 1913, at an
elevation of 350 meters above sea-level.

Genus ZONIOPODA Stal.

Zoniopoda STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 32, 51 (1873); BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., XXX, p. 652 (1906); IB., Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 57 (1911).

76. Zoniopoda tarsata (Serville).

Acridium tarsata SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 283 (1831).
Zoniopoda tarsata STAL, Recens. Orth., I, p. 51 (1873); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie
Mus., VIII, pp. 57, 59 (1911).

The material now being studied contains a single female specimen,

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 39

taken by Steinbach ‘in the Province del Sara, Bolivia, at an elevation
of 350 meters above sea-level, collected February, 1913. C. M. Acc.
No. 5058. A male and a female were also taken by Steinbach at
Buena Vista.. €..M. Ace. No. 5573.

Mr. James A. G. Rehn at one time regarded Z. cruentata (Blanchard)
as being distinct from tarsata (see Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., LIX,
p. 175, 1907). More recently, however, he thinks that they only
represent geographic races, or merely environmental phases of a
single species. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XLIV, p. 202, 1918.)

Genus OPTHALMOLAMPIS Saussure.
Opthalmolampis SAUSSURE, Rev. Zodl., (2), XI, p. 394 (1859); STAL, Bihang till
Svensk. Akad. Handl., V, p. 42 (1878); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII,
Pp. 476.(1913).

77. Ophthalmolampis geniculapicta sp. nov.

Among the described species, as shown by the synoptical key pre-
pared by me and published in the Annas, Vol. VIII, pp. 476-477,
this form is most nearly related to O. geniculata Stal. It is a medium-
sized insect with two narrow, interrupted, pale longitudinal lines on
the sides of the pronotum, the one above bounding the disc on its
outer margin, and the other located about two-thirds of the distance
towards the lower margin. Hind femora with the genicula black,
ornamented by three large orange-red macula, two of which are
situated on the sides and the other above. The hind tibie at their
base also are provided with a prominent macula of the same color.

Head of moderate size, about as wide as the front edge of the
pronotum, into which it fits almost to the eyes; the occiput but little,
if any, elevated, very coarsely and deeply pitted or punctured, as are
the front, cheeks, pronotum, and sides of both the meso- and meta-
thorax. Vertex narrow, depressed between the upper portion of the
prominent eyes, but little wider than one-half the diameter of the
basal antennal joint, the fastigium widely and roundly sulcate, the
frontal costa not prominent, as wide above the antenne as the fasti-
gium, not sulcate, but coarsely pitted, a little narrowing anteriorly
and terminating at the ocellus, which is located at a point a little in
advance of a line drawn across the front at the lower edge of the
antennal sockets. Antenna rather slender, about as long as the hind
femora, in nowise ensiform, but with all the segments slightly flattened.

40 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Anterior and middle legs only moderately robust, of normal length;
the hind femora decidedly robust and with all the carina strongly
spinoso-tuberculate; the hind tibie seven-spined on both edges, about
1.5 mm. shorter than the hind femora; the three tarsal joints of about
equal length, and very hirsute. Tegmina much abbreviated, less
than one-half the length of the abdomen, their upper edges a trifle
overlapping at the apex.

General color of insect flavo-olivaceous, the antenne vinaceous red,
with a tinge of black along the middle of the upper side of their basal
half-dozen joints or segments. Face, from the base of the antenne
along the lower margin of the eyes and diagonally across the cheeks,
as well as the sides of the occiput to its hind border, also the base of
the clypeus, and the lower margin of the front, white-lined, these lines
apparently in continuation of the pronotal vitta. Tegmina each
with two longitudinal white lines. Eyes eneous. Hind tarsi rubro-
testaceous.

Length of body, 2, 26 mm.; of pronotum, 6.25 mm.; of tegmina,
7 mm.

Habitat: The type of this interesting species bears the label “ Prov.
del’Sara, Bolivia; 350: M.,) J.Steinbach.2) (C2 MesAccs Nos. 5058:

78. Opthalmolampis albolineata Bruner.
Opthalmolampis albolineata BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 476, 477-478
(1913).
A single specimen of this species is at hand... It was collected by
J. Steinbach in December, 1913, at Las Juntas in the Department of
Santa Cruz, Bolivia, at 250 M. above sea-level. C.M. Acc. No. 5060.

Genus TRYBLIOPHORUS Serville.

Trybliophorus SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 274 (1831); Is., Ins. Orth.,
p. 631 (1839); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 392 (1910); BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-
Amer., Orth., II, pp. 212, 251 (1907-8). - For additional bibliography see Kirby,
LG.

79. Trybliophorus octomaculatus Serville.
Trybliophorus octomaculatus SERVILLE, Il. cc., p. 275 (1831), p. 632 (1839); BurR-
MEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 618 (1839).
A pair of this highly colored locust are at hand from Pied Saut,
Oyapok River, French Guiana, where they were collected by S. M.
Klages in November, 1917. C. M. Acc. No. 6111.

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 4]

80. Trybliophorus modestus sp. nov.

Quite small, a somewhat robust, and dull and plainly colored insect
for a member of this genus, but with the definitely produced hind
border of the disc of the pronotum and the strongly roughened and
serrated hind femora, so characteristic of other members of the genus.

Antenne robust, pallid, or faintly testaceo-ferruginous, the basal
joints flattened and quite wide, gradually narrowing apically and
giving to them an ensiform appearance, when compared with the
filiform structure of these members, as they are in the remainder of
the described species. Head of the usual form, the eyes large and
prominent, the vertex narrow, about half the width of the basal
antennal joint; the fastigium of the vertex depressed, a little longer
than. wide, linearly sulcate, but with coarse lateral walls. Frontal
costa plane, prominent, and broad between the antennae, narrowly
sulcate and suddenly much lower below the ocellus, not quite reaching
the clypeus; viewed laterally broadly rounded between the antenne.
Front rugulose, not punctulate, as in T. octomaculatus, and its allies;
occiput also faintly and sparsely pitted. Pronotum rather robust and
punctulate,- the anterior lobe subcylindrical, but little expanding
caudad; the posterior lobe a little expanding, hind margin of the disc
produced at middle, but somewhat shorter, and with the apex a little
more rounded than usual. Tegmina and wings somewhat abbrevi-
ated, about four-fifths the length of the abdomen. Hind femora
robust, extending beyond the tip of the abdomen nearly as much as
the length of the genicule, the tibiz six-spined externally, rather
strongly hirsute; the first and second tarsal joints about equal in
length. Tip of the male abdomen acuminate and a little upturned;
the cerci finger-like, directed upward and a little to the rear, about
five times as long as wide at their base, a little narrower on their
apical fourth and acuminate. Prosternal spine robust, short, blunt,
a little transverse.

General color pale brunneo-testaceous, sides of the head back of
the eyes, the upper fourth of the lateral lobes of the pronotum and
the disc, and the costal fields of the tegmina longitudinally vittate
with piceous, on the tegmina divided by a narrow pallid line. Genicu-
lar lunules, or arcs, and bases of the tibie infuscated. Antenne a
little darker than the prevailing color of the insect. Legs concolorous,

the genicular lobes more pallid.

42 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Length of body, o’, 20 mm.; of pronotum, 7 mm.; of tegmina,
9 mm.; of hind femora, 12.5 mm.

Habitat: The only specimen at hand, a make, and the type of the
species, comes from Buena Vista, eastern Bolivia, where it was taken
by Je Steinbach: C:; M. Acc-No5573;

Genus PRORACHTHES Gerstecker.

Prorachthes GERST2CKER, Mitth. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riigen, XX, p. 38 (1889).
Prorachtes GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, no. 311, p. 44
(1898).
The present genus was erected to receive a very peculiar elongate
cylindrical locust coming from Peru.

81. Prorachthes insignis Gerstecker.
Prorachthes insignis GERSTASCKER, lI. ¢., p. 40 (1886).

A single male specimen of this remarkable locust is at hand. It
comes from the Rio Japacani of eastern Bolivia, where it was taken
in February 1917, by J. Steinbach. It bears no accession number,
but undoubtedly should be included in Acc. No. 5573.

As Gerstaecker’s description was based only on the female sex, a
few additional features possessed by the male may be noted here.
In this sex the vertex in front of the eyes is almost cylindrical, narrow-
ing but little towards the front, linearly grooved in the middle above
and below, with the frontal costa raised in the form of an elevated
wall, which is linearly sulcate from its middle to the base of the
clypeus. The latter has its basal middle triangularly set into the
front. The median ocellus is located just opposite the anterior
margin of the eyes, while the lateral ocelli are situated in front of the
middle of the eyes, and a very little in advance of them and appear as
small, smooth, rounded warts. The last ventral segment of the: male
abdomen is greatly elongate and dagger-like.

Length of body, o’, 61 mm.; of vertex in front of the eyes, 7.5 mm.;
of pronotum, 6 mm.; of tegmina, 31 mm.; of hind femora, 20 mm.;
of last ventral segment of abdomen, 11 mm. The antenne of the
specimen are imperfect.

Genus LEPTYsMA Stal.
Leplysma STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 42, 85 (1873); BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., XXX, p. 657 (1906); Is., Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 71 (1911), 478
(1913).

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 43

As suggested on page 71 of Vol. VIII of the ANNALs, the present
genus contains at least a dozen and a half distinct, though rather

. closely related forms, which occur in tropical and subtropical America.

Some of these already have been described, but others not. The
principal reason for this state of affairs seems to be due chiefly to the
lack of the necessary material at any one time, as well as the difficulty
of definitely determining the identity of the species described by
Burmeister, Serville, and Thunberg. The present collection certainly
contains three forms, or possibly five. They belong to C. M. Acc.
No. 5058. They seem to be separable as given under Nos. 82-86
inclusive.

82. Leptysma gracilis Bruner.
Leplysma gracilis BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 658 (1906); Is., Ann.

Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 71 (1911).

The material collected by J. Steinbach in the Province del Sara,
Bolivia, contains two males of this delicate little species. They were
taken in October, 1913, at an elevation of 350 meters above sea-level.
C. M. Acc. No. 5058. Two others taken by the same collector bear
the label “‘Rio Japacani, E. Bolivia, February 1917. C. M. Acc.
No. 5573."

83. Leptysma filiformis (Serville).

Opsomala filiformis SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 503 (1839).

Leptysma filiformis STAL, Recens. Orth., I, p. 85 (1873); BRUNER, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 658 (1906); Is., Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 72 (1911).
Five males and six females seem to belong to Opsomala filiformis

Serville, as I have determined that species. They all come from the

Province del Sara, Bolivia, where they were collected by J. Steinbach

in October, 1913, at an elevation of 350 meters above sea-level.

C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

84. Leptysma sp. No. I

Two males and possibly a female of a form which seems to be dis-
tinct from L. filiformis, are set aside as species No. 1. They are a
little smaller and somewhat slenderer than the specimens referred to
L. filiformis. They do not have the abdomen dusky above, and have
the fastigium larger and longer than in the individuals assigned to
No. 83. They measure as follows: Length of body, o, 33 mm.,

44 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

O}38 mm.: of pronotum, o', 4.5 mm., 9 5-1mm-; / oftegmina,
oO, 31 mm., 9, 37 mm.; of hind femora, o&, 13 mm., 9, 15 mm.

Habitat: Province del Sara, Bolivia; taken October, 1913, by J.
Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

85. Leptysma sp. No. 2.

A single female taken in October by the same collector and coming
from the same locality as the two preceding is set aside as possibly
representing still another species. It is about the size of the L. fili-
formis, recorded above. The most noticeable differences are in the
paler, almost uniform, color of the abdomen, sides of the head, and
the lower margin of the thorax. In this specimen the fastigium of
the vertex is a little longer and broader, while the eyes are a trifle less
prominent than in L. filiformis. It is similar to, and may be the same
as, the insect described by me in a former volume of the ANNALS
(VIII, p. 72) as L. intermedia. This, of course, is only conjecture,
since the type of that species is not at hand for comparison. This

insect belongs to the same accession as Leptysma No. I.

86. Leptysma sp. No. 3.

A fifth well-marked form is represented by a single female, which
recalls the species L. grossa described by the present writer in the
ANNALS, Vol. VIII, pp. 74-75. The present specimen, while quite
gross in the structure of its head and thorax, is considerably smaller
than the insect with which it is compared. It measures 48 mm. in
length, with the head only 11 mm. instead of 12.5 mm. long.

Habitat: The insect is from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, taken at
an elevation of 350 meters above the sea, by J. Steinbach in October,
1913. C.cM. AcesNomsoss:

Genus LEPTYSMINA Giglio-Tos.

Leptysmina GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184, p. 34
(1894), XIII, no. 311, p. 44 (1898); BRUNER, 2d Rept. Locust Comm. B. Aires,
DP: 53; 65 (1900); IsB., Journ. NY. Ent:-Soc:.; XIV, p: 151 (1906); Ti, ~Broc:
U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 641, 658 (1906).

The genus Leptysmina contains two described forms, and apparently

a third, if the specimen among the material now being studied is

distinct from pallida, as it seems to be.

a

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 45

87. Leptysmina minor sp. nov.

Similar to, but smaller and somewhat slenderer than L. pallida and
L. rosea of Giglio-Tos, but most nearly resembling the latter in its
general color, if my material is correctly determined.

Comparatively slender, the head elongate, with the occiput on
nearly the same plane as the pronotum; the fastigium of the vertex
with the sides nearly parallel, and with its apex broadly rounded,
the median and accessory carina prominent and with the intervening
sulci profound. Antenne strongly ensiform and decidedly longer
than the head. Vertex narrow, but little wider than the diameter
of the second antennal joint, heavily longitudinally carinated in the
middle, and lightly but acutely carinated at its sides. Pronotum
subcylindrical, plainly widening cephalad, the median carina fairly
prominent throughout, the transverse sulci plainly visible, but not
profound. Tegmina somewhat mutilated near their base, but sur-
passing the tip of the abdomen. Hind tibie thirteen-spined ex-
ternally, seventeen-spined internally.

General color above pale ferrugineo-testaceous; legs, front, and
under side pale grass-green. Cheeks, lower portion of the sides of
pronotum, and the pleura, longitudinally striped with creamy white,
above which is a stripe of a fusco-olivaceous tinge, which gradually
merges into the general dorsal hue. Antenne ferruginous, the eyes
castaneous, with a brassy hue or luster in certain lights.

Length of body, 2, 37 mm.; of head in advance of the pronotum,
8 mm.; of pronotum 6 mm.; of tegmina, 29 mm.; of hind femora,
16 mm.

The only specimen, the type, comes from the Cayari Island in the
Uassa Swamp. It was taken in May, 1918, by S. M. Klages. C. M.
Acc. No. 6177.

Genus OpsoMaLa Serville.
Opsomala BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., I, p. 610 (1838); SERVILLE, Ins. Orth.,

III, p. 419 (1910). For additional synonymy see Kirby, J. c.

This genus is separated from among the other Leptysmine locusts
by the plain last ventral segment of the abdomen of the males. Other-
wise the members are very similar to those assigned to the genus
Stenacris of Walker. Kirby lists three species definitely, and three
doubtfully, as belonging to the genus. In the case of interior Bruner,
. he is mistaken, as it is definitely a Stenacris. Probably in the case

46 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.
of steli, although it has the external margin of the hind tibiz armed
with nine or ten spines, he may be correct. But the inclusion of
nasica and falconia is undoubtedly in error. We now find before us a
new species, which must be assigned to the genus. We then still
have four species, which may be separated by the subjoined synoptical
key.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF OPSOMALA.

A. Antenne decidedly ensiform. Hind tibie provided with 9-I0 spines ex-
ternally. Tegmina narrowly acuminate. Wings rather strongly infus-
cated, or at least with obscure veins [Southwestern Brazil].. .steli Bruner-

AA. Antenne only faintly ensiform, or subensiform. Hind tibiz seven- to nine-
spined externally. Tegmina subacuminate. Wings not greatly
infuscated, nor with especially dark veins.

B. Hind tibie and their tarsi wholly pale coral-red. The abdomen
above testaceous.

C. Insect larger and more robust (o’, 34-35, 2, 40 mm.). General
color pale yellowish grass-green. [Brazil, Paraguay, and

Bolivia) ase ae sd sheus teehee oe syste eeotees coccineipes Bruner.
CC. Insect smaller and rather slender (o’, 29, 2, 36 mm.). General
color pale bluish green. (Cayenne.)....... intermedia sp. nov.

BB. Hind tibie with a large green space basally. The abdomen above
blood=red= (Brazil) css aera ie aalspe een erate oh ei swesicatley ve viridis Serville.

’ 88. Opsomala coccineipes (Bruner).
Arnilia coccineipes BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 659 (1906); IB.,

Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 254 (1908). ;

A single female of this locust is at hand from the Province del
Sara, Bolivia. It was taken in the month of October, 1913, by
Steinbach... (C.-M. Acc.cNoe 5058.

Judging from the structure of the hind tibize and femora, and from
personal experience while collecting in Paraguay, I should say that
this insect is a denizen of open meadows and away from water. Pos-
sibly the same characteristics may be true of all of the species of this
genus.

89. Opsomala intermedia sp. nov.

A rather slender species, of a pale blue-green color, apparently inter-
mediate between the species coccineipes and viridis, as indicated by
the Synoptic Key given above. Head about as wide as the anterior
edge of the pronotum, the front rather strongly oblique, the fastigium
a little wider at base than long, its sides a little rounded (0), or nearly

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 47

straight (2), and a little elevated into bounding carine. Vertex in
the male about as wide, in the female one-half wider than the diameter
of the basal antennal joint. Antenne sublinear of moderate length,
and in nowise hastate, the basal joints alone only faintly depressed.

Pronotum subcylindrical, very gently and broadly strangulate,
finely rugulose and punctate, the transverse sulci fine and _ little
impressed; anterior edge little, but widely and roundly, emarginate
at middle; the hind margin of disc subangulate. Tegmina narrow,
extending about one-fifth of their length beyond the tip of the abdomen
in both sexes, subacuminate. Hind femora normal, somewhat shorter
than the abdomen; the hind tibiz slender, but with the lateral margins
acute and a little prominent apically, armed externally with from
seven to eight spines. Tip of the male abdomen subacuminate, the
last ventral segment simple, about one-half longer than its basal
width, the outer half finger-like and directed backwards and upwards,
its extreme apex blunt. Supra-anal plate small, its apical half
narrowed and extending beyond the strongly curved pale cerci; the ©
edges of the median sulcus and apex of the last abdominal segment
on the upper side marked with black. Prosternal spine rather elon-
gate, clubbed, and blunt at its apex and somewhat directed to the
rear. Anterior and median legs short, small.

General color of head, pronotum, pleura, and tegmina pale bluish
green; the legs and underside paler, inclining to dirty white or test-
aceous; the hind tibiae and tarsi coral-red. Antenne testaceo-
ferruginous, in the male infuscated apically. Hind femora internally
pale piceous, owing to the shining through of the dried muscular tissue.
Abdomen pallid, uncolored above.

Length of body, &, 29 mm., 9,36 mm.; of pronotum, o, 4.8 mm.,
?, 6.5 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 25 mm., 2, 33 mm.; of hind femora,
Cele seinm. i 9, doom:

Two males and a female of this new species from Cayenne. They
were taken in February and March, 1917, by S. M. Klages. C. M.
Acc. No. 5873. One of the males is made the type of the species.

_ Genus STENACRIS Walker.

Stenacris WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., IV, p. 651 (1870); Kirpy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., III, p. 413 (1910); BruNeER, Annals Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 479
(1913).

Armilia STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 42, 85 (1873).

48 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

As indicated on page 479 of volume VIII of these ANNALS, the
insects which comprise the genus Sfenacris are quite similar in their
general appearance to those referred above to Opsomala Serville. In
the representatives of Stenacris ‘‘the last ventral segment of the male
abdomen is quite complex in structure, and varies very distinctly
while in Opsomala it varies but little.

Bl

among the different species,
About a dozen species have already been described and now four
more are recognized and herewith described.

go. Stenacris vitreipennis (Marschall)?

Gryllus vitreipennis MARSCHALL, Ann. Wien. Mus., I, pp. 214-215, pl. 18, fig. 6
(1836).

Stenacris chlorizans WALKER, Cat. Dermapt. Salt. Brit. Mus., IV, pp. 652, 653
(1870); Kirsy, Ll. c., p. 413 (1910). For fuller synonymy see the last reference.
There are two females of a locust belonging to this genus at hand.

They come from the Isle of Pines, where they were collected at Nueva

Gerona in June, 1912. They are placed here, because there can be

but little doubt that they are the same species as the insect well-known

from the southeastern portions of the United States.

gi. Stenacris cylindrodes (Stal).

Opsomala cylindrodes STAL, Kong. Svensk. Freg. Eugen. Resa., Ins., p. 325 (1860).
Arnilia cylindrodes STAL, Recens. Orth., I, p. 85 (1873).
Stenacris cylindrodes REHN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXVI, pp. 135, 136 (1909).
The present species does not seem to be represented in the material
now at hand, although it has been reported from the adjoining regions
of Brazil and Paraguay. Judging from the experience of the present
writer cylindrodes is confined chiefly to the coastal regions of Brazil,
with Rio Janeiro as the type-locality. The specimens of this species
heretofore reported from Paraguayan and interior Brazilian localities
may have been one or the other of the two following, or even a distinct
and allied form.

g2. Stenacris interior (Bruner).

Arnilia interior BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 254 (1908).
Opsomala interior Krrpy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 419 (1910); BRUNER, Ann.
Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 81 (1911), 479 (1913).
There are three males in the collections now receiving attention
which are apparently the same as the insect to which this name was
given, but as the type is not at hand, I hesitate to give a more com-

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 49

plete description of the species now. Two of them come from the
Upper Mamoré River in the Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia,
where they were taken in December, 1913, at an altitude of 200 meters
above sea-level. The other specimen was collected in November,
at Quatro-Ojos in the same province at an elevation of 300 meters.
All three of them were obtained by Haseman. The last mentioned
specimen belongs to C. M. Acc. No. 5059, and the former two to C. M.
Acc. No. 5061.

All three specimens show a decided rufous tinge on the dorsum of
the pronotum, as did the type-material, as now recalled by me.

93. Stenacris forficulata sp. nov.

Two males belonging to this genus and coming from Quatro-Ojos,
in the Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, are separated from the
preceding by the structure or the male genitalia. They belong in
the section of the genus containing S. columbe and S. fissicauda
Bruner, as characterized in the Biologia Centrali-Americana, Orth.,
II, pp. 225 and 258. When compared with these two species forficulata
approaches fissicauda most closely in size and in the structure of the
apical segment of the male abdomen. The general color of the insect
is pale grass-green, with little or no indication of a longitudinal pallid
lateral line on the sides on the head, pronotum, and thorax, as is so
frequently seen in several of the species of the genus. The wings,
although not spread, appear to be infuscated and to have a slightly
bluish tinge. The dorsum of the abdomen, however, is a little in-
fuscated, and the hind tarsi are tinged with pinkish red.

Length of body, o’, 26 mm.; of pronotum, 5.5 mm.; of tegmina,
22 mm.; of hind femora, 13 mm. The female which is also assigned
to this species is 30 mm. in length, with the tegmina 27 mm. long.

Habitat: Quatro-Ojos, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, at an
altitude of 300 meters above sea-level. Taken in November, 1913, by
j.-Stembach. C. M: Acc. No. 5059. :

94. Stenacris sp.(?)

There are at hand two females of what appears to be still another
species of Stenacris. They were taken on Uassa Island in the Uassa
Swamp during the month of June, 1918, by S. M. Klages. C. M.
NCC NO. O17:

ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 5, Dec. 6, 1920:

50 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

These individuals have the general aspect of some of the females
of the Cayenne specimens which I am describing in the present paper
as Stenacris cayennensis. I observe, however, that these specimens
from the Uassa swamp have paler wings than do those coming from

Cayenne.
95. Stenacris cayennensis sp. nov.

A comparatively small, slender insect, related to the species minor
and marschalli of Bruner, as described in the Biologia Centrali-
Americana, Orthoptera, Vol. II, pp. 256 and 257, but closer to the
latter than the former. In the present characterization comparisons
therefore will be made with the descriptions of those species.

General color somewhat variable, owing to the variation in the
amount of dusky markings present in different individuals. Head
moderately large, a little wider than the anterior edge of the
pronotum; eyes large and prominent, separated above by a space
very little wider (o’) or fully twice (2) that of the diameter of the
basal antennal joint; the fastigium depressed, horizontal, a little
shorter than its basal width, the width broadly convex, and showing
only a faint indication of sulcation near its anterior edge, the lateral
edges very gently bowed and faintly carinated, this most apparent in
the males. Front rather-strongly retreating, viewed laterally gently
bowed inwards at middle, owing to the prominence of the frontal
costa between the antenne, the latter moderately well defined, the
lateral walls heavy and bisinuate, giving the costa two wider portions,
viz., one above between the antennae, and the other at the median
ocellus, continuous to the clypeus, roundly and deeply sulcate through-
out; lateral or facial carine slender, straight, divergent, extending
from the lateral ocelli to the outer facial angles at the base of the
clypeus. Antenne of moderate length, nearly (Q) or quite (07)
reaching the posterior margin of the pronotum, almost linear, only
the three or four basal joints slightly depressed. Pronotum sub-
cylindrical, considerably longer than wide, the middle a little arcuate
or strangulate by having the base and apex slightly wider than at
middle, the surface finely punctulate, the transverse furrows well
marked; front and hind borders broadly rounded. Tegmina fully
developed, extending beyond the tip of the abdomen in both sexes,
their apex subacuminate. Hind femora normal, not reaching the
apex of the abdomen in either sex; the tibia not markedly expanded

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. aL

apically, six- or seven-spined externally, nine-spined internally;
anterior and middle legs short, but fairly robust. Last ventral seg-
ment of the male abdomen with the main portion a little longer than
the basal width, its outer two-thirds with the sides parallel, and ending
on either side in short, prominent, rounded lobes; the median portion
fully as long as the basal, directed upwards, and, with its apical half
slender and directed upward and obliquely, as well as arcuately, to
the rear. Cerci rather large, their apical portion transverse, truncated,

and with the apex infuscated. Valves of the ovipositor short, their
margins six- or seven-toothed, the teeth strong. Prosternal spine
large, robust, the apex evenly rounded and directed gently to the rear.

General color various shades of pale green, white, and testaceous,
varied with piceous, ferruginous, brown, and black. These hues
are arranged in longitudinal streaks and patches as follows: occiput,
cheeks back of the eyes, disc, and upper part of the sides of the pro-
notum, meso- and metapleura, and the tegmina, prevailingly some
shade of green; the occiput marked with two longitudinal divergent
white stripes; the cheeks below, the lower third of the sides of the
pronotum and the pleura longitudinally white; also, in the type, a
white line running along each side of the disc of the pronotum; above
this white lateral line is one of greater or less intensity of piceous,
olivaceous, or ferruginous. The disc of the pronotum is usually.
ferruginous, vinaceous, or even brown, the abdomen above strongly
infuscated, below pallid, the legs testaceous, or greenish strami-
mineous. Antenne ferruginous, a little infuscated internally at base
and apically. Posterior edge of the last abdominal segment above
and the carine of the supra-anal plate black; wings infuscated. In
some specimens there is a somewhat general dark tinting of the whole
insect both above and below, when the front, pectus at middle, and
underside of the abdomen are vinaceous brown gradually shading off
to testaceous and green, or to olivaceous. In some specimens the
white lines are quite noticeably tinted with green.

Length of body, o&', 24 mm., 2, 31 mm.; of pronotum, co’, 4 mm.,
2, 4-5 mm.; of tegmina, «|, 20 mm., 9, 26 mm.; of hind femora,
@,,12)mm.,, 9%, 144; 1m.) of antenne, o', 8.5 mm., 9 , 7-75 mm.

Habitat: This insect is represented by three males and three females

from Cayenne, French Guiana, collected in February and March,
1917, by S. M. Klages. They belong to C. M. Acc. Nos. 5873 and
5897. The male type belongs to the latter accession, while the female

ay ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

type is from the former. There is also a male at hand from Mana
River where it was collected in May. C. M. Acc. No. 6008.

96. Stenacris megacephala sp. nov.

This insect is characterized chiefly by its excessively large and
smooth head, which is considerably wider than the anterior edge of
the strangulate pronotum, which is likewise rather robust; also by
the widely lamellate lateral edges of the hind tibiz.

Fastigium of the vertex depressed, somewhat declivant in front,
the base almost twice as wide as the median length, separated from
the vertex by a rather well-defined transverse furrow, the disc full
and showing only slight indication of a longitudinal sulcus or irre-
gularities, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angle obtuse. Vertex
between the eyes fully twice the width of the basal antennal joint.
Front somewhat oblique, but not so greatly as in the other species.
of the genus. The frontal costa rather broad and roundly sulcate,
viewed laterally straight, its lateral walls not greatly sinuose, con-
tinuous to the base of the clypeus. Antenne sublinear, scarcely at
all enlarged at their base, of normal length, not reaching much beyond
the last transverse sulcus of the pronotum. The latter faintly and
minutely punctulate, smooth, narrowest at the hind sulcus, which is
narrow, but profound, the other sulci also deeply but narrowly im-
pressed. Tegmina somewhat acuminate, extending but little beyond
the tip of the abdomen. Valves of the ovipositor rather short, the
teeth small and weak, the apex of the lower pair scarcely hooked.
Prosternal spine moderately large, long and club-shaped, directed
somewhat caudad, its apex blunt and almost touching the anterior
margin of the mesosternum.

General color’ of front, head above, pronotum and tegmina oliva-
ceous, lower edges of the cheeks, sides of the pronotum and meso-
and metapleura rather widely streaked longitudinally with ivory-
white, this in turn bordered above by a fuscous or dull piceous band,
which gradually merges above into the general olive hue. Anterior
and middle legs greenish, fading basally to testaceous, the hind
femora olivaceous yellow, or greenish straw-color; hind tibie oliva-
ceous basally, becoming pale vinaceous apically, the hind tarsi coral-
red. Antenne ferruginous, apically infuscated.

Length of body, 9, 36 mm.; of head in front of the pronotum 5.5

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 53

mm.; of pronotum 6 mm.; of tegmina, 27 mm.; of hind femora,
15.5 mm.

Habitat: The type, a female, comes from Uassa Island, Uassa
Swamp, where it was collected in June, 1918, by S. M. Klages. C. M.
Acc. No. 6167. There is also a second female at hand, bearing the
label ‘‘Oucatopi Island, S. M: Klages, C. M. Acc. 6178.” It was
likewise taken in June, and agrees in all respects with the type.

Genus TUCAYACA gen. nov.

Related to Stenacris, but differing from that genus in having the
body of the males noticeably more robust, the face more strongly
receding or oblique, the antenne decidedly ensiform, and the hind
legs comparatively heavier and longer. When compared with the
various species of Sfenacris, the type of the present genus, 7. aquatica,
is seen to have the last ventral segment of the abdomen of the male
more elongate, tapering, and simple. In the table or key for separat-
ing the tropical American genera of Leptysme@ and allies (ANNALS,
VIII, pp. 69-71) Tucayaca runs to cc. under A. In order to insert it
we would then add the following: '
d. Fastigium about as long as wide, its sides convergent from the base, and but
little bowed, the lateral edges little, if at all, carinated. Occiput some-
what arched, the head shorter than the pronotum. Antenne with the
basal joints but little dilated. Apex of the male abdomen with the last
ventral segment not greatly elongate, often quite elaborated with tubercles,
Spines;01 othet-ap pen Gages: wiccsne sin ena's treet. clea a aneieneatt on Stenacris Walker.

dd. Fastigium of the vertex a little longer than wide, the sides on its basal third
or half parallel, beyond this point bowed, the lateral edges strongly carinated.
Occiput straight, the head as long as the pronotum. Antenne with the

basal joints plainly dilated, giving to these members a subensiform appear-

ance. Apex of abdomen of male with the last ventral segment rather
elongate, not complicated with appendages, but gradually tapering, and
directed backwardiand-upward.. 2. 0.)..deic0 ccs wets es Tucayaca gen. nov.

97. Tucayaca aquatica sp. nov.

General color wood-brown above, testaceous below. Sides of the
head, pronotum, and pleura broadly banded with piceous, bordered
below by a dirty white line. Eyes fairly prominent, nearly twice as
long as wide. Vertex somewhat depressed, not quite as wide as the
diameter of joint two of the antenna, the latter about one-third longer
than the head and the pronotum combined; the fastigium with its

54 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

disc rounded or convex, and bearing a longitudinal sulcus throughout;
the frontal costa prominent, a little ampliated above the antenne,
profoundly sulcate throughout, and continuous to the clypeus.
Mesosternal lobes with their inner edges touching for a considerable
portion of their length. Prosternal spine of moderate robustness,
cylindrical, straight, its apex blunt. Tegmina acuminate, extending
about one-fifth of their length beyond the tip of the abdomen. Ab-
domen gently tapering, the supra-anal plate scutellate, its apical
third narrower, triangular, flat, and with its apex rounded. Cerci of
moderate size, strongly curved upwards, the apex black. Hind tibiz
strongly dilated, their lateral edges acute, seven- to eight-spined
externally.

Length of body, o&, 27 mm.; of pronotum, 6 mm.; of tegmina, 23
mm.; of hind femora, 14.5 mm.

Habitat: Upper Mamoré River in the Department of Santa Cruz,
Bolivia, December, 1913. The type and a second male were collected
at an altitude of 200 meters above sea-level by J. Steinbach. C. M.
Acc. No. 5061.

98. Tucayaca normalis sp. nov.

Very similar in general appearance to the preceding, but differing
from it in its slightly larger size, the somewhat longer and differently
shaped fastigium of the vertex, and in the broader and apically rounded
last ventral segment of the male abdomen.

Head large, elongate, somewhat ascending, the front strongly
retreating, viewed in profile nearly straight; the fastigium of the vertex
moderately large, about two-thirds the length of the longest diameter
of the eyes; its sides parallel at the base for a little less than one-half
of its length, beyond this nearly straight and somewhat convergent
to the narrowly rounded apex, the lateral edges heavily carinated;
the disc viewed from the side strongly and arcuately convex, its
middle longitudinally, evenly, and roundly sulcate. Frontal costa
prominent, with the lateral walls bowed, and forming a rather wide
ovate loop above between the antenna, from this point very gently
and evenly divergent below, reaching the clypeus, profoundly sulcate
throughout. Antenne rather heavy, slightly ensiform, somewhat
longer than the head and pronotum combined, the basal joint rather
robust, scarcely as long as wide, concolorous. Vertex as wide as the
basal antennal joint, depressed in front, separated from the fastigium

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 55

by a transverse sulcus or depression. Pronotum subcylindrical, a
little narrower at its middle than in front and behind; the surface
minutely and closely punctulate; the transverse sulci narrow, not
deeply impressed, but plainly visible; the median carina slender, but
apparent throughout; both the anterior and posterior margins of the
disc broadly rounded. Tegmina of moderate width, tapering only
on their apical fifth, acuminate. Legs long and robust, the hind
femora not quite reaching the tip of the abdomen of the male, their
genicular area rather small, the lateral lobes acuminate, but not
spined. Hind tibia moderately expanded apically, where the lateral
carine are sharp and more or less lamellate, as well as closely fringed
with hairs; provided internally with eleven and externally with ten
spines. Last ventral segment of the abdomen of the male about
twice as long as broad at the base, a little tapering, and with the
apical portion spatulate, the apex slightly and roundly emarginate
at middle. Cerci strongly curved upwards, the apical half trans-
verse and obliquely docked from the inner edge. Supra-anal plate
very similar to the general type for the group, its carine and the edge
of the preceding segment marked with black. Prosternal spine rather
long and robust, directed strongly posteriorly or caudad.

General color above testaceo-ferruginous, under side and legs
testaceous, possibly greenish in life, the sides marked from the lower
edge of the eyes to the base of the hind femora with a prominent
white stripe bordered above by one of piceous. Antenne ferruginous,
their inner edge basally infuscated.

Length of body, o&, 27 mm.; of pronotum, 4.5 mm.; of tegmina,
23.5 mm.; of hind femora, 14 mm.

Habitat: The type, and only representative of the species at hand,
is from Oucatopi Island, where it was taken in June, 1918, by S. M.
Klages. C. M. Acc. No. 6178.

Genus INUSIA Giglio-Tos.

Inusia GiGLi0-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoédl. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII, no. 302, p. 30
(1897); BRUNER, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIV, p. 151 (1906); Is., Biol. Cent.-
Amer., Orth., II, pp. 212, 259 (1907-8); Ip., Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 70
(1911).

99. Inusia chipmani Bruner.

Inusia chipmani. BRUNER, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIV, p. 154 (1906); IB., Biol.
Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 250, 260 (1908); Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 414
(1910).

56 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The present species is represented by three males and three females.
They come from Cayenne, French Guiana, where they were collected
from January to March, 1917. C. M. Acc. Nos. 5817 and 5873. -

100. Inusia pallida Bruner?
Inusia pallida BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 660 (1906); IB., Biol.

Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 259 (1908).

A single male specimen of the genus Jnusia coming from the Province
del Sara, Bolivia, is referred here with some doubt, since its coloration
differs considerably from that of the type. But, as this one is a male,
and the type was a female, the difference in color might be accounted |
for by the difference in sex. It was collected by J. Steinbach in
December, 1912, at-an altitude of 350 meters above sea-level. C. M.
Acc. No. 5058.

Genus STENOPOLA Stal.

Stenopola STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 42, 83 (1873); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus.,
VII, p. 70 (1911); KirBy, Syn. Oat. Orth., III, p. 415 (1910).

101. Stenopola dorsalis (Thunberg) ?

Truxalis dorsata THUNBERG, Nova. Acta Upsal, IX, p. 80 (1827).

Stenopola dorsalis STAL, Recens. Orth., I, p. 83 (1873); KuirRBy, |. ¢., p. 415 (1910).

Opomala femoralis WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., III, p. 509 (1870).
Three males of a small locust coming from the Mana River, French

Guiana, are placed here. They were. collected in May, 1917, by

Klages C.M. Acc. No. 6008.

Genus OXYBLEPTA Stal.

Oxyblepta STAL, Recens. Orth., I, p. 84 (1873).

Stenopola STAL, Bihang. Svensk. Akad. Handl., V (4), p. 39 (1878); BRUNER,
2nd Rep. Locust Comm. B. Aires, pp. 54, 66 (1900); Gi1GLi0o-Tos, Boll. Mus.
Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, no. 311, p. 45 (1898), etc.

The representatives of the present genus occur in tropical America
from Panama to northern Argentina. Like the species of the next
genus, they are of moderate size, and not very different in color and
structure. As in some other genera of the group Leptysme, there is
considerable diversity of opinion concerning the number and limitation
of species.

The present collection contains representatives of apparently three
distinct forms.

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. ay

102. Oxyblepta puncticeps Stal.

Opsomala puncticeps STAL, Eugenies Resa, Orth., p. 325, no. 68 (1860).

Stenopola (Oxyblepta)' puncticeps STAL, Recens. Orth., I, p. 84 (1873); ? GiGLIo-
Tos, Boll. Mus. Zo6l. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184, Pp. 31 (1894); BRUNER,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 661 (1906).

Two females from the Province del Sara in Bolivia are referred
here. One of them was taken in November, 1911, and the other
either in November or December, 1912. ° They were collected by J.
Steinbach at an elevation of 350 meters above sea-level, and agree
in color and general appearance with a specimen in the present writer’s
possession taken in Paraguay by W. T. Foster. There are also two
males and two females at hand, which bear the label ‘‘ Rio Japacani,
E. Bolivia, Feb. 1915, J. Steinbach, Acc. 5573. These I also refer
here, although they are rather too small, if Stal’s measurements are
correct.

103. Oxyblepta minor sp. nov.

Very similar to the preceding, but much slenderer and smaller,
and with shorter tegmina and wings.

Head rather large, wider than the front edge of the pronotum, the
eyes very prominent, castaneous, and longitudinally streaked with
testaceous, the vertex very narrow, not much wider than one-half
the diameter of the rather heavy antenne near their base. Fastigiu m
of the vertex acuminate, of moderate size, the frontal costa prominent
above between the base of the antenne, almost obliterated below.
Antenne robust, in the male fully as long as, in the female a little
shorter than, the hind femora. Front, occiput, disc of the pronotum,
and the pleura strongly and closely punctulate, the cheeks more
sparsely so. Tegmina as long as the abdomen, their apex somewhat
acuminate. Hind femora moderately robust, in the female not quite
reaching, in the male passing the tip of the abdomen a trifle.

General color as in puncticeps.: The pale line on the lower portion
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum and pleura beautifully maculate
with gamboge-yellow. Genicule of the hind femora with the lunules
ferruginous.

Length of body, o’, 18.5 mm., 2, 22 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 3.6
MMs se 5.4.2) mm; of tegmina, o,:13.mm., 9, 17 mm.; of hind
femora, co’; 10 mm., 9, I2 mm.

Habitat: One pair in coitu, taken in December, 1913, at Las Juntas,

58 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, by J. Steinbach, at an elevation
of 250 meters above sea-level. C. M. Acc. No. 5060.

104. Oxyblepta bohlsii (Giglio-Tos).
Steno pola bohlsii GiGL1o-Tos, Boll. Zodl. Jahrb., Syst., VIII, p. 813 (1895); BRUNER?

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 661 (1906).

Three females of this species are at hand. They come from the
Province del Sara, Bolivia, where they were collected at 350 meters
above sea-level by J. Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

The present species differs from the two preceding in having the
longitudinal lateral pallid lines composed of large, smooth, elevated
macula, instead of being continuous. The genicule of the hind femora
are bright ferruginous.

Genus HENIA Giglio-Tos.

Henia GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, no. 311, pp. 45,
55 (1898); BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 261 (1908); IsB., Ann.
Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 70 (1911).

This genus is confined to South America, so far as our present
knowledge reveals. It contains insects of medium size, the known
species ranging in lengths from 15 to 21 mm. in the males, and 21
to 26.5 mm. in the females. Two species have been heretofore de-
scribed and the present collection contains what seem to be three
additional forms. All of the species are found very close to, or south
of, the equator, and in the interior. They may be separated by the
annexed key.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF HENIA.

A. Form of insect rather slender.
b. Smaller (o’, 15-16 mm., 9, 2I-23 mm.).
c. Antenne shorter (9-II mm.).
d. Antenne less elongate, pale red (9, 8.75-9 mm.).
frenata Marschall.
dd. Antenne more elongate, black (o’, and 9, 10-11 mm.).

susinama sp. nov.

cc. Antenne longer (13-15 mm.).

d. Length of body (2,21 mm.). Dorsum of pronotum uniformly
olive-yellow. Hind femora gamboge-yellow. Abdomea and
venterspale cinnamon.sn ea eieinee cs uke boliviana Rehn.

dd. Length of body (co, 19, 2, 26.5 mm.). Dorsum of pronotum
with the disc fusco-olivaceous, bordered at the sides by

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 59

prominent gamboge-yellow lines, in continuation of the pale

dorsal angles of the tegmina. Hind femora pale grass-green.

Abdomen and venter flavo-testaceous... .sleinbachi sp. nov.

AA. Form of insect rather robust. General color of the body and limbs pale
brownish yellow. Dorsum of the head, pronotum, and tegmina infuscated

and bordered on each side by testaceous................. testacea sp. nov.

105. Henia surinama sp. nov.

Very similar to, and possibly the same as Marchall’s Gryllus frenatus,
from which our material varies chiefly in the slightly larger size, more
acute tegmina, and somewhat longer and much darker antenne.
The measurements are as follows:

Length of antenne, o& and 9, 10-11 mm.; of body; o, 17 mm.,
OF 23 mm., of pronotum; o', 3.1 mm.,. 9, 4 mm.; of tegmina, co’,
15 mm., 2,18 mm.; of hind femora, o’, Io mm., 9, 12.5 mm.

Habitat: Three males and two females are before me as I write.
They all come from Cayenne, French Guiana, where they were col-
lected in February and March, 1917. I have designated a male as
the type. C. M. Acc. No. 5873.

106. Henia steinbachi sp. nov.

Related to H. boliviana Rehn, but very noticeably larger and darker
colored, on account of the obscure occiput, disc of the pronotum, and
dorsal field of the tegmina. Otherwise very little different from that
species. In fact, aside from comparative -size and color variation,
the various species of the genus are very similar.

Length of body, o', 19 mm., 2, 26.5 mm.; of pronotum, o”, 4 mm.,
Oo Sal 5mm. of tezmina, co; 17° mm:, 9 , 21 mm.: of hind femora,
CO; 12 mm... Os 15 mm.

Habitat: Two males and one female come from Las Juntas and a
single male from Quatro-Ojos, in the Department of Santa Cruz,
Bolivia. The last mentioned male was taken in November at an
elevation of 300 meters, and the former three specimens were collected
in December at 250 meters above sea-level. There are also two
females, taken at Buena Vista, E. Bolivia, the latter belong to C. M.
Acc. No. 5573. All of them were taken by J. Steinbach. The type,
a female, belongs to C. M. Acc. No. 5060.

107. Henia testacea sp. nov.

As shown by the synoptical key the present species differs from the
others in its more robust form and prevailing bruneo-testaceous color.

60 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Length of body, o, 21 mm.; of pronotum, 4.1 mm.; of tegmina,
17.5 mm.; of hind femora, 13 mm.

Habitat: A single male, the type, comes from the Province del
Sara, Bolivia, where it was collected by J. Steinbach during the period
of November-December, 1912, at an altitude of 350 meters above
sea-level. C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

Genus Cornops Scudder.

Cornops SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 276 (1875); GiGLIo-Tos,
Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184, p. 31 (1894), XIII, no. 311,
Pp. 45 (1898); BRUNER, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIV, p. 152 (1906); IB., Prec.
U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 662 (1906), etc.

108. Cornops bivittatum Scudder.

Cornops bivittatum SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 276 (1875);
GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184, p. 32 (18904).
Two females and one male from the Province del Sara, Bolivia,

are referred to Scudder’s species bivittatum. They were collected by

J. Steinbach at an altitude of 350 meters. C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

There is another female from the Rio Japacani, eastern Bolivia, taken

by the same collector in Feb., 1915. C.M. Acc. No. 5573.

109. Cornops longipenne De Geer.
Acrydium longipenne DE GEER, Mém. Ins., III, p. 501, no. 18, pl. 42, fig. 9 (1773)-
? Paracornops longipenne BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 662 (1906).
Cornops longipenne REHN, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XLII, pp. 286, 287—in discussion

of synonymy, Sept. 23, 1916; IB., J. c., XLIV, p. 204 (1918).

There are three males and three females of this insect at hand.
They all come from Cayenne, French Guiana, where they were taken
in April) ror7.) @M-- Ace Nos 5897.

Coming from a locality so comparatively near to and similar to
that, from which Acrydium longipenne De Geer, was derived, there
can scarcely be room for doubt as to their identity. The specimens
seem to agree in every respect with the original description, as well
as with most of the characters mentioned by Rehn ‘in his discussion
referred to above, and based upon almost certainly authentic material.

110. Cornops insulare Bruner.

Cornops insularis BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 262 (1908).
Cornops bivittatum BRUNER (nec Scudder), Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIV, p. 154
(1906).

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 61

Four males and two females of this beautiful insect, were collected
at Cayenne, in February, March, and April, 1917. C. M. Acc. Nos.
5873 and 5897.

111. Cornops pelagicum sp. nov.

There is a female of what appears to be still an additional species
of Cornops among the material now being studied. It was taken on
Oucatopi Island by S. M. Klages in June, 1918. The description
follows:

Medium in size; rather robust; the tegmina and the wings de-
cidedly shorter than in such species as longipenne, ignotum, insulare,
and paraguayense, with all of which it agrees fairly well in size. Head
short, the front not very oblique, viewed laterally a little rounded,
strongly and closely punctured; fastigium of the vertex short and
wide, almost twice as wide at the base as the length, the lateral
edges straight, the apex blunt, its disc depressed and provided with
a wide longitudinal sulcus; antenne slender, filiform, about reaching
the apex of the pronotum; the frontal costa fairly prominent, widest
above the base of the antenne and evenly and gradually narrowing
below where its sides meet and terminate just before reaching the
clypeus, profoundly sulcate from a point just above the antenne.
Vertex about one and three-fourths as wide as the diameter of the
rather large subconical basal antennal joints, but little depressed;
occiput short, gently rounded. Pronotum strongly punctate, sub-
cylindrical, a little widest behind, the hind margin broadly angulate,
the median carina fairly prominent back of the last transverse sulcus,
but diminishing cephalad. Tegmina very little longer than the
abdomen, their apex rounded. Hind femora robust at base, but
slender on the apical half, their genicular lobes elongate and finely
acuminate, almost spiniform; the hind tibia strongly expanded
apically, and with the fringe of hairs on their inner margin quite dense
and noticeable, the spines large and tipped on outer half or third with
deep black. Prosternal spine erect, a little transverse, elongate, and
broadly rounded at its apex. Valves of the ovipositor short, broad,
the outer margin armed with about a dozen small teeth, the inner
margin provided near its middle with several, while the bulging disc
is thickly studded with them, giving it a sharply granular appearance.

General color olive-green above, becoming grass-green on the teg-
mina. Paler beneath, where the prevailing hue is flavous. Sides of

62 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the head, upper half of the sides of the pronotum and pleure heavily
longitudinally striped with black, the upper edge of which gradually
merges with the dorsal color. Genicular area of the hind femora and
the base of the tibiz scarcely marked or even tinged with black,
fuscous, or ferruginous. Antenne dark olive-green.

Length of body, 2, 27 mm.; of pronotum, 5 mm.; of tegmina, 21
mim.; of hind femora, 14.5 mm.; of antenne 8.5 mm.

The type is unique, and belongs to C. M. Acc. No. 6178.

Genus TETRATANIA Stal.
Tetratenia STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 34, 53 (1873); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
III, p. 418 (1910). For further bibliography see Kirby, l. c.
The genus Jetratenia is composed of several species of medium-
sized, highly colored locusts, which, judging from the greatly lamellate
edges of the hind tibia, live among aquatic plants. At least a half

dozen species are known.

112. Tetratenia phila Rehn.

Tetratenia phila REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., May, 1918, pp. 172-175,

Pls; figs. 253-275

The specimens were at first doubtfully determined as Gryllus
surinamus Linneus, but, when compared with the description of
Rehn’s new species 7. phila, their identity with it was at once detected.
There are four males and two females. They are labelled as follows:
one male and a female, ‘‘Cayenne, Mch., C. M. Acc. 5897,’ a male
and female ‘‘Oucatopi Island, S. M. Klages, June, 1918, Acc. 6178”;
one male (imperfect) ‘‘Cayari Island, Uassa Swamp, May, 1918, Acc.
6177"’; and a male, Benevides, Para, Brazil, Oct. 1918, also taken
by Klages, C. M. Acc. 6174.

These specimens are very uniform in both size and color.

113. Tetrateznia australis sp. nov.

There is a single mutilated male of a species of Tetratenia from
the Province del Sara, Bolivia, collected by J. Steinbach during the
period March-April, 1913, at an altitude of about 350 meters above
sea-level. Although the mutilation consists in the absence of both
hind legs, it seems worth while to briefly characterize it under the
above name, since it seems to come from the most southern locality
from which a representative of the genus is recorded.

>

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 63

In color this specimen approaches surinama and in size is slightly
larger than the largest specimen of surinama as recorded by Rehn
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., May, 1918, p. 172) where he mentions
the variability of the species.

Head large, the occiput short, smooth, bullate; vertex between
the eyes a very little greater than the diameter of the basal antennal
joint; the fastigium of the vertex short, depressed, broadly sulcate at
middle, the sulcation gradually, roundly, and faintly merging into
that of the frontal costa, which latter is rather prominent above
between the bases of the antenne, but quickly lowers at the ocellus
and below, continuous but inconspicuous to the clypeus. Antenne
filiform, quite coarse, about one-half longer than the head and pro-
notum combined. Pronotum glabrous, but quite closely punctulate
and rugose, save at its sides between the hind sulcus and the anterior
margin, where the surface is almost smooth; anterior margin a little
advanced upon the occiput, the middle angulately emarginate, the
hind border broadly angulate, but with the apex triangularly emar-
ginate, the transverse sulci profound; the median carina rather coarse,
cut by all three sulci. Tegmina of moderate width, the costal margin
somewhat broadly and shallowly lobate near the base, reaching well
beyond the tip of the abdomen, apex rounded. Apex of the abdomen
slender, the last ventral segment and subgenital plate pale, smooth,
and together forming a differentiated area, appearing quite different
from the other ventral portion and directed obliquely upward, the
sub-genital plate on its outer half compressed to about one-third of
its basal width, the apex narrowly prow-shaped, entire; cerci elongate,
abruptly bent both upwards and inwards, the slender finger tapering
but little, so that the two by bowing inwards touch their tips above
the apex of the supra-anal plate, which latter is formed somewhat
like that in other members of the genus, as are also the lobes of the
preceding segment in advance of the bases of the cerci. Prosternal
spine rather long and slender, evenly conical, acuminate. Meso-
sternal lobes separated by a space a little less than the width of the
lobes themselves.

General color dark olive-green with the usual longitudinal pallid
lines and the broad band of black on the sides of head, pronotum and
pleura separating these lines of yellow as described for both 7. surin-
ama and T. phila. Base of the anterior and median femora tinged
with coral-red; the apical lobes or genicule of the middle femora

64 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

larger and more rounded then in surinama, the superior apical spine
short and heavy.

The type is the property of the Carnegie Museum and belongs to
Acc. No. 5058.

Genus CoprocERA Burmeister.

Copiocera BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, pp. 602, 611 (1838); SrAL, Bihang
Svensk. Akad. Handl., V, no. 4, p. 38 (1878); BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., II, pp. 213, 263 (1913); REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1913, pp. 94—
96, figs. 7, 8.

Glaphyracris WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., IV, p. 653 (1870).

This genus is composed of moderately large, elongate, duskily
colored insects, the majority of the species of which have their ab-
domens more or less conspicuously ornamented with orange or red
maculations. They are distributed throughout South America from
the Isthmus of Panama to northern Argentina. Up to the present
time nine, or possibly ten, supposed species have been recognized and
described. Two others are now added. These may be separated by
the annexed key:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF COPIOCERA.

A. Smaller (co, 28-31 mm.; @, 30-34 mm.).

b. Antenne with their basal segments somewhat flattened, subensiform,
dorsum of the pronotum and occiput provided with a median dusky
IKoyoreghab Co buatel tba Sewra nnd Se makioS pencros nee ae oon a 4 eucera Marschall.

bb. Antenne filiform, in nowise subensiform.
c. Abdomen varicolored, provided above with orange or reddish
maculations or ground.
d. Abdomen with the dorsum blood-red, the sides and underside
laches) eee cde edas a Rona: hematonata Burmeister.
dd. Abdomen above pale sanguineous, with the sides flavo-macu-
Vater. cotere Auctspntexess osersh rec aaenedshayeeons nue we tatarbeee leta Gerstecker.
cc. Abdomen not varicolored.
d. Abdomen red. Sides of the prenotum concolorous or uni-
COLOKER Masia se feetee ess hi oe eee a stat nigricans Walker.
dd. Abdomen olivaceous, becoming darker above. Sides of the
pronotum marked with a large orange area. .collaris Bruner.
AA. Larger (07, 32-36 mm.; 9, 42-48 mm.).
b. Antenne somewhat robust, subensiform, the basal joints somewhat
dilated and flattened.
c. Dorsum of the occiput and the pronotum provided with a longi-
tudinal black line. Antenne red.....:...... erythrogaster Perty.
cc. Dorsum of the head and the pronotum not provided with a longi-
tudinal fuscous line. Antenne black.......surinamensis Rehn,

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 65

bt. Antenne slender, filiform, the sub-basal joints not noticeably flattened
or dilated,
c. General color greenish olive above, paler below; anterior and middle
legs more or less sanguineous.
d. Smaller (o', 32-35 mm.; tegmina 24-37.5 nim.).
e. Abdomen without red or orange-colored maculations.
Anterior margin of the pronotum and the inner face and
lower edge of the hind femora concolorous.
lepida Gerstecker.*
ee. Abdomen brightly and largely red maculate. Anterior
margin of the pronotum narrowly yellow-bordered,
followed by a narrow collar of black. Inner face and
lower margin of hind femora bright blood-red.
formosa sp. nov.
dd. Larger (o', 36 mm.; tegmina 32 mm.). Hind tibie dusky
VITA CEOUS)S ayes atevels Heosouet sostae ti eesteh assy spanenraia nays boliviana sp. nov.
cc. General color darker.
d. Fusco-olivaceous, moderately slender ..specularis Gerstecker.
dds Reddish) brow srObiSt.jo as on oka ners ots anes austera Gerstecker,

114. Copiocera surinamensis Rehn.
Copiocera surinamensis REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., Mch. 1913, pp. 94-96,

figs. 7, 8

I am referring a single male specimen belonging to this genus to
Rehn’s C. surinamensis. It is from the Mana River in French uaa,
where it was taken in May, 1917. C. M. Acc. No. 6008.

Its measurements are: Length of body, co, 30 mm.; of pronotum,
4.75 mm.; of tegmina, 25 mm.; of hind femora, 13.5 mm. In color
it agrees well with Rehn’s description of his female type, save that the
anterior and median femora are brighter, almost blood-red.

115. Copiocera lepida Gerst#cker?
Copiocera lepida GERSTECKER, Mitth. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riigen, XX, p. 34,

no. 28 (1889); Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 420 (1910).

A single female specimen of a Copiocera found in the collection now
being studied is referred with some hesitation to C. lepida of Ger-
staecker. It might, however, be referable to C. prasina Rehn, the
description of which I did not have before me at the time of deter-
mining the material in hand. This specimen comes from Benevides,
Para, Brazil, near the place where Rehn’s type was obtained. It
was taken by S. M. Klages in October, 1918. C. M. Acc. No. 6174.

* Rehn’s C. prasina possibly belongs about here in the table.
ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 6, Dec. 6, 1920.

66 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

116. Copiocera formosa sp. nov.

This is a very beautiful species, having the general appearance of
lepida, prasina, and boliviana, but differs from all of them in several
respects other than in coloration.

Moderately slender and longer-winged than usual. Head, pro-
notum, pleura, outer face of the hind femora and most of the inter-
mediate portion and the apex of the anterior femora, together with
the front tibiz bright olive-green; inner face and lower sulcus of the
hind femora bright blood-red. Greater portion of the dorsal sclerites
of the abdomen likewise of this color, the extreme edges alone nar-
rowly bordered with black. Venter flavous, tinged lightly with rose.
Anterior and lower margins of the pronotum, together with the carine
bordering the insertion of the legs, narrowly white, or pale citron-
yellow; the anterior edge of the pronotum of the same color, followed
by a wider band or collar of deep black. Hind tibie bright red, some-
what darkened exteriorly, the spines black. Antenne black, without
the usual pallid apical joints. Apex of the hind femora having the
genicular area mostly black, varied above with a rather large triangu-
lar, and at the sides a small rounded patch of yellow, also with a
pregenicular annulus of the same color. Coxe of all the legs and basal
half of the anterior pair strongly tinged with reddish purple.

Vertex between the eyes a littlé wider than the diameter of the
basal antennal joint, the fastigium of the vertex a little elongate,
rather widely and deeply sulcate, this sulcation somewhat continuous
with that of the frontal costa; the latter broadly, rather deeply and
roundly, sulcate from its start to the transverse facial depression,
beyond which it quickly fades away; the lateral walls sharp; pro-
notum short, its surface coarsely and closely punctulate, the trans-
verse sulci straight, fairly deeply impressed; anterior and posterior
margins of the disc rounded, the median carina only present on the
posterior lobe. Tegmina of normal width, rather elongate and with
the veinlets few; this last mentioned feature is especially noticeable
on the dorsal and costal fields, but is also apparent even on the disc,
where there is a well-defined intercalary vein. Anterior and middle
legs small and very slender, the femora scarcely at all enlarged or
inflated; the posterior femora also very slender; hind tibia few-
spined externally, on one leg two- and on the other three-spined, and
the spines located apically; internally provided with the normal nine
spines. Apex of the male abdomen of the usual form, the cerci long,

ee

Nord

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 67

cylindrical, straight, the supra-anal plate smooth, red; outer or apical
margins of the last ventral segment flavous, the disc black, its middle
slightly and angulately produced. Prosternal spine very large and
transverse. Ivory-white.

Length of body, co, 33.5 mm.; of pronotum, 5 mm.; of tegmina,
31.5 mm.; of hind femora, 15 mm.; of antenne, 20 mm.

The type, a male, and the only specimen at hand, is from the
Mana River, French Guiana, where it was collected in June, 1917,
by S. M. Klages. C. M. Acc. No. 6008.

117. Copiocera boliviana sp. nov.

A moderately large but slender insect with the head, thorax, teg-
mina, and outer face of the hind femora dark grass-green or light
olive-green. Inner face and lower sulcus of the hind femora and the
femora of the anterior and middle legs above deep carmine. Hind
tibie also tinged with carmine, although somewhat infuscated. Ab-
domen above pallid, but strongly tinged with vinaceous pink, the
base, apex, and extreme lateral edges of all the dorsal sclerites infus-
cated; ventral surface olivaceous, the prosternal spine dirty cream-
color. Antenne filiform, black, except the two basal and four or five
apical joints, which are pallid, a little longer than the hind femora.
Eyes moderately prominent, bronze, or brassy. Pronotum with the
median longitudinal carina tinged with vinaceous. Apical portion
of the hind femora largely dirty white, except the inner lobes, which
are dull black. Wings light fuscous, but with the immediate base
cerulean, the veins dark.

Length of body, o, 36.5 mm.; of pronotum, 6 mm.; of tegmina,
32 mm.; of hind femora, 17 mm.

Habitat: The only specimen at hand, the type, bears the label
“Las Juntas (250 M.), Department Sta. Cruz, Boliv., Steinbach.’’
Gx MM. Ace:-No2 5060:

This insect seems to come nearest to C. lepida Gerstecker, from

It was taken in December, 1913

re

which it differs in its larger size and longer tegmina, besides in the
color-markings of the abdomen.

118. Copiocera austera Gerstecker.

Copiocera austera GERSTECKER, Mitth. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riigen, XX, p.
36 (1889); Is., Charakt. einer Reihe bemerk. Orth., p. 78 (1888).

Four specimens, two males and two females, from Las Juntas,

68 ' ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Santa Cruz, Bolivia, are referred to Gerstecker’s austera. They were
taken at an elevation of from 250 to 300 meters above sea-level by
J. Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No. 5060. One male from Buena Vista
and a female from the Rio Japacani, eastern Bolivia, are also referred
to this species. They were likewise taken by Steinbach. C. M. Acc.
INGi5573-

Genus ZOSPERAMERUS Bruner.

Zosperamerus BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 214, 274 (1907-8); IB.,
Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 94 (1911).

There is at hand a single female specimen of a locust of this genus,
which seems to be undescribed. , In order to show its relationship to
the forms already known the synoptic key published in a former
volume of the ANNALS (VIII, p. 94) is modified to include it and
herewith presented. A second species is also included in material
which has arrived later.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF ZOSPERAMERUS.

A. Size smaller (2, 20 to 22 mm.; o, 17 mm.). General color greenish olive
to dark bruneo-cinerous or even ferruginous, varied with bands and
mottlings of dirty white or testaceous and black.

b. Femora of all the legs conspicuously banded with pallid and fuscous.
[NicaracuatiGentral@Amenicas| Ac.cahes aeriawe scl ...zonatipes Bruner.
bb. Femora less conspicuously, or not at all, banded.
c. Face, cheeks, lateral lobes of the pronotum, pleura, and the hind
femora conspicuously marked with dirty white patches [Peru].
albopictus Bruner.
cc. Face, cheeks, lateral lobes of the pronotum, pleura and the femora
very obscurely, or not at all, thus marked.
d. Pallid markings on face, cheeks, lateral lobes of the pronotum,
pleura, and hind femora testaceous. [Para, Brazil.]
brasiliensis Bruner.
dd. Insect entirely without pallid maculations or bands on legs.
Pronotum and tegmina vittate with black. Hind femora
olive-green, the knees ferruginous. [Bolivia.]
vittatus sp. nov.
AA. Size larger (2, (2), &%, 27 mm.). General color luteous, varied with red and
black: Para Brazil Rava ose ect Gio ations eetece reer marginalis Walker.

119. Zosperamerus brasiliensis Bruner.
Zosperamerus brasiliensis BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 94-96 (1911).
The present species is represented in the collection before me by a
single female. It comes from Uassa Island, Uassa Swamp, where it
was taken in June, 1918, by S. M. Klages. C. M. Acc. No. 6167.

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 69

120. Zosperamerus vittatus sp. nov.

The smallest representative of the genus so far as known, and easily
separated from the other species by the entire absence of pallid macu-
lations. Head, pronotum, meso- and metathorax, and tegmina bruneo-
ferruginous, quadrivittate with black.

Head about as broad as the anterior margin of the pronotum; the
front somewhat oblique, the occiput rounded; vertex between the
large prominent eyes very narrow, its width no more, or scarcely as
great, as the diameter of the slender antenne; fastigium of the vertex
depressed, rather small, about as long as wide, gently sulcate, and
separated from the frontal costa by an arcuate, blunt, transverse
ridge; the costa somewhat produced above the antenne, plane, its
greatest width a little more than twice that of the vertex, gradually
narrowing below, sulcate just above the ocellus and below, almost
terminating in the middle of the front at the rather large transverse
callosities of the face. The latter coarsely rugose-punctulate; the
lateral facial carina coarse, gently bowed outward at their middle and
reaching the clypeus. Antenne slender, about one-fourth longer than
the head and the pronotum combined, the basal joint rather large.
Pronotum punctulate, a little longer than wide, expanding posteriorly,
the anterior margin sinuate, the posterior one widely rounded; median
carina of equal prominence throughout, thrice severed by the trans-
verse sulci, the last about one-third the length of the pronotum from
its hing margin; the lateral carine wanting. Tegmina gently taper-
ing, the apex rounded and reaching the hind edge of the eighth ab-
dominal segment; wings reaching the tips of the tegmina, strongly
infuscated at least apically, the disc and base not visible in the only
specimen before me. Hind femora robust, about reaching the tip of
the abdomen. Valves of the ovipositor, especially the upper pair,
heavy, and coarsely toothed, the apex a little curved upwards, lower
pair smaller, weaker, and much shorter; the supra-anal plate moder-
ately large, its general form triangular, greatly arched at middle, and
provided with an apical prolongation or finger, which is longitudinally
sulcate. Mesosternal lobes widely separated, the prosternal spine
acuminate. Hind tibia and tarsi hirsute, the former with five spines
on the outer edge, seven internally; the hind tarsi with the first joint
much longer than the second and about equal to the third.

Length of body, 9, 20 mm.; of pronotum, 4 mm.; of tegmina,
Ii mm.; of hind femora, 10.5 mm.

70 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat: Las Juntas, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, where it
was captured at an elevation above sea-level of 250 meters, in Decem-
ber, 1913, by J. Steinbach. C.M. Acc. No. 5060.

Genus ADELOTETTIX Bruner.

Adelotettix BRUNER, Hore Soc. Ent. Rossice, XXXIX, p. 476 (1910); IB., Ann.

Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 485-486, footnote (1913).

This genus, as stated by me in these ANNALS (Vol. VIII, p. 97), is
confined to neotropical America. At least three species have already
been described. A fourth appears now to be at hand. They may
be recognized by the subjoined key, which is a modification of one
prepared by me and appearing in the paper above cited.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF ADELOTETTIX.

A. Tegmina rather sparsely veined, especially apically.
b. Hind tibia brunneo-testaceous, nine-spined on both edges. The pro-
notum collared with black. [Yucatan.]..........\... collaris Bruner.
bb. Hind tibia more or less colored with vinaceous or red, fewer-spined
on both edges.

c. Hind tibiz with the basal half obscure cinereous, the apical portion
deep red. Pronotum not collared with black, wings vitreous,
strongly.infuscated apically <\. 4... 2m ssis so sla obscurus Bruner.

cc. Hind tibiz vinaceous red. Pronotum pale, bordered and collared
with black. Wings cerulean, but little infuscated apically

[Cayenne] rihaccra oc eee er eae ceruleipennis sp. nov.
AA. Tegmina profusely veined, even on the apical half. Hind tibiz and tarsi
Vinaceousmeds[baras razill| Mecwepcnacas tees necks teusine ais) onc one cate brunneus Bruner.

121. Adelotettix ceruleipennis sp. nov.

Related to both collaris and obscurus, but distinct, as shown by
reference to the above key of species. Especially characterized by the
blue wings and the pale-bordered as well as pale-collared pronotum.

Size above medium, rather robust, the front and cheeks below the
eyes rather closely, but not deeply, punctate; the pronotum and pleura
of meso- and metathorax strongly and profusely punctate. Head a
little wider than the anterior edge of the pronotum, the occiput rather
short and bulging; eyes large and prominent, about two-fifths longer
than the anterior margin of the cheeks, separated at the vertex by a
space a little greater than the diameter of the basal antennal joint,
somewhat depressed and gently sulcate; the fastigium of the vertex
not quite horizontal, a trifle longer than its basal width, longitudinally

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. Tal

carinated at middle, its lateral edges straight and converging gently
forward, the extreme apex truncate and separated from the costa by a
transverse ridge which is elevated at the center. Frontal costa
prominent between the antenne, where it is about one-half wider than
the vertex, plane, or minutely and sparsely punctulate, suddenly
lowered at the ocellus and below, where it is sulcate, its sides pinched
at the transverse facial depression; lateral or facial carine prominent,
straight, divergent, and reaching the base of the clypeus at its outer
angles, apparently continuous as prominent longitudinal ridges on
the mandibles. Antenne black, robust, a trifle longer than the head
and pronotum together, the apical four joints pallid. Pronotum
selliform, its anterior lobe cylindrical, the posterior lobe flattened
above, and with its sides rather strongly divergent, the last transverse
sulcus located at about the middle, the median carina plainly apparent
on the hind, sub-obliterated on the anterior, lobes; anterior margin
somewhat rounded at its middle, the hind margin subangulate. Teg-
mina and wings fully developed, reaching beyond the apex of both
the hind femora and the abdomen, rather sparsely veined, especially
on the apical two-fifths. Hind femora robust, not reaching the apex
of the abdomen; anterior and median legs small, the femora but little
enlarged; the hind tibiz and tarsi lengthily hirsute, the latter with
the second joint two-thirds as long as the first, the former eight-spined
interiorly, seven-spined externally. Prosternal spine robust, short,
its apex broadly rounded; interspace between the mesosternal lobes
about as wide as the lobes themselves, the inner margins of which
are broadly rounded.

General color of insect above dark bruneo-olivaceous, below and the
front tinged with pale testaceo-ferruginous. Wings largely deep
cerulean, the veins apically fuliginous and the intervening membrane a
little infuscated.

Length of body, 2, 39 mm.; of pronotum, 7.5 mm.; of tegmina,
34 mm.; of hind femora, 18 mm.

The only specimen at hand, the type, comes from Cayenne, French
Guiana, where it was taken in February, 1917, by S. M. Klages. C.
Me Aces Nion 5873.

Genus BUCEPHALACRIS Giglio-Tos.

Bucephalacris GiGiio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184,
p. 30 (1894); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 91 (1911).

te ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The remarks offered by me, /. c., p. 91, will give the reader such
meager information as we possess concerning these apparently rare
locusts. Since that paper appeared Rehn has described the species
falcifer, and now there seems to be still another represented by a
single male from eastern Bolivia. The table used for the separation
of the four species including the two described by me in the ANNALS
(1. c., pp. 91-94) may be modified so as to include both falcifer Rehn
and the new one now at hand. It follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF BUCEPHALACRIS.

A. Form rather graceful, cylindrical, or subcylindrical. Tegmina and wings a
little shorter than the abdomen; the former with comparatively few
veins. Hind tibie glaucous.

b. General color olivaceous, the tegmina tinged with rose or vinaceous.

Size smaller (o’, ?; Q, 23-25 mm.).
c. Head large and decidedly wider than the front edge of the pro-
TRO GUI Fase eee ee roe nat Malakar enous yo tet oe borelliit Giglio-Tos.
cc. Head smaller, but little wider than the front edge of the pronotum.
fuscipennis Brunner.
bb. General color dull grayish brown, the tegmina not tinted with rose or
vinaceous.
c. Size larger (2, 30 mm.). Hind femora provided with three fuscous
bands, inner face and lower sulcus of the femora blood-red.
paraguayensis Bruner.
cc. Size smaller (o’, 20 mm.). Hind femora provided with two dim
fuscous bands, their inner face and lower sulcus flavous.
; boliviana sp. nov.
AA. Form rather robust. Tegmina considerably shorter than the abdomen; the
former rather closely veined. Hind tibie coral-red.

b. Head about as wide as high. Upper lateral edges of the pronotum
conspicuously banded lengthwise with fuscous. Length of the body
PLCAtery CO) a2 SiG rire) re faacecta, agate ereme i Reeoe oem teas peiekels corallipes Bruner.

bb. Head higher than wide. Upper lateral edges of the pronotum not
conspicuously banded lengthwise with fuscous, Length of the body
lEsSH Cot tli. Oumlmiista Ole 25 eScimit a cy outa echon ie Geers oe: falcifer Rehn.

122. Bucephalacris boliviana sp. nov.

A medium-sized insect which is possibly most nearly related to the
species B. paraguayensis Bruner and B. borellit Giglio-Tos.

Head large, decidedly wider than the anterior edge of the pronotum,
the occiput short, bullate; the eyes very large and prominent, fully
twice as long as the anterior edge of the cheeks, separated above at the

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. fo

vertex by a space only a trifle greater than the diameter of the second
antennal joint, the fastigium of the vertex depressed in front, some-
what broader at its base than the length, the anterior edge broadly
truncate. Frontal costa prominent above between the antenne, al-
most twice the width of the vertex, its surface coarsely punctulate,
below the ocellus narrowing one-half and sulcate, continuous to the
clypeus. Antenne filiform, moderately coarse, a little longer than the
hind femora. Front sloping to the rear. Pronotum short, the hind
lobe shortest, and with its sides a little divergent caudad; hind margin
subtruncate, the anterior edge at middle widely and shallowly emar-
ginate. Tegmina and wings about a fifth shorter than the abdomen.
Legs rather robust, the anterior and middle pairs with inflated femora,
the hind pair also rather robust; the hind tarsi and tibie lengthly and
rather profusely hirsute, the former with the three joints about equal
in length. Prosternal spine bullate, large, hairy. Last ventral seg-
ment of the abdomen of the male somewhat longer than wide, its
apex blunt, entire; cerci broad at base, emarginately and roundly nar-
rowed from above to one-fifth the basal width, and then bowed in-
wards and expanding into a rounded, banner-like, gently hollowed
spoon, as wide across as the basal width of the cercus.

General color of insect dark wood-brown tinged with olivaceous on
the sides and the disc of the pronotum, the tegmina, cheeks, pleura,
and upper side of abdomen; legs somewhat paler, the hind femora
showing traces of two fuscous transverse bands above, cheeks below
and back of the eyes, middle of sides of the pronotum and pleura
showing dim traces of pallid maculations; genicular arches, inner
genicular lobes and bases of hind tibia infuscated; outer margin of the
banner-like apex of cerci bordered with black; antenne dark fer-
ruginous.

Length of body, co’, 20 mm.; of pronotum, 3.5 mm.; of tegmina,
12.5 mm.; of hind femora, 10 mm.

Habitat: The only specimen, the type, comes from Buena Vista in
eastern Bolivia, where it was taken. by J. Steinbach. C. M. Acc.
No. 5573.

Genus PHZOPARIA Stal.

Pheoparia STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 36, 56 (1873); Is., Syst. Acrid., pp. 57-59
(1878); BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 215, 277 (1907-8).

74 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

123. Pheoparia boliviana sp. nov.

Related to linea-alba Linneus and castanea Brunner, but larger, and
with more or less well-defined maculations on the proportionately
longer tegmina. General color brunneo-ferruginous, variegated with
flecks and mottlings of piceous on the body, legs, and tegmina. Teg-
mina plainly, but very narrowly, marked with the oblique pallid inter-
rupted line, so characteristic of the former of the two species, from
which that species derived its name, and with which it has been
compared.

Length of body, o’, 31 mm., 2, 46 mm.; of pronotum, o, 6 mm.,
@,8mm.; of tegmina, o', 31 mm., 9, 41 mm.; of hind femora, o’,
18 mm., 2, 25 mm. .

Habitat: The male type is from the Province del Sara and the female
from Quatro-Ojos, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia. The former
was collected during the period March-April, at an elevation of 350
meters, and the latter in November, 1913, at an elevation of 300 meters
above sea-level. In addition there are two males which were taken,
one at Quatro-Ojos, and the other at Las Juntas in the Department of
Santa Cruz. All of this material was collected by J. Steinbach.

124. Pheoparia castanea (Brunner).

Opomala castanea BRUNNER, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XI, p. 225 (1861).
Phaeoparia castanea STAL, Bihang. Svensk. Akad. Handl., V (4), p. 57 (1878);
BRUNER, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., II, p. 278 (1908).

There are three males and three females before me from the Mana
River and one male and a female from Pied Saut, Oyapok River,
French Guiana, collected by S. M. Klages in December, 1917. C. M.
Acc. No. 6111. Also a pair, male and female, from the Upper Rocana
in Northern Para, Brazil, collected by the same party in July, 1918.
C. MT Ace Notor7 5:

Genus ALEUAsS Stal.

Aleuas STAL, Bihang. Svensk. Akad. Handl., V, (4), pp. 25, 69 (1878); GiIGLI0-Tos,
Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, III, no. 311, p. 47 (1898); BRUNER, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 642, 667 (1906).

125. Aleuas vitticollis Stal.

Three males are placed here. They were taken by J. Steinbach in
February, 1913, in the Province del Sara, Bolivia, at an elevation of
350 meters above sea-level. C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

¢ BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. iD

Genus JODACRIS Giglio-Tos.

Jodacris GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII, no. 302, p. 32,
note (1897); IB., XIII, no. 311, p. 47 (1898); BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
VIII, p. 104 (1911).

126. Jodacris ferruginea (Giglio-Tos).

Anniceris ferruginea GIGLIO-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zod]. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no,
184, p. 30 (1894) in part. :
Jodacris ferruginea GIGLIo-Tos, 1. c., XII, pp. 32-33 (1897) in part; BRUNER.
Locusts of Argent., p. 67 (1900), etc.
A single male of this interesting locust is at hand. It comes from
Buena Vista in eastern Bolivia, where it was taken by J. Steinbach.
Cr Vice: No. 5573:

Genus ABRACRIS Walker.

Abracris WALKER, Cat. Dermap. Salt. Brit. Mus., IV, p. 642 (1870); KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., III, p. 428 (1910); BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 107
(19II).

127. Abracris nebulosa (Bruner).

Jodacris (?) nebulosa BRUNER, Locusts of Argent., p. 67 (1900).

Omalotettix nebulosa BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 673 (1906).
Abracris nebulosa KIRBY, J. c., p. 428 (1910).

Several specimens of both sexes of this species are at hand. They
come from the Province del Sara, Buena Vista, and Rio Japacani,
Bolivia, where they were taken by J. Steinbach in February, March,
April, and November. C. M. Acc. Nos. 5058 and 5673

B)9

Several
specimens (seven males and three females) are also at hand from
Cayenne, French Guiana, where they were taken in February and
March, 1917. C. M. Acc. Nos. 5817, 5873, and 5897. The repre-
sentatives of this and the other species of the genus are quite common
in the forests of the localities in which they occur, where they are to
be found among fallen leaves and on low herbaceous vegetation and
the stems of woody plants as well.

Possibly a few of the Bolivian specimens referred to above should
be assigned to A. signatipes Bruner, which according to Rehn are the
same as A. delecta Walker.

128. Abracris ceruleipennis (Bruner).

Jodacris (?) ceruleipennis BRUNER, l. ¢., pp. 66, 67 (1900).
Omalotettix ceruleipennis BRUNER, l. c., pp. 673, 674 (1906).
Abracris ceruleipennis Kirsy, l. c., p. 428 (1910).

76 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Several specimens of the two sexes were taken at the same localities
and dates as those listed under the preceding species. They form
parts of the same accessions, and were collected by J. Steinbach.

129. Abracris meridionalis (Bruner).
Omaloteitix meridionalis BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 280, 281 (1908).
Abracris meridionalis KirBy, l. c., p. 428 (1910).

In addition to representatives of the preceding two species of
Abracris I find at least four females of an insect, which seems to agree
exactly with the description of meridionalis, and several other speci-
mens, which do not entirely thus agree. They are from the Province
del Sara, Bolivia, and were taken at practically the same season of
the year by J. Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No. 5058. There is also one
female from Buena Vista. C. M. Acc. No. 5573. In addition to the
above I find three females labelled ‘‘Cayenne, French Guiana, March
and May, 1917.’ The latter belong to C. M. Acc. Nos. 5873 and 6008.

Genus VILERNA Stal.

Vilerna STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 38, 71 (1873); BRUNNER, Ann. Mus. Généve,
XXXIII, p. 139 (1893); GuicL10-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino,
XIII, no. 311, p. 47 (1898); Kirpy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 429 (1910). For
further bibliography of the genus see Kirby, J. c.

130. Vilerna e2neo-oculata (De Geer).
Acrydium eneo-oculatum Dr GEER, Mém. Ins., III, p. 502, pl. 42, fig. 11 (1773).
Vilerna eneo-oculata STAL, Ll. c., p. 71 (1873); BRUNER, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth.,

II, p. 285 (1908). For further synonymy see Kirby, J. c., p. 430.

The collections here reported upon contain the following material
which is referred to this species: two males and one female, Cayenne,
French Guiana, Jan.—March, 1917, C. M. Acc. Nos. 5817, 5873, 5897;
one male, Pied Saut, Oyapok River, French Guiana, S. M. Klages,
C. M. Acc. No. 6173; and a single female collected on Cayari Island
in the Uassa Swamp, in May, 1918. The latter belongs to C. M. Acc.
No. 6177.

Genus CALETODES Giglio-Tos.
Caletodes G1GL10o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zo6él. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, no. 311, pp. 47,

58 (1898); Kirpy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 431 (1910).

Several locusts coming from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, are
referred to this genus.

a=]
“I

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA.

131. Caletodes alatus Giglio-Tos.
Caletodes alatus GiGL1o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoédl. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, no. 311,
p. 58 (1898).
There are five females in the collection which were taken in Bolivia
in October, 1913, at an elevation of 350 meters above sea-level, by J.
Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

Genus XIPHIOLA Bolivar.

Xiphiola BoLtvar, Act. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XXV, p. 17 (1896); GiGLio-Tos,
Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, p. 48 (1898); BRUNER, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 642, 674 (1906); IB., Ann. Carnegie Mus.,:VIII, p. 116

(om):

This genus is composed of small or medium-sized locusts having
striking color-patterns. They must dwell among rank vegetation
growing in shady forests, upon the stems of low shrubs, or upon the
bark of trees. Only two species are known.

132. Xiphiola cyanoptera Bolivar?
Xiphiola cyanoptera BOLIVAR, l. c., p. 17 (1896); GrGLI10-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zodl.

Anat. Comp. Torino, XV, no. 377, p. 5 (1900).

Although this insect has been reported heretofore only from Peru,
there are four specimens of a locust before me, which apparently belong
to Bolivar’s X. cyanoptera. They come from the Mana River in
French Guiana, where they were’ taken in May and June, 1917.
C. M. Acc. No. 6008.

I do not happen at present to have before me Bolivar’s paper con-
taining the original description of the species cyanoptera, and the
quotations from it made by Giglio-Tos in his tabulated comparison
with his new X. borellii do not appear sufficient to permit of my being
entirely certain as to the identity.

133. Xiphiola borellii Giglio-Tos.

Xiphiola borellii, GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XV, no. 377,
p. 5 (1900); BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 674 (1906); IB., Ann.
Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 116 (1911).

The present species is represented by a male and a female from
Buena Vista and a single male from the Rio Japacani in eastern
Bolivia, where they were taken by J. Steinbach. C.M. Acc. No. 5573.

This insect.seems to be rather common in portions of northern

78 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Argentina, in Paraguay, in southern Brazil, and in eastern Bolivia.
It apparently frequents rather open woods, where it may be found
near the ground among fallen leaves, on twigs, herbs, etc., if we are
permitted to base our surmises upon its general color-scheme.

Genus OsMILIOLA Giglio-Tos.

Osmiliola G1ci10-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII, no. 302, p. 32
(1897); Is., XIII, no. 311, p. 48 (1808); BRUNER, 2d Rep. Locust Comm. B.
Aires, pp. 54, 68 (1900); Krrsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 432 (1910).

134. Osmiliola aurita Giglio-Tos.

Osmiliola aurita Gr1GLio-Tos, 1. c., XII, no. 302, p. 33 (1897); BRUNER, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 674 (1906); Is., Annals Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 116
(19IT).

There is a single female which I am inclined to place here, although
it does not exactly agree with the original description given by Giglio-
Tos. It is either a rare insect, or else its habits are such as to preclude
its capture by ordinary methods of collecting. Its rather wide dis-
tribution appears to indicate that it may be commoner than is at
present believed. . It has been taken heretofore in northern Argentina,
in Paraguay, and Brazil. The specimen at hand comes from Buena
Vista in eastern Bolivia, where it was captured by J. Steinbach.
Co M.Accs Nows5573:

Genus RHABDOSCIRTUS Bruner.
Rhabdoscirtus BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 116 (1911).
The genus Rhabdoscirtus was erected for an insect coming from
Demarara, British Guiana, and contained in the collection of the
present writer.

135. Rhabdoscirtus vittatus Bruner.
Rhabdoscirtus vittatus BRUNER, l. ¢., p. I17 (1911).

This species is represented by a single female from Pied Saut,
Oyapok River, French Guiana, collected in November, 1917, by S. M.
Klages. C. MesAce= Novorr.

Genus OMMATOLAMPIS Burmeister.

Ommatolampis BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 636 (1838). For a bibliography
of the genus see KrrBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 433.

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 79

136. Ommatolampis peruviana Bruner.

Ommatolampis peruviana BRUNER, Hore Soc. Ent. Rossice, XXXIX, pp. 482-

483, Dec. 1910.

I find a mature female of this insect taken near the Rio Japacani
in February, 1915, and also an injured immature specimen, labeled
““Buena Vista, E. Bolivia.’’ Both were collected by J. Steinbach.
CaM Ace Now5573-

Genus EUSITALCES Bruner.

Eusitalces BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 142 (1911).

137. Eusitalces vulneratus sp. nov.

Considerably larger and somewhat more robust than E. vittatus,
the type of the genus, which was described in the ANNALS, /. ¢., pp,
143-144. General color greenish olive, black, and yellow, the pro-
notum above and on the sides conspicuously marked with large
orange-red macule.

Head of moderate size, as wide as the anterior margin of the pro-
notum, the occiput rounded, short, the vertex narrow, not sulcate,
about as wide as the diameter of the second antennal joint (o’) or a
trifle greater (2); fastigium of the vertex depressed, subtriangular, a
little broader at its base than long, not at all sulcate, but rather with
its disc gently convex, the sides and anterior margins coarsely carinate;
the frontal costa a little prominent and plane, provided with a few
coarse punctures between the antenne, about as wide, or a trifle
wider than the diameter of the first antennal joint, very inconspicuous
below, but nevertheless reaching the clypeus. Eyes rather prominent,
in the male about one-third, in the female one-fourth, longer than the
cheeks below them. Antenne filiform, somewhat longer than the
head and pronotum combined. Pronotum coarsely punctulate, more
closely so on the posterior lobe, expanding caudad; transverse sulci
profound; the median carina prominent, coarse, severed by the pos-
terior sulcus; the lateral carine absent; anterior margin sinuous, a
little advanced on the occiput, and with the middle widely emarginate;
posterior edge triangular and likewise emarginate at its middle. Teg-
mina lateral, small, covering the auditory apparatus, their apex about
reaching (9) or a little surpassing (o7) the hind margin of the first
abdominal segment. Hind femora somewhat robust at their base,

80 : ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

evenly tapering apically, where they are slender; the genicular lobes
triangular, acuminate; tibie and tarsi hirsute, the external margin of
the tibie eight-spined instead of six-spined as in vittatus. Anterior
and middle legs normal. Abdomen of male a little clavate apically,
the last ventral segment triangular, upturned, its apex entire; supra-
anal plate large, subquadrate, the lateral margins near the base ele-
vated, sinuose, the disc at middle profoundly elevated longitudinally
leaving broad lateral depressions; the marginal apophyses of the
preceding segment forming slender adjacent fingers one-third the
length of the plate. Cerci large, heavy at base, forked, elongate, and
curved, the inner branch heavier and directed upwards, inwards, and a
little to the front, their apices almost touching; the outer branch
slenderer and curved backwards, upwards, and only slightly inwards;
-valves of the ovipositor rather long and strong, only moderately
hooked; mesosternal lobes separated by a space a little wider than the
width of the lobes themselves. Prosternal spine slender, acuminate,
emanating from a robust quadrate elevation of the surface of the
sternum.

Head with the front, middle, anterior, and lower margins of the
cheeks, occiput at sides and middle, most of the disc of the fastigium,
two basal joints of the antennz, the median carina, and sides of the
disc of the pronotum, middle, and sides of the dorsum of the abdominal
segments and lines on the pleura, bright yellow; remainder of head,
disc, and sides of the pronotum, dorsum of the abdomen, together
with the sides of the meso- and metathorax, and basal abdominal
segments, black. Tegmina black, with a median and dorsal vitta of
yellow. Legs and lower side of body greenish olive; the genicule of
the hind femora black, preceded by a flavous annulus. Antenne dull
ferruginous in the male, testaceous in the female. ;

Length of-body, o&', 18 mm., 2, 21.5 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 4 mm.,
2,4.15mm.; of tegmina, o' and 9,2 mm.,; of hind femora, Grandser
5 mm.

Habitat: One male and one female, from the Province del Sara,
Bolivia, were found at an elevation of 350 meters above sea-
level. They were taken in October, 1913, by J. Steinbach. C. M.
Acc. No. 5059. A second male is also at hand. It was taken by the
same collector at Quatro-Ojos, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia,
and is made the male type because of its better condition. Two
additional males and a female bear the locality label ‘‘ Buena Vista,

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. sl

E. Bolivia.”” They. were also taken by Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No.
5573:
Genus SCHISTOCERCA Stal.

The insects, which form the genus Schistocerca, are all large in body
and ample in length of wing. Hence many, if not all of them, are at
times apt to wander far from region to region over most of the sub-
tropical and tropical lands of the Western Hemisphere. Like many
other groups of locusts, the different forms tend to vary more or less
markedly in color, as well as to a certain extent in size. A number of
them change color a couple of times during their lives. Especially is
this last statement true with reference to the forms which hibernate
in the imaginal stage. Many of the species have been described time
and again by different writers, who have had occasion to study them.
This state of affairs has resulted in a rich and complicated synonymy,
difficult to decide without a great amount of material from various
localities and access to the types for comparison. Then, furthermore,
the earlier writers made their descriptions so brief, that they apply
quite as well as two or more species or forms, as we understand them
today.

In the present paper, accordingly, no attempt will be made to
discuss the synonymy and probable distribution of the several species
coming under notice.

138. Schistocerca flavolinea sp. nov.

A remarkably large and strikingly colored insect, which runs to the
vicinity of flavofasciata in Scudder's Table of the Species of Schistocerca
as published on pages 442-447 of Vol. XXXIV of the Proceedings of
the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. It naturally belongs
with my species, Schistocerca formosa and Schistocerca magnifica, when
size and beauty is considered. The former comes from Colombia,
and the latter from the Bahamas. Our new form is an east Bolivian
insect. .

Head comparatively narrow, not quite as wide as the anterior
margin of the pronotum, its depth one-half greater than the width;
viewed laterally the front is broadly rounded, and somewhat retreating
below. Occiput short, rather full or rounded; the vertex between
the eyes not depressed and about as wide as the lesser diameter of the
inconspicuous eyes; the fastigium of the vertex is gently depressed,

ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 7, Dec. 3, 1920.

82 ; ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

short, fully twice as wide at its base as long, scarcely, sulcate and
without definite bounding carine; the frontal costa is rather promi-
nent, the sides almost parallel, sulcate throughout, and rather coarsely
punctulate at sides and on the carine, especially above and towards
the clypeus; the antenne are long and slender, reaching considerably
beyond the caudal margin of the pronotum. The latter with the
sides of the anterior lobe nearly parallel, the sides of the hind lobe
rather strongly divergent caudad; disc somewhat full, in front sub-
tectate, viewed laterally gently arcuate, the hind lobe flat, the median
carina rather prominent on the hind lobe, but becoming less so ceph-
alad; transverse sulci deep, but not especially wide; the hind margin
at middle forming a right angle; lateral lobes deep or high behind,
the lower edge rather strongly obliquely sinuose. Legs somewhat
robust and elongate. Tegmina greatly elongate, of moderate width,
extending fully one-fourth of their length beyond the apex of the hind
femora and the tip of the abdomen. Prosternal spine small, slender,
cylindrical, nearly erect, its apex rounded.

General color brunneo-ferruginous. Middle of the occiput and the:
pronotum provided with a prominent longitudinal bright ferruginous
band, inclining to orange, bordered on the head with black, starting
in front at the very top of the frontal costa and narrowing from the
last transverse sulcus of the pronotum to the apex of the disc. Lower
edges of the lateral lobes of the pronotum rather prominently bordered
with a wide but irregular yellowish patch. Costal margin of the
tegmina on their basal third also provided with a conspicuous test-
aceous stripe. Antenne bright orange-ferruginous, exterior face of
the hind femora dirty white; their genicular arcs and lobes testaceous,
the lunules more or less piceous; hind tibie brunneo-cinerous, tinged
with purplish.

Length of body, 2, 66 mm.; of pronotum, 14 mm.; of tegmina,
65.5 mm.; of hind femora, 38 mm.

Habitat: The type, the only specimen seen, comes from the Rio
Japacani in eastern Bolivia, where it was collected by J. Steinbach in
February, 1915. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

139. Schistocerca flavofasciata (De Geer).

A female specimen coming from the ‘Province del Sara, Bolivia”’
and taken by J. Steinbach in April, 1913, is referred here. Several

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 83

specimens taken in French Guiana are also referred to this species,
though in the latter case with some doubt. C. M. Acc. Nos. 5873,
6008, and 6173.

140. Schistocerca fimbriata (Thunberg).
Gryllus fimbriatus THUNBERG, Mém. Acad. St. Petersb., V, p. 247 (1915).
I have here placed a single female coming from Quatro-Ojos, in the
Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia. It was taken in November,
1913, at an altitude of 300 meters above sea-level.

141. Schistocerca pallens (Thunberg).
Gryllus pallens THUNBERG, Mém. Acad. St. Petersb., V, p. 237 (1815).
Among the material coming from Nueva Gerona on the Isle of
Pines, West Indies, are three females, which are referred to Thunbergs
Gryllus pallens.

142. Schistocerca inscripta (Walker).

Cyrtacanthacris inscripta WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., III, p. 550 (1870).
Acridium inscriptum THomas, Syn. Acrid. N. Amer., p. 228 (1873).
Schistocerca inscripta SCUDDER, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci., XXXIV, pp. 444,
461 (1899).
The collections coming from Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines, contain
twenty-one females and seven males of Walker’s S. iuscripta.
There seems to be very little variation both as to size and coloration
in specimens of this species.

143. Schistocerca americana (Drury).
Verylins americanus DRurRY, Ill. Nat. Hist., I, p. 128, pl. 49, fig. 2 (1770), etc.
Two males and a female of this widely distributed species are at
hand from Cayenne, French Guiana, taken February, 1917. C. M.
Acc. No. 5873.

144. Schistocerca sp.?

In addition to the forms mentioned above there are three nymphs of
possibly still another species of Schistocerca at hand. They come
from the Isle of Pines and were taken at Nueva Gerona.

Genus MONACHIDIUM Serville.

Monachidium SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 281 (1831). For further bibli-
ography of this genus see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 463.

84 ‘ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

145. Monachidium lunum (Johansen).
Gryllus lunus JOHANSEN, Amcen. Acad., VI, p. 397 (1763). For synonymy see

Kirby, l. c.

A single female specimen of this remarkably and strikingly colored
locust is at hand. It comes from Pied Saut, Oyapok River, French
Guiana, where it was taken in March, 1918, by S. M. Klages. C. M.
Acc. No. 6173.

Genus DICHROPLUs Stal.

Dichroplus STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 78 (1873); BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
XXX, pp. 643, 677 (1906), etc.

146. Dichroplus punctulatus (Thunberg).

Gryllus punctulatus THUNBERG, Mém. Acad. St. Petersb., IX, pp. 395, 408 (1824).
Dichroplus punctulatus GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX,
no. 184, p. 21 (1884), etc.

Rio Bermejo, Province of Salta, Argentina, one female, taken May,
1914, at an altitude of 400 meters above sea-level; and one male and
three females from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, taken in December,
1913, and March and April, 1912, by J. Steinbach. In addition to
these there are three males and two females collected at Cayenne,
French Guiana, during February and March, C. M. Acc. Nos. 5873
and 5897; and two males from the Mana River, French Guiana,
May, 1917, C. M. Acc. No. 6008.

147. Dichroplus exilis Goglio-Tos.

Dichroplus exilis G1GL10-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184,
p- 23 (1894), etc. :
The collections made by J. Steinbach in the Province del Sara,

Bolivia, contain a pair of this species. C. M. Acc. No. 5058. They

were taken during the period March-April, 1913, at an elevation of

350 M. above sea-level. There is also a single female from Buena

Vista, eastern Bolivia. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

Genus PARASCOPAS Bruner.

Parascopas BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 643, 689 (June, 1906);
GIGLI0-Tos, Boll. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., VI, p. 293 (July, 1906).

Scopas GiGLio-Tos (nec Bon.), Boll. Mus. Zod]. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184,
p. 28 (1894), XIII, no. 311, p. 50.

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 85

148. Parascopas obesus (Giglio-Tos).

Scopas obesus GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184,

p. 28 (1894).
Parascopas obesus BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 689 (1906).

The collections made by J. Steinbach at Buena Vista, eastern Bolivia
contain a pair of P. obesus Giglio-Tos in cottu. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

149. Parascopas sanguineus Bruner.
Parascopas sanguineus BRUNER, Ent. News, XXI, p. 306--7 (1910).

Two males and two females of this interesting species are at hand.
They come from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, where they were col-
lected during the period embraced in the months of February to
April inclusive. They come from an altitude of 350 meters above sea-
level. C. M. Acc. No. 5058. An additional male bears the label
“Rio Japacani, E. Bolivia, Feb. t915’ It also was taken by Stein-
bach, and belongs to C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

Genus LEIOTETTIX Bruner.

Leiotettis BRUNER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 643, 684 (1906); REHN, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1907, p. 188.

150. Leiotettix viridis Bruner.
Leiotettix viridis BRUNER, l. c., p. 685 (1906); REHN, Ll. c., p. 188 (1907).

The collection made by J. Steinbach during November and Decem-
ber, 1912, contains two males and one female, and possibly a third
male, which are referable to this species. They come from an eleva-
tion’ of 350 meters above sea-level in the Province del Sara, Bolivia.
C. M. Acc. No. 5058.

The third male, just referred to, differs from the others in having the
sides of the pronotum provided with a well defined dusky band and
the four basal abdominal segments at their sides largely glossy black.
Otherwise, so far as the structure of the apical portions of the abdomen
is concerned, it is practically the same as typical viridis. In addition
I find a male from Buena Vista, Bolivia, which belongs to C. M. Acc.
No. 5573. uy

151. Leiotettix sanguineus Bruner.
Leioteltix sanguineus BRUNER, l. c., pp. 685, 687 (1906); REHN, Ll. c., p. 187 (1907).

One specimen of each sex from the ‘Province del Sara, Bolivia,”’

86 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

collected by J. Steinbach, in March and April, 1913, are referred here.
They were taken at about 350 meters above sea-level. C. M. Acc.
No. 5058.

Genus PARADICHROPLUS Brunner.

Paradichroplus BRUNNER, Ann. Mus. Généve, XX XIII, p. 145 (1893); GiGLi1o-Tos,
Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, no. 184, pp. 20, 25 (1884); XIII, no.
311, p. 50 (1808); BRUNER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 692 (1906); IB.,
Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, p. 137 (1911).

152. Paradichroplus fusiformis Giglio-Tos.
Paradichroplus fusiformis GiGLio-Tos, l. c., XII, no. 302, p. 35 (1897); BRUNER,

l. c., XXX, pp. 692, 693 (1906); VIII, pp. 138, 140 (191T).

Two females and one male of this genus are referred to P. fusiformis
Giglio-Tos.

They are from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, where they were
taken by J. Steinbach. The male specimen bears the date November,
1911, and one of the females March, April, 1913. They were taken at
an altitude of approximately 350 meters above sea-level. C. M. Acc.
No. 5058.

153. Paradichroplus geniculatus Bruner.

Dichroplus geniculatus BRUNER, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, pp. 138, 139 (1911).

There are three specimens of this species before me, one male and
two females. They were taken at the same locality as the preceding.
The male and one female bear the date of February, 1913, while the
other female was captured in November, 1911. They were all col-
lected by Mr. J. Steinbach. C.M. Acc. No. 5058. Two additional
females from Buena Vista, E. Bolivia, were taken by the same ‘col-
lector. The latter belong to C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

154. Paradichroplus sanguineus sp. noy.

A small, and in fact the smallest, species thus far recognized. It
comes next to fusiformis Giglio-Tos in the synoptical key as given on
pages 499-500, of Vol. VIII of these ANNALS. In order to include it
in that table, the key would have to be modified as follows:

AA. Hind tibie provided with eight spines in the outer row.
b. Hind tibiz of the normal form, etc. * * *
c. Larger (9, 22-28 mm.).
cc. Smaller (@, 18-21 mm.).
d. Color testaceo-ferruginous, etc.

>)

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 87

dd. Color more or less markedly olivaceous. Hind tibize greenish.
Internal and external discs of the hind femora not
especially infuscated.

e. Genicular area of the hind femora marked with black
lunules.

f. Cheeks, lower part of the lateral lobes of the pronotum
and the legs pale yellowish. Abdomen at its sides
from the base to its middle, nigro-maculate.

fusiformis Giglio-Tos,

ff. Cheeks, lower part of the lateral lobes of the pronotum
testaceous, the legs greenish olive. Abdomen not
maculate with black, but with the sides of segments

1-6 largely bright blood-red... .sanguineus sp. nov.

Head of moderate size, about as wide as the anterior edge of the
pronotum, the front moderately oblique, the occiput rather short, and
strongly rounded; vertex strongly depressed, narrower than the diame-
ter of the basal antennal joint, rather deeply and linearly sulcate, the
sulcation becoming more profound and much deeper anteriorly upon
the fastigium of the vertex; the latter greatly depressed and of
moderate size, a little wider than long, and with heavy lateral walls;
frontal costa rather prominent, wide, continuous to the clypeus, and
broadly sulcate throughout; antenne filiform, greenish-yellow, about
reaching the apex of the first abdominal segment. Pronotum gently
widening behind, about as long as its greatest width, the surface
punctulate, on the hind lobe more densely so; transverse sulci pro-
found; the anterior and posterior margins of the disc a little roundly
emarginate. Tegmina small, lateral, not quite reaching the hind
margin of the first abdominal segment, about three times as long as
their greatest width, the disc provided with three rather heavy longi-
tudinal veins. Legs robust, the hind femora extending beyond the
tip of the abdomen of the male by the length of the genicular portion;
hind tibiz strongly hirsute, eight-spined externally and nine-spined
internally. Tip of the abdomen scarcely enlarged, the last ventral
segment short, smooth, the apical margin squarely truncate; supra-
anal plate rather large, a fourth longer than its basal width, evenly,
but not rapidly, narrowing towards its apex, the lateral edges gently
raised and giving the plate a hollowed appearance, the apex suddenly,
but obliquely, narrowed, and ending in an acute angle; the basal half,
or a little more, provided with a deep, acute, and heavily bounded
V-shaped sulcus in or above which are two long pointed finger-like
projections from the hind margin of the preceding segment; cerci

88 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

simple, their length about two and one-half times their greatest basal
width, acuminate, hirsute; the prosternal spine rather robust at its
base, evenly tapering, the apex slenderly acuminate and directed
gently cephalad.

General color greenish testaceous, a little paler below. Sides of the
head back of the eyes, and sides of the pronotum marked with a
moderately broad longitudinal fuscous band; middle of occiput, the
disc of pronotum at middle, the transverse sulci of latter, the dorsal
abdominal carina, and the apical margins of three segments also nar-
rowly infuscated. Legs greenish, the hind tibie dark sea-green.
Eyes castaneous. Tegmina dark ferruginous, the interspaces between
the veins fuscous. Sides of the abdominal segments one to six and
metapleura bright blood-red.

Length of body, &, 15 mm.; of pronotum, 3 mm.; of tegmina,
2.3 mm.; of hind femora, 9.5 mm.

Habitat: The single specimen, a male, and the type of the species,
comes from Buena Vista in eastern Bolivia, where it was taken by J.
Steinbach. C. M. Acc. No. 5573.

Genus OsMILIA Stal.

Osmilia STAL, Recens. Orth., I, p. 68 (1873); KrrBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 539
(r910). For further bibliography see Kirby, l. c.

155. Osmilia flavolineata (De Geer).
Acrydium flavolineatum Dr GEER, Mém. Ins., III, p. 497, pl. 42, fig. 4 (1773).

For synonymy see Kirby, /. c.

This species is represented in the material now being reported upon
by the following specimens: One male and a female, Cayenne, French
Guiana, February and March, 1917, C. M. Acc. No. 5873; one male,
one female, from the Mana River, French Guiana, May. The latter
pair belongs to C. M. Acc. No. 6008.

Genus RHYTIDICHROTA Stal.

Rhytidichrota STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 35, 54 (1873); Is., Bihang. Svensk. Akad.
Handl., V, no. 4, pp. 34. 75 (1878); BRUNNER, Ann. Mus. Généve, XXXIII,
p. 148 (1893); BRUNEz, Biol. Centr.-Am., Orthop., IJ, p. 337 (1908); Is. Ann.
Carn. Mus.,- VIII, p. 141 (1910); Ip.J. c., p. 505 (1911).

The insects, which are included in this genus, are all confined to the
tropical portions of America. They are of medium size, apterous, and

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 89

may be recognized by their having the hind femora provided apically
below with rather large tubercles and spines or teeth. Nine species
have already been described and now a tenth is added. They may
be separated by the accompanying key modified from that given by
me in Volume II of the Orthoptera of the Biologia Centrali-Americana.

A. Posterior tibia armed externally with seven spines.
b. Larger (o’, 22 to 24 mm.; 9, 25-32 mm.).
c. Antenne distinctly ensiform. General color obscure, greenish
olive; the hind tibia apically, along with the tarsi, miniaceous.
ensicornis Stal.
cc. Antenne very narrowly and obsoletely subensiform or linear.
d. General color varying from coral-red to subolivaceous black.
Surface of the head, thorax, and the basal.abdominal seg-_
MEeHES A DOVELCTANULOSE = croyeler 4 chen Dietaversieee tele varicolor Stal.
dd. General color yellowish-testaceous. Surface of the head,
thorax, and basal abdominal segments rugose above.
seliata Stal.
bb. Smaller (o’, 15-17 mm.; @, 22 mm.).
c. Surface rather densely pilose. Genicule of the hind femora autute

SAT SUWINE OUSiE a -Hehiaeroteneacksreasiehnde, ocak aries ac teateehalcasie cher ora c pilosa Stal.
cc. Surface with but few hairs. Genicule of the hind femora black.
Gercisrobustinemimeceeie en nla ee uc ere peruviana Bruner.

AA. Posterior tibize armed externally with eight spines.
b. Dorsum of the pronotum and the basal abdominal segment on each Sue
provided with smooth, somewhat elevated, callosities.

c. Body and the head above strongly rugoso-punctulate. General
colorniclay-vyellow ts. 5 canes ee lei hee antennata Stal.

cc. Body and the head above less strongly punctulate. Color sub-
ferruginous-olivaceous, the head black. Legs greenish olive, the
hind genicule subsanguineous................... levifrons Stal.

bb. Dorsum of the pronotum and the basal abdominal segment above
without the callosities, but sometimes with glabrous areas.

c. Larger (o', 27 mm.; @, ?). The glabrous areas present, but
inconspicuous. General color pale yellowish olive. Dorsal field
of the abdominal segments provided with two prominent circular
black spots, one on either side.........:......boliviana sp. nov.

cc. Smaller (o’, 14.5 mm.; 9,22mm., ?). Without the glabrous areas

referred to above. General color variable.

d. Frontal costa plain, not sulcate. Body and head above densely

and strongly rugoso-punctate. Color yellowish testaceous.

turgida Stal.

dd. Frontal costa sulcate. Body and head above less densely
punctulate and hirsute. Color obscure olive-green.

brunneri Stal.

90 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

156. Rhytidichrota peruviana Bruner.

Rhytidichrota peruviana BRUNER, Hore Soc. Ent. Rossice, XX XIX, p. 487 (1910).

Two males from Las Juntas, Santa Cruz, Bolivia, belong here.
They were collected by J. Steinbach in December, 1913, at an eleva-
tion of 250 meters above sea-level. C. M. Acc. No. 5060.

157. Rhytidichrota boliviana sp. nov.

Related to levifrons and antennata of Stal, but lacking the shining
callosities on the pronotum and the basal abdominal segment, as
mentioned in connection with the descriptions of those species. Large
and robust. Inner, lower, and outer faces of the hind femora strongly
tinged with carmine. :

Head of moderate size, about as broad as the anterior margin of
the pronotum; the occiput strongly rounded, comparatively smooth;
the eyes fairly prominent, nearly twice as long as the anterior margin
of the cheeks below them, separated above by a narrow space, the
sides of which are strongly carinated, the carine diverging anteriorly
on the basal portion of the fastigium of the vertex; this latter of
medium size, quadrate, and with the disc depressed and rugoso-
granulate; frontal costa somewhat prominent above between the
antenne, about twice the width of the vertex, plain above, becoming
sulcate towards the central ocellus and continuing to the base of the
clypeus. Antenne rather robust, but not at all ensiform, or sub-
ensiform, as in ensicornis and allies, about as long as the hind femora.
Pronotum with its surface shining, though coarsely and shallowly
punctulate, the anterior lobe a little more than twice the length of
the posterior, and with the sides parallel; the hind lobe with its
sides divergent posteriorly, the transverse sulci moderately strongly
impressed, the median carina present only on the hind lobe, very faint;
the front margin rounded, shallowly emarginate at its middle, the
hind margin straight. Dorsum of pro- and mesonotum and _ basal
abdominal segments rugoso-punctulate. Body entirely apterous.
Anterior and middle legs robust, the femora swollen; hind femora
long, and rather robust at their base, gently tapering apically, the
upper carina serrate basally, the lower carina strongly toothed on its
apical half; the hind tibiae heavy, their outer margin armed with
eight, the inner with nine spines. Cerci short, robust, a little tapering,
directed upwards, the cephalic margin produced into an inwardly

BRUNER: SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA. 91

directed forked process about two-thirds as long as the heavier basal
part. Apex of the abdomen terminating in a short cone. Supra-anal
plate of the type specimen obscured by being depressed apically and
covered by the soft male appendages that were protruded before dry-
ing. Prosternal spine small, acuminate, on a robust quadrate base.

General color pale yellowish olive, with the legs a little more green-
ish.. Dorsum of abdominal segments three to seven inclusive con-
spicuously marked with two black spots, one on either side near the
longitudinal carina. Basal lower half of the hind femora tinged
interiorly, externally, and below with carmine. Apex of two basal
abdominal segments above piceous. Upper third of the outer face
and apical half of the inner face of the hind femora infuscated. Eyes
castaneous. Antenne pate at base, becoming darker apically.

Length of body, o&, 27 mm.; of pronotum, 5.85 mm.; of hind femora,
16 mm.

Habitat: The only specimen at hand, the type, comes from the
Province del Sara, Bolivia, where it was taken in the period including
March-April, 1913, by J. Steinbach at an elevation of 350 meters above
sea-level. C. M. Acc. No. 5058. I also find among additional
material received since the above description of the male was drawn
up another male and two females. These come from Buena Vista,
Bolivia, and were taken by the same collector and belong to C. M.
Acc. No. 5573. .

The female does not differ materially from the male except in size
and in the greatly reduced size of the large spines on the lower carina
of the apical half of the hind femora. The measurements of this sex
are: length of body, 30 mm.; of pronotum, 5.5 mm.; of hind femora,
16 mm.

II. ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA, BEING A REPORT
UPON SOME SALTATORIA MAINLY FROM
CAMEROON CONTAINED IN THE
CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

By LAWRENCE BRUNER.

The present article is based on two major and two or three minor
collections and odd specimens of orthopteroid insects which have
come into the possession of the Carnegie Museum during the past four
or five years. There are, all told, three hundred and eighty-two
specimens.* The species are divided among the suborders as follows:
Locustoidea, forty-eight; Achetoidea, sixteen; and Tettigonoidea,
forty-one; or approximately one hundred and five. Nine of these
species appear to be new, and are thus characterized in this paper,
while’a few of the Achetoidea have been reserved for further study.

While the Orthoptera, as well as several other groups of insects,
occurring in the general region, from which most of the material now
being studied has come, have been quite extensively collected and
worked over by entomologists, so far as certain isolated localities are
concerned, no doubt there remain many other species, both common
and rare, to be added. In fact, it is the opinion of the writer that
tropical Africa as a whole is practically terra incognita, so far as its

insect-fauna is concerned.

Family TETRIGID.

The grouse-locusts comprise a very interesting group, and are widely
distributed over the surface of the earth. Of course they are most
numerously represented in the warmer and more humid regions, where
they abound in forests, jungles, swamps, or mountain slopes; in open

* Note: It is proper to observe that not all of the representatives of certain of
the commoner species of African Saltatorial Orthoptera were sent to Dr. Bruner,
at the time the insects were submitted to him for study. In some cases where
the species was represented by scores of specimens it was thought hardly worth
while to burden him with the care of all of them.—W. J. HOLLAND.

92

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 93

country, as prairies and even semi-deserts; or wherever there is
water, or damp ground to which they are partial. In looking for
these insects the collector succeeds best when he carefully examines
the margins of streams, low beaches, and open localities in swamps;
paths, roads, and other openings in forests and jungles; tree-trunks,
moss-covered rocks, fallen leaves and other rubbish which covers the
ground. In such environment they lurk, protected by their dull
and imitative colors. Besides being protectively colored and having
great resemblances to fragments of dead vegetation, particles of bark,
earth, pebbles, and similar objects, they also show a tendency to feign
death or to quietly perch so as to avoid notice. Some forms even
crawl or dive beneath the surface of water and cling to submerged
sticks, stones, etc., where they remain for long intervals at a time.

Under these conditions it usually happens that ordinary collectors of
insects when visiting a region overlook most of the Tettrigide. Only
the specialist, or persons who are especially in quest of them, and who
knows their habits and haunts, are likely to take a fair percentage of
those species which the locality contains.

A complete list of these insects known from Africa at present only
includes about seventy-five species. There would undoubtedly be
several times that number listed, if all were known.

Fully one-half of these insects reported from Africa are recorded
from the region whence the collections now being reported upon came.
Notwithstanding this fact there are less than a dozen forms at hand.

Genus HippopEs Karsch.
Hippodes Karscu, Ent. Nachr., XVI, p. 24, pl. 17 (1890); HANcock, Genera Ins.,

Fasc. 48, pp. 17-24, fig. 7 (1908).

This genus was established for the reception of a wingless grouse-
locust coming from West Africa. The present collection contains
another apparently closely related, but smaller species, which is
here described.

1. Hippodes hopei sp. nov.

Of medium size, moderately robust, without tegmina and wings,
and with the apex of the pronotum reaching only one-half the distance
to the tip of the ovipositor and to the middle of the hind femora.

Body somewhat depressed, the pronotum robust, somewhat tectate
and arched on its anterior half, the median carina prominent through-

94 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

out, but more decidedly so in advance of its middle, the surface
granulose, but not at all rugose or tuberculate; anterior margin
truncate, the apex rounded and widely subtruncate; the lateral lobes
provided with a sinuation immediately back of the lateral lobe, which
is obliquely rounded and directed a little to the rear and outward.
Tegmina and wings wanting. Head rather broad, set into the front
edge of the pronotum almost to the eyes; the vertex convex, almost
as wide again as one of the eyes, its front roundly advanced, its an-
terior margin without a transverse carina and gradually merging with
the upper portion of the front; the frontal costa continuing above asa
prominent carina through the middle of the vertex and extending
backward halfway to the anterior edge of the pronotum, rather pro-
foundly sulcate, the rami diverging somewhat strongly from a little
‘ above the posterior ocelli to a point drawn across the face from below
the lower ocellus, and, when viewed laterally, roundly prominent be-
tween the antenne. The latter arise just within a line drawn between
the lower edge of the eyes, are slender and of moderate length. An-
terior and middle femora elongate, several times as long as wide, the
carine not at all foliate or lobate; hind femora robust; hind tibiz with
few spines, irregularly placed, the first joint of the tarsi at least one
and one-half times as long as the third. Valves of the ovipositor
robust and evenly and strongly serrated.

General color dark fuscous, the apical half of the pronotum and
markings on the hind femora bruneo-testaceous, the tibiz obscurely
fasciate. Lower outer edge of the hind femora black. Abdomen
varied with dusky and pale markings.

Length of body, 2, 10 mm.; of pronotum, 6.5 mm.; of hind femora,
6 mm.

Habitat: Batanga, Cameroon,! F. H. Hope, ‘Collector. Only the
type, a female, is at hand. C. M. Acc. No. 5293.

Genus CRIOTETTIX Bolivar.

Criotettix BoLtvar, Bol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, pp. 184, 193, 222 (1887);
Hancock, Spol. Zeyl., II, pp. 108, 128 (1904); Is., Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth.,
Acrid., Tetrig., pp. 22, 27 (1906).

1 The name of this part of Africa in the English language is Cameroon. When
the Germans seized it, they Germanicized the name, calling it ‘‘ Kamerun.”
Now that the French are administering it, they write the name ‘‘ Cameroun.” I
propose to stick to the English spelling, which antedates all others. W. J. Holland.

EE

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 95

2. Criotettix nigellus Bolivar.
Criotettix nigellus BOLIVAR, l. c., XX XI, pp. 185, 223, 225 (1887); IB., Mem. Soc.

Espafi. Hist. Nat., I, p. 213 (1905).

Four specimens of grouse-locusts contained in the collections at
hand are referred to this species. Three of them were taken by A. I.
Good at Lolodorf, Cameroon, and the other by F. H. Hope at Batanga,
Cameroon. They were collected in November and March. C. M.
Acc. Nos. 5264 and 5293.

Bolivar in his description of the species does not mention the pallid
color of the apex of the abdomen, the meso- and metapleura, and the
lateral spines of pronotum, as found on these specimens. Aside from
this discrepency they agree very well with his description of nzgellus.

Genus Morpuopus Bolivar.

Morphopus BoLivar, Bol. Mém. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., I, p. 216 (1905); HAN-
cock, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 48, Orth. Acrid. Tetrig., pp. 31, 37 (1906).

3. Morphopus affinis Bolivar.
Morphopus affinis BOLIVAR, Bol. Mém. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., I, p. 216 (1905);

Hancock, Mém. Soc. Ent. Belg., XIV, p. 85, no. 7 (1908).

The material taken at Batanga, contains one male and two females,
which were collected by F. H. Hope in February, 1914. A single
female is also at hand from Lolodorf. The latter specimen was taken
in November, 1910, by A. I. Good.

Genus PARATETTIX Bolivar.

Paratettix BoLivar, Bol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XX XI, pp. 187, 195, 270 (1887);
also many authors. See Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 32 (1910).

4. Paratettix meridionalis (Rambur)?

Tetrix meridionalis RAMBUR, Faune Andal., II, p. 65 (1839). For synonymy see

KeairbyywleiGs,0Ds 32s

The collections made by A. I. Good at Lolodorf contain eleven
specimens of a Paratettix, which I am inclined to refer to meridionalis,
although somewhat outside of its recorded habitat. C. M. Acc.
No. 5264. They were taken in May, 1914, and November and
December, 1913. An additional specimen, but somewhat smaller,
and taken by the same collector, is likewise placed here.

96 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5. Paratettix wilverthi Bolivar?
Paratettix wilverthi BOLIVAR, Mém. Soc. Ent. Belg., XVI, p. 86 (1908).

There are five specimens belonging to this genus, a single female and
four males, which rather closely approach Bolivar’s description of P.
wilverthi, and they are accordingly referred to it. The female and
two males were collected by A. I. Good at Lolodorf, while the other
males are from Batanga and were taken by F. H. Hope. Only the
female agrees very closely with the characterization of the species
as given by Bolivar. The others vary more or less.

Genus ACRyDIUM Geoffroy.

Acrydium GEOFFROY, Hist. Ins., I, p. 390 (1762); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III,
p. 35 (1910). For a more extended bibliography of the genus see Kirby, l. c.
This is the genus Tetrix of Latreille and Tettix of Charpentier and

later writers. However, according to priority, and other rules of

zodlogical nomenclature, it seems to be necessary to discard these later
and almost universally used names for that of Geoffroy.

According to the characters used for the separation of this genus,
at least two distinct forms must be referred to it.

6. Acrydium gratiosus (Karsch) ?

Tettix gratiosus KARSCH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, p. 120 (1893).
Acrydium gratiosum KIRBY, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 44 (1910).

A single female coming from Lolodorf, Cameroon, thus determined.
It was taken by A. I. Good on November 12, 1913... C. M. Acc. No.
5264.

7. Acrydium welbreechi (Bolivar)?
Tettix welbroechi BOLIVAR, Mém. Soc. Ent. Belg., XVI, p. 87 (1908).
Acrydium welbrechi KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 49 (1910).

There are two males of a second species, which were also taken by
Mr. Good in November, 1913, and are referred with some doubt to
Bolivar’s Tettix waelbrecki, originally described from Kinchassa in the
Congo. They form part of the same accession as the preceding.

Family TRUXALID-.

Africa is the habitat of a large number of genera and species of
truxaline locusts. The present collection, however, does not contain
many representatives of the group, since only about half a dozen

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 97

species are found in the material being studied and upon which I am
reporting.

Genus AcRIDA Stal.

Acrida STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 88, 95 (1873); Burr, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1902, pp. 140, 155.

8. Acrida propinqua Burr.

Acrida propinqua Burr, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 157, I7I.

Five specimens belonging to the genus Acrida are at hand. They |
are referred to Burr’s propinqua. Two males and one female come
from Batanga, where they were taken by F. H. Hope. One female
bears the label ‘‘Lolodorf, Kamerun.”’ It was collected by A. I. Good.
A third female bears the label ‘‘Congo, Antisdel.’’ The latter speci-
ment belongs to C. M. Acc. No. 2315.

Genus ODONTOMELUS Bolivar.

Odontomelus BOLtvAR, Bol. An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIX, p. 309 (1890);
KarscH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, pp. 53, 61 (1893); Burr, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lon:., 1902, p. 154.

g. Odontomelus bifrensis Bolivar.

Odontomelus bifrensis BOLIVAR, Mem. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., I, p. 219 (1905).
Three males coming from Batanga are placed here. They were
taken by F. H. Hope in April, 1914.. C. M.:Acc. No. 5293.

Genus Ropunia Bolivar.
Rodunia BOLivAR, Bol. Mém. Soc. Ent. Belg., XVI, p. 99, note (1908); KirBy,
Syn- Gat) Orths, TLL, ps 1360) (zor0):
The representatives of this African genus bear a general resemblance
to various species of Orphulella and allied American forms. Like

“é

them, they also appear to be genuine ‘“‘grasshoppers”’ and are fairly
common wherever found. Seventeen species are recognized by Kirby
(I. c., pp. 139-40).

The genus, as at present accepted, is composed of forms which were
originally referred to at least four separate genera by their respective
authors. Even now. there seems to be quite a confusion as to their
exact affinities, and only for convenience in assisting in their deter-
mination is the annexed imperfect key for their separation added.

ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 8, DEC. 8, 1920.

98 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

At least eight of these forms are found in or near the regions in
which the present material was taken.

_SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF RODUNIA.

A. Larger (co, 19-33 mm.; 2, 25-36-+ mm.).
b. Lateral carine of the pronotum parallel, straight. Antenne ensiform,
or more or less strongly flattened at their base.
c Smaller: (@)) 20 mmss-9:, 277, mm.)
d. Pale green or testaceous. ‘
e. The dorsum always pale green ........... leta (Bolivar).
ee. The dorsum testaceous, sanguineo-punctate.
sanguinolenta (Bolivar).
dd. Color smoky gray. Hind margin of the pronotum almost a
Tisht-anglensn eee ee ee eee angustata (Bolivar).
cc. Larger (o’, 28-33 mm.; 9, ?).
d. Testaceous or green. Smaller (o’, 28 mm.; 9, 35 mm.).
basalis (Walker).
dd. Fulvous; head and pronotum with two white lateral stripes.
Ieancerd (cot ss emma One) bree interlineata (Walker).
bb. Lateral carine of the pronotum not parallel, either bowed or divergent.
Antenne variable.
c. Pronotum with its lateral carinee divergent behind.
d. Antenne subensiform or ensiform ........producta (Walker).
dd. Antenne filiform, or but little flattened basally.
e. Green or greenish testaceous. Vertex in front of the eyes
somewhat angulate, longer than wide (Sudan, West
ANTE GA) ei ete Ac ANS HRA ER ohare ce AEee ora tricolor (Karny).
ee. Olivaceous yellow. Vertex in front of the eyes short,
rounded. (East Africa, in vicinity of Mozambique.)
mossambicensis (Brancsic).
cc. Pronotum with the lateral carine bowed inwards. Hind tibiz red.
Whingsspellin cides rn cesar Aacn eee eye eerste roi inclyta (Walker).
AA. Smaller (o’, 11.5-18 mm.; @, 17-20 mm.).
b. Lateral carine of the pronotum parallel. Antennze subensiform or
filiform.

c. Lateral carinee becoming subobsolete posteriorly. General color
TULO-NUISCOUSS sfayres hor k nee oe eat) Semone Mee emenereie tricarinata (Bolivar).
cc. Lateral carine continuous to the hind margin. Testaceous.
recta (Walker).
bb. Lateral carinze of pronotum variable, but not’ parallel throughout.
Antenne more or less ensiform.
c. Pronotal carine flexuous in front of their middle, divergent behind.
schulthessi Kirby.
cc. Pronotal carine divergent posteriorly.
d. Antenne with their basal joints strongly flattened, more or
less ensiform.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 99

e. General color rufous or rufo-testaceous (British East

Air CAN ioe mets Seo aie fistulae Pecenayseteaes rufescens (Kirby).

ee. General color greenish-yellow or yellowish-green.
f. Moderately robust (West Africa) ....duria (Karsch).
ff. Rather slender (Fast Africa) .....insipida (Karsch).

dd. Antenne filiform, or with the basal joints but little flattened.

e. Antennal joints a little flattened at base. Body some-
what robust. Griseo-testaceous (British East Africa).

elegans (Karny).

ee. Antenne filiform. Body slender. Flavo-testaceous (Su-

(6 Fe al) st rch a Atencio ob, Soma are MC ae Aa pharaonis (Karny).

10. Rodunia duria (IKarsch).
Duronia duria KARSCH, Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr., LVII, p. 252 (1906).
Rodunia duria KirRByY, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 140 (1910).
Five males and three females of a small greenish grasshopper from
Batanga, are referred to Duronia duria Karsch. They were collected
by E.-H. Hope; in April'and Miay, 1914. - C.. M. Acc: No. 5203.

11. Rodunia pharaonis (Karny)?
Phleoba pharaonis KARNY, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Math.-Nat. Klasse, CXVI,

Pte l; 1p: 103, pl: 3, fig. 52) (1907):

Rodunia pharaonis KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 140 (1910).

A second species of the genus is represented by four males and the
same number of females, which were also taken by Hope at the same
locality as the preceding, from February to April, inclusive.

While these specimens do not agree in every respect with the original
description of P. pharaonis, they approach it more closely than they
do any of the other described species.

Genus CuHtRIstA Karsch.
Chirista KarscuH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, pp. 54, 75 (1893); KIRBY,

Syn. Cat. Orth., ILI, p. 142 (1910).

Chirista, like the preceding genus, is made up of several allied species
which recall the American group Orphulini. As suggested in conneéc-
tion with Rodunia these insects are no doubt true “‘grasshoppers,”’
and live among the grasses and other low-growing plants in meadows

and openings in the forests, or even in open or prairie country.

12. Chirista compta Walker.
Stenobothrus comptus WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., IV, p. 762 (1870).
Duronia virgula BOoLtvar, An. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XIX, p. 310 (1890). For
further synonymy see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 142 (1910).

100 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Several specimens, nine males and four females, of a rather small
locust collected by F. H. Hope at Batanga and by A. I. Good at
Lolodorf, are referred to Walker’s Stenobothrus comptus, which forms
the type of the genus Chirista.

These specimens look very much like our Orphulella pelidna (Bur-

meister).

Genus HOLOPERCNA Karsch.
Holopercna Karscu, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, 176 (1891).

13. Holopercna gersteckeri (Bolivar).

Duronia gersteckeri BOLIVAR, An. Soc. Espafi., XIX, p. 311 (1890).

Holopercna gersteckeri KirBY, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 143 (1910).

Holopercna celestis KARSCH, Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, p. 177 (1891).
‘

There are two male specimens of a locust from Lolodorf, which I
refer to this species. They were collected by A. I. Good in August
and October, 1913. C.M. Acc. No. 5264.

Genus RHABDOPLEA Karsch.

Rhabdoplea Karscu, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, pp. 54, 69 (1893); Kirsy,
Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 147 (1910).
So far as at present known the representatives of the genus Rhab-
doplea are confined to West Africa. Three species are known.

14. Rhabdoplea mira Karsch.
Rhabdoplia mira KaArscH, l. c., pp. 70, 71, fig. 9 (1893).

This species is represented by one male and five females coming
from Batanga. There is also a second male from the same locality,
which has greater length of wing, but otherwise does not differ from
the description of this sex. All were taken by F. H. Hope in March
and April, 1914. C. M. Acc. No. 5293.

Family LOCUSTIDZ (Cdipodine).

Genus MorpuHacris Walker.
Morphacris WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., IV, p. 790 (1870); Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 218.(r9r0).
Cosmorhyssa STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 116, 121 (1873); SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc.
Généve, XXVIII (9), pp. 50, 123 (1884), XXX (1), pp. 18, 37 (1888).

The insects belonging in this genus are found in Africa and_ those

a i ee

Ǥ

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 101

parts of Europe and Asia, which border on the eastern Mediterranean.
Four, or possibly five, species are known.

15. Morphacris sulcata (Thunberg).

Gryllus sulcatus THUNBERG, Mém. Acad., Petersb., V, p. 234 (1815), TX, pp. 396,
410 (1824).
Cosmorhyssa sulcata STAL, Recens, Orth., I, p. 122 (1873).
- Morphacris sulcata KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 219 (1910).
One female, Batanga (F. H. Hope), another of the same sex and a
male, from Lolodorf (A. I. Good). C. M. Acc. Nos. 5293 and 5264.

Genus CEpIPoDA Serville.

CGidipoda SERVILLE Ann., Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 287 (1831); Ins. Orth., p. 718 (1839).
For further synonymy see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 238 (1910).

16. CEdipoda cerulescens (Linnzus).

Gryllus Locusta cerulescens LINNEUS, Syst. Nat. (ed. 10), I, p. 432 (1758). Fora
rather full synonymy of this species see Kirby, /. c., pp. 240-241.
There are two specimens, male and female, at hand. They were
collected by Dr. W. J. Holland at Tangier, Morocco, in October, 1911.
C. M. Acc. No. 4514.

Family PYRGOMORPHID&.

The family Pyrgomorphide is one of the principal groups of African
locusts and contains many very interesting forms. In fact, Kirby
in his Synonymic Catalogue of the Orthoptera of the World, lists
thirty-six distinct genera, members of which occur on the African
continent and the immediately adjacent islands. Several of these
locusts are mong the most gaudily colored forms known. Others are
recognized as destructive to agriculture, while still others are very
bizarre in their appearance.

Genus DictyorHorus Thunberg.

Dictyophorus THUNBERG, Mém. Acad. Petersb., V, pp. 217, 258 (1815); KIRBY,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond,, 1902, p. 88.

Petasia SERVILLE (nec Stephens), Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 278 (1831); Is., Ins.
Orth., p. 628 (1839); STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 12, 20 (1873), etc.

Topesia BOLtvaR, Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., IV, p. 309 (1904); IB., Gen. Ins.,
Fasc. 90, Orth. Acrid. Pyrg., p. 12 (1909).

LO2 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

17. Dictyophorus laticinctus Walker.

Petasia laticincta WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., III, p. 544 (1870); KirBy,
Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 305 (1910). For further synonymy see Kirby, I. c.
Two female specimens belonging in the genus Dictyophorus, as here

limited, are referred to Walker’s laticincta. They bear the label

“Congo (Antisdel), C. MvAce. 2315.”

Genus PARAPETASIA Bolivar.

Parapetasia BOLIVAR, Bol. An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIII, pp. 25, 484, 498
(1884); IB., Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., IV, p. 309 (1904); IB., Gen. Ins., Fasc. 90,
Orth. Acrid. Pyrg., p. 13 (1909).

18. Parapetasia femorata Bolivar.

Parapetasia femorata BOLIVAR, Il. cc., pp. 485, 498, pl. 4, figs. 28, 28a—c (1884);
Pp. 309 (1904), p. 14 (1909); KaArscH, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVII, p. 70
(1898).

A single female is at hand. It comes from Efulen, Cameroon, where
it was collected by Dr. H. L. Weber.

This specimen differs somewhat from Bolivar’s description, but
comes much closer to it than to P. impotens of Karsch. The specimen
before me also comes from a region much closer to the locality, from
which the species was described, than to the habitat of the second
species, the latter coming from a region fully two thousand miles to
the eastward.

Genus TAPHRONOTA Stal.

Taphranota STAL, CEfv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., XXX, p. 51 (1873); IB., Recens. Orth.,
I, pp. II, 19 (1873); BoLtvar, An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIII, pp. 25, 472,
497 (1884); IB., Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., IV, p. 394 (1904); IB., Gen. Ins.,
Fasc. 90, Orth. Acrid. Pyrg., p. 15 (1909).

Epamonotor KirByY, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 87 (immature).

All of the representatives of the genus Taphronota, so far as known,
are confined to Africa. Fourteen species are listed in Kirby’s Syn-
onymic Catalogue of the Orthoptera.

19. Taphronota merceti Bolivar?
Taphronota merceti BOLIVAR, Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., pp. 395, 398 (1904); KIRBY,
Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 309 (1910).
A male specimen of a locust bearing the label ‘Congo (Antisdel).
C. M. Acc. 2315” is doubtfully referred to Bolivar’s T. mercett.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 103

20. Taphronota thelophora (Stoll)?
Gryllus Locusta thelophorus STOLL, Spectres Saut., p. 32, pl. 16), fig. 59 (1813).
Taphronota thelophora Kirspy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 310 (1910).

Two males, three females, and a nymph of the latter sex, seem to
agree more closely with Stoll’s thelophorus than with any of the other
described species. They are accordingly referred to it. They bear
the labels: ‘‘Batanga, Kamerun, F. H. Hope, Coll. C. M., Acc. 5293,”
WiGt.2-9),-1 nymph; ~Lolodorf,, Kamerun, A.slGood,CelC. Mi:
(NCGS 52045: olor, ae Oe

Genus RUTIDODERES Westwood.

Rutidoderes WESTWOOD, in Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, pp. 119, 120 (1837).

Peristegus BOLivar, An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIII, pp. 25, 460, 497 (1884);
Is., Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., IV, p. 401 (1904); Is., Gen. Ins., Fasc. 90, Orth,
Acrid. Pyrg., pp. 16, 17 (1909).

21. Rutidoderes squarrosus (Linneus).
Gryllus Locusta squarrosus LINN%uS, Mant. Plant., p. 533 (1771). For a rather
full synonymy of this species see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 311.
There are two male specimens of this interesting locust at hand,
which are from Lolodorf, where they were collected by A. I. Good in
February, 1913, and July, 1914. C. M. Acc. No. 5264:

Genus ZONOCERUS Stal.

Zonocerus STAL, (Ef. Vet.-Akad. Férh., XXX (4), p. 51 (1873); IsB., Recens.
Orth., I, pp. 10, 16 (1873); Botivar, An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIII, pp.
25, 457, 497 (1884); IB., Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., IV, p. 418 (1904); Is., Gen,
Ins., Fasc. 90, Orth. Acrid. Pyrg., pp. 17, 19 (1909).

22. Zonocerus variegatus (Linneus).

Gryllus Locusta variegatus LINN=US, Syst. Nat. (ed. 10), I, p. 432 (1758); IB.,
Mus. Ludov. Ulr., p. 144 (1764). For the synonymy of this species see Kirby
Syn Cat. Orth., Dil; p. 316.

The present collection contains specimens of Z. variegatus as follows:

Batanga (F. H. Hope), 2 co’, C. M. Acc. No. 5293; and Congo (Antis-

Geeta. MoAcc.. No. 2315;

Genus ATRACTOMORPHA Saussure.

Atractomorpha SAUSSURE, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4), I, p. 474 (1861); STAL,
Recens. Orth.; I, p. 10 (1873); BoLivar, An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIII, pp.
23, 63, 495 (1884); IB., Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., V, p. 196 (1905); Is., Gens.
Ins., Fasc. 90, Orth. Acrid. Pyrg., p. 39 (1909), etc.

104 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Representatives of the genus Atractomorpha are common through-
out most oriental countries. Especially is this true of the warmer
regions. Some of the species are the common and even destructive
‘“‘orasshoppers”’ of the countries where found. Several of them occur
in both green and testaceous color-forms, while still others possess
individuals which are even strongly tinged with rufous, vinaceous, and
purple hues. At least six distinct species of the genus have been
recognized from African territory, only two of which are contained
‘in the present collections.

23. Atractomorpha aberrans Karsch.
Atractomorpha aberrans KarscH, Ent. Nachr., IV, p. 333 (1888); Bottvar, Bol.
Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., V, pp. 197, 200 (1905).
The species aberrans Karsch is represented by five males and five

females. They were collected in April and May, 1914, at Batanga
by F..H: Hope: -'C: Mz Aces,No.5293:

24. Atractomorpha gersteckeri Bolivar.

Atractomorpha gersteckeri BOLIVAR, An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIII, pp. 64, 66

(1884); Is., Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., V, pp. 198, 208 (1905).

Truxalis crenulatus BEAUVOIS (nec Fabricius), Ins. Afr. Amer., p. 79, Orth., pl. 3,

figs. Ia, 1b (1805).

Pyrgomorpha crenulata GERSTACKER (nec Fabr.), Arch. Naturg., XXXV (1), p.

216 (1869); Is., Von der Decken’s Reise in Ost-Africa, Ins., p. 34 (1869).

Four males and six females are referred to this species, which seems
to be quite widely distributed. It has been found in western, eastern,
and southern Africa. The specimens before me are labelled, ‘“‘Congo
(Antisdel), C.-M. Acc. 2315,’ 1-9; “Batanga, Kamerun, Fi Hope;
Coll., C. M. Acc. No. 5293," 4 o', 4 2; and “Lolodorf, Kamerun,
A; I’Good,@s Mi Aice:-No252645. 1127

Family CYRTACANTHACRIDZ::
(Acridiide.)

This family of locusts contains by far the greatest number of genera
and species in almost all countries of both the Orient and Occident,
as well as in the larger islands of the seas. Very many of them are

’

true ‘‘grasshoppers”’ 7.e., they live among the grasses and low herbage

of meadow, prairie, hillside, mountain slopes, clearings, and like

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 105

localities. Others are just as much at home among the vegetation of
swamps, and woodlands. More forms of this family than of all the
others combined have become adjusted to special food-plants and
peculiar haunts, from which they seldom stray, except by accident.
Hence the great diversity in structure, habits, color, etc., shown by
- different species. A very considerable number of genera and species
have become wingless, or at least subapterous, so that frequently they
are passed over, by ordinary collectors, who are unfamiliar with the
group. Except by orthopterists they are generally considered imma-
ture, and consequently are not taken.

Genus Oxya Serville.
Oxya SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, pp. 264, 286 (1831); Is., Ins. Orth., p. 675

(1839) and various authors to date.

This is an Old World genus and contains a number of species, which
resemble each other rather closely. For the most part they are
meadow-grasshoppers, and are prevailingly grass-green in color, rather
slender in form, and active in their movements.

25. Oxya hyla Serville.
Oxya hyla SERVILLE, l. c., p. 287 (1831); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 393 (1910).
Acridium hyla SERVILLE, l. c., p. 678, pl. 12, fig. 4 (1839).
Heteracris viridivittata WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., IV, p. 660 (1870). -
Oxya serrulata Karscu, Zobl. Jahrb., Syst., V, p. 662, pl. 45, figs. 8, 8a, 6 (1891);
‘ BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, Ann. Mus. Genova, XX XIII, pp. 151, 152 (1893).
Batanga, F. H. Hope, Collector, two males, two females; Lolodorf,

one male and one female, A. I. Good, Collector.

Genus SPATHOSTERNUM Krauss.

Spathosternum Krauss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Math.-Nat. Cl., LX XVI, p. 44
(1877); STAL, Bihang, Svensk. Akad. Handl., V (4), pp. 50, 97 (1878).

26. Spathosternum. pygmzum Karsch.
Spathosternum pygmeum Karscu, Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, p. 110 (1893).
Four males and two females from Batanga are referred to Karsch’s
pygmeum. They were collected by F. H. Hope in March and April,
moudey 1@~ Me Acc. No 5203.

Genus OXYRRHEPES Stal.
Oxyrrhepes STAL, CEfv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., XXX (4), pp. 40, 53 (1873); Is., Recens.
Orth., I, pp. 40, 79 (1873), etc.

106 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

27. Oxyrrhepes procera (Burmeister).

Oxya procera BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 635 (1838).
Oxyrrhepes procera BOLIVAR, An. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XV, p. 343 (1886).
Oxyrrhepes procerus KARSCH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, pp. 112, 113 (1893).

Specimens of this locust are at hand as follows: from Batanga,
one male-.and one female (F. H. Hope, Coll.); from Lolodorf, one
female (A. I. Good, Coll.); Banza Manteka, Belgian Congo, one male
CAs Ies Bain; ‘Coll.);

Genus CyRTACANTHACRIS Walker.
Cyrtacanthacris WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., III, p. 550 (1870).
Acrydium in part, OLIVIER, Encycl. Méth., Ent., VI, p. 209 (1791). For synonymy

of genus see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 446 (1910).

The insects, which are included in this genus, for almost a century
have been quite generally referred to Acridium. According to the
rules of zodlogical nomenclature, however, Acridium must be employed
to receive the various species of Tetrigide so long referred to the
genus TJettix, as restricted in comparatively recent years. The next
available name seems to be Walker’s Cyrtacanthracris. At least
seventy-five supposedly distinct species of the genus are recorded in
Kirby’s Catalogue, /. c., pp. 446-454.

28. Cyrtacanthacris lineata (Stoll).
Gryllus Locusta lineatus STOLL, Spectres Saut., p. 31, pl. 15), fig. 57 (1813). For
further synonymy see Kirby, /. c., p. 450. ‘i
The present collection contains five specimens, two males and
three females, which are referred to Stoll’s lineata. They were taken
at Lolodorf and Batanga, and were collected by A. I. Good and F. H.
Hope.

29. Cyrtacanthacris ruficornis (Fabricius).
Gryllus ruficornis FABRICIUS, Mant. Ins., I, p. 237 (1787). For synonymy see
Kirby, l. ¢., p. 450.
Specimens are at hand as follows: a single female bearing the label
“Banza Manteka, Belg. Congo, Coll. A> L. Bain, C. M. Acc. No.
4686,” “Lolodorf, Kamerun, A. I. Good, Coll., C. M. Acc. 5264.”

Genus SCHISTOCERCA Stal.
Schistocerca STAL, Recens. Orth., I, p. 64 (1873), and numerous authors since.
As in the case of the preceding, this genus is composed of large and
showy insects. It, however, is practically confined to the New World,

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 107

while the other is oriental in its distribution. About the same number
of species belong to each. Only one species of Schistocerca is found
east of the Atlantic, and it is supposed to have reached Africa from the
Occident, where it is also rather widely distributed. The genus con-
tains several well-known pests.

30. Schistocerca tartarica (Linnzus).

Gryllus (Locusta) tartaricus LINN&UuUS, Syst. Nat. (Ed. 10), I, 432 (1758). Fora

quite full synonymy of this species see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 459.

The species is represented by two males and two females. They
come from the Congo (Antisdel). C.M. Acc. No. 2315.

This insect ‘is one of the chief migratory locusts of southern Europe
and northern Africa. It is also a widely distributed species in tropical
America. A very extensive literature exists, based on this and other

destructive and migratory locusts.

Genus ABISARES Stal.
Abisares STAL, Bihang, Svensk. Akad. Handl., V, (4), p. 29 (1878); BRUNNER,
Ann. Mus. Genova, XX XIII, p. 143 (1893).
The present genus was established for a single African species.

31. Abisares viridipennis (Burmeister).
Monochidium viridipenne BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 626 (1838); KiIRBy,

Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 466 (1910). :

Two males of a medium-sized locust from Batanga are referred to
Burmeister’s Monochidium viridipenne, for which Stal proposed the
generic name Abisares. They were collected by F. H. Hope in April,
Pomme C,..Niy Acc. No. 5203:

Genus CopTacra Stal.

Coptacra STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 37, 58 (1873); BRUNNER, Ann. Mus. Genova,
XX XIII, p. 143 (1893); Borivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXX, p. 624 (1902).

This genus is composed of less than a dozen species of small, mod-
estly colored locusts. One of their distinguishing characters is the

broad, flat, coarsely punctulate frontal costa.

32. Coptacra succinea Krauss.

Coptacra succinnea KRAUuSS, Sitz. Acad. Wiss. Wien., Math.-Nat. Cl LXXVI, (1),
Pp. 34 (1877); Karscu, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, p. 92 (1893).

108 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The species is represented by two males and four females, bearing
the label ‘‘ Batanga, Kamerun, F. H. Hope, Coll., C. M. Acc. 5264”
- and two females with the label ‘‘Lolodorf, Kamerun, A. I. Good,
Colla. Ace.-52932 '

33. Coptacra anguliflava Karsch.
Coptacra anguliflava KARSCH, l. c., p. 92 (1893).
Three male specimens of a second species of the genus Coptacra are
referred to anguliflava Karsch. They were taken by F. H. Hope in
March and April, 1914, at Batanga.

Genus CyPHOCERASTiS Karsch.

Cyphocerastis KARSCH, Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, p. 181 (1891); BOLIVAR,
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXX, p. 625 (1902); KirsBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p.
A71I (1910).

The representatives of the present genus are rather small or medium-
sized locusts which seem to be confined to tropical Africa. Three
species have been described thus far. Two additional forms are now
added. They may be distinguished by the subjoined key.

KEY FOR SEPARATING THE SPECIES OF CYPHOCERASTIS.

A. Tegmina and wings fully developed, reaching the tip of the abdomen or apex
of the hind femora. Wings with the disc usually cerulean.
b. General color of insect black, more or less conspicuously marked with
yellow. Antenne’ entirely blacko. oy. 06.222 ho .e ese leta Karsch.
bb. Color of insect more or less testaceous or olivaceous varied with black.
c. Posterior tibia and tarsi ferruginous, the femora subannulate with
fuscous., Apex of antennz white)... 05.62.2264 6 tristis Karsch.
- cc. Posterior tibiae and tarsi variable, but not ferruginous. Antenne
not tipped with white.
d. Posterior femora externally longitudinally streaked with
fuscous at middle. Hind tibiz and tarsi fusco-testaceous.
clavareaui Bolivar.
dd. Posterior femora internally and below blood-red, externally
black, with six large conspicuous yellow maculations, two
below and four above. Hind tibiae almost black, with a
dark grayish prebasal annulus. The tarsi tinged with
vinaceous. Under side of the abdomen strongly tinged with
Re RAR OE Be PE RT nner ane eed IAS CHO Oates ce picturata n. sp.
AA. Tegmina and wings somewhat abbreviated, considerably shorter than the
abdomen in both sexes. Disc of hind wings dull ferruginous. .hopez n. sp.

oes Peal ore. oe,

=,

6 il =

a

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 109

34. Cyphocerastis picturata n. sp.

A medium-sized, dark, and rather highly colored insect, with the
lower sulcus and inner face of the hind femora and lower side of the
abdomen deep blood-red. The head, pronotum, pleura of metathorax,
and upper edge and outer face of hind femora prominently marked
with bright yellow. Wings cerulean with fuscous apex.

Head and thorax strongly and coarsely punctulate, the former about
as wide as the front edge of the pronotum, the eyes rather prominent,
fully twice as long as wide, separated above by a space a little less
than the diameter of the basal antennal joint, the vertex rather deeply
sulcate, and provided with a median and longitudinal carina of nearly
equal prominence with the lateral ones, the fastigium a little depressed
and broadly sulcate; frontal costa between, the antenne prominent
and fully twice the width of the vertex or the diameter of the basal
antennal joints, narrowing a little below the ocellus and fading towards
the clypeus; lateral carine of the face parallel, moderately prominent
throughout; antenne black, filiform, a little longer than the head and
pronotum combined, the subapical joints somewhat flattened and
closely pitted. Pronotum provided with a prominent median carina;
the three transverse sulci of nearly equal prominence, the anterior
margin at middle gently rounded, the apex obtusely angled. Tegmina
of moderate width, reaching the apex of the hind femora and tip of
the abdomen. Hind femora rather robust basally, slender apically;
the superior carina somewhat serrate; hind tibie slender, prominently
hirsute, with ten spines on their outer margin and eleven internally.
Prosternal spine short, acuminate;. the mesosternal lobes widely
separated, those of the metasternum narrowly so. Valves of the
ovipositor elongate, slender, exserted, the apices rather strongly
hooked.

General color above dull black, becoming fusco-olivaceous on the
disc of the pronotum and dorsal portion of the closed tegmina and the
abdomen above. Anterior and-middle legs olivaceous; meso- and
metasternum olivaceous, lower surface of the abdomen vinaceous red.
Hind femora shining black, varied with bright yellow above and
externally, below and on their inner face blood-red. Vertex, fastigium,
a dot back of each eye and considerable portion of the face and cheeks
below the eyes, bright lemon-yellow. Pronotum above at its sides
in advance of the first transverse sulcus and behind the second sulcus
to the hind margin prominently striped with yellow; the lateral lobes

110 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

are also varied with yellow, there being a prominent patch of this
color both at the anterior and posterior lateral angles, as well as one
on the pleura above the base of each hind femur.

Length of body, 2, 24 mm.; of pronotum, 5.25 mm.; of tegmina,
18 mm.; of hind femora, 13 mm.; of hind tibie, 12 mm.

Habitat: The only specimen at hand, the type, comes from Lolodorf,
where it was taken by A. I. Good. C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

35. Cyphocerastis hopei n. sp.

A little below medium in size. Tegmina and wings abbreviated,
about two-thirds the length of the abdomen. Legs, front, occiput,
upper part of the abdomen and dorsum of the pronotum and superior
portion of the folded tegmina, olivaceous. Lower half of lateral
lobes of the pronotum, cheeks below the eyes, and the pleura, banded
with flavous; upper half of the sides of pronotum, anterior half of
tegmina, and ventral part of the body, antennz, and genicular portion
of the hind femora, black; the hind tibie also black, hirsute, without
basal or prebasal pale annulation.

Head and pronotum rather coarsely and closely punctulate; the
former not prominent, about as wide as the front edge of the pronotum,
the eyes prominent, one and one-half times as long as wide, separated
at the vertex by a space about equal to the diameter of the first (9 )
or second (3) antennal joint, the vertex deeply sulcate, and provided
with a median longitudinal carina which continues backwards across
the occiput to its base; fastigium of the vertex a little depressed,
sulcate, and punctulate, the frontal costa broad and also prominently
punctulate, narrowing below the ocellus and continuous to the clypeus;
lateral or facial carine broadly bowed outward at center, prominent,
of equal prominence throughout. Antenne a little heavy, extending
one-third of their length beyond the hind margin of the pronotum.
Latter gently divergent towards its base, the median carina coarse,
somewhat interrupted by the punctures and transverse sulci; anterior
margin at middle rounded and a little advanced upon the occiput,
hind margin obtusangulate. Tegmina rather profusely and strongly
veined and reticulate, their apex rounded. Anterior and middle legs
slender, the femora, even in the male, but faintly incrassate; hind
femora rather elongate, slender apically, the hind tibie lengthily
hirsute, the outer margin provided with nine and the inner with ten
or eleven spines. Mesosternal lobes widely separated in both sexes,

>» -

ft al ee og Pe “Ges be ge

ee ee

a | oe

~ re

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 1a

those on the metasternum nearly contiguous in the male, but some-
what distant in the female. Prosternal spine rather large at base,
short, evenly pyramidal, the apex acuminate. Apex of male abdomen
scarcely clavate, the last ventral segment short; supra-anal plate
moderately large, the basal half with parallel sides and prominent
lateral carine, the apical half separated from the basal by a strong

_transverse sulcus, tapering, and with the outer portion spatulate, the

middle sulcate, the apophyses of the preceding segment fairly robust
at base, bowed inward until they touch, the apical half slender and
parallel, resting in the median longitudinal sulcus of the supra-anal
plate which they fully occupy. Cerci of the male rather long, moder-
ately robust and hirsute, directed upwards and bowed inwards for
three-fifths of their length, from which point they are directed back-
wards and become smooth and more slender, their apices bluntly
acuminate and extending beyond the tip of the last ventral segment.

Length of body, &, 17 mm., 2, 20 mm.; of pronotum, co’, 4 mm.,
2, 5 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 8.5 mm., 2, 10 mm.; of hind femora,
o. roOrmim:.,, 2, 12mm.

Habitat: Batanga. Two males and two females, taken by F. H.
Hope. C.M. Acc. No. 5293. The types are in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus PTEROPERA Karsch.
Pteropera Karscu, Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, pp. 185, 189 (1891); KIRBY,

Syn. Cat; Orth., 11, p: 473 (toro):

The locusts included in this genus are medium-sized insects, with
greatly abbreviated tegmina and without wings. They seem to be
confined to the western coastal regions of tropical Africa. Three
species have been previously described. A fourth is now added.
The chief character of the genus seems to be the absence of a longi-
tudinal sulcus on the exterior median field of the hind femora, the
sulci and coste of the area being arcuate and continuous. The various
species may be separated as follows:

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PTEROPERA.

A. Hind femora without dark markings. Pronotum lacking the lateral longi-
CudinalapiceolceMannG ype tes Scentccocisgarses es od -c0a date tales uniformis n. sp.
AA. Hind femora more or less varied with black or fuscous. Pronotum marked
with a longitudinal dusky band along the upper field of its lateral

lobes.
b. Smaller (o’, 21 mm.; @, 28 mm.). General color pale olivaceous

eZ ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

yellow. Hind tibiw, except for a pale subbasal annulus, shining

ILC KF essere Sse Gua aes tiles 0 Bae icle "or scene, sherestetes te kerenene verrucigena Karsch.

bb. Larger (o’, 22 mm.; 9@,30mm.). General color grayish or clay-yellow,
Hind tibie not black.

G62 Hind ‘tibiz griseo-testaceousier clacton « eecceeoeie pictipes Bolivar.
cc. Hind tibiz blue at base, followed by a yellow annulus and beyond
SANPUINCOUS Ge eae ee Chee karschi (Bolivar).

36. Pteropera uniformis n. sp.

As indicated by the synoptic key this insect is but slightly varied
with dark markings, its general color being brunneo-olivaceous.

Head a little wider than the anterior margin of the pronotum. Eyes
somewhat prominent, about one and one-half times as long as wide,
and fully twice the length of the cheeks below them, separated above
by a space about equal to the diameter of the basal antennal segment;
the vertex depressed, sulcate, and provided with a more or less appar-
ent median longitudinal carina which extends upon the occiput.
Fastigium punctulate, not sulcate, roundly connected with the upper
extremity of the frontal costa. Face a little oblique or receding,
rugosely punctulate; the costa of nearly equal width throughout,
but little sulcate at any point, continuous to the clypeus. Antenne
moderately slender, reaching to the apex of the mesonotum. Pro-
notum rather profoundly and rugosely punctulate, a little expanding
to the rear, the three transverse sulci well marked, cutting or severing
the median carina; anterior margin a little advanced upon the occiput,
triangularly notched at its middle, the posterior margin almost straight
and with the middle also triangularly notched or emarginate. Teg-
mina small, lateral, their tips rounded and reaching the tip of the
metanotum. Legs about normal for the genus. Prosternal spine
rather large, pyramidal, its apex a little blunt, gently directed to the
rear. Valves of the ovipositor somewhat slender, their apices only
gently hooked. General color brunneo-olivaceous, varied with only
slight indications of the dusky markings mentioned for other species.
Face, cheeks below the eyes, lower third of sides of pronotum and the
metapleura pallid. Genicular portion of the hind femora and im-
mediate base of the hind tibiz pale testaceo-ferruginous. Antenne
pallid, not infuscated.

Length of body, 2, 26 mm.; of pronotum, 5 mm.; of antenne,
12 mm.; of tegmina, 5.15 mm.; of hind femora, 15 mm.

Habitat: Batanga, Cameroon, F. H. Hope, collector, two specimens,

type and paratype. C. M. Acc. No. 5293.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. tals

Genus ORBILLUs Stal.

Orbillus STAL, Recens, Orth., I, pp. 37, 71 (1873); Is., Bihang, Svensk. Akad.
Handl., V: (4), p. 29 (1878); BRUNNER, Ann. Mus. Genova, XXXIII, p. 144
(1893).

Orbillus is an African genus containing six known species. These
insects are of average size and very probably have special food-habits
and definite haunts.

37. Orbillus czrulens (Drury).

Gryllus cerulens DRuRY, Il. Nat. Hist.; II, p. 79, pl. 42, fig. 1 (1773).

Locusta cerulea WESTWOOD, in Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., II, p. 89, pl. 42, fig. : (1837).
Among the specimens from Batanga are two pairs of this species.

itheyawere collected in April, 1914, by F. 1H.:Hope.' °C: M.Aecc. No.
5293-
Genus CATANTOPS Schaum.

“Catantops ScHauM, Bericht. Akad. Berlin, 1853, p. 779; Is., Peters, Reise. n. Mos-
samb., Zodl., V, p. 134 (1862); STAL, Recens. Orth., I, pp. 37, 69 (1873); KARNY,
Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Math.-Nat. K]l., CX VI, p. 309 (1907). For additional
synonymy see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 476.

The genus Catantops is confined to the Old World with its center
of abundance in Africa. Its members are, as a rule, medium-sized
insects of modest coloration, though some of the species are brightly
and strikingly colored. Kirby lists one hundred and three, and a
supposedly additional species is described in this paper. Karny has
given us a very comprehensive review of the genus in his article on
“Die Orthopterenfauna des A°gyptischen Sudans,”’ pp. 43-86. Ap-
parently this genus is in the Old, what Melanoplus is in the New
World, z.e., the prevailing group of generally distributed common
grasshoppers.

38. Catantops mellitus Karsch.

Catantops mellitus KArRsCcH, Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVIII, pp. 94, 96 (1893);
Karny, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Math.-Nat., Kl, CXVI, pp. 315, 335 (1907).
There are three specimens, one male and two females from Batanga,

where they were collected by F. H. Hope. C. M. Acc. No. 5293.

39. Catantops uniformis n. sp.

A single male specimen of another species of the genus is before me.
It seems to be new and in the arrangement of species belongs near
ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 9, DEC. 8, 1920.

114 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

C. decoratus Gerstecker, and C. major Karny. The specific name is
suggested by its very uniform and rather pale rufo-testaceous color.
While quite large, it is nevertheless moderately slender in its build,
has the tegmina and wings decidedly longer than the abdomen and
apex of the hind femora. The latter have their dorsal margin crossed
by two dull fuscous patches and especially with a fairly prominent
longitudinal stripe, which extends along the lower carina from the
inner edge of the pale pre-apical annulus half-way to the base, from
which point the greater portion of the inner face is infuscated; lower
outer sulcus brunneous, the lower inner one more or less tinged with
coral-red, genicular area strongly fuscous, all of the carine minutely
nigro-punctate; hind tibiz dull cinereous, the base with a well-defined
paler annulus, the spines black on their outer half, ten in number on
the outer and eleven on the inner margin. Hind wings vitreous, with
dark veins and cross-veins, about twice as long as broad. Antenne
pallid, testaceous. Supra-anal plate elongate scutiform, the apex
rather acuminate; cerci moderately slender, bowed upwards and in-
wards, the apical portion a little dilated and obliquely docked from
below. Mesosternal lobes rather closely approaching, those of the
metasternum touching.

Length of body, o7, 33 mm.; of pronotum, 7 mm.; tegmina, 27 mm.;
of hind femora, 17 mm.

Habitat: Banza Manteka, Belgian Congo (A. L. Bain, Collector).
C. M. Acc. No. 4601.

40. Catantops kraussi Karny.
Catantops kraussi KARNY, l. ¢c., pp. 321, 345 (1907); Kirspy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III,
p. 479 (1910).
Two males and three females of a third species of Catantops are
referred to this species. They come from Batanga, and were col-

lected by F. H. Hope. C. M. Acc. No. 5293.

41. Catantops melanostictus Schaum.

Cantantops melanostictus SCHAUM in Peters, Reise n. Mossamb., Zodl., V, p. 134, pl.
7A, fig. 5 (1862); KARNY, l. c., pp. 315, 336, pl. 2, figs. 16-20, pp. 350, 351 (1907).
For additional synonymy see Kirby, /. c., p. 480.

A single male specimen of this locust is at hand. It was collected

by F. H. Hope at Batanga in April, 1914.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. i Us

42. Catantops mimulus Karsch.

Catantops mimulus Karscu, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, p. 189 (1891); KARNy,
l. ¢., pp. 316, 336 (1907).
The collection contains a pair, male and female, of what appears
to be C. mimulus Karsch. They were taken in April, 1914, by F. H.
Fiope: CC. M. Acc. No: 5293.

43. Catantops zesthmaticus Karsch.
Catantops esthmaticus Karscu, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVIII, pp. 95, 98, fig.
14 (1893); KARNY, I. c., pp. 316, 336 (1907).
A single female specimen bearing the label ‘‘Congo (Autisdel),
C. M. Acc. 2315”’ is referred to Karsch’s C. esthmaticus.

Genus STENOCROBYLUS Gerstecker.

Stenocrobylus GERST#CKER, Arch. Naturg., XXXV, p. 219 (1869); Is., Von der
Decken’s Reise in Ost-Afrika, III (2), p. 45 (1873); SrAL, Bihang Svensk. Akad.
Handl., V, no. 4, p. 29 (1878); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 485 (1910).
This genus was erected to receive an insect related to representatives

of the genus Catantops, but which differs in having remarkably

abbreviated hind tibia, as well as in a few other respects. Since

Gerstecker described his Stenocrobylus cervinus, which was the type

of the genus, seven others have been added. Now an eighth is
described.

The annexed table may be of value in separating the species. It
will be observed that among the species there is quite a range of
variation in tibial length, spine-formul, and color-pattern.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF STENOCROBYLUS.

A. Insects rather plainly colored, not banded and maculate with bright yellow.
Hind tibiz noticeably shorter than the femora.
b. General color above rufous, below testaceous, or greenish.
c. Larger (o', 24 mm.; @,32mm.). Habitat, Africa.
: cervinus Gerstecker.
cc. Smaller (o’, ?; 9, 20mm.). Habitat, Southern India.
femoratus Bolivar.
bb. General color above smoky black, below testaceous. Size (o’, ?; @,
22-mm:). 9 Habitat, Angola; West Africa. .. 05.51... fumosus Bolivar.
AA. Insect conspicuously streaked, mottled, and banded with yellow testaceous
and black. Hind tibiz variable as to length and the number of spines
externally.
b. Less conspicuously marked. The prevailing color pale testaceo-

116 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ferruginous, the pronotum, pleura, and hind femora marked with
* macule, lines, and bands of black. Wings pale rose, becoming
flavous apically (o’, ?} 9,25 mm.). Habitat, Congo
roseus Giglio-Tos.
bb. More conspicuously colored or marked. The prevailing color variable»
but the markings yellow.
c. Wings pale blue, the margins and apex somewhat infuscated. Size
(S222 25am). sHabitat,.Congore eo. a cyaneus Bolivar.
cc. Wings variable, but never blue or bluish. *
d. Wings smoky orange at base, becoming fuscous apically.

e. Smaller (o’, 21 mm.; @Q, 28 mm.). Head, pronotum,
sides of meso- and meta-thorax and hind femora shining
black, conspicuously mottled and banded with yellow.
Genicule and hind tibia with tarsi carmine.

festivus Karsch.
ee. Larger (o’, 26mm.; 9,32 mm.). Head, with front and
cheeks anteriorly flavous, occiput and cheeks back of
eyes, dorsum, middle of lateral lobes of pronotum, to-
gether with sides of meso- and metathorax and hind
femora with two wide bands and apex black; the occiput
at sides, the pronotum at sides of disc, and on lower
edge, the pleura above the coxe of median and posterior
legs streaked with yellow, hind femora also conspicuously

marked with yellow. Hind tibize fuscous.
catanto poides sp. nov.

dd. Wings more pallid, greenish, or amber.

e. Larger (c', 28 mm.; Q, ?). Disc of wings greenish.
Antennee very lounges. ics 4 ose seen antennatus Bolivar.
ee. Smaller (o’, 21 mm.; @, 30 mm.). Disc of wings pale
amber. Antennz normal.......... ornatus Giglio-Tos.

44. Stenocrobylus festivus Karsch.
Stenocrobylus festivus Karscu, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, p. 190 (18901);
» KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 485 (1910).
A. I. Good collected one male and two females of S. festivus at
Lolodorf in August, 1913. C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

45. Stenocrobylus catantopoides n. sp.

Similar to S. antennatus Bolivar in color and markings, as well as in
the unusual length of the antennae, but considerably smaller, and
having the general color above dark fuscous, instead of fuscous green.
The present species also is noted for the nearly or quite normal length
of the hind tibiz with nine spines externally as in some of the repre-
sentatives of the genus Catantops, hence the suggested specific name.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 7

Head of moderate size, about as wide as the anterior portion of the
pronotum, the occiput rounded and slightly ascending, comparatively
short; eyes large and prominent, in both sexes somewhat longer than
the anterior edge of the cheeks below them;. vertex a little depressed,
in the male as wide as the diameter of the second, and in the female
as that of the first antennal joints, very narrowly and gently longi-
tudinally sulcate, the fastigium of moderate size, subquadrate, about
as long (co) or not quite (2) as wide, the disc flat, surrounded by
coarse carine*in continuation of those of the vertex; frontal costa a
little wider than the vertex, prominent above between the antennae,
less so below the ocellus, punctulate, plain in the female, broadly and
shallowly sulcate in the male, continuous to the clypeus, sulcate in
both sexes at the ocellus and below. Antenne rather robust, in the
male nearly as long as the hind femora, in the female a little shorter.
Pronotum strongly punctulate, on the hind lobe very closely so,
anterior lobe with the sides parallel, the posterior one rather strongly
divergent, median carina prominent on hind, less so on front lobe, thrice
interrupted by the well-defined transverse sulci, anterior margin
gently rounded, angulate behind. Tegmina and wings fully devel-
oped in both sexes, surpassing both the tip of the abdomen and the
apex of the hind femora, rather profusely and heavily veined. An-
terior and middle legs comparatively slender, even in the male; hind
femora elongate, somewhat robust at base, with large genicule, the
hind tibia elongate, the exterior margin nine-spined, interior margin
ten-spined. Prosternal spine elongate, directed a little to the rear,
large, coarse, its apex rounded; mesosternal lobes decidedly rounded
internally, separated by a space a trifle wider than long, metasternal
lobes also separated, but the space much narrower than that of the
mesosternum. Male abdomen tapering, the apical segment acumi-
nate, its apex entire; supra-anal plate elongate triangular, deeply
suleate at center to middle, tumid apically, and with a prominent
transverse carina just back of the middle. Anal cerci not quite
reaching the apex of the supra-anal plate, slender, bowed, directed to
the rear and inwards, their apex a little flattened, blunt; valves of
ovipositor elongate, curved, acuminate, not prominently toothed.

General color above dark fuscous, with a tinge of olive on the
dorsum of the pronotum and dorsal field of tegmina and legs; front,
abdomen, and underside flavous with a tinge of olive or green. Occi-
put at side, outer margins of the disc and lower margins of the pro-

118 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

notum, prominently streaked with yellow; meso- and meta-thorax
obliquely streaked with the same color. Hind femora black, thrice
banded with yellow, this latter color interrupted externally in the
basal and median bands, so as to give a maculate appearance to
this member; tibia fuscous, the base widely flavo-annulate; antenne
testaceous, a little darker apically.

Length of body, o’, 26 mm., 9, 28 mm.; of pronotum, 0’, 5.15
mm., 9, 6.85 mm.; of tegmina, o', 20 mm., 9, 27 mm.; of hind
femora, o', 15 mm., 9,17 mm.; of hind tibiz, co’, 12 mm., 9, 15 mm.

Habitat: Batanga, F. H. Hope, collector, taken in April, 1914.
One male and one female, the types, are the only representatives of
the species. C. M. Acc. No. 5293.

Genus EUPREPOCNEMIS Fieber.

Euprepocnemis FIEBER, Lotos, III, p. 98 (1853); IV, p. 178 (1854); IB., Syn.
Eur. Orth., p. 9 (1854).

Euprepocnemis STAL, Recens. Orth., I, p. 75 (1873), etc. (See Kirby, l. c., p. 559.)
Africa seems to be the center of distribution for members of this

genus, although it is represented over most of the Orient, extending

even into some of the islands of the Pacific. Eighteen species are

recognized in Kirby’s Catalogue.

46. Euprepocnemis plorans (Charpentier).

Gryllus plorans CHARPENTIER, Hor. Ent., p. 134 (1825); RAmMBuR, Faune Andal.,
II, p. 78 (1838). See synonymy in Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., III, p. 560.
Specimens of E. plorans are at hand from Lolodorf and Batanga.

A male and two females were taken by A. I. Good at the former

locality and a male by F. H. Hope at the latter.

Specimens of this species are in the collection of the writer from

both China and Japan.

47. Euprepocnemis guineénsis Krauss.
Euprepocnemis guineénsis Krauss, Zoél. Jahrb., Syst., V, p. 659, pl. 45, fig. 5
(1891).
Euprepocnemis guineénsis var. maculosa KRAUSS, Il. ¢., p. 660, pl. 45, figs. 6, 6A
(1891).
[ find a female specimen which is referable to E. guineénsis Krauss.
It is from Lolodorf, where it was collected by A. I. Good. C. M. Acc.
No. 5264.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 119

~Genus CALLIPTAMUS Serville.

Calliptamus SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 282 (1831); IsB., Hist. Orth.,
686 (1839); FISCHER, Orth. Ross., pp. 228, 236 (1846); JAcoBs & BIANCHI,
Prem. i Lozhn. Ross. Imp., pp. 173, 204, 316 (1902); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
III, p. 551 (1910), for synonymy see Kirby, l. c.

This genus is confined to the Eastern Hemisphere, and contains
several species, one or two of which at times are pests.

48. Calliptamus italicus (Linnzus).
Gryllus Locusta italicus LINN@US, Syst. Nat. (Ed. 10), I, p. 432 (1758). Fora

very full synonymy see Kirby, l. c., pp. 551-553.

. There are two female specimens of this common, but very interesting
locust at hand. They were collected by Dr. W. J. Holland in October,
IQ11, at Tangier, Morocco. C.M. Acc. No. 4514.

The specimens are in exceptionally fine condition both as to color
and preservation.

Suborder TETTIGONOIDEA.
Family GRYLLACRID#.

This family is made up of a number of forms, which for the most
part lack the auditery openings on the anterior tibia, and are without
stridulating apparatus in the males, in cases where this sex is provided
with wings. Kirby lists sixteen genera in his Catalogue.

Genus GRYLLACRIS Serville.

Gryllacris SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 138 (1831); Is., Hist. Nat. Ins.
Orth., p. 392 (1839); BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, Verh. Zodél.-Bot. Ges. Wien.,
XXXVIII, pp. 316, 317 (1888), etc., etc.

This genus is composed of many species and is quite widely dis-
tributed over the surface of the earth, especially in tropical and sub-
tropical regions, where these insects abound in moist, dark localities.
They are nocturnal in their habits, and sometimes when on the wing
are attracted to lights where they may be collected.

49. Gryllacris quadripunctata Brunner.

Gryllacris quadripunctata BRUNNER, Verh. Zodél.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XX XVIII, p. 357
(1888); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 145 (1906).

Two males of this genus taken by A. I. Good at Lolodorf in May,
1914, are referred to G. quadripunctata Brunner. C.M. Acc. No. 5264.

120 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

50. Gryllacris africana Brunner.
Gryllacris africana BRUNNER, l. c., pp. 325, 362 (1888); KuirBy, J. ¢., p. 147 (1906).
A pair, male and female, from Lolodorf, taken by A. I. Good in
May, 1914, are referred to G. africana Brunner. C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

Family HETRODID.

The representatives of the family Hetrodide are remarkable in
appearance. Many of them are ornamented with long spine-like
projections on the disk and along the borders and lateral carine of
the pronotum, while others have this part smooth. The group is
native to the continent of Africa, to southern and southeastern
Europe, and southwestern Asia. Fourteen genera have thus far been
recognized and described by orthopterists, and fifty-seven species
assigned to them.

51. Cosmoderus ? sp.?

A single very immature nymph is contained among the specimens
collected by F. H. Hope at Batanga. It was taken in March, 1914.
C. M. Acc. No. 5293. It seems to be referable to the genus Cos-
moderus rather than to any other. It is chiefly deep shining black,
with the anterior and median femora almost wholly, and the posterior
ones on their apical two-fifths or one-half, pale testaceous. The
median and posterior tibie are also largely tinged with this color,
except at their base and apex. The antenne are robust at base and
slender apically, the basal ten joints are black, while those beyond are
pallid. Both the disc of the pronotum and the dorsal portion of the
abdominal segments are very conspicuously longitudinally carinated,
giving the insect a peculiar corrugated appearance. Whether this
individual is the young of one of the described species, or new, I
cannot say.

Family PYCNOGASTERID.

This is also an Old World group of the Tettigonoidea and is confined
chiefly to the Meditteranean region. These insects are wingless, or
almost so, being provided with these appendages only in the form of
stridulating organs almost covered by the pronotum, and present in
both sexes. According to Kirby’s Catalogue of the Orthoptera there
are eighty-eight recognized species, distributed among eight genera.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 121

“

Genus STEROPLEURUS Bolivar.

Steropleurus BOLivAR, Bol. An. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., VII, p. 449 (1878); Is., Ann.
Sci. Nat. Porto, V., pp. 133, 139 (1898); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 163 (1906).

52. Steropleurus siculus (Fieber) (°?)

A female specimen of Steropleurus, as limited by Bolivar, on com-
parison with keys and descriptions, appears to be closely related to,
if not identical with, S. siculus (Fieber).

The specimen was collected by Dr. W. J. Holland at Tangier,
Morocco, in October;,1911.. C.-M. Ace: No. 4514.

Family CONOCEPHALID.

Genus PSEUDORHYNCHUS Serville.

Pseudorhynchus SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 509 (1839); REDTENBACHER, Verh. K. K.
Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, pp. 329, 364 (1891); KaRNy, Abh. K. K. Zoél.-Bot.
Ges. Wien, IV, pt. 3, p. 17 (1907).

Pseudorhynchus is entirely confined to the eastern hemisphere, and
contains about a dozen and a half recognized species.

53. Pseudorhynchus lanceolatus (Fabricius).

Locusta lanceolatus FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., p. 284 (1775).
Conocephalus lanceolatus BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 704 (1838).
Pyrgocorypha hastata BOLIVAR, Jorn. Sci. Lisboa, (2), Be p. 222 (1890).
Pseudorhynchus hastatus REDTENBACHER, l. ¢c., p. 336 (1891); KARNY, I. ¢., p. 17
(1907).
Pseudorhynchus lanceolatus Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, ,p. 238 (1906).
There are two males of this species. They are from Lolodorf,
where they were taken by A. I. Good on October 1, 1913, and February
25, 1914, respectively.

Genus HoMoROCORYPHUS Karny.

Homorocoryphus KARNY, Abh. K. K. Zodél.-Bot. Ges. Wien, IV, pt. 3, pp. 4, 41-50

(1907). This is in part Conocephalus of authors.

There are many distinct species of this genus known to entomolo-
gists. They occur in both hemispheres, and range through the tropics
as well as the adjacent parts of the temperate zones. Between forty
and fifty forms have been referred to the genus.

122 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

54. Homorocoryphus nitidulus (Scopoli).
Gryllus nitidulus Scopo.t, Del. Flor. Faun. Insubr., I, p. 62, pl. 24B (1786);

GRIFFINI, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XI, no. 220, p. I (1896).

For the very extended synonymy of this species see Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II, pp. 252-253. It was referred to Homorocoryphus by Karny,
the author of the genus, /. c., p. 44 (1907).

Six males, one female, and three nymphs are at hand from Batanga
(F. H. Hope, Coll.) and two females from Lolodorf (A. I. Good, Coll.).
Another female which varies somewhat from the others in length of
wing and robustness of the hind tibiz, is doubtfully referred to this
species. It also is from Lolodorf, where it was taken by A. I. Good.

Family XIPHIDIID~.

Genus ORCHELIMUM Serville.

Orchelimum SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 522 (1839); SCUDDER, Guide N. A. Orth.,
p- 55 (1897); McNEILL, Can. Ent., XXXII, p. 77 (1900); KirsBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II, p. 271 (1906); Karny, Abh. K. K. Zo6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, IV, (3),
p. 8 (1gor).

Xiphidium subg. Orchelimum REDTENBACHER, Verh. K. K. Zodl.-Bot. Ges. Wien,
XLI, p. 494 (1891), for further references see Kirby, /. c.

The members of the present genus, with the exception of a single

species, belong to North America and adjacent islands.

55. Orchelimum senegalense Krauss.

Orchelimum senegalense KRAUSS, Sitz. Akad. Wien, Math.-Nat. Cl., LX XVI (2),
p. 60, pl. 1, fig. 12 (1877); KuirRBy, l. c., p. 274 (1906); KARNY, Ll. c., p. 84 (1901).
Xiphidium senegalense REDTENBACHER, Verh. K. K. Zodl.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLI,
PP. 495, 504 (1891); SJOSTEDT, Bih. Svenska Akad., XXVII (4: 3), p. 140
(1902).
Four females, three males, and one nymph of this insect are among
the material collected by F. H. Hope at Batanga. They were taken
in March’and’ April; 1914 'C. Mn, Ace: No.5203:

Genus XIPHIDION Serville. (Conocephalus)

Xiphidion SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 159 (1831); Is., Ins. Orth., p. 505
(1838); BLANCHARD, Hist. Nat. Ins., III, 25 (1840); REHN, (1902); KARNY,
(1907), etc.

For an extended synonymy see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., p. 274.
The genus Xiphidion contains many representatives, upwards of

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 123

eighty species now being recognized. These are found scattered in
various regions of the Earth. They are, for the most part, frequenters
of grass-lands, such as prairies, meadows, swampy tracts on the
margins of streams, ponds, lakes, etc., as well as in grassy clearings.
A few are restricted to certain types of localities and certain grasses,
while others are widely scattered.

Several species are recognized among the material now receiving
attention.

56. Xiphidion neglectum sp. nov.

A single male of a species, which does not run to any of the de-
scribed forms given in either Redtenbacher’s or Karny’s synoptic
keys, is at hand. If we accept the statement that the hind margins
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum are rounded, it will not run;
if we decide that the hind margins are straight or nearly so, we find
the same trouble. It belongs to the series having the anterior tibize
five- to seven-spined below; the cerci are slender, acuminate, and do
not have the apex depressed or flattened and are provided with a
single inner tooth near the middle, the dorsum of abdomen is not
definitely infuscated, the fastigium is rather wide at its apex with the
lateral margins divergent, the hind femora are unarmed, the tegmina
are as long as the wings and surpass the apex of the hind femora, the
fastigium, occiput, and the disc of the pronotum are visibly longi-
tudinally marked with ferruginous and the disc of the tegmina also
shows signs of infuscation. Otherwise the entire insect is uniformly
pale testaceous, it very evidently having been left in the wet cyanide
tube for a day or two thus causing it to loose any possible characteristic
colorations.

Length of body, &%, 15 mm.; of tegmina, 16 mm.; of hind femora,
12 mm.

Habitat: Batanga (F. H. Hope, Collector). Taken in April, 1914.
Cin Ace: cNo 25293;

57. Xiphidion continuum Walker.
Xiphidium continuum WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., HI, p. 271 (1869).
Anisoptera continuum KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 279 (1906).
A pair, male and female, of a second species are determined as X.
continuum Walker. They are from Batanga, and were collected by
F. H. Hope in April. -C. M- Acc. No. 5293.

124 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

58. Xiphidion iris Serville.
Xiphidion iris SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 506 (1839); KaArRNy, Abh. K. K. Zo6l.-Bot.
Ges. Wien, IV, pt. 3, p- 94 (1907). For further synonymy see Kirby, I. ¢., p 279.

Batanga, one male and one female. F. H. Hope, collector.

59. Xiphidion africanum Redtenbacher.
Xiphidium africanum REDTENBACHER, Verh. K. K. Zoél.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLI,

PP. 497, 516 (1891).
Xiphidion africanum KARNY, l. ¢., p. 94 (1907).
Anisoptera africanum K1iRBY, I. ¢., p. 279.

A single female of this species, from Batanga, taken in March,
Tord, by F. H. Hope: i

60. Xiphidion guineénse Redtenbacher.

Xiphidium guineénse REDTENBACHER, I. C., pp. 497, 518 (1891).
Xiphidion guineénse KARNY, l. ¢., p. 94 (1907).
Anisoptera guineénse KIRBY, l. c.. p. 280 (1906).

There are three males and three females collected by F. H. Hope
in April, 1914, at Batanga.

This and the preceding species are very similar, except as to length
of wing.

61. Xiphidion obtectum Karny.
Xiphidion obtectum KARNY, l. c., pp. 94, 96 (1907).
This species of Xiphidion is represented by twenty-one males and
eight females, from Batanga, collected by F. H. Hope.

62. Xiphidion conocephalus Linnzus.
Gryllus Tettigonia conocephalus LINNEUS, Syst. Nat. (Ed. XID), I, (2), p. 696 (1767).

For a synonymy of this species see Kirby, /. c., p. 279.

Eleven representatives of a seventh species of Xiphidion coming
from western Africa are referred to @thiopicum Thunberg, and, if
Kirby is correct in his surmise as to synonymy, they are the same as
conocephalus Linneus. There are three males and eight females taken
by F. H. Hope at Batanga.

Family PSEUDOPHYLLID~.

Genus OPISTHODICRUS Karsch.

Opisthodicrus KArscu, Ent. Nachr., XVI, p. 272 (1890); Is., Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr.,
XXXVI, pp. 76, 86 (1891); BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, Mon. Pseudoph.,
Pp. 9, 31 (1895); Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 292 (1906).

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 125

63. Opisthodichrus cochlearistylus Karsch.
Opisthodichrus cochlearistylus KARSCH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, p. 87, pl. 2,
fig. 4 (1891); BRUNNER, l. ¢., p. 32, pl. 1, fig. 3 (1895).
A male from Lolodorf and a female from Batanga are referred to

this species. The former was collected by A. I. Good and the latter
by F. H. Hope. C. M. Acc. Nos. 5264 and 5293.

Genus LIOCENTRUM [Karsch.

Liocentrum KARSCH, l. c., p. 272 (1890).

This is an African genus based on a species found in Cameroon.

64. Liocentrum aduncum Karsch?
Liocentrum aduncum Karscu, Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, p. 88, pl. 2, fig. 3
(1891); BRUNNER, l. c., p. 32 (1895).
A female Pseudophyllid from Lolodorf is referred to Karsch’s
Liocentrum aduncum with some misgivings. It apparently has been
immersed in spirits, has lost its color, and its wings have also become

somewhat distorted. It was taken February 19, 1914, by A. I. Good.
C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

Genus CYMATOMERA Schaum.

Cymatomera SCHAUM, Ber. Akad. Berlin, 1853, p. 777; IB., in Peter’s Reise n. Mos-
samb., V, p. 122 (1862); STAL, Recens. Orth., II, Pp. 53, 69 (1874); KarscH,
Ent. Nachr., XVI, p. 274 (1890); IB., Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, pp. 77,
96 (1891); BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudoph., pp. 12, 82 (1895).

This is also an African genus, which contains several species. From
the general griseous color of its representatives I should judge them
to be dwellers on tree-trunks or on the ground among various kinds of
dead and decaying vegetation, or perhaps on lichen-covered rocks.
Only one species is at hand.

65. Cymatomera argillata Karsch. :
Cymatomera argillata KARSCH, l. ¢., pp. 97, 98, pl. 3, fig. 10 (1891); BRUNNER,
l.c., pp. 83, 85 (1895).
A single female from Batanga. It was collected in April by F. H.
Tope: ‘C. Mo Acc: No. 5293.

126 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus Mormotus Karsch.

Mormotus Karscyu, Ent. Nachr., XVI, pp. 269, 276 (1890); IB., Berlin. Ent.
Zeitschr., XXXVI, p. 109 (1891); BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudoph., pp. 17, 153
(1895).

Mormotus is still another Pseudophyllid genus, all the described
species of which are confined to tropical Africa. Eight species are
known.

66. Mormotus montesi Bolivar.

Platyphyllum montesit BOLIVAR, An. Soc. Espan., XV, p. 347 (1886).
Mormotus obtusatus BRUNNER, I. ¢., pp. 154, 155 (1895).
Mormotus montesi KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 323 (1906).

A female specimen from Lolodorf, is placed here. It was collected
by A? 1l:-Good* CY Mz Accs No- 5264:

Genus HopLipostyLus Karsch.
Hoplidostylus KarscuH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVIII, pp. 136, 138 (1893);
BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudoph., pp. 17, 157 (1895).

The present genus contains only a single species, so far as known.

67. Hoplidostylus argillatus Karsch.
Hoplidostylus argillatus KARSCH, l. c., p. 138, fig. 20 (1893); BRUNNER, l. ¢c., p. 158

(1895).

The species is represented by a single somewhat mutilated female
from Banza Manteka in the Belgian Congo. It was collected by A. L.
Bain. C. M. Acc. No. 4601. A second specimen, also a female,
with excessively long antenna, from Lolodorf is also doubtfully
placed in this species, although it does not quite agree with the
diagnosis as given by Brunner v. Wattenwyl in his Monograph of the
Pseudophyllida. The specimen was collected by A. I. Good. C. M.
Acc, Nos5264

Family MECOPODIDE.

The®Mecopodide are one of the tropical families of long-horned
grasshoppers, which are fairly well represented in Africa. The family
contains some remarkably bizarre forms. Practically all of these
insects are obscurely colored, and evidently spend the greater part
of their lives on or near the ground among fallen leaves and other
dead and decaying vegetation.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA, 127

Genus ACRIDOXENA White.

Acridoxena WHITE, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb., III, p. 309 (1865); REDTEN-
BACHER, Verh. K. K. Zo6él.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLII, pp. 190, 208 (1892); KirBy,
Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 362 (1906). For synonymy see Kirby, I. c.

68. Acridoxena hewaniana Smith.

Acridoxena hewaniana SmiTH, Proc. R. Phys.»Soc. Edinb., HI, p. 311 (1865);
Kirsy, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1891, p. 410; REDTENBACHER, I. ¢., p. 209
(1892).

Stalia fodiata SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, pp. 456, 457, figs. 3-5

(1875).
Eustalia foliata SCUDDER, l. c., XX, p. 95 (1879); KaArscH, Ent. Nachr. XII, pp-

145-147, fig. (1886).
This bizarre insect is represented by a fine female specimen from

Lolodorf collected by A. I. Good. C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

Genus ELUMA gen. nov.

This generic name is proposed for an insect from the Congo, which
is related to the species of Anewdopoda Karsch, but without the vitreous
spots along the disc of the tegmina. By running it in Karsch’s
synoptic key of the Mecopodid genera it readily falls into the section
7.7. under 3.3. of 1.1. Since its elytra are long and ample, by a modi-
fication or extension of the key we would have the following:

8.8 Elytra elongate, greatly surpassing the hind femora.
9. Pronotal carine blunt, rounded, smooth. . Venation of the elytra very
regular, the transverse veins of the disc twenty-one or twenty-two in
Inl|bhinall ah as Oho PN oho acs eMC RIM Cig eel OL Creo ee Eluma gen. nov.
9.9 Pronotal carine rather sharp and somewhat crenulate, or even toothed.
Venation of the elytra less regular, the transverse veins of the disc
eleven to; fourteen’ insnumiberccc. (cea as eg! sees oboe 3 Anedopoda Karsch.

69. Eluma amplipennis sp. nov.

Rather large, but somewhat graceful or slender, with long broad
wings. Dark grayish brown, with scarcely any mottling or spotting
with fuscous, except along the margins of the tegmina. The veins,
cross-veins, and veinlets fuscous. Head a little narrower than the
front end of the pronotum, smooth, provided with punctures in front
and on the anterior part of the cheeks; the fastigium of the vertex
broad, its apex widely rounded, much as in members of the next genus.
Disc of the pronotum flat, comparatively smooth, or free from large

128 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

rugosities, evenly widening from front to base, twice furrowed by the
two transverse sulci, which sever the lateral carine, posterior margin
broadly rounded, the disc of the hind lobe showing traces of several
longitudinal ruge and blunt tubercles. Tegmina elongate, their apex
greatly passing the apex of the slender hind femora, their length
almost three and one-half times their greatest width. Legs elongate,
rather slender, the hind femora at their base only gently robust, few-
spined below, internally about six-spined, externally three- to four-
spined. Ovipositor rather slender, evenly tapering, and gently
falcate. Base of tegmina of female provided with a well defined
stridulating area, that on the right elytron thin, pallid, membranous
and free from veins; on the left heavy, dusky, and roughened.

Length of body, 2, 45 mm.; of pronotum, Io mm.; of tegmina,
60 mm.; width 17 mm.; length of anterior femora, 14 mm.; middle,
17 mm.; hind, 36.5 mm.

Habitat: The only specimen at hand, the type, which belongs to the
Carnegie Museum, comes from Banza Manteka, in the Belgian Congo,
where it was taken by A. L. Bain. C. M. Acc. No. 4601.

Genus AN@DOPODA Karsch.
Anedopoda KArscu, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI, pp. 333, 346 (1891); REDTEN-

BACHER, Verh. K. K. Zodl.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLII, pp. 190, 210 (1892).

The members of this strictly African genus are very similar in gen-
eral appearance to those belonging to the typical genus Mecopoda,
which has a distribution extending to India, China, Japan, the Indo-
Malayan Archipelago, and many of the larger ‘‘South-Sea”’ islands.
The main difference between the species of the two genera is in the
rather slender basal portion of the hind femora of representatives of
this genus, when compared with the very robust basal portion of
these members in Mecopoda.

70. Ancedopoda erosa Karsch.
Anedopoda Karscu, l. c., XXXVI, pp. 334, 335, fig. 7 (1892); IB., XX XVIII, pp.
76, 77 (fig. 3) (1892). 7
One male and two females of this species are among the material
collected by A. I. Good at Lolodorf. C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

Genus EuTHYPODA Karsch.
Euthypoda Karscu, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXX, pp. 108, 111 (1886).
Macroscirtus PictetT, Mém. Soc. Généve, XXX, (6), p. 13 (1888); REDTENBACHER,
Verh. K. K. Zodl.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLII, pp. 191, 216 (1892).

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 129

The present genus is solely African in its distribution. Four species
are known. They are characterized by having excessively heavy and
long hind femora.

71. Euthypoda kanguroo (Pictet).

Macroscirtus kanguroo PicretT, l. c., p. 14, pl. 2, figs. 38, 38a (1888); REDTENBACHER,
UG. DD. 207,218) (1892):

The only specimen of this species in the collection, a female, was
taken by A. I. Good at Lolodorf in November, 1913. C.M. Acc. No.
5264.

Genus Corycus Saussure.

-Corycus SAUSSURE, An. Soc. Ent. France, (4), i, p. 487 (1861); Krauss, Zodl.
Jahrb., Syst., V, pp. 344, 349 (1890); KarscuH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXXVI,
PP. 335, 346 (1891); REDTENBACHER, Verh. K. K. Zodl.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLII,
Pp. IQT, 220 (1892).

Like the two preceding genera this is also a strictly African genus,
with its center of distribution about the Gulf of Guinea. Nine species
are recognized according to Kirby’s Catalogue. They may be
separated as follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF CORYCUS.

A. Anterior tibia above plane, not sulcate; subbasally sometimes marked with
black.
b. Pronotum with the posterior margin subangulate. Tegmina of male
wider apically (32 mm.); the stridulating area rather simple, with
POW VAVIELIAG Reta ete eet eee Rea rete he nee ae Sey spon jourinei Saussure.
bb. Pronotum with its posterior margin obtusangulate. Tegmina of male
narrower apically (28 mm.); the stridulating area more complicated,
provided with several heavy veins..................kraussi Kirby.
AA. Anterior tibie above sulcate.
b. Anterior tibia near their base never marked with a black patch.
intermedius Redtenbacher.
bb. Anterior tibiz immaculate near their base.
c. Anterior tibiae above less profoundly sulcate.
d. Posterior margin of the tegmina oblique, angulate above .
between the internal and posterior margins.
e. Tegmina between the internal and posterior margins

obtuselyangulatels .0\.4 2 . See Se abruptus Krauss.
ee. Tegmina between the internal and posterior margins
ACULel VIAN SUNAtC ars: wien = Lasko nhiecne eae karschi Krauss.

dd. Posterior margin of the tegmina straight, above between the
internal and posterior margins irregularly emarginate.

premorsus Krauss.
ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 10, DEC. 8, 1920.

130 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cc. Anterior tibiz above profoundly or deeply sulcate.
d. Island of St. Thomé, Gulf of Guinea.
greeffi Krauss, paradoxus Bolivar.
dd. Gaboon, French Congo... sac. saree siccifolium Sjéstedt.

72. Corycus kraussi Kirby.

Corycus kraussi KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, 367 (1906).
Corycus jourinei KRAuss (nec Saussure), Zodl. Jahrb., Syst., V, pp. 352, pl. 30,
figs. 1a, b (1890); REDTENBACHER, I. ¢., p. 221 (1892).

This species is represented by a single fine male, from Batanga.
It was collected in April, 1914, by F. H. Hope. C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

Family MECONEMIDZ-.

The family Meconemide is comparatively small. Its representa-
tives are all confined to the Old World. Eight genera are included in
the family, comprising twenty-three species.

Genus AmytTTA Karsch.
Amytta KArRSCH, Wien. Ent. Zeit., VII, p. 160 (1888); IB., Ent. Nach., XVI,
p. 264 (1890); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 373 (1906).
Only three species of this genus are known. All are native to tropi-
cal Africa.

73. Amytta occidentalis Karsch.
Amytta occidentalis Karscu, Ent. Nachr., XVI, 264 (1890); GRIFFIN], Ann. Mus.
Genova, XLII, p. 367 (1906); KirBy, lJ. ¢., p. 373 (1906).
This delicate insect is represented by a single male which was taken
by A. I. Good at Lolodorf, May 27, 1914. C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

Family PHANEROPTERID.

The family known among orthopterologists by the above name is
very extensive indeed, and, as stated in a former paper by the present
author, (See ANNALS, Vol. IX, p. 286) ‘‘is distributed throughout the
warmer countries of the globe, where its representatives are among the
commoner and more conspicuous orthopterous insects to be met
with at almost every turn.’”’ While that applied to conditions in
America, the same remark is equally true of Africa, and, for that
matter, of any other country, including the larger islands of the
Orient. Most of these insects are green or greenish in color, and live

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 131

among the rank vegetation common in humid localities. Even many
of the more arid tracts also have their characteristic representatives
of the family. Many of the species are attracted to bright lights
after nightfall, hence are quite readily collected. Others may be
taken by beating and sweeping the foliage of trees and the herbage
growing at the borders of forests, groves, thickets, and the margins
of lakes and streams. Still others live upon the trunks of trees, on
ledges of rocks, and the ground, mimicking their surroundings in color.
At least fifteen distinct species of this family are represented in the
material now at hand, upon which I am reporting.

Genus ARANTIA Stal.

Arantia STAL, Recens. Orth., II, pp. 10, 25 (1875); BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL,
Mon. Phan., pp. 17, 136 (1878); IB., Verh. K. K. Zod6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLI,
pp. 8, 63 (1891); Karscu, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XIII, pp. 422, 432 (1888).
The genus Arantia is composed of twenty or more species of rather

large and showy insects, all of which are confined to Africa. While

bearing a general resemblance to certain of the larger and more robust

American forms, these insects possess certain distinctive characters of

their own, which readily separate the two groups. Only three of the

species are contained among the material at hand.

74. Arantia rectifolia Brunner?
Arantia rectifolia BRUNNER, I. c., p. 137 (1878); KARSCH, I. ¢., p. 433 (1888).
Two of the ‘“‘katydids’’ among the material studied are referred to
Brunner’s A. rectifolia with some hesitation. They are both females.
One of them come from Lolodorf, where it was taken by A. I. Good.
C. M. Acc. No. 5264. The other is from the Belgian Congo, collected
by Antisdel. C. M. Acc. No. 2315.

75. Arantia orthocnemis Karsch.
Arantia orthocnemis KarscH, Ent. Nachr., XVI, p. 357 (1890).
A single male from Lolodorf is assigned to A. orthocnemis Karsch.
It was taken by A. I. Good in August, 1913.

76. Arantia mammisignum Karsch.
Arantia mammisignum KarRSCH, Stettin. Ent. Zeit., LVII, p. 332 (18096).
There is a single female specimen of this large and attractive species
at hand. It also was captured by A. I. Good at Lolodorf. C. M.
Acc. No. 5264.

132 » ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus PHLAUROCENTRUM Karsch.
Phlaurocentrum Karscu, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XII, p. 445 (1888); BRUNNER,

Verh. K. K. Zoél.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, pp. 11, 106 (1891).

The representatives of this African genus somewhat resemble those
of the American genus Scudderia, although they are not closely’
related. Only three species have been recognized, all of them belong-
ing to the general region from which the present collection comes.

77. Phlaurocentrum latevittatum Karsch.
Phlaurocentrum latevittatum KARSCH, I. c., p. 446 (1888); IB., XXXVI, pp. 321,
322, fig. ra (1891); BRUNNER, l. c., p. 106 (1891).
The single representative of the species P. lativittatum, is a male
from Lolodorf, where it was taken by A. I. Good.

Genus ZEUNERIA Karsch.
Zeuneria KARSCH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXXII, p. 443 (1888); BRUNNER, l. c.,
Pp. 13, 94 (1891).
This genus which is monotypic is African.

78. Zeuneria melanopeza Karsch.

Zeuneria KARSCH, l. ¢., p. 443 (1888).

One male from Lolodorf, A. I. Good, collector. C. M. Acc. No.

5364.
Genus PHANEROPTERA Serville.
Phaneroptera SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 158 (1831). For the synonymy

of this genus see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 434 (1906).

This, the typical genus of the family, is composed of approximately
two dozen recognized species, which in their distribution are confined
to the Old World. A single species, nana, has been recorded from
South America, where it undoubtedly was accidentally introduced by
means of commerce. All of the species are small, and quite similar
in their general appearance. Four of them are contained in the

material upon which I am reporting.

79. Phaneroptera nana Fieber.

Phaneroptera nana FIEBER, Lotus, III, p. 173 (1853). For further synonymy see
Kirby, l. c., p. 435 (1906).

This rather widely distributed and common species is represented

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 133

by a single female from Lolodorf, A. I. Good, Collector, and by eight
males and fourteen females from Batanga, F. H. Hope, Collector.

80. Phaneroptera reticulata Brunner.
Phaneroptera reticulata BRUNNER, Mon. Phan., pp. 210, 213 (1878).
Although reticulata was described from South Africa, there are four
individuals one male and three females, at hand from Batanga, thus

considerably extending the range of the species. The material was
takenybDy-l. Hakiope. CC. MAce:-No:.5293.

81. Phaneroptera sp.?

There are three females of a third species of the genus before me.
They are quite noticeably larger than either of the preceding, but,
being somewhat discolored, are not readily determinable. This is
particularly true, since the published synoptical keys are based largely
on the males. One of the specimens comes from Lolodorf, A. I. Good,
Collector, and the others from Batanga, F. H. Hope; Collector.

82. Phaneroptera sp.?

Still a fourth species of the genus Phaneroptera is represented by a
single female specimen. It, too, is considerably discolored and diff-
cult to determine for the same reason stated in connection with the
preceding. This latter form is rather larger, and has broader tegmina
and wings, than the three preceding and as yet is undetermined.
Possibly it may be new. It comes from Batanga, where it was col-
lected in April, 1914, by F. H. Hope.» C..M. Ace. No. 5263.

Genus GELATOPGA Brunner.
Gelatopea BRUNNER, Verh. K. K. Zoél.-Bot: Ges. Wien, XLI, pp. 15, 111 (1891);

KARSCH, Stettin. Ent. Zeit., LVII, 343 (1896).

The genus: Gelatopewa is African, and thus far contains but a single
representative, which in general appearance seems very much like
the Central and South American representatives of Aphidnia. These
latter live largely on trunks of trees, stony ledges, and other places
where lichens abound, and on account of their slow movements and
variegated colors are well protected from their enemies.

134 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

83. Gelatopcea bicolor Brunner.
Gelatopea bicolor BRUNNER, l. c., p. 12, pl. 2, fig. I9 (1891); KirBy, Syn. Cat.

Orth., II, p. 439 (1906).

Only a single specimen of each of the two sexes of this interesting
insect are at hand. They were collected by A. I. Good at Lolodorf.
The male was taken in May, 1914, and the female in October, 1913.
C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

Genus EuRYCORYPHA Stal.

Eurycorypha STAL, (fv. Vet.-Akad. Foérh., XXX (4), p. 40 (1873); IB., Recens.
Orth., II, p. 18 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phan., pp. 27, 272 (1878); IsB., Verh.
K. K. Zodél.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, pp. 19, 136 (1891); KarscH, Berlin, Ent.
Zeitschr., XXXVI, p. 425 (1888).

Still another common African genus of the family Phaneropteride
is known as Eurycorypha. These insects are mostly above medium
in size and recall such American genera as Phylloptera and Micro-
centrum. Twenty species are listed by Kirby in his Synonymic
Catalogue of the Orthoptera. There seems to be an additional one
at hand, at least it does not agree with any hitherto described species.

84. Eurycorypha equatorialis Krauss?

Eurycoryphus @quatorialis KRAUSS, Zoél. Jahrb., Syst., V, p. 663, pl. 45, fig. 9
(1890).
‘A single female of what appears to be this species is at hand. It
comes from Lolodorf, where it was taken in November, 1913, by A. I.

Good:. €2M:2Acc: No. 5264.

85. Eurycorypha cereris (Stal)?

Phylloptera cereris STAL, (Xfv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., XIII, p. 170 (1856).

Eurycorypha cereris STAL, l. c., XXX (4), p. 4 (1873); IB., Recens. Orth., II, p. 39
(1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phan., pp. 272, 273 (1878); IB., Verh. K. K. Zo6l.-Bot.
Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 136 (1891).

Another species, also represented by a single female, belonging to
the genus Eurycorypha is referred with some doubt to E. cereris of
Stal. It bears a resemblance to both brevicollis Stal, and securifera
Brunner. The specimen was taken by Good at Lolodorf, Dec. 29,
Rous. Wa Me Acc. -No.5264:;

The characters employed by Brunner in his Synoptical key are
based principally on the males, hence the doubtful reference of the
specimens now at hand, which all belong to the other sex.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 135

86. Eurycorypha zebrata sp. nov.

Above the average in size, pale green with the tegmina transversely
banded and streaked with brown. Tegmina broad, widest at middle,
subtriangular in form.

Head rather large, as broad as the front end of the pronotum; the
vertex broad, about as wide as four times the diameter of the basal
antennal joint, separated from the front by a delicate straight trans-
verse sulcus, extending across from the middle of the antennal cavities.
Antenne very slender, filiform, with their basal joint touching the
inner edge of the lower third of the small elongate eyes. Pronotum
rather large, about one and one-half times as long as wide, the disc
flat, a very little divergent caudad, crossed by a single transverse
sulcus at about one-third its length from the apex, middle longitud-
inally narrowly sulcate, instead of carinate; lateral carine straight,
blunt; lateral lobes perpendicular, fully as high as long; anterior
margin of the disc widely subangulately emarginate, posterior margin
evenly and broadly rounded; upper posterior margin of the lateral
lobes separated from hind lobe of the disc by a deep acute emargination
over the insertion of the tegmina. Legs comparatively short and
slender, the hind femora somewhat shorter than the greatest width of
the tegmina, the carine of lower edge armed with several small spines’
on their apical two-fifths. Ovipositor rather large and broad, the
margins smooth; last ventral segment or subanal plate triangular,
acuminate, longitudinally bicarinate at middle. Lateral angles of
disc of the pronotum and base of the tegmina fusco-brunneous.

Length of body, 2, 30 mm.; of pronotum, 7.5 mm.; of tegmina,
43 mm.; greatest width of latter, 18 mm.; length of hind femora,
17 mm.

Habitat: The type, and only specimen at hand, comes from Lolodorf,
where it was taken October 29, 1913, by A. I. Good. C. M. Acc.
No. 5264.

Genus VossIA Brunner.

Vossia BRUNNER, Verh. K. K. Zoél.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XUI, pp. 19, 139 (1891).

A West African genus with two species. These insects are noted
for the very great depth of the lateral lobes of the pronotum, the
posterior angles of which are subangulate.

136 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

87. Vossia obesa Brunner.

Vossia obesea BRUNNER, |. c., p. 140, pl. 2, fig. 27 (1891); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
II, p. 464 (1906). :
The collection made by A. I. Good at Lolodorf contains a single

male, which is placed here. It was taken July 25, 1913. C. M. Acc.

No. 5264.

Genus CoRYCOMIMA Karsch.

Corycomima KArscH, Stett. Ent. Zeitschr., LVII, p. 343 (1896).
This is still another genus, which is peculiar to the African tropics.

It is also monotypic, so far as at present known.

88. Corycomima flavescens (Walker) ?

Orophus flavescens WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., II, p. 386 (1869).
Plangia camerata KARSCH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XII, p. 457 (1888); BRUNNER,
Verh. K. K. Zo6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, pp. 137, 138 (1891).
Corycomima camerata KARSCH, Stett. Ent. Zeitschr., LVII, 344 (1896).
The only representative of the species and genus at hand comes from
Lolodorf. It was collected by A. I. Good, October:-1, 1913. C. M.

Acc: No. 5264:

Suborder GRYLLOTALPOIDEA.

Among the saltatorial orthoptera none are more interesting than

”’

the insects known as ‘‘mole crickets. These, on account of their
structure and burrowing habits, differ quite remarkably from their
allies, the true crickets. Mole-crickets on account of their aquatic,
or subaquatic, habits are confined to humid regions, where they may
be obtained by digging for them at the margins of streams and by
beating or sweeping the sandy beaches and rank vegetation growing
in such localities.

These insects have usually been included with the crickets, but the
present writer prefers to set them aside as a distinct suborder with
affinities to both the locusts and the crickets. There are much fewer
forms in this suborder than are found in other groups of orthopterous
insects. This is probably due to their somewhat restricted distri-
bution, due to their burrowing and moisture-loving, or subaquatic,
habits.

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. lsiyv6

Family GRYLLOTALPID.

Genus GRYLLOTALPA Latreille.

Gryllotalpa LATREILLE, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., III, p. 275 (1802). For rather full
synonymy see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 4 (1906).

89. Gryllotalpa africana (Beauvois).
Gryllotalpa africana Brauvots, Ins. Afr. Amer., p. 229, pl. 2c, fig. 6 (1805), and

numerous other authors (see Kirby, l. c., p. 6).

There are two specimens of this species at hand, which were taken
at Lolodorf, by A. I. Good, and one from Batanga, collected by F. H.
Hope.

Family, PRIDACTYLIDA:

Genus TRIDACTYLUS Olivier.

Tridactylus OLIVIER, Enc. Meth., Ins., IV, p. 26 (1789); for further synonymy see
Kerby, l..G:; Ds 7

go. Tridactylus digitatus (Coquebert).

Acheta digitata COQUEBERT, III. Icon. Ins., III, p. 91, pl. 21, fig. 3 (1804).
Tridactylus digitatus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Généve, XXV, p. 52 (1877). Additional
synonymy is given by Kirby, J. c., p. 8.
The single specimen of this species at hand was taken by A. I. Good
at Lolodorf, on November 11, 1913. C. M. Acc. No. 5264.

Suborder ACHETOIDEA.

The crickets, although not as numerous as either the short-horned
grasshoppers or locusts, or the long-horned grasshoppers, are, never-
theless, quite abundant in both genera and species. Like both of
those subordersof the saltatorial orthoptera just mentioned, the present
group is most numerously represented in subtropical and tropical
countries. This statement is especially true of the more humid
sections of those countries where the great forests and jungles of the
world are to be found. In and about these they abound in great
variety as to size, habits, etc. Thus far the group has been less col-
lected and even less studied than other orthopterous insects.

Generally speaking, the crickets are less attractive than are the
representatives of either of the “‘grasshopper”’ groups, because they
are as a rule either dull in color, or do not possess striking structural

138 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

features. They are also mostly nocturnal in their movements, and
many of them invariably lie hidden away during daytime among dead
leaves and other rubbish, which litters the floor of forests. Some
burrow into the earth, while still others hide beneath stones, fallen
trees, in crevices, and under loose bark, of in any other nook or cranny,
which offers concealment and protection from enemies and the light
of day. Many of the forms are likewise rather small, very active, and
live among the dense foliage of shrubs, bushes, vines, and trees, as
well as in the grasses and other herbage of prairies, meadows, and
swamps. A few burrow in the mud and damp sand of beaches, and
at the margins of streams, while a few are strictly aquatic. Some
species even live in and about the nests of ants, where they are both
tolerated and protected.

The crickets, therefore, might be considered as being the most
highly developed of the saltatorial orthoptera, 7.e., the farthest re-
moved from primitive types.

The present collections do not happen to contain many representa-
tives of the group, although the region under consideration no doubt
is the habitat of a considerable ntimber of both genera and species.

Family NEMOBIID.

Genus NEMOBIUS Serville.

Nemobius SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 345 (1839) and numerous authors since. For
references see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, pp. 13, 14.

git. Nemobius sp.?

There is but a single specimen of the Nemobiid group at hand. This
insect is referred to the genus Nemobius without trying to determine
the identity of the species. It also belongs with the collections made
by F. H. Hope at Batanga, and was taken in February, 1914. In size
this specimen is among the very smallest of the species of the genus,
likewise very slender, with caudate wings.

Family BRACHYTRY PID.

Genus BRACHYTRYPES (Serville).

Brachytrupes SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 323 (1839); BOLIvAR, Ortopt. Espafi., p. 276
(1876);, Is., “An; ‘Soc. Espan:oHist, Nat: Vill, p.772 (E898).
Brachytrypes AGassiz, Nom. Zo6él. Ind. Univ., p. 52 (1846); F1iscHErR, Orth. Eur.,

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 139

p. 186 (1853); BRUNNER, Prodr. Eur. Orth., p. 438 (1882); FIEBER, Syn. Eur.
Orth., p. 64 (1854); Is., Lotus, V, p. 66 (1855).
Brachytrypus SAUSSURE. Mém. Soc. Généve, XXV, p. 115 (1877).

92. Brachytrypes caviceps Karsch.
Brachytrypes caviceps KArscH, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XXVIII, p. 148 (1893).

Two females and two nymphs of this genus are determined as
belonging to B. caviceps Karsch. They come from Batanga, where
they were taken by F. H. Hope, in March and April, 1914.

These females agree with the description of the male in their colora-
tion and have the tegmina just reaching to the tip of the abdomen.
The ovipositor is moderately stout, with acuminate tip, and only
about two millimeters long.

Genus GYMNOGRYLLUS Saussure.

Gymnogryllus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Généve, XXV, p. 123 (1877); KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II, p. 23 (1906).

93. Gymnogryllus miurus Saussure.

Brachytrypus miurus SAUSSURE, l. ¢., p. 131 (1877).
Brachytrypus miurus KirBy, l. ¢., p. 23 (1906).

There are three males, three females, and one nymph before me.
They were collected by F. H. Hope at Batanga. C. M. Acc. No. 5293.

Family ACHETID-. -

Genus GRYLLUs Linnzus.

Gryllus LINN&US, Syst. Nat. (Ed. X), p. 425 (1758), and practically every entomolo-
gist since. For the main references see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 27.

94. Gryllus conspersus Schaum?

Gryllus conspersus SCHAUM, Bericht. Akad. Ber!., 1853, p. 776; IB., Peters’ Reise n.
Mossamb., V, p. 117 (1862); SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Généve, XXV, p. 183 (1877).

The G. conspersus of Schaum appears to be represented by a single
male and two females, which were taken by F. H. Hope in March and
April, 1914, at Batanga.

95-99. Gryllus spp.?

There are also representatives of what appear to be at least half a
dozen other species of the genus Gryllus. They were collected by the
same party at Batanga.

140 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The genus is difficult to work, and requires good and ample material
to produce accurate results. I am accordingly postponing final
determination for a later date.

Family PLATYBLEMMID.

Genus ALLUAUDIELLA Bolivar.

Alluaudiella BoLtvar, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, LXII, p. ecex (1893); KiIRBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II, p. 47 (1906).
Alluaudia BOLIVAR (nec Lameere), Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXII, p. 181 (1893).

100. Alluaudiella ? flavopicta Bolivar?
Alluaudia flavopicta BOLIVAR, l. ¢., p. 183 (1893).
Alluaudiella flavopicta KIRBY, I. c., p. 47 (1906).

I find two males of a species of cricket before me, which belong in
the Platyblemmid series, and possibly, but not certainly, to the genus
Alluaudiella and the species flavopicta of Bolivar, but the descriptions
of both the genus and species do not fit the material at hand. In the
first place, these insects do not have the ‘body greatly flattened”’
nor especially smooth or polished, the head is not noticeably trans-
verse, nor is the face or front almost horizontally sloped to the rear.
In the second place the coloration is somewhat different from that
attributed to flavopicta.

The main characteristic, however, of these specimens, which inclines
me to consider them different, is the large flattened basal antennal
joint or segment, the outer apex of which is produced into a long,
somewhat flattened, gently curved outwardly directed tooth, or horn,
which is a little longer than the rest of the joint. These specimens
come from Batanga, where they were collected in February and April,
1914, by EH. Hope, ©. Me Acc: sNo25203:

In a synoptical key prepared by Saussure (Rev. Suisse de Zodl., V,
p. 794, 1898), these specimens run to the genus Scapsipedus, as they
also do in a key prepared by Karsch, and contained in a paper on
saltatorial orthoptera coming from Togoland and Adeli, West Africa
(Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, p. 154, 1893). Thesdescribed
African species of this last-named genus are quite distinct from our
specimens.

Family G@ECANTHID/.

Genus HOM@AGRYLLUS Gué€rin.

Homeogryllus GUERIN, LeFebvre, Voy. Abyssinie, VI, p. 335 (1847); SAUSSURE,
Mém. Soc. Généve, XXV, p. 421 (1878).

BRUNER: ORTHOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 141

101. Homeogryllus reticulatus (Fabricius).

Acheta reticulata FABRICIUS, Spec. Ins., I, p. 354 (1781).

Homeogryllus reticulatus SAUSSURE, l. c., p. 425, pl. 16 (XXXIX), fig. 2, pl. 19
(LXXVII), fig. 2 (1878). For additional synonymy see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
II, p. 66 (1906).

F. H. Hope took two males of a representative of this genus at
Batanga, which I do not hesitate to refer to H. reticulatus (Fabricius).
A single female, however, coming from the same locality is placed
here with some doubt, since it has somewhat larger dimensions than
those given for this sex of H. reticulatus. All three of these specimens

were collected in March and April.

Family TRIGONIDIID-.

Genus CyRTOXIPHA Brunner.

Cyrtoxipha BRUNNER, Mitth. Schweiz. Ent. Ges., IV, p. 168 (1873); SAUSSURE,
Miss. Sci. au Mex., Orth., p. 373 (1874); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 80 (1906).

Cyrtoxiphus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Généve, XXV, p. 476 (1878); BRUNNER, Ann.
Mus. Genova, X XXIII, p. 210 (1893).

102. Cyrtoxipha ciliata (Afzelius & Brannius).
Acheta ciliata AFZELIUS & BRANNIUS, Achet. Guin., p. 27, fig. 8 (1804).
Cyrtoxiphus ciliatus SAUSSURE, I. c., p. 490 (1878).
Cyrtoxipha ciliata KirBY, I. ¢., p. 80.

A. I. Good took a single female of what appears to be this species at
Lolodorf, on October 29, 1913, C. M. Acc. No. 5264. This specimen
is mutilated, and besides much covered by mould, so that it is some-
what difficult to examine critically.

103. Cyrtoxipha furva Karsch.
Cyrtoxiphus furvus Karscu, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, p. 162 (1893).
Cyrtoxipha furva KirBy, l. c., p. 81 (1906).
There is also a single specimen at hand of Karsch’s C. furvus. It
comes from Batanga, where it was collected in March, 1914, by F. H.
Hope: @. MaAcce No, 5293:

Family ENEOPTERID.

Genus Euscirtus Guérin.
Euscirtus GuERIN, Icon. Reg. Anim., Ins., p. 334 (1844); KrrBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
II, p. ror (1906).
Euscirtus SAUSSURE, Miss. Sci. au Mex., Orth., p. 500 (1874); Is., Mém. Soc.
Généve, XXV, p. 622 (1878).

142 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

104. Euscirtus bivittatus Guérin.

Euscirtus bivittatus GUERIN, lL. ¢., p. 334 (1844).
Euscirtus bivittatus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Généve, XXV, p. 624, pl. 19 (LXIX),
figs. I, Ia, 1d, th, 1b (1878). For additional synonymy see Kirby, l.c., p. Ior.

One male and two females of this insect are at hand. They come
from Batanga, where they were taken by F. H. Hope. C. M. Acc.

No. 5293.

105. Euscyrtus planiceps Karsch.

Euscirtus planiceps Karscu, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., XX XVIII, p. 166 (1893).
Euscyrtus planiceps KirBy, l. c., p. 101 (1906).

This species is represented by a mutilated female taken by F. H.

Hope at the same locality as the preceding.

If. DIPLOMYSTUS, GOODI ‘Eastman.

By W. J. HoLuLanp.
(PLATENS)

In the ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE Museu, Vol. VIII, pp. 370-378,
Plates XXIII and XXIV, the late Dr. Charles R. Eastman gave an
account of some fossil fishes obtained by Mr. Albert I. Good at
Benito, Spanish Guinea. To one of the species Dr. Eastman gave
the name Diplomystus goodi (Cf. l. c., p. 375) and upon the plates which
accompany his article he gave figures carefully prepared by Mr. Sidney
Prentice of the material upon which his description was based.

Since Mr. Good first collected at the spot others have resorted to it
and have dug up from the bituminous shales at the edge of the sea a
number of slabs upon some of which are preserved better impressions
of the skeletal remains than were in our possession at the time Dr.
Eastman prepared his article. A comparatively recent accession to
the Section of Vertebrate Paleontology in the Carnegie Museum
consists of a number of slabs (Acc. No. 6119) upon one of which are
preserved the remains of Diplomystus goodi in much better condition
than was the case with the type specimen upon which Dr. Eastman
wrote. It has seemed to the writer that it might be well to reproduce
and publish a photograph of this particular slab, as it will serve to
convey to the student a better idea of the species than can be obtained
from the figures cited above.

As Dr. Eastman observed, the shale is highly charged with carbon-
aceous matter, and the specimen reproduced shows about the middle
of the ventral region a dark mass, which appears to the writer to be a
bit of fossil vegetable matter superimposed upon the vertebra and
ribs at that point. The lamine of the shale containing the fossil
remains are often quite thin and blackish or paler brown in color,
and are intercalated between layers of fine sandy shale, which are of
varying thickness. In the case of the present specimen the fish is
preserved in a layer only a few millimeters in thickness, which is
imbedded upon a slab of gritty grey sandstone about an inch in

143

144 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

thickness. Other specimens in our possession are very thin slabs
which resemble pieces of compressed peat both in color, texture, and
weight. They are very delicate and frail, but preserve remarkably
well the outlines of the remains imbedded in them. Upon one of
them I am able to detect a foot-print, apparently that of a batrachian.

CARNEGIE MUSEUM,
July 20, 1920.

‘Tx ueujsey mpo0os

snysxutojgiq

X ‘IPA (WNSSNW JIDSNYVO STYNNV

aon a ee oe ee = eto all

——— ¥

IV. MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF CERTAIN MUSSEL-
SHELES: FOUND, IN EAKE ERIE,“ COMPARED WITH
ROSE. OF THE “CORRESPONDING SPECIES
FOUND IN THE DRAINAGE OF
THE: UPPER OHIO:

By NorMAN MCDOWELL GRIER.

(PLaTEs II-III.)

OUTLINE OF CONTENTS OF PAPER.

PAGE

IAP Nclenowled ements saat oa: sone ee per ra uth ion ticle ste hic aitses, sycue eevee tasnereeele 145
Leelee re Gi GkO teyeene ey ores eee cee ered tienes erage ahaa bes Sostiee sauces gtarobly, siraae ca tare eaten 146
Mais erOtesS PeClesMDISCUSSE esremertresicc ts, es epoaaust eyes sateslin 4, vdeo s/ obeyelys wp tousgese vee EL yAE
IVs hysicaliConditions:and Lypesvot Naiad-Waumnes.2. ese ye. Jes Ba 151
Wee ethodsonalleasune men try. oversea rae teretaetn ttre sens, cocee suns hepato ai eectis oe mtreyn lees 158
VI. Table showing the Distribution of Shells Measured................. 159

VII. Results: Table showing Maxima, Minima, and Mean for each Dimen-
sion in the Two Environments; Table showing Relative Values of
each Dimension in the Two Environments; Table showing Actual

Measurementstotsther Shelley ie nc paar ratte sudo aes sua a ceeteue anew 164-172

WASP GOMCIISTONS Nees we saeyee ere site: Moneta enees cise: Ac ra aaiteucheberer hes Aeidache is Beas 164

TOXoae SOnuelations eer aaa ce ue ey atte res Ohare See eeepc aba ap ORD oy he de 173
X. Suggestions as to the Causes of Phenomena and as to Possible Sources

CIELSELO LOR ee ete Gat ree Le aoe Se epiges eR hats Spe 174

XCIMMIES Mo iO parc linge wen atatcd reer custcn oleh cossiic. see CuePetites = 2 o lO tcmeteccna dcacenstereteys. ore 179

I. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

To Dr. W. J. Holland, Director of the Carnegie Museum, I am
indebted for the use of the facilities of that institution in pursuing
this research. In other ways also he made possible its completion, as
did Dean J. C. Fetterman of the College of Arts of the University of
Pittsburgh. Dr. Arnold. E. Ortmann, Curator of Invertebrates in
the Carnegie Museum, besides suggesting the problem, has with his

* Submitted to the Graduate School of the University of Pittsburgh as a major

thesis in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Phil-

osophy, June, 1919.
145

ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, IT, Dec. 9, 1920.

146 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

usual scientific zeal most unselfishly contributed such of his own
observations as seemed to have a direct bearing upon the matter in
hand. Too much can not be said in appreciation of the kindness of
Dr. Ortmann, while almost equal indebtedness is felt toward Dr. O. E.
Jennings of the Museum.

From time to time I called upon other eminent and enthusiastic
students of the Nazades for the benefit of their experiences in certain
phases of the problem. Those who have cheerfully responded are
Dr. Bryant Walker, Dr. C. B. Davenport, Dr. A. F. Shira, Director
of the Biological Station at Fairport, Iowa, and Messrs. W. I. Utter-
back, Calvin Goodrich, and L. S. Frierson. Finally my thanks are
due to Miss D. M. Smith, a Y. M. C. A. Welfare Worker in France,
who aided considerably in the revision of the text.

II. INTRODUCTORY.

The primary purpose of the investigation here recorded has been
to determine as precisely as possible in morphological terms what are
the distinctions which exist between the species of Nazades found in
the upper drainage of the Ohio River and their varieties in Lake Erie;
and secondarily by a comparative examination of these differences to
endeavor to reach definite conclusions as to the effects produced by
the two environments as causative of these differences.

As with other classes of Mollusca, if we except such work as that
of C. C. Adams (1)* on the freshwater snail Jo, the phases of local
variation in American species have received rather indifferent treat-
ment from zodlogists. While they have been made the subject of
comment in a number of scattered papers by European investigators
dealing with American forms, they have principally received attention
in the more purely economic publications of the U. S. Bureau of
Fisheries, and there, as the examination of the literature shows, only
incidentally from an ecological rather than from a morphological
standpoint.

L. V. Hueber (20) writing upon Unio fasciculus records physical
differences between individuals of this species found in rivers and
canals. He notes that the growth-lines are more distinct in the quieter

waters of canals; that, when viewed from in front, mussels from the
“rivers appear wedge-shaped, those from the canals more oval. Julius

* The numbers in parentheses refer to the Bibliography, Section XI of this
paper.

a

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 147

Hazey (16) deals with Unio pictorum. He states that in rapidly
flowing brooks the shells become long, straight, narrow, with narrow
growth-lines and rounded extremities, while in the quiet waters of
the main stream (Danube) is found a high, flat form, with broad
lines of growth, rounded posteriorly, and with short anterior border.
He further remarks that transitional forms representing this species
occur in places intermediate between the swift brooks and the quieter
river, and points out that typical Unio pictorum is developed in
stagnant water, but in swifter currents becomes elongate, producing
the variety longirostris. He shows that the ‘‘beak’’ obtains its
greatest growth in swiftly flowing streams. An excellent paper by
H. Wallengren (56) deals at some length with the matters which the
two previously mentioned writers discuss.

With the appearance of the paper of H. Sell (45) there began a
revival of interest in this particular field of investigation, which has
continued to the present time. As the result of extensive comparisons
Sell concludes that in mussels found in certain lakes and rivers the
anterior portion of the shell is thicker in the latter and weaker in the
lakes. He associates a long rather than a curved lower border with
strong currents, regarding it as giving greater protection. Lake
forms are comparatively inflated and have protruding growth-rings.
He accounts for the presence or absence of the growth-rings by the
degree of the disturbance of the water. Forms from still water are
somewhat more symmetrical in outline, and he states as a general
principle that the size of Unios seems to be proportionate to the size
of the body of water in which they are found.

O. Buchner (5) observes that Anodonta sp. reaches its greatest
development on muddy bottoms, becoming compressed in brooks.
This alteration in the shape of the shells, resulting in the production
of varieties, he is inclined to attribute to nutritive conditions. He also
recognizes transitional forms originating in the different environments.
W. V. Israel (22, 23, 24) besides corroborating the statements made
by the writers already quoted, dwells at length upon Unio crassus,
noting that it is shorter in brooks than in quiet waters (cf. V. Hueber)
in which it becomes larger, with a curved inferior border. In strong
streams and cataracts, especially where gravel is found, he observes
that the mussels become stronger in structure, shortened, and rounded.
He distinguishes three varieties of Unio pictorum formed in the way
indicated: (a) the common typical form of the larger rivers; (b) a

148 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

form as broad or broader than long from sandy bottoms; (c) a thick-
shelled form from rapid waters. He adds that forms from still water
and muddy streams have a prolonged posterior end, which is not
so well developed in rapid currents.

M. C. March (30) apparently began a statistical study along the
same lines pursued in this paper, plotting variation curves based
upon the relation between the antero-posterior or horizontal axis and
the dorso-ventral or perpendicular axis. Only a short note was pub-
lished, of which the following summary is given. March states that in
Unio tumidus and Unio pictorum two main types of shell occur: one
stout and heavy with relatively long dorso-ventral axis; the other
with short antero-posterior axis, etc. March believes that the growth
of the anterior portion of the shell is slower than that of the posterior
portion, ‘‘as is natural with an animal, which has to plough its way
through the mud.”’ An increase in the rate of the current in which
they live would produce a decrease in pre-umbonal development, and
thus tend to give the umbo a more forward position in those forms
which inhabit strong currents. Such forms are found in canals having
strong gradients, those otherwise modified in deeper canals with an
abundance of locks. Thick mud is supposed to induce elongation,
slow rivers develop forms with long dorso-ventral axes.

A paper by Clessin (6) published later contains many interesting
side-lights upon the history of the Nazades, but nothing of immediate
interest to us. Finally Haas & Schwarz (15) propose as a law the
statement, which this paper endeavors as the result of investigation
to prove, that ‘‘ The same types under the same biological (ecological)
conditions produce the same variants; different types under like con-
ditions produce convergent (parallel) local variants. In the case of a
sufficiently lengthy isolation the local variants subject to biologically
similar environments, may become constant or fixed local forms.”’
(Free translation.)

The above completes a resumé of all the European literature to
which I have had access. While a large part of it, as well as the litera-
ture hereafter cited, may not appear to have much bearing upon the
results of the following investigation, I believe that a reference to
it is essential to a complete understanding of the nature of the problem.
The following references to investigations made upon our American
forms are added as bearing upon the same or closely related species,

with which I deal later.

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 149

Wilson & Clark (59) state that Anodonta grandis is lacustrine by
choice, and that in lakes the shell is typically inflated and thinner,
while in creeks it becomes it becomes thicker, more compressed,
elongated. Later (61) they note that where two closely related
forms of Naiades differ essentially in the degree of inflation of the
shell, the flatter and less inflated form is found in the upper portions
of the river and in its tributaries, while the rounder and more inflated
form is confined to the lower stretches of the main stream where there
is a weaker current and more mud. They found, however, a notable
exception in the case of Symphynota (Lasmigona) costata. They also
note that the swiftness of the current, the size of the stream, and the
kind of bottom affect other characters of the shell besides its degree
of inflation. Further (60) they say: ‘‘ Below the Cumberland Falls
in limestone formations the water contains a considerable percentage
of lime. Here the shells are much larger and thicker than above the
Falls.’ Danglade (11) writing with regard to the Illinois River,
states that the mussels become smaller in the lower stretches of the
stream. He states with regard to Quadrula metanevra that one of the
examples before him has ‘the markedly pinched posterior dorsal
portion’ generally found in the lower Wabash. He says of Quadrula
undulata that it ‘becomes inflated lower down the river.’ With regard
to Obliquaria reflexa he says: ‘‘In the Peoria lake-region, where the
current is slow and the bottom is composed of soft mud, the shell is
often very heavy and rounded anteriorly, while posteriorly it is thin
and much elongated, which is no doubt the result of accomodations
to natural conditions. In lower stretches the shell, although heavy
and inflated, is considerably smaller than those in the upper portions
of the river.” Of Plagiola elegans he remarks: ‘‘Some examples from
portions of the river having soft and mud bottoms are greatly elongated
Utterback (51, 52) notes that in the Osage River ‘flat
or compressed forms are found at the head-waters where the water is

99

posteriorly.

shallower or swifter, and that they become heavier and more swollen
further down stream, where the water is deeper and more sluggish.’
He also found that the quiet, sluggish streams of northern Missouri
tend to produce a heavy, rarely plicated, highly inflated shell (Am-
blema); on the other hand the swift clear water of the streams of
southern Missouri give origin to compressed multiplicated shells.
Objection to the statement that Naiades become more inflated in
the lower reaches of streams is offered by that eminent student of the

150 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Mollusca, Dr. Bryant Walker (1914-1916) and his view is interesting
for the reason that it brings out points which will be later discussed
in this paper. In a letter to the writer Dr. Walker mentions two
contradictory cases, saying: ‘Practically all the Nazades of the Great
Lakes are much smaller than the examples of the same species from
the inland streams tributary to the lakes. This may be the result
of the great difference in temperature or less abundant food-supply
(this also possibly the result of temperature) or the combined result
of both.’ But, as indicated, this may be due to an absolutely different
environment, with other unexplainable factors. Again Dr. Walker
says: ‘‘In the case of Quadrula elliottt, which comes from a small creek
in N.W. Georgia, where it grows very large, the species seems to run
into Quadrula atrocostata of the Coosa, which never grows as large as
typical elliottt.”’

Ortmann (33, 34, 36, 38, 39) noted that the diameter of certain
shells increases in a down-stream direction. Two distinct forms repre-
senting what was formerly considered a single species may appear.
Thus we have Obovaria subrotunda circulus and Obovaria subrotunda
lens; Pleurobema obliquum and Pleurobema coccineum; Fusconaia
barnesiana and vars. bigbyensis and tumescens.

Aside from the fragmentary indirect evidence and excepting the
work begun by Miss March and the more general observations of
Walker presently to be discussed, there appears to have been no
systematic study of these peculiar problems, which arise in connection
with the development of the Nazades. The rich collection of the
Carnegie Museum has afforded excellent opportunity for investigating
the matters spoken of and at the suggestion of Dr. Arnold E. Ortmann
the writer has undertaken to throw what light he can upon the subject
with the help of the abundant material which has been placed at his
disposition for study. This material includes the very extensive
collections made by Dr. Ortmann in the rivers of western Pennsyl-
vania and in Lake Erie during the years 1903 to 1907 inclusive, to-
gether with exchanges representing the fauna of outlying territories.
The species employed by me are those which are most abundantly
represented in the Museum. I have followed the arrangement and
the nomenclature suggested by Sterki (50) and elaborated by Ortmann
(33, 35, 36). Priority is accorded in this scheme to many of the names
applied by Rafinesque (40) which have been revived by Frierson (13)
and Vanatta (53) and accepted by Ortmann. The list of species used
by me is here given.

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS.

III. List or SPECIES EMPLOYED IN THIS INVESTIGATION (43).

LAKE ERIE.
Fusconaja flava parvula (Grier).
Amblema plicata (Say).
Pleurobema obliquum pauperculum
(Simpson).
Elliptio dilatatus sterkii (Grier).

Symphynota costata eriganensis. (Grier).

Anodonta grandis footiana (Lea).

Paraptera fragilis (Rafinesque).

Proptera alata (Say).

Anodontoides feruss. subcylindricus
(Lea).

Eurynia recta (Lamarck).

Lampsilis luteola rosacea (Dekay).

UPPER OHIO.

Fusconaja flava (Rafinesque).
Amblema costata (Rafinesque).
Pleurobema obliquum coccineum

(Conrad). 4
Elliptio dilatatus (Rafinesque).
Symphynota costata (Rafinesque).
Anodonta grandis (Say).
Paraptera fragilis (Rafinesque).
Proptera alata (Say).
Anodontoides ferussacianus (Lea).
Eurynia recta latissima (Rafinesque).
Lampsilis luteola (Lamarck).
Lampsilis ovata ventricosa (Lamarck).

151

Lampsilis ovata canadensis (Lea).

IV. PuHysIcAL CONDITIONS AND TYPES OF NAIAD FAUNZ.

The physical conditions under which the species enumerated in the
Lake Erie (Cf. Plates I
and II, maps) one of the smaller Great (Laurentian) Lakes has a

foregoing list occur may now be discussed.
water surface of 9,960 square miles (42). In the part we are most
largely concerned with the immediate shore consists of the soft blue

’

Devonian shale named by. Newberry (32) the “‘Erie shale’ covered

with a varying thickness of drift clay. A large amount of beach
debris is annually taken into the water of Lake Erie from this region
and almost the entire shore from Sandusky Bay eastward represents a
typical beach of sand or gravel, strewn here and there with boulders
from the drift-clay above. Especially after storms the streams flowing
into the lake are frequently turbid and heavy with sediment, but
the St. Lawrence River flowing from the Great Lakes is usually clear
and free from all but the finest material in suspension (25). The
coarse sediment brought into the lake is swept along the coast by the
shore-currents and mingled with the pebbles and sand derived from
the wear of the land by shore-waves, or deposited in stratified layers
on the lake-bottom. The finer products of the wash of the land or of
In general, the sheet of
material thus spread out is thickest and coarsest near the shore, and

becomes finer and thinner as the distance from shore increases. The

shore-erosion are thus carried lakeward.

coarse strata in the shore-deposits overlap and dovetail lakeward with
the outer layers of fine sediment in the central part of the basin. So

152 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

far as the bottom is concerned, conditions in Presque Isle Bay (44),
the principal source of material used in this investigation, represent
the extreme of finest sediment.

The friction of wind on the surface of the lake produces very decided
movements in the waters. On the Laurentian Lakes, waves fifteen
to eighteen feet in amplitude have been observed during long, con-
tinued storms. As Lake Erie is the shallowest of the Great Lakes
and as its axis lies almost directly in the normal path of the cyclonic
storms (25), the wave action thus produced is particularly strong at
times. The effect of the prevailing westerly winds on the surface
movement of the water in the lake is indicated by the trend of the
principal currents. It has been found that the currents of the Lauren-
tian Lakes have in general a speed of from four to twelve miles a day,
but in certain observed instances this is increased to two and one-half
to four miles per hour. When the currents follow the shore, important
results in a physiographic sense may follow. When the wind blows
obliquely to the shore strong currents are frequently produced which
follow the general trend of the coast, but sweep across bays and inlets.
These currents with the assistance of the waves sweep along sand
and gravel and produce important changes in the bottom particularly
where the water is shallow. The prevailing littoral current unaided
is however, not strong enough to transport any considerable amount
of coarser material and ina general way it may be said that the condi-
tion of the water is not as disturbed as in the Upper Ohio Drainage
where a considerable amount of such material is carried along.

As a rule, the temperature of the water in Lake Erie is much cooler
than that in the Upper Ohio Drainage. The shallow lakes of the
Northern states have been found to have a nearly uniform temperature
during the summer months of 75° F. (42). In the winter the tempera-
ture is generally 32° F. This condition has an important bearing
upon the growth of Nazades. It is a well-known physiological fact
that the rapidity of nutritive processes in ‘‘cold-blooded”’ animals
depends largely upon the temperature to which they are subjected.
Again the food of the Naiades consists largely of plankton.

I quote from a letter from Mr. A. F. Shira, Director of the Biological
Station at Fairport, Iowa, ‘“‘It may be said that an increase in the
temperature of a lake favors an increase in plankton, and there is an
increase in plankton during the spring and in early summer followed
generally by a decrease in autumn. Temperature affects the character

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate Il.

D BUFFALO

G a
oa DETROIT G
\e

NOE Wee ORGS

'
xh é neg |
Ory - EK cr
“Zo t ce |
9 pt ‘
—— S | ek a ee ee ee ee ee
ey ae a Platiance Bay \ CF.
If | we Neh QKerer Foine het Springfig!4
| S & eaten Ocievecano a Se, z
Naf 5 Gf Fe} us kgeuiMbury)
SE Ge %
x 4 :
SD Jot a2 *
Pate : PYENNS YLVANIA
7 | A 8 srcharpF Find lay ai RY, .
a

a) AysfBest ond N O H /

B S , PITTSBURGH
mF AO 5 S
A | e ialiteh g
t : » x
| \) g % ENLAAG ED MAP
N 1 » x oF
| 2 g PRESQOVE ZELE
A | : :
} “AN
|
‘
|
‘

)

LE hCIVCINN ATI

a

\
Map Illustrating Sources of Material Discussed by N. M. Grier.

PRESOVE zS3LE BAY

\
\

MAIN SHORE

——,

ANNALS EARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. Xill. Plate III.

Sm e pert biorebea

=

“4

P>YENN gS Y LISVANIA

P ee

Oe,

wa handing
ABosepoint
, p7a oe ole tore

Mosgre

Cod wile

Creentside

\ Edge worth

Spee etary SSE
2 |
=

3
erTtseuReH
ae

alepork,

igenier

‘en
“SX Milabe
© CC hard

=

ee ee se

WAYNES BURG,
s. por®

org

r
!
|

Map Giving Localities Mentioned by N. M. Grier.

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 153

as well as the quantity of plankton. A low temperature favors the
increase and development of diatoms, while a high temperature
favors especially the development of water bloom alge, also such
forms as Vorticella.’’ Allen (2) claims that other alge than diatoms
form fully as large a part of the food, and lists more species of these
from the digestive tract of Naiades than diatoms (63). The colder
waters of Lake Erie would therefore tend to inhibit the growth of
those forms of alge except diatoms, even in the summer months.

With the following extract from Kofoid (27) the question of plankton
as a source of food for Naiades may be dismissed. ‘“‘Stream plankton
differs from all others in the mingling of plankton from all sources,
and in being subject to variation in quantity. It appears to be more
subject to catastrophic change than that of the lake, possibly on
account of the conditions just described. Changes in the volume of
the water, the contact of shore and bottom, access of heat and light,
and changes in chemical composition are frequently more extensive
and more widely effective in streams than in other types of aquatic
environments.” Kofoid believed Chlorophyce@ were somewhat more
characteristic of the plankton of rivers than of lakes. Silt (there is
more of this in the river) is supposed to hasten the growth of plankton
by providing its source of nourishment in an easily obtained form.
It would follow in the writer’s opinion that fluviatile Nazades, all.
factors considered, have a more abundant, if less regular, supply of
food than those of the lakes. Perhaps the larger amount of silt
received in the spring in the lakes accounts for abundance of plankton
then, especially when coupled with the rising temperature.

Characteristics of the Mussel Fauna of Lake Erie.

The studies of Walker (54, 55) have shown that the Lake Erie
fauna did not persist through the Glacial Period. Representative
Naiades now found in the Great Lake Region of the Mississippi and
Ohio Faunas are the result of post glacial invasion (47). It is Dr.
Walker’s opinion that to this is to be ascribed the present existence of
so large a number of representatives of the Mississippi Fauna in
Lake Erie. This migration may be traced at one end of the lake
through the Maumee Outlet into the post glacial Lake Maumee;
at the other end the ancient headwaters of the Ohio tributaries once
emptied (28). Walker ascribes the modifications which have taken
place in their size, shape, and appearance to the environmental

154 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

changes which have occurred since glacial time, more particularly in
temperature. In addition he points out that the Nazades of the warm
waters in the interior of the state of Michigan attain the same size,
luxuriance of growth, and color as they do at the present time in the
Mississippi and Ohio Valleys, although their ancestors originally came
from the lake. There is, on the other hand, some evidence for be-
lieving that they may have come from northern Indiana through an
ancient pre-glacial drainage (47), and another way of attacking the
problem with which we are dealing, were material sufficiently abund-
ant, would be to compare the shells of the interior waters of Michigan
with those of Lake Erie. Lake Erie shells are characterized by
brighter colors, when compared with their silt- and iron-stained fellows
of the rivers, are exceptionally polished, and characterized o therwise
in distinction by their well developed lines of growth. Dr. Walker
in a letter to the writer (1914) suggested that a possible source of the
depauperate quality of the shells may bé the chemical quality of the
water itself, pointing out that the influence of brackish water upon
fluviatile species is well known, and there is no good reason why the
infusion of the other materials than those in the rivers should not have
their influence for good or bad in the same way. An analysis of Lake
Erie water furnished through the courtesy of Mr. J. S. Dunwoody,
Superintendent of the Filtration Plant at Erie, Pa., is given below,
for comparison with that of the Upper Ohio Drainage at Pittsburgh,
Pa. (29).

Analysis of water at

Analysis of water of Lake Erie Parts per Pittsburgh, Pa.
- at Erie, Pa. million. Parts per million.
Turbidity.c.c a shiek ceressteraee senator rol eae 3-100 55
Col6r's-cz accu eee ee 30-40 bs I22
TROD. ie Oa ane ee eae very little 2
Alkealinitiys.. oot eyeenihs lier tarot ake 105 47-4
Calcium: carbonates. 2: erciet oei 90 56
Magnesium carbonate..............+. 18 *
Magnesium) sulfaten a. «ymin cera 25.5 *
Calcium ‘sulfate 322 ese eee eee a little 20
Sodium and potass. chlorides.......... 21.8 26
Sodium and potass. sulfates........... 30 20

These analyses are corroborative of certain statements I have made,

and furnish food for reflection.

* These substances are not recorded as being present in the water at Pittsburgh.

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 155

Physical Conditions of the Drainage Basin of the Upper Ohio.

The drainage basin of the Upper Ohio River (19, 28, 44) lies in the
central part of the eastern part of the United States. The river is
formed by the junction of the Allegheny and Monongahela Rivers
at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. From that point the Ohio flows in a
generally southwestern direction and joins the Mississippi at Cairo,
Illinois. The principal tributaries with which this investigation is
concerned (beginning at the source and following down the right or
north bank) are the Allegheny and Beaver Rivers; on the left are the
Monongahela River, Raccoon Creek and Chartiers Creek. The total
length of the Ohio River is 767 miles and the total area drained is
about 210,000 square miles. The portion of the drainage basin with
which we are concerned lies in the states of New York, Pennsylvania,
Ohio, West Virginia, and Maryland. The source of the tributaries
from the north lies in the glaciated area, the sources of the southern
tributaries are located in the steep and rocky slopes of the western
side of the Appalachian Mountains. The topography varies from flat
and rolling in the western and northern portions, to rough and moun-
tainous in the southern and eastern sections.

The Allegheny River, which unites with the Monongahela River at
Pittsburgh to form the Ohio, drains the western slopes of the Alle-
gheny Mountains. The Allegheny is the larger stream, as its drainage
area is nearly fifty per cent. greater than that of the Monongahela.
The drainage of the Allegheny lies in the states of Pennsylvania and
New York. The river rises in the central part of Potter County in
the northern part of Pennsylvania; flows in a generally northwestern
direction across the state line into New York, thence southward back
into Pennsylvania. At Franklin in Venango County the river turns
and. flows southeastward to the mouth of Mahoning Creek in Arm-_
strong County, thence it turns to the southwest and joins the Ohio
at Pittsburgh. The upper Allegheny and its tributaries are plateau
streams, originating upon the Allegheny plateau at an elevation of
300 feet above the main stream. The tributaries above the Clarion
descend by rapids and cascades from only a height of 150 to 200 feet
above the river.

The tributaries with which we are concerned beginning at the source
and following down the right bank as follows: Conewango, Broken-
straw, and French Creeks; on the left bank are Potato Creek, Clarion
River, Red Bank, Mahoning, and Crooked Creeks, and the Kis-

156 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

kiminetas River. The total length of the river is about 290 miles,
and the total drainage area 11,000 square miles. The surrounding
country is extremely rough and broken, being made up of high hills
or mountains separated by deep valleys. As the limits of the basin
to the west of the main river are approached, the mountainous char-
acter is lost, although the surface is still rolling and hilly. The bed of
the stream is composed chiefly of glacial gravel, varying from small
pebbles to cobblestones. The Allegheny River descends from an
elevation of 2500 feet above tide at Olean, New York to 707 feet
above sea-level at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. In the last eighty-two
miles of its course its descent averages two feet per mile. In the
region of the headwaters of the Allegheny, as well as in all streams
we are dealing with, erosion is going on rapidly (4, 37) which is indi-
cated by frequent falls and rapids (riffles), and no, or only short,
stretches of quiet pools. A load of debris is carried, which moves
quickly over the bottom. Further down at the maturity of the
rivers, rapids become scarce, quiet pools are more numerous, and
although the water moves somewhat rapidly in these it is with a
steady uniform current. Mussels developed under the conditions de-
scribed for the region of the headwaters are those we are comparing
with those from Lake Erie, and are characteristic of the various
small tributaries seen on the map. We are concerned with the
tributaries of the Monongahela and Ohio River rather than with
those streams themselves.

The conditions surrounding the affluents of the Monongahela and
those entering the Ohio from the south are much the same as those
of the upper Allegheny and its tributaries and we need only mention
Raccoon and Chartiers Creeks flowing into the Ohio, and Cheat River,
Dunkard, and Ten-Mile Creeks, tributaries of the Monongahela, as
sources from which our material has been derived.

Drainage Basin of the Beaver River.

The Beaver River is formed by the junction of the Shenango and
Mahoning Rivers in western Pennsylvania and flows southeasterly
twenty-two and one-half miles to the Ohio River. Above New Castle
its basin lies in the glaciated area, containing broad valleys with many
swamps and ponds. The main valley as far as Wampum is broad with
wide flat bottom-lands. The principal tributaries are the Con-

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 157

noquenessing and Slippery-rock Creek. The Shenango River, a
tributary, arises in northwestern Pennsylvania, and flows eighty-seven
and one-half miles through the glaciated area, where are many swamps
and small lakes, and the country is generally broad and flat, to its
junction with the Beaver. The principal tributaries are Pymatuning
Creek, Little Shenango River, and Neshannock Creek. The Mahon-
ing River arises in Ohio, flowing twelve miles in Pennsylvania to its
junction with the Shenango to form the Beaver. Its course is through
broad valleys and rolling hills in the glaciated region. The majority
of these streams are of comparatively recent (glacial) origin.

Characteristics of the Naiad Fauna.

The fauna of the Ohio River (37) and tributaries is that of the
interior basin and is largely post-glacial in origin, having migrated
up stream in post-glacial times. The most conclusive evidence points
to its original source as having been in the drainage of the Tennessee
River. The fauna may be traced from the Licking River up through
the whole Upper Ohio Drainage into the headwaters of the Allegheny
and the Monongahela. As a whole it may be considered a somewhat
depauperate Tennessee fauna (37) becoming (although richer and more
exuberant than that of Lake Erie), more greatly so in the rivers above
Pittsburgh, in the Allegheny and its tributaries to a greater extent than
in the Monongahela and its tributaries. In the latter and its tribu-.
taries the rich Ohio fauna, only slightly depauperated, goes up to a
certain point at the lower end of canyons where begin extremely rough
portions of the rivers. The species of shells found in the Mononga-
hela, but not the Allegheny, are pre-eminently “big river forms”’
while those of the Allegheny are those of a small river. The Beaver
River is a glacial drift stream. Wetherby remarks (58) “It is a sig-
nificant fact that those North American rivers which contain the
richest Unione Fauna drain Mesozoic and Tertiary regions, while
those that drain Paleozoic and Azoic regions have a comparatively

meagre Unione Fauna.”

Summary of the Physical Conditions in Lake Erie and the Upper Ohio
Drainage which affect the Natades.

Lake Erie resembles ‘‘ big streams’’ in having the sandy and gravelly
bottom, preferred by Mollusca. The shells are not subject to the

158 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

agitation of the water occurring in the streams, as is shown by the
well preserved condition in which they are collected. While the
water is colder, it is clearer; there is a more even temperature.
Streams in summer may nearly dry up, or in winter become solidly
frozen. Such conditions do not occur in Lake Erie. The effect of
this environment is shown in the regular growth lines of the shells and
their brighter colors. On the other hand the waters of the Upper
Ohio Drainage are usually warmer, contain less lime, and the food
conditions are less stable, if even at times food is more abundant.

V. The accompanying table giving the list of localities at which
collections were made, will give some idea of the distribution of the
species employed in this research.

VI. MetHop oF MEASUREMENT.

A careful selection was first made of the material on hand to elim-
inate all stunted or otherwise abnormal specimens. The following
data were then recorded from usually the right valve of each animal:

1. Length = L. With vernier caliper. (Scientific Materials Com-

pany Catalog No. 3930.)
. Dorso-ventral diameter = D.V.D. With vernier caliper.

3. Dextro-sinistral = D.S.D. With vernier caliper.

4 and 5. Distances anterior; (AD), and posterior, (PD, from DVD
to extremities of valve, (the sum giving total antero-posterior dimen-
sion), length, D, of shells, with a modification of the stadiometer used
by Davenport in his studies on ‘‘Evolution of Pecten’”’ (13).*

No

* The stadiometer as made by the writer consisted of a nearly circular box-like
base of sheet-iron about fourteen inches in diameter and one-half inch in width,
one end of which was squared. To this end in the cavity of the box was soldered
in an inverted position the upper jaw of a vernier caliper like that already men-
tioned, so that the zero-point coincided with the upper surface of the box. The
upper jaw of the caliper was free to move up and down the graduated scale. On
the upper surface of the box there was then pasted metrically ruled paper, and a
zero-point established to coincide with the zero-point of the caliper, after which
the centimeter spaces were numbered to the right, to the left, and to the opposite
end of the instrument. In using the instrument it was the custom to take the
most convenient valve of the mussel, place it upon the base of the instrument with
the umbo, or its probable location, as far as could be determined, on the zero-point.
Dimensions AD and PD could be readily taken, and if desired, DVD, and by
manipulation of the free arm of the caliper until flush with the surface of the
valve, one-half of the dextro-sinistral diameter from the graduated arm of the
caliper.

-GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF

TABLE I.

MUSSEL-SHELLS.

159

§ 3
& < | 8
S S f g
8 Ss S| 8
8 3 SURES
N s Slime eS
5 [esl eed RO ec) | eS
-| $|.S] S$) S18/.8/ 3] | S18] 6
S| StS] 813] 8S) SiS] si Sis
‘ eee 8 Sy Sil) Bi eS SON |S
List of Localities. S S y aS : Si S x N SES 8
S| 8/318) §) 8] 8] 8] sisi 8/8
S) S/S] -3]-S) 8] 8) 8) Ss] 813
S/S) S1N] 8] 8] 8] 8] 8] 8) S18
SIS SIQN | S| S] SPARTA
a
et |
i ja] | 41s at | ey
a ee es lees eS my | 5a]
DRAINAGE OF UPPER OHIO RIVER.
TeePotato Creek; Smethports occ hemes wan’ valerie Feats ake
2. Allegheny Rivers arabeesniqes scores oat SSS leelpash ee lle Ses ke
3: bi IWAETON 1.1 70.0 eeteioeeecre orcas Neiliech alice stsll rl alee
A. Conewango Creek, Russells jay estan ie Peale cles luce valerie eal eel None ses
5. Allegheny River, Hickory... .2...¢0.«.. A seg ep Bed Le Nes es
6. Brokenstraw Creek, Garland............ Pealreealiy Allergies fase were
7, Allegheny Roversdbionestarn ace ab nie aun elie | eka ee ie *
8. i WalnutiBend® anna. <- al oa altel a ales
OrsoandyA Cree lads ater tu cch Gere wasn eanneeanl ee Pears festcal soso eed Nebel ied =
10. Allegheny River, Parkersianding: (9 <2ct scsi ale al * pedals eral ltoemr boxe tee
Teh. Mempletoms 2 ose erie: oles: aleleale * eee 7%
£2: - ns ANEOSE TOV aiere kate ect aversion el ell eval tol lee ees eel ital
msi ts So MOURNOSSLOM Ean soos caetie cack Ea | Ear tac (tl aes i] af
cf ve Mueller RAT eae: ee ee
Is. is ra GC odtiayin ea ate ae elefelaelel pele] fo). |
16. i pee OMMELCA thererackactncicircies co ae soa [a lai
17. 4 ‘Bee AN A CLCities woken areitst e: aad Ghats <gedl peta | al ical By ac le
To. Bittalo ‘Creek; Harbison. om tices ose suc 46 of Tl eealliceal| ue te is vf —
19. Allegheny River, Schenley ay. ,.ccte hs soar o: Sa Waele cea eeueal sel euedl F ieel kaicl| bene aes
20. “te Natrona wens cates cee Maes ssi elles al SucllCexell or
Diep iarimarnyl lene Ons Aenea setae che wel cnare 30.8 Pt ellecadlete ities ue SPE lowed
| |
DRAENAGE OF FRENCH CREEK. |
2 Ome Wer OCUIt Greek. so, ie etka tie Sok eats 8 aaaes Be Pea eek askin eee a Peele een tallee
22s Cambridge: Spring gis «sis wgiet © at aectecese-c Pa fsb ic eo Na lige (eae pagal aise
2A mEonneauttee Waker si... sige oo sa uaeiee st BAS PEA eed as a vl se he
2 aC OMNEATILLER CLE@l ayes, sbetece ne snsiecoud seein é Falke ceil tie lheed tere lh tlie lle ees
2 Oma VCa civil e my weaves sone chance debe obo avant et ade valk * * ms aie
Pie CO TNEA LGU AIC j.c54 Mate ts ialeleie acisssvbeal siete han Ban ema ere cs
28. a Pele NES MOGs co! aeanciasiecs sac ra Uses Rese fc
29. te MGI SEC MIS MOLE Ry tpe. ahitusiie eee ecelinee ve ale titers
30. aS SRNR SORES tensin. sxc. oe oko sells, sil Be He alho sa ltaeelteae Bees
Bi as A AON GINS Bs NO at rR oe | ee | ck
32.-Hrench’ Creek; Cochranton’.......0. 00.0% nye lietellesailbeceel lier alps
33: + Ap AB eitota arte ats core Ne Me etna Pay aa ean hes te Ye Es lees
»34. Sugar Creek, Cooperstown.............. Healers Sell fcoaiias Pel eGilse
35. Little Mahoning Creek, Goodville....... Healt ENTS a || lle as #
|

160 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

TABLE |I.—Continued.

List of Localities.

| Llliptio dilatatus.
| Lasmigona costata.

| Amblema eostata.

| Ill Pleurobema oblicuum coccineum.
VI | Anodonta grandis,

* * I | Fusconaja flava.
saneese eae
ev
[eevs
|

DRAINAGE OF CROOKED CREEK.
36. -Creekside cs knh sae ticles iqeie ci claccieetcnces ache
37. SoutheBendes sear coterie ae eee re:
38. ROSSUON 4. scerece er aatnie osteo erin aey sl apeadenel nasty
DRAINAGE OF KISKIMINETAS RIVER.
30)" Velllown Creeks, Elomern.2 cust cseie eee eke lem eeaultesa|
40. Quemahoning Creek, Stanton’s Mills..... meailtecel|baaleseal ee
41. Conemaugh River, New Florence........ salle a lep ace feo), ene [rare sive eee
42. Hoyalhanna-River, Wigonters. =a. i228. 6. Be (Pa teal cad ee eae (eel fed fs 1/0, |
43. i SS) ibdileparcks crate eens oc Ee lecaliesancednss
DRAINAGE OF MONONGAHELA RIVER.
44..\Cheat River, Cheat Haven ac .s.7 aio. ose ae *
45. Dunkard ‘Creek, Mt. Morrisie 2... see bo eel (Ea hirody REN
46 Cae LON lear tire Siacthect SOPs a. eae |
47. Ten-Mile Creek, Waynesburg........... Bal sal eoalie
48. ss fA sist Geis Oe ete es * alike
49. = ‘= sClarksvalles ccf. 4: Pam | eae iret
50. Monongahela River, Millsboro.......... = al hs fae
Gils a te Charlerol: Bein eons * me | 3
S25 a ‘‘ Westmoreland Co. ..|* cl
Sse ES See ee Eizalbetlewas mere cn tts a fear Oa (cas alll,
54.4Chartiers’ Creek Carnegiew =. 02... see cs Dae Ee bee Fete Pe bebe fe | fr es
55. Ohio. River, Neville Island: 2.2... 2.2.08 Raleaelice | *
SOne Fe) COra@ polish sneha aaron eee sa (sat era al feed eed l fg
hee te ‘ Dead Manis Island. . 2.50: x4 Wes alte. olltegel Peace s< ( oet tees eer eae
Sore ia Bdeeworth: ye. eee ts bevel gue! dle alee | 2 ¢:| ayo] eee eee
59.“ Me ENB CAVELE A weainkns cet co eee sai] see eralleekel| ete cll call ee eee
DRAINAGE OF BEAVER RIVER.
60. Padan Creek, Linesville................ sl ee aft
61: Randolph Run; Hartstowilen\. 35s. see. Seta oneal hoe
62. Shenango River, Jamestown............ een as | ae ce
63. 1 1 Greenwillets cach wei a A ese call (ea
64. es HS Te SHEN Ane Oise snus em ye ko aa alee
66. “s *) “Shanpevillleevon teu 5 ae pea opus
67.: e 0 SPillaskiy as, tio. a eae
* | Ok

ventricosa.

| Eurynia recta latissima.

| Lanipsilis luteola.

XI

| XII | Lampsilis ovata

xX

| VII Anodontotdes ferussacianus.

| VIII | Paraptera fragilis,
| IX | Proptera lata.

*

He KH * ¥!

68. ~ .) (Harbor Bridge..).. fens tes" (SEB ape a)

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF

TABLE I.—Continued.

MUSSEL-SHELLS.

161

ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 12, Dec. 9, 1920.

RS 3
8 S
SESS tas SSIES
Ss)es|3|4
List of Localities. S Silt R| S| £] 8
PANES E Ss Nelics
SES ES SES BSS
S| 8) S)8] 8] 8] 8
RIS MI RQINQ) aS
Aa eles
mee R/R/P ES
loners)
DRAINAGE OF BEAVER RIVER |
69. Pymatuning Creek, Pymatuning Twp. ...|..| *| *|* & * |
7 Oem CECT CLEC KAS ree tara ccna opel ss Suchet ene ox stim, we aieicayie es (eal oes look
WI Neshannock Greek, Leesburg... §2) <a: - Slee) || Seance
7s woes ASC DLOOKeteuae shersert:¢ sl PME a eae
We. Mahoning River, Leavittsburg, O........ serie alte ore
74. pete SEP Chita DOLO!z aren ee aisiet cha sto SA illeee as *
7S. es sae Abii Gyalle was Bis creas renee coats Soilless eccalhs
76. af ee GOVELtS Shoo eee Besar | Se NE al Res
Ohi ie = Mahoningtown. . 3.18. ne es bl lice eee
a8. (Beaver River, Wampui).a. ass... 2.5 pease alee peeulucealncs
TO. Wolter Creek, \Grove City ins soc ese oc aves * eS * |
80. Slippery Rock Creek, Rose Point........ es Ree roaeal lie
81. * Wurtemburg ~:~. Mhevredliaeo lee lee
82. Connoquenessing Greek; Elwood! City a5) 22) 12 Si. a
83. oe Pe lanimoniys ct) sera edie eeligesl el
84. < © ZLelienoples.2. a2: eel aes sea T eee Aa
So eBrush CreekCéliate jac stake ese eae re 6 bel hoa heed Wea
86. Little Beaver Creek, Cannelton . ager lena | eral
87. pa Darlingtonvexs. els as A a)| | ees | stakes
Sones < «New Galilee........ sp ea leat eels
89. Raccoon Creek, New Sheffield........... ral eel gee Ee ye lh
90. Ohio River, Shippingsport.............. eal ecalaa (ee
oitg! emesis Etiyase nt wccd tre eves Sur lo oars Peal eM dt a)
OZ meme COOKS MOREY en svaincnscetomae sso Pca see eae lca
OB SS SmeUSmith suertys: oncpers vanckucoa aan Reali alee lotta 2
LAKE ERIE.
OA am atSATICe, BAN eres Mle) asia jarn iss masue) snot oe SRD cts ated ete oie ke
Oho Cedareeoimtiy sats eis. oo setacegie re eens Susie ead ese Salle ks
OOm Vermilion MOMIO® gears fsolleael «ve: oo gaer, nthe sy be oe alters
OPPPLESGUe HSE ME ayia chsenenenncrecienteris acecaeee 2 ae al enlace
98. Presque Isle, IBeach=pOOlSmine seneeie soe tl ees. [ees Wk See eee ee
99. East end, outer beach...... eae * |
100 os “East end, south shore...... * | * Sl Peeeilrers
IOI “t “« Flats near west end......../*|.. ee eT
102 sf UG TBM Fea Byes oVGlig Goran Renee ee RE CORE ee] RRL) |
103 ee Sat eee SW. of Waterworks. |: |65) eo) cue) ae
104. as Cos INGO APIS ERTS BO Ss Rigo Beas agg * | *| *

| VIII | Paraptera fragilis.

*

*

CAD) ymca a

| IX | Proptera alata.

ee % %:

| Eurynia recta latissima,

| Lanipsilis luteola.
| XII | Lampsilts ovata ventricosa.

XI

*

x * * *!

162 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

TABLE I|.—Continued.

s : :
. g 5
8 S 8] 8
R 8 SES
S . Pall Nee g N
| $] 3] S].8] S18] | Sp efs
3] S}].S] ST SPS] & = RS = x
SP SPS] als S| 2 OlenS 3
List of Localities. 8] 813) Sy S18 S| 8 S| 8 8
S 8} St XI] Ss] S] 8] St 8] 8
SS} gts] gs} SS] Sys] S181 8
3) 9] §/ 8] 8] 8] 8] §] a! Si sis
SS SIS SS SST SCRE SES
S| S/S) ss] -] §)] S| R18] 8] S12
Sy AS R| 8 SS Ss Si S/S
21S SS] S14 Ss) Si S/S VISES
VSP VBlST Rl &] SS] SK SETS
RESP RPRIEN, S| SP SIRISTNTN
ica li= lcasSps isi acs
| |
LAKE ERIE. a |
TO5., Presque Isle; Crystal Pointe. .\ «ese. oe BPA cd ee ellen esi lol e ices] =
106. - ~* tHorseshoePondla.5. ccs ele ke EF cslhscellishealla =i) couel| (eee esl etal toed Pees eae
C07. BiutalopiNews Vanketiv esc cate tie wis a esl esol dat] el PRs ee NS a ee
TOS asRoLe Colborle eee eee Pd Wee Pees eed Pas lee lege llores si |
LOO; VPOLteDoven vite mene neocon oa Ba eles focal hel Messi 2 lessee on lt
CLO. Port: ROwallas ss: tte ots heater me ANE ee etal elise Mees toaifog hana
DRAINAGE OF MAUMEE RIVER. |
Tir.) St. Marys River Rockford. 5 .s.ee sone: all ve lene oe See cleea | calies|-. >|
1r2. Blanchard River, Himleyre.iajte ters itso s\s15 01 caal est liere | tesco aged foo) a eel bea feet eee ae
113. Silver Creek, Williams County.......... oe leesell dues] Shs) ey cll fee ee ees eat
114. Maumee River, Rapids Station.......... SH cosa feces lta eel dae a as
15s s PAO RONG Depraeag \ adic everais arate tts all eae hel eed cel esol iecclle! elloeall <=
I16. rs )) =Allen County; Ohio. 25... Bry fees ee oes Feo feral Este alto will" |l o°c
Er7Miamivand 2 riet Canale marc iienisue-c tec tsesines foe (eS eel me Mee RTA eile 6 llc
. "a . i} }
ELS. Len-Malei@reek, silica; OMiow 425 srs BA irs ete fcc es petal asst esl lena |baoltos |15-<
TIO. St; Joseph’si River: (Ohio se nae woes e sraercte i ee Wes (aed ee Pee [ied eee oat lion so o
STREAMS DRAINING INTO LAKE ERIE. |
£20.) Raisin River, Adrian. Co: Michi. ri... wtsllos a lhege [is aultee [Jo] Poll orei fone | ey ea
121. Otter Creek, Monroe Co., Michigan ..... ea eye heer ape coh kei Predict lises
122. Conneaut Creek, West Springfield....... ats eal les tee laa aol gett ai loval|c *
1234 blke@reeks Miles tGrover. coms cone A} een a at Ale

6 and 7. Length of anterior (AHL) and posterior (PHL) part of
the hinge measured from the beak, giving the total hinge-length, by
means of a steel-rule. (Scientific Materials Company Catalog No.
3946). Where the hinge-line curved, it was possible with practice to
estimate the length. .

8. Thickness of the valve just superior to the pallial line, in the
region directly beneath the umbo. It was thought that such a
measurement might be more easily correlated with the other dimen-
sions taken. This was secured with a micrometer-screw caliper.
(Scientific Materials Company Catalog No. 3934.)

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 163

The above measurements were resolved to factors for comparison
by division with the length, with the exception of the thickness of
the shell, which it seemed desirable to compare with the dextro-
sinistral diameter, as giving more of a biological balance to this
measurement, making it independent of any extraneous physical
condition which might be involved. To facilitate the work of calcu-
lation, a Mannheim slide-rule was used, since the writer found by
checking with calculations made by long hand that he was able to
secure a fair degree of accuracy. Computations were usually made
to the fourth place.

In recording the data thus obtained, it was found convenient to
use a standard figuring book of twelve columns, double-page form,
obtainable from most stationers. This provided ample space for any
comments to be attached to any particular group. In comparison,
the shells were first grouped into their respective drainages, after which
the calculated data for the different localities were arranged in the
order from headwaters to mouth of stream, and in the lake region from
east to west. (See accompanying map, Pl. I.) Since the problem had
to adjust itself to the amount of material on hand, it was not always
possible to compare as large a number of shells as desirable from
some localities. The smallest number was three, but since the results
obtained consist of the average for the most part of a fairly large
number of shells they are thought to reasonably justify the results
obtained. The procedure was ordinarily to compare equal numbers
of shells in each case. The kinds of comparison were as follows:

1. Comparison of Naiades of Lake Erie with their representative
species in the streams entering the lake, principally the Maumee
Drainage.

2. Comparison of these species of Lake Erie with their representa-
tive species in the streams of the Upper Ohio Drainage (Upper Alle-
gheny and tributaries, Beaver and tributaries, etc.), as close as possible
to the divide. Species from the latter drainages were at the same
time compared with those of the Maumee.

The physiographical and geological considerations leading me to
make my comparisons under these two heads are found in the sections

9

dealing with ‘Physical Conditions’? and ‘Characteristics of the
Mussel Fauna.”’ It is true that in Pennsylvania few or none of the
shells have gone over into the lake, yet excellent authority states that

the shells of the Upper Ohio resemble in a striking way those of the

164 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

lake tributaries in Ohio, and living under similar conditions. It
seems that no serious mistake will be made if this is done, for there
is no evidence to show that post-glacially the shells have become
extremely modified. Moreover the shells from the Maumee are —
comparatively few in number.

If I am asked why on the other hand only specimens from streams
nearest the divide are considered, it will be clear from the literature
quoted, and substantiated by the opinion of excellent systematists
that in the lower stretches of the Upper Ohio Drainage “big stream”
conditions have so modified and are so modifying the Nazades, that it
would be extremely difficult, if possible, to use the same species in a
number of cases. In others, however, a paucity of material, where
there is reason to believe the species is not excessively varying, has
led to the utilization of material from larger streams.

VIE RESULTS.

The values obtained from these calculations are found on Table IV.
For the convenience of the writer as well as of the reader the compari-
sons derived were then tabulated as shown in Table III from which
all written conclusions are derived. Table II gives the maxima,
minima, and mean of all dimensions for each species of shell from the
two environments, affording closer insight into Table III. The
actual measurements of the shell from which the material in Tables
II and III is derived, while really belonging here, are placed at the
end of the paper for the sake of convenience.

VIII. CONCLUSIONS.

The outstanding facts to be gathered from Tables II and III are:

t. All shells, with exception of Anodontoides ferussacianus obtain a
greater degree of inflation in Lake Erie than in the Ohio. It follows
from this and other evidence, which I have presented, that shells are
longer in the Upper Ohio.

2. The height of a shell (DVD), appears to be indifferently influ-
enced by either environment according to these measurements,
although it could be stated that most species tend to be “‘higher”’
in the Upper Ohio and the tributaries of Lake Erie.

3. The evidence shows that the great majority of species tend to
have a greater posterior development (PD), in Lake Erie, and greater
anterior development (AD) in the Upper Ohio, etc.

MoRPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS.

zS | z1 | 9£| 9z| 91 | 9S SW AVES ea liOe gi | zg| ol) gS | 06] 44 | v9| zo OSt IGE fe Stee apo Oe las ee eee ws eS
Shi zr| 2S | ¢e| rr) 2S | S| gf] 2v| of | gr | gt | oL | zg] 9g|14| 9S | 2S | ov OVA OLU@ (aIROOUle ea as each DIDLO SIISdUMDT
Sz|z |o€|€z|91| v9| 2S | ob | VE} Lz] oz | 0g €L| 99 | 99 | bs Zvi BVAGE, | Seal, Ole A POOn|\ ue ae ae eae rs a
|6€/g@ | gz| z2z| or | zg| €S | bv | ov | o£ | oz | gd | zl | 99 | ¥9 SSO cOSe MERC en OTUG ci irllmOON ies ras Cac aoe aoe pjoaqn} SyIsquv Ts
7\0€ b1|z9| S| ov | g9| LS | ov | vz| oz | 91 | Vg | OL | vl gv | gf} of) z&| gz\ v2) aq Ty | (Sih lc cae eee EEE SOOT DUAISSID] DIIIA “A
gv | gr | 09] 28 | ty | 09 | 28 | bb | vz| rz] gr | 2g) 64) 94 bh | ov | 9£ | of | 4a) vz) o1yO “N eG Tepe seeps oy fe ames DIIAA DIUKANY
gz|¢ |¥z| gr] zx} +9] 9S | gr | gf | of | zz| gL | o£] zo| 26| 64) 99) 9v| 4E) gz) ama | repo is 4
LE|oz|gz| ze} or| gS | €S | gv | ve | gz| zz) 94) 19] 8S |9g|SZ4|z29| ov | ve | 82 | OU Oe alie ie Chalet ene cess ae ea a ioe DID]D DAIIGOLT
9 |9z|0z2| v1] 9S | 67] zy | ze | Sz} gt |og| €L | Ooeg eee AZONOS'| Lesh Oc4 Oltae as |\OC |e Mewar eae. a
9 |9z2|1z| 91] gS | vy | Of | ze | 9z | oz | zL| 99 | 09| 24 | 99 | 09} 9£ | €E OS EO @) Me Oeil ae ee SUisDAf DAIIG DAD I
9 | of] %z| gr] ov| 6£| z€| vy | cE) zz | gL | zl | 99 aSt LOS Wh Oralcay | FSeswQcae OTe c ci Nee. |Esy 2 eens SNILAPUIKIQNS “Ssndaf “VW
z | gz|€z|oz| br] o£) gz) YH | 9£ | gz | 94 | 14 | 99 |99| 6S | gv | PV) gf| z€| orgOo “N ksseags | ance snupi9pssndaf Saplojuopou Y
S-z| S- | o€ | vz | gx | oS | S| ov | gE | 6z | oz’ gL | OL | 29, 99] VS | ev Tal SEN Gea ONC: ales OSs pone oe DUDYOOL "IVA SIPUDAS “VY
SG: | o€ | €z| 91 | 0S | EV | OF | BE| O£ | zz 0g | VL) 89 9 | 9S | sv | vr | Of Sell OTC WMO eh fas ae NE es SIpuddas DIUOPOUW
LeWor \2o% 02 | Vx | OSES "oS |. O% | vz| zz og|94)z4/ 9S | SS SS EOer RSCG calleeOlToy eM OMe | enka econ SISUIUDS1AI DIDISOI *S
ze |r| 9z|1z|91| zS|or| ov | o€|9z| zz gl|SL| zl) v9 | SS seS | GS nOz4| Orr OmG = igi OU srr te Sens DIDISOI DIOUKYGUKS
be | v1|z2z| Lr| zr | 29) 98 | 08 |zz| gr] vr, 9g|4L\/g9/09|1S| 2b) o€ | of | bz) oq “7 SUS ae Serres earns 1YAIJS SNIDIDIIP “A
of | z1| zz| gr | v1| z9| 1S | oF | 9z | oz | p21, HB | 94 | 89| 09} ES ou | VEhOe.|| Ve.|0Tg@) “Qa Svalr er Seen she snypyppip odiyy
60|g1|S1| zz} 19] 6S) 24S) 61|L21| 21 6g) Lg | 58) LL| €L| 99 | LV | 9F | Va eOned Tale Stel We Se cia ete unjnadagnog °b1ygo *I
o1|vz|1z| Lr] 09] €S|ov| gr} 91| 21 48) S8| zg| €g| vs bol or) th) eb) oryo ‘A | ZI °° wnauis909 wnnbyqo vumaqosna}
Ly|vr|ze|6r|9 | vol oS} eri ez|Sr|€ |98| SL) v9| 78} 94| 89] 98 | zh | gz Wesetetqe eat | OOy |r accra aire mt fa
gy | 91 | of | 12 | zx | g9| 8S | gv | of | zz) v1 E| HL to|rg|oL| 9S | zS| iv) o£) oro “a 09 [ott ppang vmaquy
ve | or] o€|1z| zr | vL| SS | of) ce) ez) zr 38) 9L) 9 OR IERO!| CSN Zoi nse Ob, > Stop 2a sleeay | ats ess pynasvg ,, 4
If| gr] gf| gz| grj 9S | OF | cv] Of | Lz; gr 0g | zl. |¥9| 38) 94| 9) 09) 6V) sf) oryO “0 Cae emai iv mente Sak ‘pany DI(DUoISN
zlele/ZlzelsielslslflslelZlelslFlelslFize). - Z|
PP) Sopa | ogee bee taltra ial ha) ie Rea ania e 2 |B
ie | | | 2 5D *jessny]
Ad gee Gi vz | ace vee Rae a 5
AL THV THd adv dd dad dS ty

GRIER

‘ADVNIVUC, OIHQ YAdd{]) AHL AO STASSAJY ONIGNOdSANAOD HLIM GANVdNOD AIAY ANVT ONILIAVHN
STASSAJ NIVLYAD JO (SADVINAOUAG NI GaSSANdXY NOILVIAVA JO AONVY) NVA ANV ‘VININTIAL ‘VIWIXVJN. DNIMOHS

I] @1avL

166 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

IhABEE, Wile

: GIVING RESULTS OF COMPARISON OF VALUES FOR EACH DIMENSION IN THE
Two ENVIRONMENTS.*
DSD
eRe
(Dextro sinistral diameter, or convexity, divided by length giving

degree of inflation.)
Greater Value in Upper

Ohio Drainage. Species with Even No. Cases. Greater Value in L. Erie. t
A. ferussacianus (4) Fusconaja (5)
Amblema (2-3)
Pleurobema (5)
Elliptio (4)
Symphynota (2)
Anodonta (4)
Paraptera (2) 1
Proptera (4)
Eurynia (2)
L. luteola (3)
L. ovata (4)
DVD
Rae

(Dorsal ventral diameter of value or its “‘height,’’ divided by length.)

Greater Value in Upper

Ohio Drainage. Species with Even No. Cases. Greater Value in L. Erie,
Amblema (3) " Elliptio (2) Fusconaja (s)
Pleurobema (3-5) Symphynota @in Proptera (3-4)
Anodonta (4) Paraptera (1) L. ovata (4)
L. luteola (3) A. ferussacianus (2)

Eurynia (1)
PD
==

(Distance posterior to extremity from a line passing through median dorso-ventral

plane of value.)
Greater Value in Upper

Ohio Drainage. Species with Even No. Cases. Greater Value in L, Erie.
Eurynia / (2) Proptera (2) Fusconaja (5)
L. ovata (3-4) Paraptera (2) Amblema (3-4)

A. ferussacianus (2) Pleurobema (4-5)
Elliptio (4)
Symphynota (2)
Anodonta (4)
L. luteola (3)

* Number of cases in which this occurs is given after name of each species—2-3
etc. means 2 cases out of 3, etc. In species with even number of cases, number is
given after each.

TaBLe III.—Continued.
AD
L
(Distance anterior to extremity from a line passing through median dorso-ventral

plane of value.)
Greater Value in Upper

Ohio Drainage. Species with Even No. Cases. Greater Value in L, Erie.
Fusconaja (5) Proptera val(2) L. ovata (3-4)
Amblema (3) Paraptera (1)

Pleurobema (4-5) Eurynia (1)
Elliptio (4)
Sym phynota (2)
Anodonta (4)
A. ferussacianus (3-4)
L. luteola (3)
laeU b
Spies

(Length of shell compared with posterior hinge-line.)
Greater Value in Upper

Ohio Drainage. Species with Even No. Cases. Greater Value in L, Erie.
Pyro plera (4) L. ovata (2) Fusconaja (4-5)
Eurynia (2) Paraptera (1) Pleurobema (3-5)
Amblema (3)
Elliptio (3-4)
Sym phynota (2)
Anodonta (4)
A. ferussacianus (3-4)
L. luteola (2-3)
AHL
ara

(Length of shell compared with anterior hinge-line.)
Greater Value in Upper

Ohio Drainage. Species with Even No, Cases, ; Greater Value in L. Erie.
Fusconaja (4-5) Pleurobema (3) Proptera (4)
Amblema (3) Paraptera AG)

Elliptio (3-4) Eurynia (1)

Sym phynota (2) L. ovata (2)

Anodonta (4)

A. ferussacianus (4)

L. luteola (2-3)

TH
DVD
(Thickness of shell divided by dorso-ventral diameter.) :
Greater Value in Upper

Ohio Drainage. Species with Even No. Cases. Greater Value in L. Erie.
Amblema (2) Elliptio (2) Fusconaja (3-5)
Pleurobema (3-5) L. ovata (2) Anodonta (4)
Pro ptera (4) Paraptera (2)
A. ferussacianus (3-4)

Symphynota (2)
Eurynia (2)

L. luteola (2-3)

168 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Ab Nhe IVE

AcTUAL MEASUREMENTS OF SHELLS USED IN A COMPARISON
Fusconaja flava parvula, LAKE ERIE.

477 | .062 | .857 | 1945-573

No, |DSD|pvD| ep | Ao | eHz | Awx| TH
Speen] cia if osuZeon S| Pe | Ss, ol ran eee oes
Lake Erie, La Plaisance Bay. . 4 |,5237| -7717| -794 | .1946] .515 | .1840} .123
Lake Erie, La Plaisance Bay.. 7 | .5364) .8021] .7699| .2197]| .5235| .1922] .I10
Wake Hrie;.Cedar Point: ae ree 4 | .5342' .7975| .7915| .2046] .489 | .1592| .129-
Presque Isle Bay, Various Lo-
calitiess. +. scrtey mete 4 |-508 || 8131) -792" |).212) 2574-2305) snro
Presque Isle Bay, Various Lo- |
Calitiéss Sj oee ae ee 7 |.545 | -8295] .7934] .301 | .404 | .1838} .121
Maumee River Drainage, Mi- | |
ami & Erie Canal, Allen Co.,
CLES Kase tole each eee ee kates g ew Fs 4. 4°73) | -7497) 3-765, |).239 7) 2553) ||. 2750 ennns
Fusconaja flava, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.
| | |
Allegheny tributaries (36-38)..| 27 | .4481| .7663| .7175| .2740 .4901| .3150) ETS
Wake! Erien(@8Soon 102)is yes eke 272 3.544: | 8492 .781 | .2318] .529 | .2154 .1140.
Allegheny River (13-14)...... 13 | -4650| .7678) .7360| .2712 4992) .2354! .0958
Lake Eries(987700;, 102)... 5. £3 | .560 |..788: | .796: | 1927) :522)+| .1958| .1007
‘Lake; Bries (i020). ce ers I6 | .551 | .8827| .783 | .2430| .542 | .2396| .r121
Monongahela tributaries (44- | | |
AO) 3 Sora eee Ee rte eos 16 | .4754| .7969) .7362| .2793] .4879| 12254 -1084
Ohio tributanies\(54))- 5.24... 12 | .4359| -7569) .7354| .2563] .5247) .2209 .1036
Presque Isle (102—II9)........ TZ |'.539 1.8542)'.765 |-2755)-528. |.2424 nar s5
| | |
COMPARISON Amblema plicata, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.
La Plaisance Bay, Lake Erie..| 5 | .462 | .7295|.824 | .1700| .602 1738} -I1497
Sandusky Bay, Cedar Point...| 5 |.420 | .7656| .809 | .1704| .603 | .194 | .1080
TOT Me RS «oo Nye eee | 6 |.427 |.768 |.805 | .1784| 596 1931 1077
Presque Isle Bay (all localities).| 6 |.444 | .7569) .82r |.1710|.577 | .1863| .1221
Amblema costata, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.
La Plaisance Bay, Cedar Point |
(G8=00) ee -foe on ieee eee oe 12 | .444 |.757 -829 | .1793] 595 | -1834] .1173
Presque Isle (101-120)........ 12 |.426 |.762 |.816 | .1823| .564 | .1767| .1393
Presque Isle (101-120)........ 15 .|.436 | .7689| .818 | .2787|.565 | .1784| .1373
Allegheny River (12-17)...... I5 | .43901 -7688 | .810 | .1812| .607 | .1885] .1495
Presque Isle (101I—-120)........ I5 | .436 | .7689} .818 .1787| “565 | .1784) .1373
Allegheny tributaries (22, 23, | | |
26; (B= 23) Fee ee coke tpe ere | I5 .3908| .7777| .760 | .2364!| .579 | .2032| .1506
_ Presque Isle(1ot—120) 5 0) 16 | .435 -7719| -819 | .1758) .569 | .1774] .1385
Beaver tributaries (60-78)....| 16 |.408 |.7756|.760 | .2332| .587, | .1894| .1504
Presque Isle (101I-120)........ | 7 |.444 | .7613] .818 | .1820) .566 | .1830] .1348
Beaver River (70) si05 wi cacece - mi ASO 7OO7l=740 (2256) (5 52u|e2nro | Peno4y,
COMPARISON Pleurobema obliquum pauperculum, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.
La Plaisance Bay............| 3 |-468 |.758 | .807 | .103 | .619 | .1262] .0964
BY 181-1616 Pe een Sey dia nes 1828) .1175

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS.

TABLE [V.—Continued.

Pleurobema obliquum coccineum, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE
WITH LAKE ERIE.

No.

Presque Isle, Lake Erie, etc.

(OTTO) A Ve es aac asks eae I2
Allegheny tributaries (4, 16, |,

TS SOR SNE c, MME et ahecrscoave ne 12
Presque Isle (101-I19)........ [bare
Beaver Drainage (79, 62-78). .| 12
Presque Isle (10I-II9)........ 12
Allegheny tributaries (22-34).. 12
Presque Isle (10I-II9)........ 12
Beaver River (70) sce os ass 12
Presque Isle (102-119)........ I2
French Creek (22-34)........ 12

COMPARISON Elliptio dilatatus sterkii, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.

Lake Erie, La Plaisance Bay. . 6
iPresquemiclewBayn-..1uaet esa 6

169

Elliptio dilatatus, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.

WasPlaisance Bay: (O8)io.-222..5\| 6
Presque Isle (10I—-120)........ I 46
Presque Isle (101-120) ........ cian
Allegheny tributaries (22-34)..) 31
Presque Isle (I0I—-I20)........) 31
Beaver Drainage (60-79)...... pve sae
Presque Isle (10I-120)........ anecHte
Allegheny River (5-20)....... 31
Presque Isle (101-120)........ | 14
BEAVEIIRIVEE (7O)ietee house Deen I4

COMPARISON Symphynota costata eriganensis,

INT Clapttse see one esc hays ce, ceeics aes ye 5
Presque Isle Bay ee hE Tee ne 5

-307 | .552
354 |

| .560

wos:

Ree | -

LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.

DSD |DVD\| PD ADS RE | ALTE.) Dr
SSenll| een || eee aoe ll 7B || ea ome Wal ea oy
-468 | .731.|.871 | .1284].591 | .1850) .1146
|
AST, | SS 2a ES 225 |h177'5/5| 583. s2008)\. 1350
468 |\731 |.87r | :t284)] -50r | :1850] .1146
.459 |.757 | -873 | .1264| .605 | .2422) .1060
468 | .731 |.871 | .1284| .501 | .1850) .1146
.426 | .806 | .8372 .1627| .546 | .1873 .1271
.468 | .731 |.871 |.1284| .59r | .1850' .1146
.435 | .648 | .823 |.1811|.468 | .1708 .1379
.468 | .731 | .871 1.1284] .591 | .1850 .1146
_ | 432 805 1.8457 -1540! .547 |.1934 -1350
| | |
3159 525 | 826 | -1674) .576 | 1504] .1225
$325) -404- 1-800) "188-2560 131333) 1077
= Flic as, =|
'3150| 525 | 826 .1674| .576 |.1504).1225
315 | .494 |.806 | .188 | .560 | .1333] .1071
3119] .498 | .807 | .187 | .542 | .1656] .1025
.283 | .496 | .778 | .2196| .521 | .2093] .1128
-3119| .498 | .807 | .187 | .542 | .1656] .1025
.283 | .50I | .768 | .2316| .5381) .1898| .0993
-3119| .498 | .807 | .187 | .542 | .1656] .1025
| .2906! .4917| .7825| .2503| .496 | .1964) .1156
.315 | .492 | 808 | .1204) .5400] .1077| .1320
|:2425, -4575) -783 |.215 | .507 | 1591) .1461

8 | .1826| .0876
| 0853

Symphynota costata, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.

Presque Isle (99-120)......... | 15
Allegheny tributaries (22-34)..) 15
Presque Isle, Lake Erie (101—
UPA G) |e Art ee ea eee are ae 18
Beaver Drainage (60-85)...... 18

| -363 | .584

| 275 | -583

| .336 -550
-276 | 552 _

| 800

| 768

NegiSte]

gay 1.2

S257)
[223

-584 | «

-535

a4 Sie lin

-476 |

COMPARISON Anodonta grandis footiana, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.

Lake Erie, La Plaissance Bay..| 5
Lake Erie, Cedar Point....... 3
Lake Erie, Presque Isle Bay... 5
Maumee River, Roche LeBoeuf
Rapids, Miami & Erie Canal 5

AC yIBnE | 637
404 |.571 |
-383 | .520
.388 572

| 673
is

-444
-442
.4406

| .281

.2072
.330

-0890
.OQOL

| .0848

| .0920

| 0713

0418

| .1039

377 | .266 | .0768

170

TABLE IV.—Continued.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Anodonta grandis, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.

No. |2SD|DVD| PD | AD | PHL) AHL) TH
Spec. 1G; L VO: Jie 1G TS DVD.
Tributaries, Lake Erie (139-

TAO) feast ovclicus a scalececol olny ceonstecar 8) |) .383, |\s§820.743) | 205: 12378) e253 eo255
Presque Isle (99-I120)......... 80 |.306) | 2537. 1-747 |c251"|..44 0 ).252) 10703)
Presque Isle (99-120)......... 6 |.402 |.562 |.734 |.264 | .442 | .263. | .0964
Monongahela tributaries (6, 9).| 6 |.345 |.577 |.727 |.272 |.380 | .2584| .0620
Presque Isle (99-120)......... I4 |'.375 |-551 |-719 |.278 | .445 | .2404] .07907
Allegheny tributaries (22, 34,

TD ile Roars Parsee who cheese T4 |\-372.| 567 | .605 -|..206) | 384. |.221 |-0522
Presque Isle (139-140)........ ry || .367 | .§42° 1.2765 |.243) | 440.2442) 20833
Beaver Drainage (60=85) 222.2. 15 |-361 |.557 1-737 |.260 | .393 | -229 | 0549

COMPARISON A nodontoides ferussacianus, UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE.
Shenango River, Linesville.... ON.38r | -543 |-732 |-271\| 391 | .242 | .0518
Shenango River, Greenville, | |

Sharpswillle Pee esse 6 | .360 | .574 |.708 | .293 |.319 | .198 | 0517

Paraptera fragilis, OH1I0 RIVER DRAINAGE.
Allegheny River: Kelly, God- |

trey, Alad dima egacee crceres | | -333 |-818 | .772 | .227 .562 | .213 | .0492
Ohio River: Dead Man's Island |

cal drewortheis sce. eetcec | 2B WeSl2n -O 5304730 |.263, UAT | Sorealeonsin
Ohio, River: Beaver..¢....... | 3 |.340 |.680 |.720 | .283 |.467 | .225 |.0500
Ohio 'River:sIndustny: 24). 2e220..01| 5 ).304 | 0707 |.7I2" 1.204 |.437) | 8040522)
Ohio River: Cook’s Ferry and | | |

Smiths #Heryict: ses eeietenerl as | *5 |..325) | .68'5 |). 742")\-26n, 5460. |eorOsinoses
OliiguRiversinc ren oc | 4 |.305 |.683 |.727 |.275 |.469 | .214 | .0522

Paraptera fragilis, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.

Lake Erie, La Plaisance Bay. . 6 -|igx5 | 686 | .739 2200, ||.543)||:1070)| OF 07
Lake Erie, Presque Isle Bay... 6 | .322 | .730 | .764 | .2430| .514 1851 .0509
Paraptera fragilis, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.
avPlaisances (68) 4 aie. os eeese te 7 | 316. | 682 |.743 |.258) |°535_| .2003] s05n5
Presque Isle (99-120)......... WANES 37 | CIS 5e a1 Stale 2oley te 5 00 | 2176] .04o1
All Lake Erie (98-124)....... 20 || 330: |.-716-|-738 14263 | 2518) | .2rrzt) s06TS
Ohio;Valley .(i=50) sc hiaiawe 20 |.323 | 708) |..736° | .265 | .470) |.2T23) 0516
Presque dslev (On mateutasceaee 4 |-361 |.753 |-726 | .273 | .514 | .2059) .0495
Allegheny River (15-16)...... 4 |-333 |.818 |.772 | .227 .562 +213 | .0492
PGi alata, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.

eee Z an E Saale wate
Ua PlaisancesBayert.2 to cee 8 |:371 |.850. | .814 | +330 598 | 1956| 0874
Da Plaisance Bayi. esac. wees 5 |-329 |.796 | .723 | .273 | .525 | -1948] .0501
Cedar Point, Lake Erie....... | 5 |-392 )-811 |.705 | .205 | .550 | .2221) .0645
Presque: Isle ‘Bay’ss osc: .nse ise 8 | .379 |.789 |.708 |.292 | .536 |.218 | .0848
Maumee River, Roche de Boeuf | |

RADISH is sto fe Seer ees tne Sit 245 (e654) |273E 112267) e530 tla 75a 004

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 171
TaBLE IV.—Continued.
Proptera alata, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO. DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.

No. | DSD|pvD| PD | AD | PHL| AHL| TH
Spec.| Z JE BER nose | Leas (eae oa OOH Za Ox

Allegheny River (12, 14, I5)... Saesasinl740 | SES we 25 aS Osi |we2327| TOOL
Presque Isle (99-II9)......... Sin 3 7O Ne 78On.7O08 202," 530) |. 2i78\" |) 0848
OhiovRiver.(55—50)ies se sass 14 |.310 | .809 | .664 | .335 | -558 | 2142) .0960
Lake Erie (99=102) ....)6 5.06 6 3 I4 |.404 |.807 |.709 | .290 | .555 |.222 | .07609
WayPlaisanece:|(O8)). kas ches settle. 6 IESTS. 26867208 ..20L ae SAS ul) O5 27
Presque Isle (I0I-119)........ 6 322 |.730 |.764 | .2430| .514 | .I851| .0507
Presque Isle (10I-I1I9)........ Al 2430) 2825) |.710\ 1-280) 357.5, |-2267 |0600
Monongahela River (51)..... in| 34 | B24 406; 2608. 433062577 51|<Lo4 | 0825

COMPARISON Anodontoides ferussacianus subcylindricus,

LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.

Lake Erie, Presque Isle....... 5°. |:3660 |:.525).| 710° | 280° |) -413) |. 274-0550
Maumee Drainage........... 5 | .364 |.566 |.728 | .268 | .396 | .233 | .0626
Anodontoides ferussacianus, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.
Beaver tributaries (60-66, 62,

GO) Ripert corceee Onicha ra seenenahe 6 Ns7a | 254i le72h 10325). 380° |..225, | .0563
Presque Isle (99-120)......... 6. NeZO4) Fs5rae 723.278 Ware \|.222 | 0564

. Presque Isle (99—-120)......... SPPQOOm Smt 728) h-2 726 CA36) \-223) \\,.0572
Lake Erie tributaries (139- +40) Sy 6377) NS 70 Na7220i2704) 6378 |.229 | .0514
Presque Isle (99-120) .........| Pee ZOO) (e527) |< F20ulte274. -|-43i4 |. 227 (O538
French Creek Drainage (22-34), 7 Ne 3 O04 || 2020 | .689 | .320 | .436 | .2530] .0636
Presque Isle (99-120)......... 7 |.369 |-519 | .726 |.274 |.431 | .227 | .0538
Beaver Drainage (60-85)...... | 7 |-333 | -494 | .728 | .254 .336 | .209 | .0530
Presque Isle (99—-120)......... le Wiegedldo7. 16075. || BAs | A0O |. 209" ||0407
Shenango Drainage (61-69)...| 12 |.370 !.558 !|.720 | .282 | .355 |.220 | .0518
Eurynia recta, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.

WasPlaisance Bays «+. as ets: i 2 | .260 | LAOn || 2816 | LOA HIS 72) .1367| .1220
WECATLEE OM bE sco nll eeielae cts | 3 |-247 |-375 |-773.|-226 | .500 | .1476) .1187
Presqie Wsle: Bayi. 5).3. 200 3.68 on 3 | .267 | .424 | .760 | .236 | .570 | .1680} .1332
Maumee River, Station Pond | | | | | | |

RADI SE -a8s eesles cattle. see see fH ae, | .262 i. 423 |.’ 795 1.233 ‘1.475 |.164 |.180_

I BUaE recta, COMPARISON: UPPER OHIO DRAIN AGE WITH LAKE ERIE.
ase eae ; ese
ee Isle, Lake Erie (98-124)] 15 | .284 | .389 | .783 ipsa 2555 .1587| .1239
Allegheny tributaries (22-34)..] 15 |.263 |.419 | .783 |.210 |.518 !|.1852] .1592°
Presque Isle, Lake Erie (98-124)| 15 | .284 | 389 | .783 | .2169| .555 | .1587| .1239
Allegheny River (10-17)...... LS, 9.260: 1.325) | 834.) 1 756)..520) 126328) 507
Presque Isle, Lake Erie (98-124)| 15 | .284 | 389 | -783 2160] .555 | -1587| .1237
Ohio River (S'5§=56) Halse cid oes Tis) |.308 |.436.'|:834" |.-1727)))-503" |:-1076)).1846
Lampsilis luteola rosacea, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.

La Plaisance Bay, Monroe Co., | | | |

INT CHABOA arr e ee Teme ey 7 |-303 |.579 | -731 |.266 | 515 | .205 1.0757
Cedars oii ti ace 72 12205) |G 84. le755 0 e245ni2540) |o2TO: || .Tr6O
PresquenislernBay . ecco. seieitere cese 7 474 | 603 | +752 |.245 | .510 | .233 | .0904
Port Colborne, Ontario....... | 31.339 !.619 | .733 | .266 1.564 | .207 | .2082

ii, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

TABLE IV.— Continued.

Lampsilis luteola rosacea, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.—Continued.

No, | 2SD |_DVD PD AD |\PHE \AHENDVD
Spec, | = s iveten|| wees paws Taree eae
Wake Erie, Port Dover...< 25. 5 4|-407 600) |)7.12)| 285 | 9276 | Ro2n Ten 260:
Blanchard River, Hancock Co., |
ORIG HN bee ghee ee 3 | .334 |.589 |.752 | .248 | .489 | .2078] .1236
Maumee River, Roche de Boeuf |
Rapids. f Ad 3 | -392 | -543 |-755 | -243 | -519 | .203 | .1533
Silver Greek willie (Se Ozer |
Maumee River, Roche de
Boeuf Rapids, Beaver Creek,
Williams Co., O.; Swan |
Greek} Wucas (Co. tOs-e% even 7.240) |).O07 | 6723 e280 |)-498e | e2oieelemarr
Ten-Mile Creek, Toledo, O....|. 4 |.373 |-575 |.718 |.275 |.489 | .246 + .134
Lampsilis luteola, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.
La Plaisance, Cedar Point (98— | | |
OO) hc chyee oie a eA oe | ite Wiaetely he |pacisscy |.740 | .273 | .509 | .2216| .1229
Presque Isle (10I-120)........|) 17 |.419 | .588 | .738 | .2087| .516 | .2217| .1046
Presque Isle (ro1—120)) 7. .)a6:. Manse eeSSiale5o7 |-74E |.259 | .515 | -2231) .1034
Conneaut Lake (27-31). eG | eee ina Le elip ess | .51I | .208 |.1235
Presque Isle (101-120) . : 17 |-419 | .588 | .738 | .2487! .516 | .2217| .1046
French Creek Drainage (22-34)| LMM STS Me Tee in e203 | -494 | .2261| .1262
Presque Isle (10I-120)........ 8 | .386 |.578 |.744 |.258 |.52I | .2210) .Er7r
Monongahela (45-46)......... 8 |.444 |.517 |.756 | .245 fe 548 |.217 | .163
Presque Isle, La Plaisance Bay |
(COS=T DA etn ree 28 |°307 | -587 | 743 || <263 |.506 | 2206)e1r36
Beaver Drainage (60-85)...... | 28 | .373 |.580 | .726 |.272 | .504 | .2304| .1314
Presque Isle (I0I-120)........ | .T2 |.431 |.506 |.754 | .2441).516 | .221 |.1051
Allegheny River (12-17)...... T2) W.BESe 4583012732 1.2605 | ss rOle27a ml m5 08
Lampsilis ovata Canadensis, LAKE ERIE DRAINAGE.
La Plaisance Bay............| 2 |.387 | .673 |.664 |.335 |.412 |.225 | .1424
Cedar Points e nwa haeer arena |.783 |.713 |.257 | -434 |.244 0867
Lake Erie, Vermilion Co...... tee -489 | .730 |-714 | .284 | .453 | .266 | .0810
Lake Erie, Port Dover........ | 3 495.7045). 705, 2283 | -473 | -1'710| .0754
Port Rowan, Canadas... 24.3 2 |\-498:| 775. 1.783 | -217 | -478 | 247) \onLe
Conneaut Creek, West Spring- | | | | | |
GING GM acta thy Siete eee 2 4-55 4| 2720 8702-300) A430 sl. 2r5aROOnS
Lampsilis ovata, COMPARISON UPPER OHIO DRAINAGE WITH LAKE ERIE.
Lake Erie (98-I00)........... 12 | '504 | .763.|..700) |'-200' |\-432 | .23 | .1038
Presque Isle (10I—119)........ 12 |.485 |.752 | .685 | .318 | .444 | .2104! .0805
Allegheny tributaries (4, 22- 34) | W7n | eAOZs ||) 7430) -OOSia|| 30 lees .25 | .0868
Presque Isle (10I-119)........ 7) 48012755 |.077 1-325 |-437 |e2to |Eo8os
Presque Isle (101-119)........| 23 |-482 |.746 | .680 | .321 | .434 | .2202] .0856
Allegheny River (7-17)....... 23 |.456 |.705 | .699 | .276 | .420 | .206 | .101T
Presque Isle (101-119)........ 12). |)-485 |-752| 685 | .328 | 444 .2104 .0895
Beaver Drainage (60-85)...... I2 |.442 | .648 | .682 |.316 | .439 .2321| .1049
Presque Isle'(7o)e cc acec te: 9 |.487 |.761 | .676 | .328 | .438 |.198 | .0909
Beaver River 7O)ien. oct eh OF) Aas 705 | 652 -348 | .403 | .2127| .0665
Presque Isle (I0I-IIg)........ 5 |.472 !|.758 !.686 ! .316 |.446 | .1953! .0918

wat

le, hehe eee

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 173

4. Correspondingly, the posterior hinge-length (PHL) tends to
have a greater development in Lake Erie, and, as observed in the
table, is apparently positively correlated with the posterior develop-
ment of the shell. The converse appears to be established, 7.e., that
the anterior hinge-length is best developed in the Upper Ohio, etc.,
and also positively correlated with the greater anterior development
of the shell.

5. Thickness, as a rule, is greater outside of Lake Erie.

We have seen that the ancestors of the Lake Erie and Upper Ohio
forms were derived from the same stock. Since some of the latter
went over into the lake and became modified, the problem this in-
vestigation tries to answer is ‘‘How have they changed?” The
answer is given in the preceding paragraphs. If we put a shell in the
lake environment we may expect it will change its morphological
features, not at random, but in a distinct, determinate, or orthogenetic
direction, as is now seen by the fact that other shells behave the

same way.
IX. CORRELATIONS.

From Tables IV and V also the following correlations may be
derived in the case of shells from Lake Erie:

1. A decided tendency toward a greater degree of inflation (DSD)
width, associated with less dorso-ventral diameter (DVD) height.

2. In all but two species (to which there are exceptions) there is a
greater degree of inflation associated with greater posterior develop-
ment of the shell (PD).

3. In all but two species greater posterior diameter is associated
with greater posterior hinge-length.

4. Greater DSD, PD, PHL, and less DVD are associated with less
thickness. :

5. These dimensions correlate with one another throughout the
lake environment.

With regard to the Upper Ohio shells the following seems true, viz.:

1. A decided tendency toward a less degree of inflation associated
with a greater height and length of shell.

2. Less degree of inflation with a greater anterior development.

3. In most species, greater anterior development with greater
length of anterior hinge-line.

4. Less DSD, greater DVD, AD, AHL, associated with greater
thickness.

174 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5. These dimensions correlate with one another throughout the
environment.

Anticipating to a certain extent results obtained in another investi-
gation, it may be said, that if, measurements from shells collected
from all parts of the Ohio Valley (rather than those solely from the
headwaters) be compared with those from Lake Erie, the Lake Erie
shells are distinguished by their almost perfect correlation of dimen-
sions as above, as distinguished from the negative aspects evinced
by the polymorphic Upper Ohio forms, coming really, as I hope I
have shown, from a variety of environments rather than a single
fairly constant one. Uniformity in environment, therefore produces a
uniformity of effect upon these species of Naiades in most cases.

X. SUGGESTIONS AS TO CAUSES OF FACTS.

It is thought well to again give a short summary of the physical
and biological conditions present in Lake Erie and the Upper Ohio
Drainage as they appear to be concerned with the Nazades.

LAKE ERIE.

Water colder than in Upper Ohio, but
with more even regulation of temperature.
Currents much less rapid than in streams;
water less agitated, except by moderate
currents as indicated; carrying but little
sediment. Bottom composed of pebbles,
sand, or mixture of these, depending on
region of lake, with coarser sediment de-
rived from wear of land. Temperature
conditions favor a more uniform produc-
tion of food, while the water contains
more lime.

UpPER OHIO DRAINAGE.

Water warmer than Lake Erie, greater
extremes of temperature. Streams more
vapid than currents of Lake Erie and
more greatly agitated; frequent falls and
rapids; short stretches of quiet pools.
Rivers carry a load of debris which moves
quickly over bottom, consisting of mud,
glacial till, cobbles. Food conditions
(due to extreme of temperature), are
less stable, even if at times more abundant.

REMARKS AND SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING RESULTS OBTAINED.
(a) On Inflation of Shell.

Mr. Calvin Goodrich in a letter to the writer (1916), remarks that
when colonies of shells are found in the lake, the members are some-
times moving about. Ordinarily, he states, it is not the usual thing
for Unios to.wander. This is indeed more frequently the case in
spring when changing conditions impel migration, or at times when
water becomes low in streams. We have seen that the Nazades of
Lake Erie as a rule have a higher degree of inflation than those of the

<=

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. |

Upper Ohio where the rapidity of the water is greater. It might seem
that a shell having an exceptional degree of inflation would be at
disadvantage in the short periods during which it might require to
move about, for such would offer a greater surface to the water
resulting in the impediment of its motions, let alone the obstruction
the shell might encounter from a rocky bottom. In the lake, where
there is little agitation of the water it might freely expand with less
danger to itself. I feel there is something more than speculation about
this hypothesis, inasmuch as certain other unpublished observations
tend to show that even in rivers the greater degree of inflation is
found where the current is less, as is also indicated in the resumé of
the literature. As to the exception of A. ferussacianus, there is no
clue whereby its exception to the law of inflation may be explained.
Dr. Ortmann says: ‘‘It prefers small streams with sandy bottom and
little current, frequently going into lakes.’’ This statement of its
favorite life conditions largely recalls Lake Erie. In the years of Dr.
Ortmann’s collecting (1909-18) he has obtained few or none of this
species from the big rivers. Being somewhat primitive in character,
it may well have reached in many respects the limit of adaptation
compatible with biological balance, and the lake environment does not
require the extreme of variation for it in this respect. This has some
substantiation in the fact that the tabulation shows it to reach its
greatest development in the Upper Ohio Drainage.
As to the length of the shell, my results corroborate those of the
European investigators, who claim that it would be a useful adapta-
tion, when connected with other characters, under the conditions of

the environment in streams.

(b) On the Height of the Shell (DVD).

It was stated in the conclusion that there was a tendency observed
for the shells as a whole to be higher in the Ohio. This may be a
compensation in growth for the decreased inflation mentioned, or it
might be more useful in getting about through the coarser gravel and
mud, just as the shape of the more rapidly swimming fishes enables
them to cut the water. At any rate this corresponds well with greater
length. Fusconaja, L. ovata, and the majority of Proptera were
higher in Lake Erie, together with even numbers of other shells.
Fusconaja burrows deeply in fine gravel and sand, loves small streams
and running water, disliking rough bottom and favors bars of fine,

‘

176 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

firmly packed gravel. Many of its favorable conditions are found in
Lake Erie as may be observed. Possibly its most enjoyable condition
is found in a lucustrine environment, as indicated by the tabulation,
which shows that of seven dimensions taken, five are greater there.
Proptera is a lively shell, crawls about much, likes a steady current
with rocks, gravel, and sand firmly packed. It would seem a greater
height is more useful to it in moving about the rivers with their con-
ditions than in Lake Erie. Here paucity of material compelled me to
use that of the Ohio and I am uncertain as to the conclusions to be
drawn, at least with regard to their stability. L. ovata ventricosa likes
quiet pools and eddies, gravel partly covered with mud. Here again
difficulty with material arises. L. ovata passes upstream into L.
ovata ventricosa. To what extent this took place in my material,
and what precisely the differences were, there was no way of telling,
due to the puzzling intergrades. Mr. Goodrich states that in Lake
Erie this mussel has a trick of burrowing completely below the surface
and passes its gills fan-like from the shell, in which case the height of
the shell might facilitate the burrowing process. However, other
species do the same. Wilson and Clark (54) remark that this mussel
becomes smaller towards the lakes, and perhaps we have here an-
other evidence of compensatory growth. Specimens of L. ovata from
“big rivers’’ are higher than those of the lakes.

(c) On the Comparative Size of the Anterior and Posterior Portiens of
the Shell.

It will be remembered that shells from the Upper Ohio were found
to be better developed anteriorly and less posteriorly than those of
Lake Erie. The need of sometimes having to move against opposite
and unfavorable influences is met in the Nazades by the development
of a foot, situated anteriorly. The physical nature of conditions in
Lake Erie offer less impediment to such movements. Thus it may
happen that the greater use of the foot in the Ohio would result in
its greater enlargement, and have an ultimate effect in the development
of the shell covering it. Such hypothesis could only be proven experi-
mentally, inasmuch as other factors may be concerned. Sell found
that the anterior part of the shell was best developed in rivers, and
from the results of another investigation I may state that in the
Monongahela, where conditions more closely resemble those of Lake

~J
~I

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 1

Erie than those of the headwaters, shells of the same specific stock
have the posterior part better developed than forms from the tribu-
taries. Conditions are more regular in Lake Erie, but the impulse
to migrate less frequent, and if there be such a thing as adaptation,
enlargement of foot correlated with enlargement of shell apparently
follows in the Upper Ohio. To the two exceptions, Eurynia and L.
ovata, the following remarks may apply. The former appears to enjoy
coarse or fine gravel in a strong current in large and moderate rivers,
never small streams, and often burrows deeply. Under these condi-
tions, if the hypothesis of modification of shell holds true, we should
expect to find a greater development of the anterior portion, which
we do not. Apparently, the only consistent explanation is to suppose
it requires a smaller foot for burrowing than in moving against the
current in the Upper Ohio. Possibly the compression of shell may ac-
count to some extent for this. In this connection it may be pointed out
that Proptera and Paraptera, both active shells, show by my evidence
that they may, or may not, have this portion of the shell developed,
in either environment. March may be quoted in this connection on
the growth of Naiades, ‘anterior growth is slower than the posterior,
as is natural in the case of an animal which has to plough its way
through the mud. An increase in current in which they live would
produce decrease in preumbonal development and so tend to throw
the umbo forward in those forms living in strong currents. Forms
with umbo thrown forward are found in canals having strong gradi-
ents.’ With regard to L. ovata, to which there are some exceptions,
nothing I have found may be related to the morphological facts, except
that shells from Lake Erie may be unmodified descendants of more
strenuous ancestors. Some hypothesis of evolution might support
this. Remembering Wilson & Clark's observation, it may be associated
with food conditions. Still a tendency toward greater anterior develop-
ment may be seen in Table I1I—where Eurynia, L. ovata, and Paraptera
are equally divided in the number. of cases showing superior develop-

ment of the anterior hinge-line.

(d) On the Length of the Posterior and Anterior Hinge-lines.

As the posterior hinge-lines join the posterior portions of the shell,
we should xpect to find them best developed in the localities where

these are best developed. This seems to be a reasonable correlation
ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 13, Dec. 3, 1920.

178 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to take from Table III. Correlations and observations on Paraptera
are apt to be misleading for the reason stated. For this, however, a
great deal one way or another can be inferred from the even number of
cases mentioned. It follows that greater rigidity of the posterior
portion of the shell is required in Lake Erie; vice versa in the Ohio.

(e) On the Thickness of the Shell.

While Lake Erie contains more lime, it is evident that the great
majority of shells are thinner there. It is known that the presence of
CO, (44) in water tends to erode shells, yet far more of the finer shell
architecture, such as beak-sculpture, seems to be preserved in specimens
from Lake Erie than in those from the Upper Ohio Drainage. March
states (30) that shells from districts highly charged with CaCO3 have
thin shells and are not eroded at the beaks. This may be attributed
to the lack of humic acid, which does not occur where limestone is.
Greater thickness of shell seems to be connected with presence of
humic acid, or absence of chalk. Dr. Ortmann noted the presence of
humic acid in the Shenango, the water supply of which is largely derived
from swamps containing peat and decaying vegetable matter. This
explanation of March’s does not correlate with my measurements in the
case of Anodonta, Pleurobema, Elliptio in the Shenango, although it
does in the case of other species. With regard to marine Pelecypoda,
Baker (4) observes that the thinness of shells in the Caspian Sea
appears to be directly correlated with the degree of saltiness of the
water. It is safest to assume that each shell takes what lime it needs
under the circumstances. Rich (41) tells of some shells from a soft
water lake in New York, which were almost free from lime.

It is thought that perfect uniformity in these results has not been
obtained because of:

1. Lack of sufficient material in species, the variability of which
may be unusually great.

2. Ecological habits of species, which may play a larger part than
we now know.

Sources of Error.

With a reasonable amount of care the rapid measurement of these
dimensions was not inconsistent with accuracy, with the sole exception
of that of the length of the hinge. This seemed to be too important a
character to neglect, yet often it had to be estimated by the eye where

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 179

the line was too curved to measure directly. In certain species the
work was easier than in others, but, because the results appear to be
uniform throughout, I am confident that no serious mistake was made.

I have given at some length a detailed differential description of
those environments, the Nazades of which we have compared. With
the change of environment from the river to the lake there is seen to
be a parallelism in the change of the morphological character of the
shell. As pointed out previously, shells from Lake Erie are as a rule
smaller, have broader growth-lines, brighter colors, and more polished
epidermis, and are thinner than those of the Upper Ohio. Still
specimens from many parts of the Upper Ohio could, even in these
respects, be confused with those of Lake Erie, as I found when de-
scribing new varieties from the lake (14). This necessitated careful
measuring for their accurate determination, leading into the investi-
gation I have here attempted. It will be observed that this paper
merely extends the similar work carried on by systematists, and
deduces certain laws stated in the conclusions. And of all theories of
evolution advanced, Lamarckian factors perhaps account for these
changes better than any others. Moreover the principle stated by
Sell (45)—that the size of Unios seems to be proportionate to the size of
the body of water in which they are found—finds strong substantiation
in my results as does the important principle first stated for Mollusca
by Haas and Schwarz (15) viz: ‘The same original types change,
under the same biological (ecological), conditions, into identical local
forms: different original types change, under the same biological (eco-
logical), conditions into convergent, (parallel) local forms. In conse-
quence of sufficiently long isolation, the local forms may develop into

7

constant local varieties.

XI. LITERATURE CITED WITH BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
EcoLoGy oF NAIADES.

t. ApAms, C. C. The Variations and Ecological Distribution of the Snails of
the Genus Io. Memoirs of the Nat. Acad. of Science, 1915, XII, Part 2,
p. 38, et seq.

2. ALLEN, R. The Food and Feeding Habits of Freshwater Mussels. Biological
Bulletin, 1914, XXVII, No. 3, pp. 138-39.

3. Baker, F. C. On Some Variations of Cardium Edule apparently correlated
to the Conditions of Life. Phil. Tran., 1880.

4. BAKER, ec: The Relation of Mollusks to Fish in Oneida Lake. Technical

* Public. No. 4, N. Y. State College of Forestry, Syracuse, 1916.

180 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5.

10.

WE:

r2.

T3!

14.

5.

16.

Lye

18.

19.

20.

21.

to
tN

24.

BucHNER, Otro. Ueber individuelle Formverschiedenheiten bei Anodonten.
Jahreshefte des Vereins Viiterlandischer Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg. Fiinfund-
sechzigster Jahrgang, p. 50, I9Q10.

. Cressin, S. Unio batavus in der Umgebung von Regensburg. Nachrichtsblatt

d. Deutschen malakozoélogischen Gesellschaft, 1910, 1912, p. 120.

. Coker, R. E. Mussel Resources of the Holston and Clinch Rivers in eastern

Tennessee. Report U. S. Bureau Fisheries for tort.

. Coker, R. E. Water Power Development in Relation to Fishes and Mussels

of the Mississippi. Append. VIII to Report of U. S. Commissioner of Fish-
evies for TQI3.

. Coker, R. E. AND SOUTHALL, J. B. Mussel Resources in Tributaries of the

Upper Missouri River. Append. IV to Report of U. S. Commissioner of
Fisheries for 1014.

Comstock, C. B. Report upon the Primary Triangulation of the U. S. Lake
Survey. Washington, 1882.

DANGLADE, ERNEST. The Mussel Resources of the Illinois River. Bureau
of Fisheries Doc. 804, Pp. 9, 40, 41, 43, 44, 1913.

DAVENPORT, C. B. Evolution of Pecten. Proceed. Amer. Acad. Arts &
Sciences, Vol. 39, 1904.

FRIERSON, L. S. Remarks on the Classification of the Unionidae. Nautilus,
Vol. XXIV, pp. 134, 136, I9I4.

Grier, N. M. New Varieties of Naiades from Lake Erie. Nautilus, Vol. 32,
1918, pp. 9-12.

Haas, F. AND ScHWARz, E. Die Unioniden des Gebietes zwischen Mainz
und deutschen Donau in tiergeographischer Hinsicht. Abhand. d. Kénig.
Bayer, Akad. d. Wissenschaft., Math. Physikal. Klasse, XXVI, Band VII,
1913.

Hazy, Jutius. Die Mollusken-Fauna von Budapest, III, Biologischer Theil,
Malakazoélogischer Blitter, 1881.

HEADLEE, T. J. ANDSIMONTON, J. Ecological Notes on the Mussels of Winona
Lake. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., pp. 173-179, 1903.

HEADLEE, T. J. Ecological Notes on the Mussels of Winona, Pike, and
Center Lakes of Kosciusko Co., Ind. Biological Bulletin, Vol. 11, No. 6,
1906.

Horton, A. H., Hatt, M. R., Borster, R. H., LEIGHTON, M. O. Surface
Water Supply of the United States, 1907-08, Part III, Ohio River Basin,
PP. 29, 35, 47-

HvueEsBeErR, L. V. Zur Naturgeschichte der Unionen. Jahrb. des naturhistor-
ischen Landes-Museum von Karnthen, Heft. 10, pp. 150-157, 1870.

IseLy, F. B. Experimental Study Growth and Migration of Fresh Water
Mussels. Bureau of Fisheries Document 702, 1913.

. ISRAEL, W. V. Die Najadeen des Weidagebietes. Beilage zum Nachrichtsblatt

d. Deutschen Malakozodlogischen Gesellschaft, No. 4, 1910, p. 4.

. IsRAEL, W. V. Najadologische Miscellen. Nachrichtsblatt d. Deutschen Mala-

kozoélogischen Gesellschaft, No. 4, 1910, p. 4.
IsrRAEL, W. V. Biologie der Europdischen Siisswasser Muscheln. Thiirin ger
Lehrerverein f. Naturkunde, Stuttgart, 1913.

bled Bs

25.

26.

27.

28.

20.

30.

Chute

32.

33:

34.
35:

36.

37-

38.

39:

4o.

4I.

42.

43.

44.

45.

GRIER: MORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MUSSEL-SHELLS. 181

JENNINGS, O. E. A Botanical Survey of Presque Isle, Erie Co., Pa. Annals
of the Carnegie Museum, Vol. 5, 1909, p. 292.

JOHNSON, O. W. Fauna of New England 13, List of the Mollusca. Occa-
sional Papers of the Boston Soc. Nat. History, 7, 1915.

Kororp, C. The Plankton of the Illinois River. 1894-99. Bulletin Illinois
State Lab. Nat. History, Vol. VI, No. I, pp. 39, 43, 313, 1903.

Ibid., Vol. VIII, p. 24, 39-43, 313, 1908.

LEVeERETT, F. Glacial Formations and Drainage Factors of the Erie and
Ohio Basins. U.S. Geol. Sur., Bull. 41, 1902.

Lewis, S. J. Quality of Water in the Upper Ohio River Basin and at Erie, Pa.
Water Supply Paper 161, U. S. G. Survey, 1906.

Marcu, M.C. (Miss). Studies in Morphogenesis of certain Pelecypoda, I, A
Preliminary Note on Variation in Unio pictorum, and Anodonta cygnea.
Mem. and Proceedings of Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society,
TOLO—EL, pp. I-18:

MEEK, F. C. AND CLARK, J. L. The Mussels of the Big Buffalo Fork of the
White River, Arkansas. Report U. S. Bureau of Fisheries for rort.

NEWBERRY, J. S. Geological Survey of Ohio. Report L B., pp. 163-167,
1873.

ORTMANN, A. E. A Preliminary List of the Najades of W. Pa. Ann. Car.
Mus., 5, 1909, p. 192.

ORTMANN, A. E. A New System of the Unionide. Nautilus, 22, 1910, p. II7.

ORTMANN, A. E. Monograph Najades of Pennsylvania. Mem. Carnegie
Mus., IV, pp. 279-347 (1911).

ORTMANN, A. E. Notes upon Family and Genera of Najades. Ann. Car-
negie Mus., VIII, pp. 222-305 (1912).

ORTMANN, A. E. The Alleghenian Divide and its influence upon the Fresh ~
Water Fauna. Proceedings American Philosophical Society, Vol. LII, No.
210, PP: 275, 301; 305, 312, 351, 353 (1913).

ORTMANN, A. E. A New. Type of the Nayad-Genus Fusconaia, Group of
F. barnesiana Lea. Nautilus, 31, 1917, p. 58.

ORTMANN, A. E. The Nayades (Freshwater Mussels) of the Upper Tennessee
Drainage with notes on Synonymy and Distribution. Proc. American
Phi Socs,.Vol. 575 1918.

RAFINESQUE, C. S. Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves et Fluviatiles de la
Riviére Ohio. Ann. Génér. Sci. Phys., Bruxelles, 5, 1820.

Ricu, S. G.. An Aberrant Form of Unio complanatus Dillwyn. Science,
N. S., Vol. XLII, No. 1086, 1915.

RUSSELL, I. C. Lakes of North America, pp. 34, 37, 41, 1895.

RUTHVEN, A. G. A Biological Survey of the Sand Dune Region, South Shore
Saginaw Bay. Michigan Geological and Biological Survey Pub. No. 4.
In Annual Report for r9ro.

SCHERMERHORN, L. Y. Physical Features of the Northern and Northwestern
Lakes. Amer. Jour. Science, 3d Ser., Vol. X XXIII, 1887, pp. 278-284.

SELL, H. Biologische Beobachtungen an Najades. Arch. f. Hydrobiologie
und Planktonkunde, 1907-08, pp. 179-180. Kopenhagen.

182 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.

ir

52.

53-

57:

58.

59.
60.
Or.

62.

63.

SHELFORD, V. E. Animal Communities in Temperate America. Bulletin
No. 5, Geographic Society of Chicago, 1913.

Simpson, C. S. On the Mississippi Valley Unionidae found in the St. Lawrence
and Atlantic Drainages. American Naturalist, Vol. 30, p. 382, 1896.

Smmpson, C. S. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Najades. B. Walker, Detroit,
TOI4.

SHRUBSOLE, C. W. Erosion of Certain Freshwater Shells. Journal Conchol.,
Vol. II, No. 3, 1886.

STERKI, V. Notes on Unionide and their Classification. American Naturalist,
Vol. 37, pp. 103-13, 1906.

UTTERBACK, W. I. Naiades of Missouri. American Midland Naturalist,
Vol. III, p. 2, 1916.

UTTERBACK, W. I. Naiadogeography of Missouri. American Midland
Naturalist, Vol. 5, No. I, I917.

VanatTta, E. G. . Rafinesque’s Types of Unio. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1915, 549-559.

. WALKER, BRYANT. The Method of Evolution in the Unionide. Occasional

Papers of the. Mus. of Zo6él., Univ. of Michigan, No. 45, 1917.

. WALKER, BRYANT. The Unione Fauna of the Great Lakes. Nautilus, Vol.

27, D. L8-

. WALLENGREN, H. Zur Biologie der Muscheln. 1. Die WasserstrO6mungen.

Acta Univ. Lund., Ser. 2, Bd. 1, No. 2, pp. 1-64. Ib., No. 3, pp. I-59,
1905.

WATER SUPPLY COMMISSION OF PENNSYLVANIA. Water Resources, Inventory
Report, Part III, Gazetteer of Streams. 1917.

WETHERBY, G. On Geographical Distribution of Certain Fresh Water
Mollusks of N. America and Probable Causes of Variation. Amer. Journ.
Science, III Series, Vol. XXIII, 1882, p. 203.

WILSon, C. B., AND CLARK, H. The Mussel-Fauna of the Maumee River.
Report U. S. Bureau of Fisheries for rort.

WItson, C. B., AND CLARK, H. W. The Mussel-Fauna of .the Kankakee
Basin. U.S. Bureau of Fisheries, Doc. No. 758, 1912.

Witson, C. B., AND CLARK, H. W. The Mussels of the Cumberland River
and its Tributaries. Bureau of Fisheries, Doc. 781, pp. 21, 39, 47, I9T4.
WILson, C. B., AND DANGLADE, E. The Mussel Fauna of Central and North-
ern Minnesota. Appendix 5, Report of Commissioner U. S. Bureau of

Fisheries for 1913.

ZACHARIAS, O. Planktonalgen als Molluskennahrung. Archiv. f. Hydro-

biologie und Planktonkunde, Stuttgart, II, pp. 358-361, 1907.

V.. SOME REATURES OF (THE GEOLOGY. OF
NORTHEASTE RNG BRAZIE,

By GERALD A. WARING.
(PLATES IV-X.)

OUTLINE OF CONTENTS OF ARTICLE.

PAGE

Mb EOC ClO Taye versie Ame E apie at rece aberiet as Panel vance trea PY ect tos fi tee NOME ER YBa 183
(Geoloviciicatunesstreated(nat ree Meee ie ee ees ome een Ae rk eg le 186
SEGUICUUC Aer AT tare MeCN teCs an DIRE Hcl ctw Naren ewe a) Oe eT Ok TE NS hoe 186
KromeGampina (Grandenwestward) eats. ae cs ek be Chak doe See 186
INonthwesteniiCearaye aeye-va dpa rage ecko feats ale cca creel suelo inial aed chi Bi 198
EOmpMontalezaatOvloUatll wap ta ict eect Le anda est Sens aay. ct dete 200
INVES Cho l@lNiaticll® Bees pyre ee motes teas dt Se BRT KEI oreh ie Soc tee Me che Ve 202
rome Natale tome ciler tye c1 ae ee ae ree anche cas ects a eee one Ma eb as 202
Salient features of the bedrock structure in the north................. 203
Sinuctunersouthvand west olNREcites asc sere cis cose eka aartiesd lee Ries 205
SLEUCtUTEe Mn thersouthermvarears sie. 2 le eile «cc eed « chassis Bietetorn a becelsle se 205
sishem@eanatcenlesi mens ware src cee aeas Ie Sie eat Seen Me wed teas, otis Sue Me 200
Mp CPST ATI CEC eer AER aor eth ieee Perey eras meet it Sirsa ate e h evateecmaa tem ate hrccand ant 215)
Restiimeroiminayonsleatunesty autre sites ean slca es Ghee ap Syste dow Bkslece geal eae 216
MAINO TBIEAT URES) xa. tyseton ciate eed ee eee eee oe RN OR ao 5,k Peis CASE 216
Olantzeeravelse tucks: ioiterkren lee aerate ae ne we tle hak ET SR 216
IBasichigne OUS*TOCKS hers ie en atte tae eee as ed ty ie eee Pt ko 219

SYOVT ERY) oy ee a heen ATS TI eric Peat as AR UGE eye, ae a 221

APPENDIX.

Fossil mammals collected at Pedra Vermelha, Bahia, Brazil, by Gerald A.
Wet Scere ene, Si Raa oitigs cea Nett barrie ata eee ch rer ene traci Ge 224
By W. J. Holland

INTRODUCTORY.

During the years 1910-1913 the writer was engaged in recon-
naissance work for the Brazilian Government, seeking to ascertain the
possibility of storing supplies of surface-water and developing ground-
water supplies in the arid northeastern portion of that country.
Although observations of the geology along the routes traversed were
in many places unsatisfactory because of the exigencies of the main

183

184 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

studies, several geologic problems developed, which it is believed worth
while to set forth, together with such data as were obtained concerning
them. The water studies involved journeys in two general areas, the
northern one embracing parts of the states of Pernambuco, Parahyba,
Rio Grande do Norte, and Ceara; the southern one being in the State
of Bahia. The location of the region is shown on the index map,
Fig. 1.

~N

Therezina «

NOB Rw tole

todeJaneiro

Buenos Aires

Fic. 1... Index Map of South America, showing location of the region
under discussion.

As a whole this region constitutes a plateau, rising gently inland
from the coast to mean elevations of 200 to 400 meters. There are
no great mountain ranges, but numerous small ranges and isolated
hills rise above the mean levels, and several tablelands rise to eleva-
tions of 600 to 900 meters above sea-level. The channels of the
streams trend fairly directly to the coast, being almost throughout
their courses wide and sandy, with low gradients. Most of the streams
are dry during a great part of the year, for much of the region receives
but uncertain rainfall and suffers from periodic droughts.

Geologically, the area as a whole has a basement series of gneiss
and crystalline schists referred to by Dr. Branner as the Brazilian
complex, intruded by granite and by dike rocks and overlain by

1 Geologia Elementar, by John C. Branner, 2d ed., Rio de Janeiro, 1914, p. 289,

va

——————oOoorre

—

Plate IV.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII.

ae _ MAP
sett PART OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL

flachde
xy Showing the quslony on routes traversed
ard Brina = y
%, a tate 5
Se 4 i fae G. A. Waring
brat f 3 Fortaleza pene

ScAte

e319 1 so 40 30 Ken
2 ES
cy a0 30

\ Chriré .
\ Legend 4
1 Pegmatite &
Granite ©
\ j 6 Sandstone /ss,
| lh i Qe Quartzite /qtzite
am Nj Gneiss and schist 7
| ) isl Crystalline limestone /crys Ls.
| ji Af} kiss = Quartz, diobase, basic dike, etc. xquariz, etc.
| J ; \ Sheet
j Nova Kussase oa
H
16 ON AS a i
“ Nertentes 5
“Mossoro ?
ate
igre
Ps AiSU A osert

x ari ey \ ij facet fy
“ye “0 pnw s rds 3 \ eZ : RIO PANDE DO NORTE Batra Verde Regs

A merge ls
she a a apy U9 shat A
los. =, S ¢ sig
oJ = 2

i f
4 ‘ 7] . fit , 7
\ Bie aye Be ow
Ree ox Tad. if } a LS - = al I Foe
i> <I ret r < oo é % z noi
~ 4 ase 4d ; Ce} 7 ty & ee os aaa, ees Mating mse
Zt am alee tet ‘ai {) Bead op Pati” ? ? a y
Ne. < Pp fAXMy Sieitit 6 ee = eg! @ i
Vay Ld pur dae ae” Dy OR th gig Vsaican ope A Belem ¢ Ze fre %
; ~ <= 3 Z re i F 7 i
\*s “+ O =a FoS, 7 fg atic RY ES feel e Jardim ge Pasoplp ‘a 1 Ay dé: es, 4 ~ VilaNova,
ee ee é on PS alt (OS Nib cama RNY ie a
acute Soo +k 7 3 on es “Sie $9) "6 rg a Be Ga
peas oe ‘ g&& 4 are 7s : a , 2 pt ql \ re ry. ? WS
a N} ry Wr aN was A cee NT Nee ig Opa NST Ly Ue a
oe Ag 5
~ ‘se SBiseri eae i «, f ‘vr
7 i ge | ae Y e ;
rh ) aft _ we ek ttt I
735 ogre i

C Gaile Grande

\ .. ica

PERNAMBUCO

Plate V.

Foa Vista

Capim Grosso

SantAn Wroazeiro.
Piranhas

\ (arnahyba

quite® Jurime

SS

| ee |
PART OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL

Showing the geology on routes traversed
y .
G. AS Waring

19h = 1913

SCALE
20030 Am

mm 2510
ry Boom

ni rs
Legend
Pegrnorite 4
Grarite ©
Sandstone: /s's
Quartzité’ /@tzite
Greiss-and schist
Crystalline Limestone
Quartz, diabase, bosicdike, etc

Alagoinkas
oy Feira ae Sard Anna
/

verys \s,
% quartz, efe,

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 185

sedimentary rocks, which probably range in age from early Paleozoic
to Tertiary. The succession of rocks in Bahia has been discussed
by Branner and Crandall? and by Soper.

The succession of rocks in the northern area, in which most of the
writer’s observations were made, have been discussed by Crandall,*~®
Soper®-? and Small.*~°

The approximate areal extent of the several geologic formations
have been delineated on maps prepared by these geologists for the
Brazilian Government; and their data, together with those of himself
and others, have been brought together on one map by Dr. J. C.
Branner.!®? Geologic boundaries along routes traversed are shown ina
few places on the accompanying maps (Cf. Plates IV and V), but the
data presented on these maps are primarily of the bedrock structure,
with observed occurrences of diabase, pegmatite, and other rocks of
minor areal extent.

In the northern area a horseback trip was made by the writer from
Campina Grande westward to Therezina (on the Parahyba River),
and the principal railroad lines were traversed in 1911 between

2 Preliminary Report on the Geology of Portions of Bahia, Sergipe, and Alagoas,
by John C. Branner and Roderic Crandall. (Manuscript report of the Brazilian
Geological Survey.)

3 Geologia e supprimento d’agua subterranea em Sergipe e no nordeste da Bahia,
pelo Engenheiro Ralph H. Soper. (Publication No. 34 of the Inspectoria de Obras .
Contra as Seccas, Rio de Janeiro, 1914, pp. 17-45.)

4General Notes on Northeastern Brazil, by Roderic Crandall. (Manuscript
report of the Brazilian Geological Survey, 1908.)

° Geographia, Geologia, Supprimento d’ Agua, Transportes e Acudagem nos Estados
Orientaes do Norte do Brazil (Ceara, Rio Grande do Norte, Parahyba), por Roderic
Crandall. Publication No. 4 of the Inspectoria de Obras Contra as Seccas, Rio de
Janeiro, I910, pp. 21-34.

5 Geologia e Supprimento d’Agua Subterranea no Rio Grande do Norte e Parahyba,
pelo Engenheiro Ralph H. Soper. Publication No. 26 of the Inspectoria de Obras
Contra as Seccas, Rio de Janeiro, 1913, pp. 18-30.

* The Geology of Parahyba and Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil, by Ralph H. Soper.
Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. LV, No. I, 1916, pp. I-20.

8 Geologia e Supprimento d’Agua Subterranea no Ceara e parte do Piauhy, pelo
Engenheiro Horatio L. Small. Publication No. 26 of the Inspectoria de Obras
Contra as Seccas, Rio de Janeiro, 1913, pp. 25-48.

°Geologia e Supprimento d'Agua Subterranea no Piauhy e parte do Cearé, pelo
Engenheiro Horatio L. Small. Publication No. 32 of the Inspectoria de Obras
Contra as Seccas, Rio de Janeiro, 1914, pp. 29-58.

10 Geologic map of Brazil by John C. Branner, in the press by the Geological
Society of America.

186 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Camocim and the southern terminus at Novilho, between Fortaleza
and Iguatt, and the coastal lines between Natal and Maceié. In the
southern area horseback trips were made in the basin of the Itapicurtt
River, and the railroad lines between Bahia and Joazeiro, Bahia and
Joao Amaro, and Bahia and Feira de Sant’ Anna, were traversed.

GEOLOGIC FEATURES TREATED.

The geologic features in the north which principally attracted the
attention of the writer are the following:

1. Structure in the basement series, as indicated by the strike and
dip in the foliation planes of gneiss and schists.

2. The Ceara Series of ancient sedimentary rocks; its characteristics
and distribution.

3. Granite, in its relation to gneiss and schists.

In the southern area the same features are of note, with the substi-

tution of the Minas Series of quartzites and schists for the Ceara

Series.

Minor features, noted throughout the region, which seem to be of
some geologic importance, are: The widespread occurrence of partially
rounded quartz gravel; the uncommon occurrence of basic igneous
rocks, and the scarcity of springs.

STRUCTURE.

With the areal discussion of structure in the basement-series it is
convenient to combine the notes on structure in the Ceara Series,
for, so far as has been observed by the writer and by others, the struc-
ture in these ancient sedimentary beds is conformable with that of
the gneiss and schist. Indeed, in a number of places the schist may
be a member of the sedimentary series. The trends of granitic
masses and of pegmatite dikes have also been mentioned in the areal
treatment of the structure.

From Campina Grande Westward. In the vicinity of Campina
Grande the gneiss is rather deeply disintegrated, but where well
exposed it shows uniform strike about N. 70° W., true. Numerous
small dikes of pegmatite traverse it in various directions, and horn-
blende gneiss, which easily cleaves into slabs, is used for flagging.
The constant strike and steep dip continue northwestward throughout
nearly all the distance to Soledade. Pegmatite dikes become less

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 187

common, but black tourmaline seems to be more in evidence in them.
Knolls of granite or coarsely banded gneiss rise above the mean level.
Westward from Soledade the strike of the gneiss swings slightly to
nearly west, with steep south dip. Thirty kilometers from Soledade a
small granite range trends N. 70° W., magnetic, or nearly west, true.
West of this range some variation in the strike was observed, from
about N. 60° W. to due west. Occasional pegmatite dikes seem to
have the same strike as the gneiss. Schist, or perhaps finely laminated
phases of the gneiss, also exhibit the same uniform strike, with steep
south dip. Ten or 12 kilometers northeast of Batalhao thinly-foliated
mica-schist, much disintegrated, produces an uneven topography.
Seven or eight kilometers east of Batalhao a dark mica-schist, striking
N. 60° W., and dipping steeply southward, forms prominent though
small ledges, distributed over the surface so as to resemble grave-
stones. Toward Batalhao the material becomes coarser in texture,
and near this town the principal rock is a porphyritic feldspar gneiss.
At several places in the river near this place, ledges striking west
extend nearly across the channel. The slopes on each side of the
stream expose material of a more granitic texture. Northward a
gently rolling plain of coarse-grained gneiss exhibits strikes of N. 70°
W., to S. 70° W., with the usual steep south dip. A small stream fif-—
teen kilometers from Batalhao has cut a deep valley in the mica-schist,
which had been crossed by me farther to the east. More resistant
gneiss is thence exposed at intervals to Viragao. The road then
crosses a small range of light-colored micaceous quartz-schist, which
in places crumbles to sand and resembles a sandstone. Two kilometers
east of the road a white ledge, seemingly of quartzite, dips northward
at an angle of thirty degrees. In the lowland along the north base
of the range dark-green gneiss strikes southwest, with steep south-
east dip. Dark mica-schist, thinly foliated and carrying much quartz,
is exposed in a low divide three kilometers southwest of Periquitos.
Along the course of a small stream north of this place white quartzite
seems to lie nearly horizontally over dark gneiss, which contains a
green mineral, probably chlorite, and brown garnets up to three or four
millimeters in diameter. Four kilometers north of Periquitos a small
spring issues from beneath a prominent quartzite ledge, which strikes
S. 25° W., with dip of thirty-five degrees westward. In the vicinity
both quartzite and pegmatite form ledges in the gneiss area, as shown
on Plate VI, fig. 1, which also shows what seems to be a quartzite-

188 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

capped tableland to the southwest. The principal pegmatite dikes
strike S. 30° W., parallel with the valley of the stream, but minor ones
branch off in various directions. Eight kilometers north of Periquitos
the pegmatite carries much muscovite and black tourmaline. Farther
northward the pegmatite is finer in texture and associated with mica-
gneiss. On the east side of the valley the gneiss dips westward at
forty to fifty degrees, but the dip seems to be less steep on the west side.

One kilometer south of Parellas dark mica-gneiss strikes S. 50° W.,
and nearby a prominent pegmatite ledge trends S. 35° W. Northwest
from Parellas the gneiss continues with strike S. 50° W., and twelve
kilometers from this village pegmatite again becomes common, many
dikes cutting the gneiss with fairly constant southwest strike and
vertical dip.

Three kilometers southwest of Jardim de Seridé agranitic or haplitic
dike cuts southward across a river-channel, and two and one-half
kilometers southeast of the town a pegmatite dike trends southwest
across another stream-channel, as shown on Plate VI, fig. 2. About
one hundred and seventy-five meters downstream from it a waterfall
of three meters is formed by another granitic ledge, but the main
country-rock is gneiss, with general southwest strike. In this are
intruded areas of granite, which form isolated, half-barren hills.
Crystals of muscovite mica as much as five or six centimeters in dimen-
sions are plentiful in the pegmatite of the locality, but they are flecked
with iron. Garnets up to one centimeter in diameter are also com-
mon, and some graphic granite was seen. To the northeast many
pegmatite dikes cut the gneiss in all directions. About half-way
between Jardim de Seridé and Acary the gneiss becomes more granitic
in texture, and thence northward pegmatite is less common. At
Acary the rock is granitic rather than gneissic, and at the Gargalheira
dam site, a few kilometers to the northeast, it is a hard, fresh, por-
phyritic material. In the narrow stream-channel the boulders and
bedrock are deeply worn into pits and potholes, as shown on Plate VII,
fig. 1. For six or eight kilometers westward from Acary many peg-
matite dikes cut the granite and gneiss, but farther west pegmatite
is less common and decomposed gneiss becomes the predominant
phase of the surface-rock. Near the junction of the Rios Acauan
and Seridé, thirty kilometers southwest of Acary, the strike of the
gneiss swings from the prevailing west or southwest to about S. 20° W.,
and pegmatite becomes scarce.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate VI.

Fic. t. Pegmatite dikes near Periquitos, Parahyba, with tableland, probably capped by

quartzite, in the distance.

Fic. 2. Pegmatite dikes near Jardim de Serid6, Rio Grande do Norte; granite hills in the

distance.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 189

Well-bedded, gray, crystalline limestone forms a dam site at Barra
do Mainoso, forty-seven kilometers from Acary. The principal expo-
sure strikes S. 20° W., with a dip of forty degrees eastward. The
eastern limit of the limestone is marked by a ledge in the channel of
the stream, which has the same strike and dip as the main ledge, and
by a ledge of gneiss one hundred and fifteen meters farther to the east
in the channel, having conformable structure. Pebbles of iron
oxide, some with prismoidal faces, are scattered over the surface of the
gneiss for several hundred meters eastward from the limestone. To
the west the limestone extends for about two kilometers, where gneiss
reappears and becomes more granitic toward Caicé. Several large
ledges which seemed to be of white quartz, but may be of pegmatite,
cut the granitic gneiss northeast of Caicéd. One ledge, striking south,
forms a dam site on a small stream five kilometers north of the city.
Northwest from Caicé the granitic gneiss contains considerable quartz
along its foliation planes, which swing in strike from S. 20° E. through
south to west. Ten or twelve kilometers northwest of Caicé there is a
small granite hill; granite is also exposed in a stream-channel at
Jardim de Piranhas; and Brejo da Cruz is at the western base of a
prominent granite hill with steep, smooth, spalled-off slopes, the long
axis of which trends N. 40° W. Thence northward the surface is
granitic rather than gneissic. Two shallow intermittent ponds in this
locality are worthy of mention, because even intermittent ponds are
rare in the region and were observed only in granitic not in gneissic
areas. The most notable occurrence of such ponds is two hundred
kilometers to the northwest, between Quixeramabim and Prudenté de
“Moraes. If this observation is correct, it may be accounted for by
the greater difficulty of underground drainage down through the
granite, than down along the foliation planes of the gneiss. To and
beyond Belem the surface of the plateau continues mainly granitic,
though with some gneissic phases. Numerous granitic hills rise
above the mean level. Patti is at the northwestern base of such a
large hill. North from Patti there is a wide plateau of granite, con-
taining feldspars from one to two centimeters in length. The illus-
tration given on Plate VII, fig. 2, shows some of the granite hills a few
kilometers north of Patt.

About halfway between Patti and Apody the rock becomes more
banded and gneissic, and twenty-five kilometers southeast of Apody
the road crosses a ledge of crumpled, siliceous-calcareous schist a few

190 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

meters thick, with a little crystalline limestone. The material strikes
west, with steep south dip. A _ hillside one-half kilometer farther
north is of cherty material, but schist and limestone appear again on
the north side of the ridge, which seems to be part of a sharp anticline.
Thence northward coarsely-banded gneiss appears, with nearly
vertical foliation planes striking west; but the rock shortly becomes
bouldery and granitic in character.

On the slope descending northward to Rio Umary there is pegmatite
composed of vitreous quartz and pink feldspar, and quartz fragments
are scattered over the surface of the decomposed gneiss. An alluvial
area three kilometers wide borders the river in this locality, with
crumpled gneiss on low slopes at the north border of the lowland.
Between the Rios Umary and Apody the surface is covered with sand,
which seems to be composed of angular fragments derived from dis-
integrated granite; but soft red sandstone, belonging to the Cretaceous
series, is exposed along the north bank of Rio Apody, and the low
slopes near Apody are covered with sand which is probably derived
from this sandstone. For three or four kilometers northeast, down-
stream from Apody, the red sandstone continues; and thence down-
stream to Mossor6é non-crystalline limestone, which overlies the
sandstone conformably, forms cliffs, which border the river and dip
gently coastward. Northwestward from Mossoré the surface rises
gently up the limestone tableland to Vertentes, then lowers slightly
to an escarpment, where the surface drops seventy meters to wide
lowlands along the Rio Jaguaribe. The rock exposed across the
tableland (Chapada do Apody), is wholly limestone, though it is
partially covered in a few places with a film of sandstone and iron-
cemented gravel, which is presumably a remnant of the coastal
Tertiary materials. The scarp where descended exposes only lime-
stone, but the underlying sandstone is in evidence in the river channel
and adjacent low slopes.

At Passagem das Pedras on the Rio Jaguaribe at the upper limit of
the tide, gneiss strikes N. 20° W., magnetic, or about N. 35° W., true,
with dip of seventy degrees to the northeast. Between the river and
the village there is a prominent ledge of white quartz, or possibly
quartzite, for Serra Araré, situated two kilometers to the west, is
composed in part of quartzite, with dip and strike apparently con-
formable with that of the gneiss in the river Conformable structure
is also shown in gneiss, carrying much quartz, at the base of the serra.

“totes & Powe teow

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 191

From this serra, red-brown quartz-schist is obtained for flagging in
Passagem das Pedras and Uniao.

On crossing the valley of the Rio Jaguaribe and going northwestward
from Sao Bernardo das Russas, deep, sandy soil covers the surface
for several kilometers. Gneiss was seen in a reservoir eight kilometers
northwest of the town, but the sandy soil continues for about four
kilometers farther. Thence gneiss becomes more frequently exposed,
with constant northwest dip, as far as Santo Antonio. From this
place southward the rock is more granitic, with some bands of thick-
banded gneiss. Ina reservoir at Jatoba the bed-rock is well exposed,
being granitic rather than gneissic in texture, yet exhibiting a wavy
structure traversed by numerous veinlets. Four kilometers to the
south pink granitic gneiss strikes north with vertical dip, and three
kilometers farther south gneiss with steep southeast dip is exposed.
The surface then becomes sandy, to the alluvial lowlands, about ten
kilometers wide, near Limoeiro. Southeast of this city several granitic
knolls rise ten to twenty meters above the level of the lowland; but
no crystalline rocks were seen along the escarpment of Chapada do
Apody, which borders the valley on the southeast. The limestone of
this tableland rises southward so that whereas southeast of Unido
it forms the entire escarpment, at Curraes it forms a capping only five
meters thick upon the sandstone, which here composes the main part
of the scarp. Southward across the highland there are several wide
exposures of the bare limestone; but for the most part there is a thin
soil, given a brown tone by iron-oxide gravel. ‘In a few places masses
of conglomerate, twenty or thirty centimeters in diameter, from
which the gravel apparently is derived, were seen. Four kilometers
north of Soledade the limestone for one hundred or two hundred
meters carries plentiful turritella-like fossils. On the scarp descending
to Apody the limestone is about twelve meters thick, being underlain
by dark-red and blue-gray sandstone.

Southwest from Apody sand and sandstone cover the surface for
several kilometers, with coarse gravelly sandstone, seemingly basal
material, in evidence in a few places; but about ten kilometers from
Apody, granitic gneiss is exposed. The foliation planes there lie
nearly horizontally, but southward the dip rapidly steepens to a
nearly vertical south dip. To and beyond Angicos the gneiss is cut
by occasional veins of quartz and dikes of pegmatite. Near Angicos
the strike swings to a little south of west, with steep southward dip.

\

192 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The serras to the northwest and southeast of Angicos have nearly
horizontal cappings of Cretaceous sandstone, but from near Angicos
the underlying gneiss or schist seems to dip westward at twenty to
thirty degrees. Halfway between Angicos and Pati dos Ferros the
strike of the gneiss seems to swing from westerly to southerly. In the
vicinity of Pat dos Ferros the rock seems to be mainly granitic gneiss,
but no good exposures showing the strike were observed. For some
distance to the southwest the rock seems also to be granitic gneiss;
but six or eight kilometers from the city there is a belt of hornblende
rock, succeeded by mica-schist. The gneiss also extends for some
distance southeast of the city, but at the crossing of Rio Apody, seven
kilometers away, the rock is extensively decomposed into a white
kaolin-like clay. The strike here is nearly south, with steep west dip.
A few kilometers to the east, however, the dip seems to swing to
nearly north. Near reservoir Corredor, thirty-five kilometers south-
east of Pati dos Ferros, the main rock is decomposed granitic gneiss,
with a prominent granitic hill three kilometers to the southwest.
Near the reservoir green (chloritic?) garnet gneiss was noted, and both
there and at the base of the granite hill there is much hornblende.
Thence southward the rock is granitic to and beyond Barriguda.
Serra da Barriguda contains prominent, nearly barren granitic peaks,
which give the range a markedly saw-tooth profile. Near the south
base of the range the rock is very porphyritic, with feldspars up to
two centimeters in length. Near Jericé the rock is more gneissic,
with pegmatite dikes and a small amount of chlorite (?) schist. In
the river channel a short distance north of the village a dark biotitic
rock is exposed for two hundred meters. Thence to Pombal the rock
is gneissic or schistose, with dikes of pegmatite and dark areas, which
seem to be due to the segregation of hornblende and biotite. From
Pombal to Curema thc rock seems to be ali schistose, the dip being to
the north and increasing from about thirty degrees near Pombal to
nearly vertical near Curema. The rock also becomes more thinly
laminated as one approaches Curema. The range, composed of the
serras of Vital, Santa Catharina, and Melado, forms a remarkably
straight, east-west ridge, composed in part of white, granular quartzite,
carrying muscovite. Near Curema the Rio Pianco cuts northward
across the range and exposes the rock dipping nearly vertically south-
ward. At Rio Aguiar, five kilometers west of Curema, there are
apparently four ledges of quartzite, and it seems as if the range here,

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate VII.

Fic. 1. Granite in the gorge of Rio Acauan at the Gargalheira dam site, Rio Grande do
Norte.

Fic. 2. Granite hills near Patt, Rio Grande do Norte.

ry

ust)

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 193

as is less evidenced at Curema, were structurally a sharp anticline.
In the canyon of the Rio de Piranhas, forty-five kilometers farther
west, the quartzite is also well exposed, and, as in the other places,
the range seems to be anticlinal. South of the range at Rio de
Piranhas, however, the gneiss seems to dip steeply north, instead of to
the south, as it should to conform to this structure; though a sharp
syncline at the south base of the serra may account for this seeminp
discrepancy.

From Curema northwestward past Sao José da Lagoa Tapada and
across the small Serrinha Cascavel the gneiss has conetant west strike
and steep north dip, and is cut by the usual quartz and pegmatite
stringers. On the slope down nearly to Rio de Piranhas gneiss is
exposed, dipping eighty degrees to the north; but sandstone, which
occupies a considerable area in the basin of this river in the vicinity
of Sao Joao and Souza, appears in a low cliff om the north side of the
channel, and continues across the valley to the base of Serrinha
Macaco, three kilometers north of Souza. Gravelly sandstone is
there exposed at the edge of the valley, with hard, firmly cemented
conglomerate a few meters higher up the slope, together with rock
which resembles a feldspar porphyry, but may be a phase of the con-
glomerate. The higher slopes are of gneiss with some granitic phases.
At Sao Goncalo, at the border of the valley southwest of Souza, gneiss
is exposed dipping steeply to the north. Large boulders of gneiss
form a dam site on a small stream three kilometers to the south.
Near Nazareth there are several prominent peaks of gneiss, of which
Pico, capped by a perched boulder, is the most striking. Thence
southward to Serra Santa Catharina only gneiss was observed. South
of the range gneiss containing garnets is exposed at the river side at
Sao José. Thence toward Cajazeiras the gneiss has nearly vertical
north dip. Ina few places questionable south dips may show some
overturning or sharp folding. At Cajazeiras the gneise is well exposed,
with steep north dip, in the spillway of the town reservoir. About
twelve kilometers to the northeast, or one and one-half kilometers
south of, and seventy meters above, the lowland of Rio do Peixe,
there is a light-colored feldspathic rock, considerably kaolinized.
It is possibly a phase of the basal conglomerate seen a few kilometers
north of Souza; for at the border of the valley, the dark-red sandstone
appears fifteen meters above the lowland, making sharp contact with
the gneiss and dipping northeastward at an angle of thirty degrees.

ANN. CAR. MUS, XIII, 14, Dec. 9, 1920.

194 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Thence northward across the valley the sandstone forms two very
low anticlinal ridges which are covered by a thin layer of soil.

The dam site Poco da Pedra, twelve kilometers north of Sao Joao,
is formed by a sandstone 1idge, but three kilometers farther north
another dam site is formed by crushed, schistose rock. The material
contains secondary quartz and resembles an altered sandstone. A
large pegmatite dike forms a prominent ledge nearby. Near Brejo,
ten kilometers north-northwest of Sao Joao the sandstone is gravelly,
and is succeeded on the slightly higher slopes by very hard con-
glomerate composed of rounded gravel, which is mixed with boulders
composed of angular and subangular fragments. The coarse sedi-
ments seem to be derived from the adjacent granitic material. The
succession of materials here is like that on the north side of the valley
near Souza. On the south side of the valley, in the three places where
crossed, the sandstone seems to rest directly on the gneiss, no coarse
basal material being in evidence.

Westward from Sao Joao the sandstone continues, with slight east
dip, for twenty-five kilometers, or to within three kilometers of the
head of the drainage basin. At this western limit of the sandstone
the surface has quartz-gravel, both rounded and angular fragments,
scattered upon it for a few hundred meters; then gneiss appears and
continues to Lavras, with the strike swinging from northwest to west
and the dip diminishing from nearly vertical southward to about
thirty degrees. In some places the gneiss is thinly laminated and is
better described as crystalline schist; but in the main it is rather
coarsely banded, though crushed, material. At Lavras it strikes
S. 80° W., magnetic, or about S. 65° W., true.

Five kilometers north of Lavras the Rio Salgado cuts a small range,
the core of which is composed of rock which partakes both of the
character of the usual gneiss and also of the muscovite quartzite of
Serra de Santa Catharina. It carries less muscovite, but has some
garnet, and lenticular veins of quartz and seems to be a quartzose
mica-schist, rather than quartzite. The material dips thirty degrees
southward and the ridge seems to be monoclinal, as is shown on
Plate VIII, fig. 1.

A feature of structural significance seems to be exhibited here in the
character of the stream-channel. The gorge is occupied by a pool,
partly filled with sand, and the gradient of the stream is determined
by a ledge in the channel a few hundred meters downstream. It

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 195

appears, that, since the gorge was cut, there has been some depression
of the ridge. Soundings’ made in the gorge in connection with studies
for a dam show bedrock to be nine to fourteen meters below the
surface of the pool, in which the water is normally two or three meters
deep. Similar conditions exist where the Rios Piancé, Aguiar, and
Piranhas cross Serra de Santa Catharina, and this range seems also
to have undergone subsidence, presumably due to faulting since the
streams cut their channels across it.

Crushed gneiss with steep south dip continues southwestward from
Lavras. About ten kilometers from this town a band of darker, more
schistose rock, three hundred or four ,hundred meters wide, was
crossed, and then a schist or altered shale, with bedding or cleavage
planes striking southwest and with vertical dip. This rock continues
southwest along Riacho do Meio for a few kilometers, and then
seems to be overlaid by red sandstone. This latter is presumably an
outlier of a basal portion of the Cretaceous rocks which compose
Chapada do Araripe, to the south.!. Near Ema a band a few meters
wide of chloritic (?) schist was seen. It is perhaps a contact meta-
morphic rock along the border of a zone of dioritic or granitic rock,
which extends southward from that point.

Gneiss again appears at Junco, and it forms the Serra de Santa
Maria a few kilometers to the south, the dip being steeply southward.
Gneiss also forms the hills between the serras of Santa Maria and
Sao Pedro and constitutes the core of the latter range.

Small! found that between Iguati and Sado Pedro the gneiss has a
remarkably constant steep south dip; but that thence northwestward
to the vicinity of Taua and Crathetis and thence eastward to Boa
Viagem the gneiss is so crushed and crumpled that its structure is
not clearly evident, though the dip seems in the main to be steeply
to the north or northwest.

About three kilometers southwest of Sao Pedro, which is at the
_ summit of the range, altered shale appears and continues down the
slope to the channel of a small stream ten kilometers from Sao Pedro.
The hills thence to the southwest are in part covered with cherty
material for two or three kilometers and then the red sandstone of
Chapada do Araripe begins.

11 The succession of materials composing this highland have been described by
Crandall (Publ. No. 4 of the Inspectoria, pp. 27-28); and by Small (Publ. No. 25

of the Inspectoria, pp. 25-36).
2 Publ. No. 25 of the Iuspectoria, p. 40.

196 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

From Crato up to the top of the chapada and southwestward across
it only the Cretaceous materials are exposed. Its southern border
near Novo Ext is formed by a bluff of red sandstone one hundred
meters high; but at the base of this bluff granite appears and con-
tinues down to the village, four hundred meters below the tableland
Thence eastward the granite extends up the chapada slope to Geni-
papinho, jointing being well developed along the ravine which the road
ascends. In the eastern part of Genipapinho red sandstone overlies
the granite at an elevation of three hundred and thirty meters above
Novo Ext and seventy meters below the top of the chapada. On
crossing eastward and descending to Jardim only red sandstone was
seen until near the level of the town, where shale appears. In the
lower land, twelve kilometers southwest of Jardim, schist at its con-
tact with granite is exposed at a small dam site.

Along the road north from Jardim to Crato and thence west to and
beyond Sant’ Anna do Cariry only the Cretaceous beds are in evidence.
Gneiss reappears twenty-four kilometers northwest of Sant’ Anna,
with steep southeast dip, and thence forms the hills to the west;
but the material is granitic near Assaré. Some variation in texture
was observed thence northward, with strike swinging from southwest
to west. About eight kilometers southwest of Saboeiro a stream
crosses a small range through a gorge, in which a prominent ledge of
muscovite quartzite is exposed, dipping nearly vertically to the south,
and flanked on each side by schist. Thence to Saboeiro rock, which
resembles altered shale, is exposed in several places along the road,
and also in the public square at Saboeiro. In every place where
observed its dip, nearly vertical, is conformable with that of the schist
or gneiss.

Pegmatite dikes are common northwest from Saboeiro, and the
usual variations in the texture of the gneiss are exhibited along the
valley of Rio Jaguaribe to Arneiroz. A small, isolated range eight
to twelve kilometers northwest of Saboeiro seems to be of granite.

Serra de Arneiroz contains a thick ledge of muscovite quartzite which
is well exposed on each side of the wide canyon of the Rio Jaguaribe.
The ledge dips thirty degrees to the northwest and is flanked on each
side by schist (or gneiss?) with conformable dip. Gneiss is thence fairly
constantly exposed northward to Taua, with north to west dip, the
strike in this stretch swinging from west through southwest to south.
A dark, chloritic rock is crossed by the road for nearly two kilometers,

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 197

ten to eight kilometers south of Taua. This rock seems to be asso-
ciated with a more feldspathic, pegmatitic material. The strike of
the dark ledge may be nearly parallel with the road (north-south),
and hence it may form only a narrow zone. A prominent north-
south ridge five kilometers southwest of Taua has a core formed
by a vertical ledge of white rock. This may be quartzite, but as
seen from the town it appeared to be pegmatite. Several small
ledges of pegmatite are present in the lower land near the town.

Between Taua and Crathetis the gneiss has fairly constant north-
south strike. The dip in the main is nearly vertical; but in a few
places, notably at thirteen and twenty-five kilometers north of
Vertentes, it has low dips. It exhibits the usual phases, from massive
granitic to finely laminated material. Near the divide between the
basins of the Rios Jaguaribe and Poty the rock is granitic rather than
gneissic, but near Vertentes (five kilometers north of the divide), the
more typical gneissic phase again is in evidence. For the last six or
seven kilometers to Crathetis the gneiss is replaced by pink porphyritic
granite. A short distance north of Crathetis the gneiss again appears,
and continues, with its usual variations in texture, to the canyon of
the Rio Poty. Along this stretch northward from Crathetis the dip
of the gneiss flattens, and local crumpling renders the direction of
strike indeterminable in some places. Observations in the vicinity
of Assis, Aguas Bellas, and Novilho, as plotted on the map (Plate IV),
indicate the extent of local variation in the structure.

An escarpment two hundred meters or more in height here forms the
east face of the Serra Grande, which is composed of sandstone, which
is believed to be of the same Cretaceous series as the sedimentary
beds of Chapada do Araripe.“ The gneiss however is exposed in the
channel of the Rio Poty for several kilometers below the head of the
canyon. The last exposures observed, before the gneiss disappears
beneath the sandstone, exhibit northwest dips. The Cretaceous
sandstone thence continues westward, with slight west dip where

13 Small (Publ. No. 32 of the Inuspectoria, p. 63 and figs. 15, 16), regards the rocks
of Serra Grande as lower Permian or pre-Permian in age, because of certain uncon-
formities he observed between them and Permian beds farther west. Crandall
(Manuscript report ‘‘General Notes on Northeastern Brazil’), and Miguel Arrojado
R. Lisboa (The Permian Geology of Northern Brazil, Am. Jour. Sci., May, 1914,
fig. 2), consider them to be Cretaceous. Dr. Branner accepts Small’s classification

on account of the structural relations of the beds, but he recognizes the lack of
paleontologic evidence.

198 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

any departure from horizontality is recognizable. At Marvado the
sandstone seems to dip about ten degrees S. 60° W., but this is prob-
ably either local dip or false-bedding, though it is fairly constant for
several hundred meters.

About forty kilometers west of Marvao dark-red sandstone appears
on the west side of Rio Sucurit. This rock is different in physical
appearance from the Cretaceous material, and the exposure is believed
by the writer to mark the eastern limit at this place, of the Permian
rocks, which thence extend far to the west."

Northwestern Ceard. Southward from Camocim, on the coast in the
northwestern part of the State of Ceara, gneiss first appears at eleven
kilometers along the railroad, with a steep south dip; but at Granja
the rock strikes about S. 50° W., and dips forty degrees southeastward.
Northeast of Granja, toward Parazinho, gneiss is exposed for about
twelve kilometers, seemingly with constant southeast dip. Sand and
dark-red iron-cemented sandstone of the coastal belt of Tertiary
material then cover the surface for a few kilometers; but two or three
kilometers southwest of Parazinho low knolls of gneiss rise above the
plain, and at the village the gneiss strikes S. 45° W., with dip of eighty.
degrees to the southeast. Fracture planes traverse the rock at right
angles to the strike. One-half kilometer south of the village there is a

ledge of quartz; or possibly quartzite, conformable in strike and dip

with the gneiss, and this ledge also has fracture planes at right angles
to the strike. Southwest of Granja the strike swings to S. 65° W.,
with vertical dip where noticed, eight kilometers from the town.
Thence southward wavy gneiss strikes west with nearly vertical dip.
About ten kilometers from Granja ledges of quartzite appear, seem-
ingly interfolded in the gneiss or schist, and thence to a dam site on
Rio Itacolomy, twenty-five kilometers from Granja, the quartzite
appears at intervals, in several places forming low ridges in the gneissic
plain. The strike swings through west to northwest, the dip at the
dam site being 45° to the southwest. Ina few places the gneiss and
quartzite are overlain by thin-bedded red sandstone, one dip of 20°
eastward being seen. The material is presumably a remnant of the
Cretaceous rocks which compose the Serra Grande.

Near Angico the gneiss dips northwest, but a short distance to the
south changes to south dip and continues thus to beyond Riachao.

The Permian Geology of Northern Brazil, by Miguel Arrojado R. Lisboa. Am.
Jour. Sct., May, 1914, pp. 425-443.

4
.
f

Fe h

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 199

Near Tucunduba, twenty kilometers northeast of Riachao, Small!®
found gneiss and schist dipping northwest on the northern side and
southeast on the southern side of a low range there, which accordingly
seems to be anticlinal in structure. About thirteen kilometers south
of Pitombeiras steep north dip is exhibited, and ten kilometers farther
south quartz-gneiss dips north at sixty degrees. A short distance
beyond, however, schistose rock dips southeastward, and there is a
small area of limestone, which is burned in several kilns. One-half
kilometer south of the kilns, or one and one-half kilometers north of
Massapé station, dark-red sandstone appears, dipping southeastward
at thirty degrees. The sandstone continues along the railroad to
one and one-half kilometers south of Massapé, where it lies directly
on the gneiss. The gneiss seems to dip steeply northward; the sand-
stone dips about eight degrees S. 60° E. Prominent cliffs in Serra do
Meruoca, to the southwest, seem from a distance to be also composed
of sandstone, which presumably belongs to the series which forms Serra
Grande.

At Sant’ Anna, northeast of Massap¢, a wide ledge of white rock,
which seemed to the writer to be pegmatite, crosses northward
diagonally across the river bed.!® Thence for three kilometers south-
eastward the surface is of sandstone, which is well exposed in Serra
da Rola, dipping twenty-five degrees northward. Small!’ found that
this sandstone extends several kilometers to the north, and forms a
gentle syncline north of Sant’ Anna. He considers the area to be an
outlier of the Cretaceous sandstone of Serra Grande. He records!®
dips of 70°-90°, N. 20° E. (mag.?) in gneiss near Marco, fifty kilometers
north of Sant’ Anna, and near Itapipoca, seventy kilometers east of
Sant’ Anna, he found the gneiss dipping southeastward, close to the
granite of Serra de Uruburetama. In a hill near Serrote, forty kilo-
meters farther east, he noted vertical quartzite striking south.

’ From Sant’ Anna southeastward to Sado Pedro de Timbauba the
gneiss contains several areas with much quartz, seemingly as quartz
veins and pegmatite dikes. Along this distance the strike of the
gneiss swings from south-southwest through southwest to west, the
dip being near vertical southward. |

15 Publ. No. 32, of the Inspectoria, p. 49.

16 Small (Publ. No. 32 of the Inspectoria, p. 50), considers this ledge to be prob-
ably of haplite.

17 Publ. No. 32 of the Imspectoria, pp. 50-51.

‘8 Publ. No. 32 of the Imuspectoria, pp. 45-47.

200 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Southward from Massapé along the railroad the gneiss is much
veined with quartz, and disintegrated; and no good exposures showing
the strike were seen until twelve kilometers south of Cariré. The
strike there seems to be westward, with steep north dip; but eight
kilometers farther south the dip seems to swing to the northeast, and
at Santa Cruz a steep southeast dip was noted. For a few kilometers
to the north and south of Ipt the railroad crosses sandstone at the
base of Serra Grande, which rises abruptly from the gneissic plain,
as shown in Plate VIII, fig. 2. Gneiss reappears along the railroad
three kilometers south of Ipt, though too deeply disintegrated for its
structure to be easily determinable. Near Nova Russas, and thence
southward to Novilho (the railroad terminus in 1911), the gneiss
seems to have constant southwest strike, with steep northwest dip.

From Fortaleza to Iguatu. The observations of strike and dip along
the railway between Fortaleza and Iguatti were taken, and checked,
from the rear of the train during four trips over the line. Although
some of these observations of direction may be in error, it is believed
that they show correctly the general character of the folding along
this strip of country.

Southward from Fortaleza gneiss was first seen, outcropping from
beneath the coastal belt of sedimentary materials, near Monguba.
It there strikes south, with nearly vertical dip, and is cut by small
pegmatite dikes. Thence southward the strikes gradually swing to
about S. 60° W., near Acarape with steep northwest dip. At Itapahy,
crystalline limestone and quartz associated with the gneiss, strike
southwestward with nearly vertical dip. From Itapahy to Baturité
the rock seems to be all gneissic, but the strike seems to vary con-
siderably, swinging from southwest to northwest and back to south-
west, with dips that indicate much folding into steep anticlines and
synclines. The character of the rock also changes considerably,
being crushed gneissic to about Canafistula, where it more resembles a
crushed granite. At Aracoyaba it might be classed as a granitic
gneiss. Thence to beyond Baturité there is deep red (decomposed
granite?) soil. Between Baturité and Junco the strike seems to be
fairly constant, westward, but reversals in dip show considerable
folding. For some distance south of Baturité gray soil (gneissic?)
covers the surface, but near Riachao fresh gneiss with wide banding
is exposed. Thence southward it is again disintegrated on the surface,
and three kilometers south of Castro the rock is more granitic. Fresh

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate VIII.

Fic. 1. Mica-schist at the dam site on Rio Salgado near Lavras, Ceara.

Fic. 2. Cretaceous sandstone of Serra Grande near Ipt, Ceara, overlying the plain of crys-

talline rocks.

‘

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 201

gneiss with nearly horizontal foliation planes is in evidence two
kilometers north of Cangaty; then follows a zone with much peg-
matite. At Cangaty station crushed gneiss carrying narrow pegma-
tite dikes dips steeply to the south and there seems to be a sharp
syncline near this place. Thence southward to Junco pegmatite is less
in evidence. Between Junco and Quixada there is an area with promi-
nent granite hills, fluted and pitted, the highest of which rises 22:
meters above the plain (Plate IX, fig. 1). The character of the
fluting and pitting in these hills, and the way in which it has been
accomplished has been described by Dr. J. C. Branner.!® Even in
this granitic area there is some evidence of the northeast-southwest
strike which is exhibited in the gneiss to the north and to the south;
and it seemed to the writer that the fluting and pitting was to some
extent determined by this structure, the fluting being chiefly on cliffs
facing northwest or southeast (perpendicular to the strike), and the
pitting being best developed on the northeast and southwest portions
of the hills. f

Serra do Estevao, west of Quixada, rises three hundred and fifty
meters above the plain. Gneiss forms the main body of this serra,
and dips steeply to the southeast. South of Quixada gneiss reappears
beyond the granitic area, with prevailing south-southwest strike and
steep easterly dip; but the higher land near Floriano Peixoto is again
granite, which is possibly the core of an anticlinal fold. Thence the
railroad descends across a plain of gneiss which exhibits constant
southward strike, to Quixeramobim, where the strike is S. 60° to
45° W., magnetic, or about S. 45° to 30° W., true, with vertical dip.
About two kilometers west of Quixeramobim the gneiss strikes S. 10°
W., true, with dip of 70° eastward. To the east, throughout most of
the distance between Quixeramobim and Morada Nova, Small*?
found gneiss and schist to have fairly constant steep east or southeast
dips. Southward from Quixeramobim the railroad ascends to an
area of granitic domes and perennial ponds, the latter being unusual
in this arid region; and the track winds between the hills and ponds
to Prudente de Moraes. About thirteen kilometers north of this
station the granite contains large feldspars. South of the station the

19 The Fluting and Pitting of Granites in the Tropics. By J. C. Branner. The
Papers of the Stanford Expedition to Brazil in to11, Vol. I, 3-30. Stanford Uni-
versity, 1914.

20 Publ. No. 32 of the Inuspectoria, p. 31.

202 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

rock near the railroad is a coarsely granular gneiss, but there are low
granitic domes a short distance away. At Senador Pompeu the
gneiss strikes S. 10° W., with vertical dip, but there seems to be con-
siderable variation in the direction of strike for several kilometers
north of this city. Southward also, the gneiss seems to be somewhat
crumpled, and to be sharply folded; but near Lages the strike becomes
more uniformly to the southwest, and thence to Iguatti swings gradu-
ally to the west, but with some sharp folding.

The rock changes in character, as well as in strike and dip, south-
ward from Senador Pompeu. At this city it is much crushed, with
quartz, mica, and hornblende segregations. Southward the rock is
fresher and less crushed, with massive granitic material halfway to
Girao; but at this station decomposed gneiss is again prominent and
continues up across a low divide, down to Miguel Calmon, and south-
ward to the valley lands near Iguati. The valley near Iguatt is in
part occupied by red sandstone, which is considered by Small*! to be a
shallow synclinal remnant of the Cretaceous series. Near the base of a
low gneiss hill fifteen kilometers southwest of Iguatti the sandstone
dips gently northeast. The gneiss dips steeply to the north. Thence
westward to Sao Mathetis the gneiss has a constant strike a little
south of west; and schist five kilometers east of Sao Matheus exhibits
the same strike, with vertical dip.

West of Natal. On the railroad which runs westward, inland from
Natal, the western margin of the coastal sedimentary rocks is reached
about halfway between Ceara-Mirim and Taipt. This railroad was
not traversed by the writer beyond the former station, but the fol-
Jowing note on the character of the crystalline rocks exposed along
this railroad is given by Jenkins: *

“Tn all the railway cuts it was noticed that dikes of granites and
pegmatites cut through micaceous schists. These dikes vary in
width from one to thirty meters, sometimes following the plane of
schistosity and sometimes cutting across it. Often one dike inter-
sects another. These dikes and schists do not show in the topography;
all are eroded and decomposed to the same surface level.”

From Natal to Recife. Along the railroad southward from Natal the

21 Publ. No. 25 of the Inspectoria, p. 57, Pl. I.

2 Geology of the Region about Natal, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil, by Olaf Pitt

Jenkins. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Sept.Oct., 1913, p. 12; Stanford Expedition to
Brazil in rorr, Vol. I, pp. 55-107.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 903

inland edge of the coastal belt of sedimentary rocks is reached near
Villa Nova, where gneiss is first exposed striking about S. 15° W., with
vertical dip. In the higher land between Villa Nova and Nova Cruz
granite is exposed, but at the latter place and thence southward to
Independencia gneiss is fairly continuously exposed, with constant
south-southwest strike and nearly vertical dip. At Independencia
the schists dip 45° to the southeast. East of the railway, toward
Mamanguape, the strike changes to northwest, with steep dip to the
nottheast. Near Mamanguape there is an intrusion of granite,
which is in evidence eastward to the eastern part of the city, where it
is overlain by the coastal beds. Southward from Independencia the
strike seems to swing through south to nearly east, with some crump-
ling and folding between Pau Ferro and Araca. Near Araga the
railroad climbs from the gneissic lower lands to a tableland covered
with sedimentary materials, and crosses this to a short distance south
of Sapé, where it descends again to the gneissic lowlands. At Entron-
camento the gneiss strikes west, with dip of 70° to the south. Thence
southwestward, there seems to be some crumpling between Coitezeiras
and Pilar, but near Itabayanna the gneiss again strikes west, with
steep south dip.

About five kilometers west of Itabayanna, on the railroad to
Campina Grande, there are dark bands, seemingly dikes, ten to forty
centimeters wide, which traverse the crumbling, disintegrated gneiss,
and along the grade up to Campina Grande there is much pegmatite;
but satisfactory observations on the structure along this line were not
obtained.

Southward from Itabayanna, up grade to the summit near Rosa e
Silva, the gneiss dips fairly constantly southwestward. Thence down
to Nazareth the strike seems to vary much, as observed from the
train, though some of the variations indicated on the map may be
etrors in observation. Near Nazareth granitic gneiss, somewhat
disintegrated, dips 20° to 30° east to northeast. At and about
Floresta the hills are capped by sedimentary beds. Thence to Recife
the strike of the crystalline rocks seems to become more uniformly
westward.

Salient Features of the Bedrock Structure in the North. It is fully
realized that observations of strike and dip along a few widely separ-
ated lines in a region of intense folding may be susceptible of various
interpretations, and that conclusions drawn from such scanty evidence

204 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

may not be warranted. It seems to the writer, however, that a few
salient features are indicated by the observations of structure in the
gneiss, schist, and quartzite, in the area shown on the northern sheet
of the accompanying map (Plate IV). Sharp anticlines and synclines
seem to be shown by the reversals in dip in a number of places. Ina
few places monoclinal structures, notably at the Lavras dam site,
presumably are the result of faulting. In addition to these minor
structures, a major feature seems to be indicated by the change in
the mean direction of the strike. From a general east-west course in
the zone from near Soledade westward to Assaré, it swings to a north-
east-southwest direction in the region north of this zone and also
between Assaré and Arneiroz, and to a north-south direction in the
zone thence northward to Crathets. The direction of strike along the
railway between Iguatti and Quixada, although varying considerably,
seems as a whole to conform to this general plan. The direction of
trend of the planes of foliation seems to be such as might be produced
by compressive forces acting from the south and the west.

This hypothesis is advanced with due appreciation of the fact that
it is based on incomplete data as to structure throughout the area sup-
posed to be involved in such compression; but the topographic evi-
dence, so far as the mountain ranges have been mapped, seems to
corroborate the evidence furnished by observations of the strike.
Attention is called to the east-west trend of the range composed of
the serras of Vital, Santa Catharina, and Melado; to the northeast-
southwest trend of Serra da Barriguda and associated ranges, and
Serra do Camara and its northward extensions, and to the north-
south trend of Serra dos Orés and the range or series of hills extending
north from it. Farther west, topographic evidence of the same major
structure seems also to be indicated by the nearly east-west trend of
Serra de Sao Pedro, by the northeast-southwest trend of Serra dos
Bastioes and Serra de Arneiroz, and by the more nearly north-south
trend of Serra do Flamengo and Serra do Maia. Somewhat similar
general structure for this region was implied by Crandall,” who
observed that the granitic ranges nearly all trend northeast-southwest,
the only notable exception being Serra do Pereiro, which trends more
nearly north-south.

So far as was observed, the foliation planes do not tend to wrap
themselves around the granitic masses. In some areas comparatively

23 Publ. No. 4 of the Inspectoria, p. 27.

”
la

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 205

rapid variation in the direction of strike of the foliation planes indi-
cates contortion, notably in the mountainous area between Quix-
eramobim and Crathetis, where the ranges also have various trends.
In general, however, both the strike and the dip seemed to the writer
to be fairly constant over considerable distances, and it seemed that
it would be easily feasible to work out the major foldings in the base-
ment series. Most of the region is covered with a dense growth of
small, thorny trees and tall cactus, and in very few places would it be
feasible to follow geologic contacts; but pack-trails which have been
cut through this growth connect all the numerous small settlements,
and by traversing them a sufficiently good network of meander lines
would probably be obtained to permit the mapping of the geology with
fair accuracy.

Structure South and West of Recife. Satisfactory notes on the bed-
rock structure along the railway from Recife to Maceié were not
obtained by the writer, and the line west from Recife was not tra-
versed. Observations along these lines have been published by Dr.
Branner.*4

The structure exhibited along the railway line, running westward
from Recife shows nearly uniform east-west strike, with steep dips to
north or to south, between Recife and Antonio Olyntho. East-west
strike is also shown along the railroad southward as far as Gamelleira.
From there to Marayal the strike is to the southwest. Westward
from Marayal there seems to be an area of much crumpling.

Structure in the Southern Area. A wide area of sedimentary. rocks
extends northward inland from the city of Bahia, but along the valley
of the Rio Itapicurtii granite is exposed. Along the railway it first
appears five and a half kilometers northward from Apora. Near the
river gneissic phases exhibit steep south dips. In the cut a short
distance north of the river a vertical band of serpentine is expwused,
and a little farther north the gray granite is traversed by nearly
vertical stringers of quartz and pegmatite. In one place rounded
boulders, produced by concentric weathering, are in evidence. The
plateau.in the vicinity of Barracao is capped by sedimentary materials,
but three or four kilometers beyond the town granitic gneiss appears
in the descent to Rio Real. Half-way between the town and the

*4 Geology of the Northeast Coast of Brazil, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., Vol. XIII, pp.

41-98; Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. II, pp. 195-201, and Am. Jour. Sci., Feb.,
1902.

206 _ ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

river the strike seems to be westward, with nearly vertical north dip,
but at the river the rock dips steeply to the northwest.

Northwestward from Alagoinhas gneiss is first seen near Agua Fria,
which marks the western limit of the coastal sediments, where crossed
by the railway, but the first good exposure, showing structure which
was noted, is near Lamarao, where the dip seems to be gently west-
ward, and continues thus nearly to Serrinha, where the dip is south-
ward. Between this place and Salgada there seems to be considerable
variation in the direction of strike. This may be in part due to error
in the observation of low dips and to the wavy character of the
foilation planes; for, as the dip becomes steeper, the strike seems to
become more uniform northwestward. North of the railway along
this stretch there is a considerable area of porphyritic granite. Where
it is crossed by the main road between Serrinha and Aracy the granite
is ten kilometers wide, extending from one kilometer south of Pedra
to within nine kilometers of Aracy. On the north and south it is
bordered by zones of crushed gneiss, which contains much quartz.
Similar crushed material, which carries much quartz and feldspar, and
is traversed by dark bands rich in hornblende and black mica, out-
crops one kilometer southwest and south of Aracy and exhibits steep
west dip. About five kilometers west of Aracy less crushed phases of
this material are traversed in all directions by narrow pegmatite dikes
which consist of feldspar and quartz, with very little mica, horn-
blende, or tourmaline.

At Santa Luzia the gneiss dips steeply to the southwest. Near this
town there are several prominent hills of gray granite, and thence for
several kilometers along the railroad the rock is all granitic. Half-
way to Queimadas it becomes gneissic again, but with dip to the north-
east, instead of to the southwest, as at Santa Luzia. Unless there is
other folding these dips indicate that the granite is in a synclinal fold.
At Queimadas the gneiss dips west at an angle of twenty degrees, but
thence northwestward the dip steepens as Serra da Itiuba is ap-
proached. The south end of this serra is crossed by the railroad,
along which the strike of the gneiss flanking the range on each side
is north-south, conformable with the trend of the latter. This struc-
ture continues northwestward along the railroad with little inter-
ruption, to the vicinity of Jaguarary, where granite is exposed for a
few kilometers. Near Itumirim a small exposure of gneiss shows the
usual north-south strike, with vertical dip. The region between

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 207

Angico and Carnahyba is largely covered with a thin layer of desert
limestone, but at Angico and at Jurema small exposures of gneiss show
general northward strike and nearly vertical dip. At Carnahyba a
poor exposure of the gneiss seems to have its foliation planes striking
west. Between Carnahyba and Joazeiro granite appears. Ona small
island in the river near Joazeiro, and on the opposite shore, a dark
crystalline rock of granitic texture is well exposed.

From Bom Fim and Queimadas excursions were made in the basin
of Rio Itapicurti, and the strike of the gneiss wherever observed was
found to be conformable with the north-south trend of the serras of
Itiuba and Jacobina. ;

Serra da Itiuba is a granitic range, rising two hundred to three
hundred meters above the surrounding country. Much of the ma-
terial composing it exhibits gneissic banding, but the core of the
range seems to be of massive granite. Where the main drainage
divide was crossed two kilometers west of Caldeirao de Vaca it is a
red granite. East of the range there is also some granite, the most
prominent exposure being at Pedra Vermelha, where a bare, rounded
mass, one hundred by three hundred and fifty meters, trending N. 15°
E., rises twenty-five meters above the plain. At its west base there
is perennial water in a small, undrained area, deeply filled with soil
in which fossil bones are found. Among specimens obtained by the
writer were several teeth, one of which was pronounced by Dr. W. J.
Holland, of the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, to be the tooth of a
horse, another the fragment of a tooth of a mastodon, and another to
be a molar of Toxodon Burmeisteri, which had not been reported from
so far north in Brazil.2» Other specimens sent to Dr. Holland have
been examined by him, and as an appendix to this paper he gives a
list of this material. (Cf. p. 224.)

The presence of fossil bones in a similar marsh at Lagoa da Lagea,
three hundred kilometers to the northeast, has been noted by Dr.
Branner.?6

One feature of the granitic gneiss in the vicinity of Caldeirao
Grande, southwest of Serra da Itiuba, is the presence of holes, like

°5\W. J. Holland, To the River Plate and Back, G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York,

TOLZ, Ps 210:
26 On the Occurrence of Fossil Remains of Mammals in the Interior of the States of
Pernambuco and Alagéas, Brazil, by John C. Branner, Am. Jour. Sci., Feb., 1902,

PP. 133-137.

208 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

that shown on Plate IX, fig. 2, which form convenient storage tanks
for water. These can not be considered as potholes produced by
stream action, because they are not suggestively situated with respect
to drainage channels. The holes are considered by Dr. Branner to
have been produced by the action of organic acids in disintegrating
the less resistant spots in the rock, and the removal of the material
by the overflow of muddy waters in the same way that the basins on
granite hills near Quixada in Ceara may be explained. Some of
these basins have also been cleaned out by man to serve as storage
reservoirs for water.??

The Jacobina range is of quartzite and schist, flanked by gneiss and
granite. So far as is known to the writer the relation of the quartzite
and other altered sedimentary rocks which have been named the Minas
Series, to the Ceara series of similar materials, farther north, has not
been determined. The structure of the range has been discussed by
Dr. Branner,?® who regards it as being composed of blocks of quartzite.
Subsidiary ledges of quartzite wherever observed have strike conform-
able with that of the main range. To the northwest there are promi-
nent though minor quartzite ridges between Itumirim and Angico.
To the east such ridges were noted by the writer at Palmerinhas, and
at Morro da Maravilha. Approximately as far east of Serra da Itiuba
as Serra de Jacobina is west of that range, there is a range of hills
culminating at the south in a hill at Monte Santo which rises three
hundred meters above the plain. This hill has a core of quartzite,
standing nearly vertical, with strike N. 10° E., magnetic, or about
N. 5° W., true.

A range of serras farther east, extending from south of Cumbé
nearly to Canudos, and composed in part of quartzite, have been
described by Soper.*® Earlier discussions of the structure of Serra
Itabaiana have been published by Dr. Branner.*°

West of the Bay of Bahia, along the railway which runs north from
Cachoeira to Feira de Sant’ Anna, gneiss and granite are exposed, but

27 Geologia Elementar por J. C. Branner, 2d ed., pp. 50-51. Rio, 1915.

28 The Geology and Topography of the Serra de Jacobina, State of Bahia, Brazil,
by John C. Branner, Am. Jour. Sci., Dec., 1910, pp. 385-392.

29 Publ. No. 34 of the Inuspectoria, pp. 19-25.

30 The Cretaceous and Tertiary Geology of the Sergipe-Alagéas basin of Brazil,
Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. XVI, 1889, pp.. 379-382.

The Geography of Northeastern Bahia, Brazil, The Geographical Journal, Aug.—
Sept., IOII, pp. 145-148.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate IX.

Fic. 1. Fluted and pitted granite hills near Quixada, Ceara.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 209

no good observations of the strike were obtained. At Bananeiras,
fifteen kilometers northwest of Cachoeira, gneiss is well exposed in the
channel of the Rio Paraguasst, dipping 70 degrees to the southwest.
Westward from Cachoeira, gneiss is exposed along the railroad shortly
after leaving Sao Felix. The strike is northward, with steep west dip,
and continues thus nearly to Pombal, where a reversal in the dip
indicates a synclinal fold. Thence to Candial there is apparently
some crumpling, as the strike, as observed from the train, seems to
change its direction, as indicated on the map, Plate V, with dips lower
than usual. Westward from Candial the strike seems to be constantly
northward, with steep dip to the east. At Tapera a small vein of
serpentine was observed in the country-rock, which in the vicinity is
granitic rather than gneissic. On the south side of the railroad
between Tapera and Tanquinho there is a group of granitic hills which
are carved into cavernous forms by the weather. Along the railroad,
however, the rock is gneissic; and beyond the group of hills, unless
the observations are in error, the strike swings to northwest. Between
Lapa and Sitio Novo the strike returns to a north-south course.
Westward from Sitio Novo, to and probably beyond Caixao, the rock
is granitic rather than gneissic.

The most salient feature in the structure of the basement rocks in
this southern area, west and northwest of Bahia, seems to be the pre-
vailing northward strike, conformable with the trend of the principal
mountain ranges. Some crumpling seems to have taken place in
restricted areas, but in general the foliation planes seem to hold con-
stant strike over long distances.

THE CEARA SERIES.

Notes concerning the character and distribution of the rocks of the
Ceara Series have been published by Crandall,*! Small,® and Soper,
in reports issued by the Brazilian Government. Crandall, who
named the series, and has examined these ancient sedimentary rocks
more closely than others, says that the series seems to consist chiefly
of schists, which in the southern part of the State of Parahyba possibly
attain a thickness of a thousand meters. In places a hard, quartzitic

31 Publ. No. 4 of the Inspectoria, pp. 22-25.

32 Publ. No. 25 of the Inspectoria, p. 38.
33 Publ. No. 26 of the Inspectoria, p. 19, also Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. LV, No. 1,

IQIO, p. 7.
ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 15, Dec. 9, 1920.

210 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

sandstone seems to overlie the schists, its thickness, where observed,
being not over one hundred meters. Ina number of places there are
masses of crystalline limestone. It is not evident whether or not
these masses represent a regular bed, but it seems more probable that
the limestone is present as lenses, at about the same geologic horizon
in the series. The rocks are greatly jointed, but do not exhibit much
folding or crushing. Where the schists exhibit shearing they have
been hardened, so as to form resistant layers which rise above the
general level. Many irregular dikes of pegmatite and other acid
rocks have been injected into the schists.

To the quartzite, crystalline limestone, and schists should probably
be added shales, good exposures of which were seen by Small* in the
extreme southern part of Ceara.

Small says of the schists that.it is in most places difficult to -dis-
tinguish between those of the Ceara Series and the crystalline schists
of the basement complex; but that the former seem to be softer and
more argillaceous and to disintegrate more readily to soil. In some
places in the Ceara Series mica-s¢hists and rocks rich in manganese
and iron predominate, and amphibolite-schists are also common.

Soper says: *° ‘‘The Ceara Series, where it is distinguishable, seems
to be composed of acid rocks, usually of a light color. They con-
tain more or less kaolin and clay and in some cases have a peculiar
earthy appearance. On weathering off they do not weather into
rounded boulders with smooth surfaces, but outcrop in jagged ex-
posures, and the boulders, large and small, have sharp edges—not
rounded ones. The Ceara Series usually presents a schistose appear-
ance and in places according to Mr. Crandall, may contain lenses of
hard, vitrified sandstone. In other places there are masses of lime-
stone completely isolated in areas of schist. However, there does
not seem to be any systematic separation of this series from the
other rocks and it is often, if not usually, impossible to make any
distinction at all.”

Wherever the Ceara Series was definitely recognized by the -writer,
by the presence of quartzite or of crystalline limestone, the general
characteristics of the associated schists, as given by Crandall, Small,
and Soper, were noticed. The impression obtained by the writer was,

34 Publ. No. 25 of the Imuspectoria, pp. 49-41, and Photograph No. 21.

35 The Geology of Parahyba and Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil, by Ralph H. Soper,
Proc. Am: Pint. Soc., Vol..EN, No. i; 1916; p= 7.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 211

however, that although the series has wide distribution, it occupies
much more restricted areas than has been heretofore assumed, and
that the greater part of the schist belongs to the crystalline series.
The reasons for believing this are: The gneissic or crystalline schistose
appearance of most of the material observed; the relative scarcity of
deposits of quartzite and. crystalline limestone in the series; and the
difficulty of accounting for wide areas of schist of the series by repe-
tition due to close folding or to faulting, because the dip of the folia-
tion planes seems to have constant direction at angles of 70° to 90°
for distances of many kilometers.

The following notes on observed occurrences of the Ceara Series are
presented for such information as they may furnish on the areal
distribution of these ancient sedimentary rocks.

On the journey westward from Campina Grande quartzite was first
definitely observed four kilometers north of Periquitos; but to the
south, toward Viracao, a thick white ledge probably is also composed
of quartzite, and northeast of Batalhao schists, which weather into
gravestone-like projections, may belong to the series. It seems as if a
considerable belt between Batalhao and Parellas may be composed
of the quartzitic and schistose members of the series.

East of Caicé crystalline limestone is exposed for perhaps two
kilometers in the vicinity of Barra do Mainoso. In the vicinity of
Caicé and for at least five kilometers northward there are wide white
ledges, which were taken to be quartz-veins. They may possibly be
quartz-lenses in schists of the Ceara Series.

About twenty-five kilometers southeast of Apody a bed of schist
and crystalline limestone a few meters thick flanks a low ridge, which
seems to be largely composed of cherty material. Crystalline lime-
stone is also exposed on the opposite, or northern, side of the ridge,
which may constitute a narrow anticlinal zone of materials of the
Ceara Series.

Serra Araré, near the mouth of Rio Jaguaribe, is composed in part
of red quartz-schist or quartzite; and minor ledges of white quartzite
(or veins of quartz) traverse the lowland near the base of the small
mountain.

In the remarkably straight east-west range formed by the serras
Vital, Santa Catharina, and Melado, quartzite and mica-schist are
well exposed where the range is crossed by the Rios Piancé, Aguiar,
and Piranhas. To the writer the range seemed to be perhaps a narrow

Zi, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

anticlinal zone of the ancient sedimentary rocks, flanked on each side
by gneiss or schist.

Near Lavras there is a small serra, cut through by the Rio Salgado.
The rock exposed in the river gorge partakes both of the character of
gneiss and crystalline schist, carrying less muscovite than the quartzite
near Curema, but it contains garnets. It seems to be a small, isolated
mass of the quartzitic material of the Ceara Series.

Between Lavras and Crato there are a few exposures of altered
shale, which, because of their nearly vertical dips, evidently do not
belong with nearby basal materials of the Cretaceous series. They
may be of the same horizon as shales found by Small farther south
along Riacho dos Porcos east of Jardim, which he classed with the
Ceara Series.*6

About eight kilometers south of Saboeiro muscovite-quartzite is
prominently exposed in a small ridge where cut by the gorge of a
stream. The quartzite is flanked on each side by thinly laminated
schist, and half-way to Saboeiro a dark material, resembling an
altered shale, is exposed for a few meters along the road. Other small
exposures of this rock were seen in and near Saboeiro. About four-
teen kilometers northwest of this town a small patch of crystalline
limestone beside the road was noted by the writer’s associate, Dr.
Manoel Arrojado Lisboa.

Near Arneiroz the Rio Jaguaribe crosses a small serra, in which
there is a wide ledge of white quartzite, flanked by gneiss or schist.
At Poco dos Patis, which is half-way between the quartzite ledges of
Arneiroz and Lavras, and east-northeast along the trend of the ledge
near Saboeiro, there are soft decomposed schists, with lenses or beds
of quartzite having a maximum thickness of about four meters.’7
These may be of the Ceara Series, though there seemed to be only a
small area of such material. Northwest of Arneiroz, half-way to
Taua, altered shale was again seen for a few meters. Near Taua
there is a prominent hill, which has as a core a vertical ledge of white
rock, which appears from a distance to be quartzite, though close
examination may show it to be a thick pegmatite dike.

About eight kilometers southeast of Crathetis there is a small area
of crystalline limestone, locally burned for lime, and also small ledges

36 Publ. No. 25 of the Inspectoria, p. 40.

37 Small presents a detailed geologic map of this locality in Publ. No. 25 of the
Inspectoria, Pl. V.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 913

at kilns at the eastern base of Serra do Estevao, near Quixadé. The
limestone proves the presence of at least remnants of the Ceara Series
in these two localities. Limestone is also burned near Massapé, but
the presence in the vicinity of sandstone, which is probably of Cre-
taceous age, indicates that the limestone may also belong to this later
period. Neither outcrops nor specimens of the limestone were seen
by the writer.

In the northwestern corner of Ceara there is much quartzite in the
lower slopes and outliers of the Serra Grande, and the rock is well
exposed in the lower land as far northeast as a gorge on Rio Itacolomy,
twenty-five kilometers south of Granja. Minor ledges of quartzite
or veins of quartz are found nearer to Granja, and at Parazinho,
northeast of Granja, there are ledges of white rock, taken by the
writer to be veins of quartz, which may be lenticular masses in schists
of the Ceara Series.

- HU Redemp¢do

ok! Kilometer

Vv Gress
vy and

WY sch vat
v

v
v

v
44 quarts schist,

Fic. 2. Sketch map, showing the geology in the vicinity of the crystalline
limestone masses near Acarape, Ceara.

Probably the most striking exposures of the Ceara Series in the
State from which it is named are formed by crags of limestone near
Acarape, about seventy kilometers south of Fortaleza. The approx-
imate distribution of the limestone, and its association with quartz,

214 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

schist, and pegmatite, are shown in the sketch map (text-figure 2).
Much of the siliceous material seems to be in the form of veins and
lenses of quartz, but the wider areas may be of quartzite. In the
main the limestone outcrops as a series of craggy masses (Cf. Plate X,
fig. 1), along a zone about one-half kilometer wide, which extends
in a nearly straight line S. 60° W., magnetic, for a distance of five
kilometers. The northeasternmost outcrop observed is on a steep
hillside of white quartz (or quartzite), and the southwestern exposure
culminates in a prominent pillar called ‘Frade’ = The Monk (Cf.
Plate X, fig. 2), which is at the northwestern base of the steep quartz
or quartzite slopes. In the area lying north of the main zone small
outcrops of limesté6ne were seen beside the railroad near Itapahy
station, a few kilometers northwest of the ‘Frade,’ and at. the margin
of a pond between the northeastern end of the zone and Acarape.
The limestone masses seem to be bordered on each side by quartz.
Quartz (or quartzite) slopes rise directly south and east of the pillar
‘Frade,’ and a boulder near the pillar exhibits a contact zone about
one meter wide, of alternating bands of quartz and limestone, as
shown in Text-fig. 3a. In the railway cut: one-half kilometer south-

—=—_ LIMESTONE 1%

meters.

o 10 20 40 60 80 /00 cm.
eS SSS)

Fic. 3. a. Section showing alternation of quartz and limestone in a boulder at
‘Frade’ near Acarape, Ceara.
b. Section showing alternation of quartz and limestone in railway cut, one-half
kilometer S. E. of Itapahy Station near Acarape, Ceara.

east of Itapahy bands of limestone and quartz are exposed as shown in
Text-fig. 3b. The limestone is not exposed on the opposite (western)
side of the railroad cut, which is of gneiss, with a smooth surface like
that of a movement plane. The pegmatite dikes in the northeastern
portion of the quartz and limestone area seem to strike in the same
direction as the limestone; but in the area of schist between ‘‘ Frade”’
and Itapahy a small pegmatite dike trends southward until it meets
the quartz and then disappears.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. Dil

The foregoing notes on places where quartzite or crystalline lime-
stone were seen, indicate that these members of the Ceara Series are
widely distributed, though, where present, they cover only small
areas. Whether the schists, which probably constitute the greater
part of the series, are also limited to relatively small patches or belts,
or whether they form the bed-rock throughout a large part of the re-
gion, is a question which involves their definite recognition and
separation from the similar materials of the crystalline series.

THE GRANITES.

In his reconnaissance in the northern part of the region under con-
sideration Crandall recognized that the granites are intrusive in the
gneiss and schists, and he observed that the principal granitic masses
trend northeast-southwest.*® Small’? has called attention to the
seeming gradation of gneiss into granite on the one hand and crystalline
schist on the other. He also notes that granite seems to be found
chiefly in the crystalline schists, rarely in the argillaceous schists (of
the Ceara Series).40 The only place in which he observed granite
intruded into the series seems to have been along the Riacho dos
Porcos, in the extreme southern part of Ceara.*!

Most of the bare, isolated hills, like those shown on Plate VI, fig. 2
and Plate VII, fig. 2, are of granite, chiefly of gray, medium-grained
material; but in a few places pink or red granite has been observed,
and coarsely porphyritic phases have been’ noted. Granite to the
southeast, also northwest of Crathetis, may be described as a pink
porphyry. Along a narrow zone westward from Campos Salles to
Jaicés and thence southward to Simoes, Small found pinkish granite.”
Dr. Branner noticed red ‘‘Scottish granite”’ along the railroad west of
Caruartt (136 km. west of Recife).44 Rock which contains feldspars
fully three centimeters in length is crossed by the railroad south of
Prudente de Moraes (258 km. south of Fortaleza), and similar coarsely
porphyritic rock is present at the southern base of Serra da Barriguda
near Jericé.

38 Publ. No. 4 of the Inspectoria, pp. 23 and 26.

39 Publ. No. 25 of the Inuspectoria, p. 38.

40 Publ. No. 25 of the Iuspectoria, p. 41.

41T.dem, Loc. cit., p. 41.

4 Publ. No. 32 of the Inspectoria, p. 73.
43 Geology of the Northeast Coast of Brazil, p. 81.

216 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

RESUME OF MAjoR FEATURES.

In structure, the Brazilian Complex is in nearly all places closely
folded, and in restricted areas contorted; and probably it has also
been extensively faulted. On the whole the dip and strike of the
foliation planes of its gneisses and schists are fairly constant over
considerable areas, and it seems probable that the major folds can be
worked out with a fair degree of accuracy, without excessively tedious
study on the field.

The distribution of the Ceara Series and the areas occupied by it
are at present very imperfectly known; chiefly because of the simi-
larity of the schists of this series with the crystalline schists. Detailed
study will, however, probably develop criteria by which distinction
can be made in the frld.

The granites, have not been studied sufficiently to warrant state-
ments as to whether or not they represent more than one period of
intrusion, nor as to whether they are intrusive in both the Brazilian
Complex and the Ceara Series, or only in the former. The difficulties
involved in the elucidation of this problem are probably very similar
to those encountered in studies of similar complex formations in the
Sierra Nevada of California and in New England.

MINOR FEATURES.

In addition to the problems presented by the structure in the
Brazilian Complex, by the distribution of the Ceara Series, and by
the nature of the granitic intrusions, which seem to the writer to be
major features of the geology of Northeastern Brazil, there are three
minor subjects which especially attracted his attention. These are
the presence of quartz-gravels, widely distributed over the bedrock
surface, the comparatively rare occurrence of basic igneous rocks,
and the scarcity of springs, especially springs of thermal or of notably
mineralized water.

Quartz-Gravels. Throughout the region discussed in this paper
there are narrow belts and wider, more scattered, deposits of gravel,
composed almost entirely of subangular to well-rounded fragments of
quartz. In many places the source of the material is apparent in
neighboring beds of quartzite, veins of quartz, or dikes of pegmatite,
the material evidently being residual from the disintegration of ledges
of these rocks. In other places, however, no such connection is clear,

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate X.

Fic. 1. Limestone crags near Acarape, Ceara.

Fic. 2, Limestone pillar, ‘Frade,’ near Acarape, Ceara.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. aa bf

and the position and character of the gravels point toward the action
of water.

Between Campina Grande and Soledade much angular to sub-
angular quartz-gravel is scattered over the surface and is derived from
numerous quartz-veins in the gneiss.“4

North of Periquitos the surface is covered with much angular gravel,
which is probably derived from pegmatite dikes, which are abundant
in the locality.

For two or three kilometers south and west of Jardim de Seridé
unassorted, but fairly well-rounded, quartz-gravel covers the surface.
In places it is mixed with angular material, which looks as if it were
disintegrated in place. The rounded material seems to form a thin
layer over lands which are well above present stream-channels.
Northeast of Jardim de Seridéd angular quartz-fragments up to ten
centimers in dimensions are scattered over the surface; and in several
places, notably at six, ten, eleven and eighteen kilometers from the
town, belts of unassorted, but rounded, gravel form thin layers over
the gneiss. The northernmost belt, fifty meters wide where crossed
by the road to Acary, is on land forming a plateau. Westward from
Acary there is a thin layer of angular white quartz fragments over
much of the surface. About sixteen kilometers west-southwest of
Acary the road passes for nearly half a kilometer over a belt of rounded
gravel on low plateau land above the river-channel. About thirty-
three kilometers southwest of Acary another similar belt, or possibly
the extension of the same belt, half a kilometer wide, is crossed by
the road. Much, if not all, of the quartz-gravel of the vicinity may
be derived from the numerous quartz and pegmatite ledges; but some
cause other than simple disintegration would seem necessary for the
production of the wide belts of rounded material. It is possible that
what seemed to be wide bands of gravel were places where the road
followed nearly along narrow bands through the dense scrub; but it is
improbable that the road would have been deliberately cut along
such paths of rough going for beasts of burden.

In the lowland along Rio Apody near Mossoré several bands of
quartz-gravel were crossed, the relation of which either to the present
stream-channel or to the adjacent bluffs of Cretaceous limestone was
not clear.

44 Crandall (Publ. No. 4 of the Inspectoria, p. 29), noted these gravels, but he

seems to have associated them with sedimentary deposits in a Cretaceous basin
In Serra do Teixeira, to the southwest.

218 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.
4

Near Santo Antonio a band of quartz-gravel fifty meters wide
extends about parallel with the Rio Palhano at a distance of three
kilometers from it, and low slopes bordering the river are also partially
covered with similar gravel.

Quartz-gravel borders the northern side of the valley land near
‘Limoeiro, but seems not to be suggestively located with respect to
the present stream-channels. Rio Jaguaribe and Rio Banabuiu each
has a sandy channel, from two hundred to three hundred meters wide,
cut from three to five meters deep in the alluvium of the valley.

For several kilometers southwest of Angicos, and also between Pati
dos Ferros and Reservoir Sant’ Anna angular quartz-gravel is scattered
over the surface, being apparently derived from numerous small
quartz veins which traverse the gneiss and schist.

About eight kilometers south of Crathetis rounded quartz-gravel
covers the surface for half-a kilometer. The deposit is near a small
area of crystalline limestone of the Ceara Series, to which the gravel
may be related.

Near the eastern border of Nazareth (northwest of Recife), there is
coarse gravel composed of quartz pebbles. Farther north, between
Cobé and Independencia, Dr. Branner observed gravels, partially
imbedded in the soil, which seem to belong with the sedimentary
series, which at that point overlies the bedrock. The gravels near
Nazareth may also be remnants of the coastal sedimentary beds.

Dr. Branner also records the occurrence of gravels farther south in
Pernambuco, and in Alagéas, as follows:4® ‘‘The country from the
Rio Sao Francisco at Pao d’Assucar to Aguas Bellas, in the State
of Pernambuco, and thence to Pedra Pintada, ten leagues northeast
of Aguas Bellas, is all of crystalline rocks, mostly granites, gneisses
and schists, with a few occurrences of marble. Over the surface of
these rocks are here and there patches of a thin layer of water-worn
materials of various sizes and mostly of quartz. The worn materials
are not confined to the stream-channels or to the valleys, but spread
alike over high as well as low ground.”

In the basin of the Rio Itapicurii: between Queimadas and Jacobina

4 Geology of the Northeast Coast of Brazil, pp. 54-55.

46 On the Occurrence of Fossil Remains of Mammals in the Interior of the States of
Pernambuco and Alagéas, Brazil, by John C. Branner, Am. Jour. Sci., Feb., 1902,
p. 134.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 219

there are numerous patches of quartz-gravel, which seem to be
derived from near-by, or perhaps underlying, beds of quartzite or
dikes of pegmatite.

In the places where the material is merely scattered over the surface
as subangular fragments in localities, where quartz-bearing beds,
veins, or dikes are present, the source of the gravel seems to be evident.
But where broad bands of more or less rounded gravel occur, as in
the vicinity of Jardim de Seridé, with no evident connection either
with immediate sources of the material or with stream courses, their
origin must be sought either in an ancient sedimentary series, or in
ancient drainage-systems. ;

Basic Igneous Rocks. The Brazilian Complex, which forms the
basement-rock of most of the region, and is exposed at the surface
over large areas, consists of numerous varieties of plutonic, meta-
morphic, and dike-rocks. Little petrographic study of them has
yet been carried on, but Jenkins‘ describes from the vicinity of Baixa
Verde in Rio Grande do Norte, a quartzitic arkose, a quartz-biotite
schist, two biotite schists, a granite haplite, granite pegmatites, and
dikes of granite. A petrographic slide of rock from near the city of
Bahia was examined for the writer by E. S. Larsen, Jr., who found
it to be probably a granodiorite, somewhat crushed and_ banded.
The rock contains plentiful quartz, much plagioclase feldspar (ande-
sine), and some orthoclase, with much biotite, usual amounts of mag-
netite and augite, and pyroxene as alteration material. The rock also
contains veinlets of sericitized material. An unusual feature is the
presence of abundant, large, prominent zircons. It will be noted
that all these petrographic descriptions are of acid rocks.

Haplites, pegmatites, and other acid dike-rocks seem to be common,
but the more basic rocks are believed by the writer to be relatively
rare in the region under discussion. Farther west, in the State of
Piauhy, basic rocks are less uncommon. Dr. M. A. R. Lisboa, found
in that region two types of material, a compact diabase, and a trap.*8
The former is a normal diabase, exposed in the bottoms of valleys,
where it has been uncovered by erosion. In some places it forms dikes
or sheets; in others it is found as great rounded blocks scattered over

47 Geology of the Region about Natal, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil, by Olaf Pitt
Jenkins, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Sept.—Oct., I913, pp. 12-14.

48 The Permian Geology of Northern Brazil, by Miguel Arrojado R. Lisboa, Am.
Jour. Sci., May, 1914, pp. 432-433.

220 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the surface of Permian sandstone. The trap is a pyroxene-bearing
rock, with plagioclase, but is commonly amygdaloidal and rich in
zeolites. It is considered to represent a later phase of the diabase,
and occurs in places as extensive flows.

An example of the normal diabase was seen by the writer in the
valley of the Rio Poty, thirty to forty kilometers west of Marvao, in
Piauhy. At the base of Serra de Tucunduba in northwestern Ceara,
Small*® observed an intrusion of basic igneous rock, which he took to
be diabase. Farther south in this State the writer crossed a band of
dark, basic, porphyritic rock nearly a kilometer wide, about twenty
kilometers north of Taua. Half-way between Arneiroz and Saboeiro
a narrow band of basic rock crosses the road, and twenty kilometers
north of Assaré there is a wider band, which exhibits concentric
weathering. In the state of Rio Grande do Norte a band of dark
rock, possibly diabase, three hundred meters wide, crosses the road
between Apody and Angicos; and a similar band fifty meters wide
was noticed twenty-five kilometers farther south, between Angicos
and Pati dos Ferros. To the south, in the State of Parahyba, a dike a
meter wide, of dark, fine-grained rock, was seen near the road, ten
kilometers north of Barriguda. About eighty kilometers to the
southwest or three kilometers west of Nazareth, a band a few meters
wide of dark rock, which was noted as ‘gabbroid,’ crosses the road.
The seven occurrences noted by the writer in Ceara, Rio Grande do
Norte and Parahyba are at the only places where basic materials were
noticed by him, though watch was kept for such rocks. Hence the
statement seems warranted that basic dike-rocks are not common in
the region. No such occurrences were noticed in the State of Bahia,
but so careful watch was not kept for them there.

Near Massapé, in northwestern Ceara, there is an area of basalt,
which is crossed by the main road to Sant’ Anna. Along this road
the basalt extends from four and one-half kilometers east of Massapé
for seven kilometers northeastward. The limits of the flow to the
northwest and southeast are not known to the writer, but the extreme
length or width of the lava-covered area is probably not more than
ten or twelve kilometers. Along its western border, where the lava
overlies sandstone (probably a basal portion of the Cretaceous rocks
of Serra Grande), the sandstone is hardened, as if baked. The only
other occurrence of similar lava that the writer knows of in the region

49 Publ. No. 32 of the Inspectoria, p. 49.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 221

is near Asst, four hundred kilometers to the southeast, where R. H.
Soper found an area about one kilometer in diameter, dotted with
basaltic boulders. A petrographic slide of a specimen of this rock,
which was given to the writer by Mr. Soper, was examined by E. S.
Larsen, Jr., who found the rock to be an ordinary basalt, with abund-
ant large, slightly altered crystals of olivine. Plagioclase is plentiful
as labradorite and there is considerable augite in small rods. Mag-
netite is also plentiful and some apatite is present. The matrix is
pale yellow to colorless, part isotropic, part polarizing, probably glass.

Acid lavas are also very rare in the region. On the coast of Per-
nambuco Dr. Branner found trachyte at a headland known as Pedras
Pretas, twenty-five kilometers south of Recife, and rhyolite on the
little island of Santo Aleixo, thirty kilometers farther south.*» Of the
former he says “‘I recall no other occurrence of trachyte in Brazil.”’

Springs. The scarcity of springs in most of northeastern Brazil is
notable. Even mere seepages, such as afford supply to prospectors
and travelers in the desert portions of the southwestern United States,
are rare in the great areas of crystalline rocks in northeastern Brazil.
Throughout these areas, in localities away from the shallow under-
ground supplies of the wide, sandy stream-channels, dependence is
placed upon shallow reservoirs formed by earthen dams across the
courses of small streams, or in laboriously excavated ‘tanques,’ which
are also supplied by surface run-off. Within the crystalline areas
only three ordinary or “‘hillside’’ springs were seen by the writer,
near the border of Campina Grande, at Olho d’Agua (Spring) two
kilometers north of Viracdo, and at Pati dos Ferros, a settlement of
six or eight houses four kilometers north of Periquitos. All three
springs are mere tricklets, which issue from the more or less crushed
rocks of the Planalto da Borborema.

The great storage reservoirs formed by the Cretaceous sandstones
of the highland areas of Serra Grande, Chapada do Araripe, Chapada
do Apody, and minor areas, supply a number of springs, which issue
from the bluffs; but not to the extent that might be expected. The
city of Ipt, at the base of Serra Grande (Plate VIII, fig. 2) is supplied
by springs which issue near the top of the range, two hundred and fifty
meters above the city, and cascade down with a flow of from one
hundred and fifty to two hundred liters per minute. Similar springs

°° Geology of the Northeast Coast of Brazil, pp. 59-60 and 62.

222 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

along this serra are reported by Small* near Sao Benedicto, Ibiapina,
Jacaré, and Vicosa.

From the bluffs above Jardim, at the southeastern base of Chapada
do Araripe, twenty-seven springs are locally reported to issue. The
largest has about the same flow as the supply at Ipu. It issues in full
volume at the base of a bouldery sandstone cliff, ten or fifteen meters
below the crest of the chapada, with a temperature of 26° C. (79° F.).
Similar springs supply Crato and Sant’ Anna do Cariry; but the west-
ern part of the chapada is not so well supplied with springs as the
eastern part, possibly because the sandstone dips gently eastward
and causes the underground supply to be more easily discharged in
that direction.

On the southwestern side of Chapada do Apody the water supply
_of Curraes is furnished by a spring of about six liters per minute
which issues ten meters below the top of the chapada, at the base of
limestone cappings the sandstone beds. A similar spring issues from
the same horizon at Olho d’Agua, four kilometers farther south. At
Soledade, seven kilometers north of Apody, a spring which comes forth
in a grotto in the limestone surface of the chapada, yields per minute
five or six liters of hard, calcareous water; and Crandall” reports
another spring five kilometers farther north, and two others on the
west side of the chapada. He also records®* eight springs on the
northwestern flank of Serra do Joao do Valle, which is capped with the
Cretaceous sandstone, and two springs on the southeastern flank of
the adjacent small Serra de Acauan.

Thermal, and notably mineralized, springs are rare. The occurrence
of only two springs of each class, aside from the spring of calcareous
water at Soledade, are known to the writer: the thermal springs at
Brejo, in Parahyba and at Sipé, in Bahia; and the carbonated springs
at Fazenda Caché, in Piauhy and. Olho d’ Agua Encantada, near
Mossoré, in Rio Grande do Norte. Only the first-mentioned was
visited by the writer. They are situated ten kilometers north-north-
west of Sao Jodo, at the base of a granitic hill, at the north border of
an area of Cretaceous sandstone. A close contact between fine-
grained, white (possibly leached) sandstone and the granite is exposed
near the springs. There are three springs, which issue a few meters

5L:Publ. No. 32 of the Imspectoria, pp. 119-120.

* Publ. No. 4 of the Inspectoria, p. 40.
53 Idem, pp. 36-37.

WARING: GEOLOGY OF NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL. 223

apart, having respectively flows of about two and one-half, one-half
and one-third liter per minute. The water is slightly sulphuretted
and tastes slightly sweetish. The springs are protected by curbing
and shelters, and have long been used for medicinal bathing. The
temperature of the water, 36° C., (97° F.), and the abnormally steep -
dip of the sandstone at the locality indicate that the water may rise
along a fault plane. :

The spring on Fazenda Caché, fifteen kilometers southwest of Sao
Joao do Piauhy, or about eighty kilometers southwest of Simplicio
Mendes (in the southwestern corner of map (PI. IV) was visited by
Small,°* who found that although it is locally called a hot spring, the
temperature does not seem to be abnormal, the term being applied
because of the escape of gas, probably carbon-dioxide, which gives the
water the appearance of boiling. The water rises in a shallow pool
of slight overflow, at the base of sandstone slopes, just above the
contact of the sandstone with underlying calcareous shale.

Olho d’ Agua Encantada (Enchanted Spring), a few kilometers east
of Mossoré, has been noted by Crandall,” who says that it is regarded
. by the people as being very extraordinary, because of the alternate
appearance and disappearance of the water, and because at times they
are unable to enter the grotto where the water issues, due to the gas,
which is given off. He states that evidently there is here a production
of carbonic acid gas, which alternately causes the spring to flow, by
forcing the water up, and then escapes and itself fills the grotto.

54 Publ. No. 32 of the Inspectoria, p. 144.
55 Publ. No. 4 of the Inspectoria, pp. 41-42.

APPENDIX.

FOSSIL MAMMALS COLLECTED AT PEDRA VERMELHA,
BAHIA, BRAZIL, BY GERALD A. WARING.

BY W..J-. HOLLAND.

INTRODUCTORY.

On my journey to Argentina in the autumn of the year 1912*° I
formed the acquaintance on shipboard of Mr. Gerald A. Waring, who
took passage at Bahia and went with us as far as Rio de Janeiro.
In the course of conversation he told me of his discovery at Pedra
Vermelha of a considerable deposit of fossil remains and kindly
presented me with some interesting fragments, which he had in his
possession at the time, promising at a later date to send to the Car-
negie Museum the remainder of the specimens, which he had collected,
and which he had left in storage at Bahia. This promise he subse-
quently fulfilled, sending to the Museum a large box containing a
number of specimens.

The fragments given to me on shipboard by Mr. Waring were
taken by me to La Plata, where I had an opportunity to compare
them with the fine material preserved in the National Museum at
that place, receiving the assistance in so doing of Dr. Santiago Roth,
the learned and amiable Curator of Fossil Vertebrates. The larger
collection, subsequently received, was under my direction unpacked
by my assistant, Mr. O. A. Peterson, who devoted some time to their
preliminary study, accessing them, and assigning to them numbers
in the Catalog of Fossil Vertebrates in the Museum. I am thus
indebted to Mr. Peterson for having lightened the task of preparing
the list, which will be presented in the following pages. The entire
collection is accessed under the Number 4759, and falls into the
Catalog of Fossil Vertebrates under the Numbers 11028-11035 in-
clusive.

Before presenting the record of the material it is proper to state,
that, as nearly as I can now recall the oral account given me by Mr.

56 To the River Plate and Back, by W. J. Holland, 1913, G. P. Putman’s Sons,

New York, pp. 1-387.
224

HoLiaANnbD: Fosstr MAMMALS. PaaS

Waring, the remains were uncovered by some workmen, who were

‘

engaged in enlarging and cleaning out a “ water-hole,’’ to which it
was their custom to drive cattle to drink. The supply of water in
this region, as the foregoing paper shows, is very limited, and wells
are evidently as precious as they were in Palestine in the days of the
Biblical Patriarchs. Professor J. C. Branner in The American
Journal of Science, 1902, pp. 133-137, has brought together a number
of references to the occurrence of fossil mammalian remains found
under like circumstances at other localities in the same general
region. He tells us that at Lagoa da Lagea, a spot about about two
hundred miles to the northeast of Pedra Vermelha, about a ton of
fossil bones and teeth were excavated in 1873 during the digging of a
reservoir upon this cattle-ranch. He subsequently visited the spot
and gathered together enough of the material to make loads for three
horses, and sent what he had picked up to the Geological Museum at
Rio de Janeiro. He tells us that the bones were worn and abraded,
as if they had been trampled under foot by other animals long before
they were excavated. He states that they were the bones of large
animals, of which only those of a mastodon were identified. A human
artefact in the form of a stone pestle was reported to have been found
associated with these remains. Dr. Branner mentions another
locality, not far distant from Lagoa da Lagea, named Lagoa Cavada,
where the discovery. of fossil bones was reported to have occurred,
but where his personal examination failed to reveal their presence.
He tells us that “‘many cases have been reported of finding such
remains under similar circumstances in the States of Alagédas, Per-
nambuco, Parahyba, Rio Grande do Norte, and Ceara, and it seems
probable that they may be found throughout the entire area of Brazil
that is subject to droughts.”

That these fossils are of Pleistocene age seems not to admit of
question. They occur in beds of gravel lying in depressions of the
primitive rocks, granite and gneiss, in which soil formed by erosion
has gathered, and which undoubtedly contained long;ago, as they
still contain, accumulated surface-water. The animals of the past
resorted to these drinking places and died there, as do the cattle today,
in periods of drought. The conditions were evidently such as J. W.
Gregory, *’ quoted by Dr. Branner,** points out to be still the case in

57 J. W. Gregory, The Great Rift Valley, 1896, pp. 268-9.

58 J. C. Branner, American Journal of Science, (4) XIII, 1902, p. 137.

~ ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 15, DEC. 10, 1920.

226 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Africa. They recall to my mind the conditions, which occur at the
famous Agate Springs Fossil Quarries, from which the Carnegie
Museum and later the University of Nebraska and the American
Museum of Natural History in New York have derived a wealth of
mammalian remains dating from the Miocene. The occurrence of
great quantities of bones at these spots is attributable not to floods so
much as to droughts, which caused the creatures to come age after
age to the water-pools, where they died and their remains were buried
in the sand and mud surrounding the drinking-pools. Here also they
were no doubt often the prey of carnivores, which found at once
meat and drink at these places. Some died of old age and disease,
others were perhaps mired in quick-sands. Thus from a combination
of causes working together these great accumulations of bones were
gradually formed.

It is much to be wished, as Dr. Branner has already intimated,
that a careful and thoroughly systematic exploration of all these
localities in Brazil may be made by competent paleontologists, pre-
pared to collect in a systematic and intelligent manner. Such ex-
plorations would undoubtedly result in adding a vast amount of
important information to the still exceedingly scanty records which
we possess as to the extinct mammalian fauna of Brazil, a region
which once possessed a vast and remarkable fauna, which has com-
pletely vanished.

Class MAMMALIA.
Order CAR NI VORA.
Family FELID-.
Subfamily MACHARODIN®.
Genus Smilodon Lund.

Smilodon neogezeus Lund (?)

I refer with doubt to this species a fragment (No. 11031) which
appears to me to be a bit of the rib of a large carnivore. It is only
8 cm. in length.

HoLLAND: Fossit MAMMALS. DHE

Order UNGULATA.
Suborder TOXODONTIA.
Family TOXODONTID-.

Genus Toxodon Owen.

Toxodon burmeisteri Giebel.

Among the fragments given me by Mr. Waring on shipboard are a
broken upper molar (No. 11034) and a fragmentary upper (?) premolar
(No. 11034a) which are referred to this species. The specimens were
carefully compared with the material in the National Museum at
La Plata, under the eyes of Dr. Santiago Roth, and I have no doubt
as to the correctness of the determination. Associated with these
teeth are some small fragments of other teeth, which no doubt belonged
to the same species, if not to the same individual, as they were picked
up at the same spot. They are mere flakes and chips.

It should be noted in this connection that Professor Cope established
a species of Toxodon, to which he gave the specific name compressidens,
the type of which came from “‘the northeastern part of the Province
of Bahia,” and therefore from the same general region as the material
upon which I am reporting. The type of Yoxodon compressidens
Cope consists of “‘the incisors of the first and second places of the

Bi)

upper jaw.”’ As the material at my command does not permit of
comparison, belonging, as it does, to the molar and premolar series,
and, as it seemed on comparison with well-determined material not
to differ from the teeth of 7. burmeisteri, I have determined not to
make a queried reference to Cope’s species, which the locality might
suggest. I am the more persuaded not to do so, because Leidy®
reports Toxodon burmeisteri from a small collection of fossils obtained
in the northern part of Nicaragua, being represented therein by a
nearly complete molar tooth and two portions of a lower incisor.
Toxodon burmeistert appears to have had a wide range extending from
Argentina to Central America.

In addition te the teeth of which I have spoken there are fragments
of some other bones evidently representing Toxodon, and presumably
the same species. They are listed as follows:

Fragment of symphysis of lower jaw (No. 110346)

Two fragments of arch of dorsal vertebra (No. 11034c)

Distal end of right femur (No. 11034d)

59 Leidy, Froc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1886, p. 276.

228 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Head of femur (No. 11034e). This specimen is only the articulating
surface of a femur, with so little of the adjoining parts attached, as to
make it difficult to decide to which side it belonged, although I am
inclined to think that it represents the right femur, but not of the
same individual as that to which the fragment No. 11034d belonged,
being too large apparently to have been a part of the same bone.

Suborder PROBOSCIDEA.
Family ELEPHANTID-.
Genus Mastodon Cuvier.

Some of the material is quite fragmentary, consisting of broken bits
of the cusps of teeth, the exact location of which could only be deter-
mined by the expenditure of time which may be more profitably
employed. Of these fragments, unidentified as to their locality in
the dental formula, we list Nos. 11033), c, d, and e. They are mere
chips.

No. 11033a is the extremity of a small tusk, about 14 cm. in length,
and about 5 cm. in diameter where broken off. One side shows
considerable wear.

No. 11033/ is a broken fragment of somewhat decomposed ivory,
representing a large tusk, which probably was derived from about the
middle of the tusk, which may have had a diameter of as much as five
or six inches.

No. 110332 is a portion of a right upper jaw, in which there is im-
bedded a greatly fractured and abraded posterior molar, so much
injured as to make the description of the cusps and valleys impossible.
The tooth has an antero-posterior length of 180 mm. and a greatest
‘breadth of 70 mm. It was long and relatively narrow. The frag-
ment gives no evidence that this tooth was preceded by another, and,
if such a tooth existed, it must have been separated from the one
behind it by a wide diastema, which would be an unusual occurrence.

The most interesting specimen is a fragment of a right lower jaw of a
Mastodon, No. 110337. It discloses the presence of three teeth, of
which the hindermost is only represented by the anterior margin of
the vacant alveole. The middle tooth is greatly fractured. It had
an antero-posterior length over all of 127 mm. and a width of 65 mm.
There apparently were three transverse ridges of considerable height,
intercalated between which on the median line were accessory cusps,

HoLianpb: Fosstt MAMMALS. 229

two in each interval, almost touching each other, and rising to a
height sufficient to make their upper surfaces subject to the same
wear as the transverse ridges. The anterior tooth was much smaller
and only the roots remain imbedded in the alveole. The shape and
the curvature of this fragment show that the animal had a short lower
jaw, the first tooth of the series being only removed at its anterior
margin a relatively short distance from the symphysis.

The structure of the teeth, so far as preserved in this particular
specimen, seems to confirm the statement made by Schlesinger® that
the South American species representing the group are more nearly
related to M. angustidens than to other European species. However,
the apparent shortness of the lower jaw seems to indicate a nearer
approach to M. americanum than apparently is the case with other
remains which have been described from South America, most of
which have been referred to Cope’s genus Dibelodon. The specific
reference to any of the species, which have been described from the
South American Pleistocene, does not seem possible, and it may be
said with certainty that the specimen undoubtedly is not conspecific
with M. bolivianus or M. chilensis of Phillippi, and certainly not with
the species described from the Pliocene by other writers, and which
have been, as already pointed out, referred to Dibelodon. It is quite
probable that we are dealing in this case with a hitherto undescribed
brachygnathous form, and at the risk, perhaps, of creating a synonym,
I venture to propose for it the specific name M. waringi, in honor of
the collector of these remains.

Another fragment is the distal extremity of the right tibia of a
Mastodon of considerable size, No. 11033g. This bone shows a fresh
fracture and undoubtedly more of the specimen might have been
recovered, had the workmen realized the value of the material which
they were taking up.

Genus? sp.?

There is a fragment of a tooth which suggests in a very general
way that it may have belonged to a Proboscidean, (No. 11033 f)- but
I am not able to identify it with anything heretofore figured or de-
scribed. Mr. Peterson has in conversation urged that it may possibly
be a part of the tooth of a young Mastodon, but I disagree with him.

6 Schlesinger, Die Mastodonten des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Denk-

schriften des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Band I, Geologische-Pala-
ontologische Reihe I, 1917, pp. 229-230.

230 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

We have the milk-teeth of 1. americanum, both erupted and immature,
before us for comparison, and I cannot bring myself to see that this
fragment could possibly be so referred. The fragment shows in the
first place such wear as to indicate that the animal was not very

Fig. 4. Fragment of tooth of Proboscidean (?) C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No.
11033 f. Natural Size.

young. The most remarkable feature, however, is the corrugated
' surface of the outer enamel, which reveals deep strie or irregular
grooves and between them quite elevated ruge, or elevations, which
tend to converge at the extremity of the cusp. I herewith give a
sketch of this fragment. It may be that some of my fellow-students
can indicate to me what it may represent, but thus far I am unable to
identify it with anything which I have found figured or described in
the literature of the subject. Some of the older writers would, I
imagine, have erected a genus and a species upon this thing, but we
are coming in these later days to act more prudently and with greater
reserve. Even the reference to the Proboscidea may be in error.

SUBORDER PERISSODACTYLA.
Family EQUID/.
Genus? sp.?

There is an upper molar (No. 11032) somewhat broken, (M+?)
which seems to be referable to, if not the same as, Equus rectidens
H. Gerv. & Ameghino. (Cf. Ameghino, Los Mamiferos Fosiles de la
Republica Argentina, p. 505, Pl. XXVII, fig. 8.) We also have the
lower molar of a horse, which may, or may not, belong to the same
species, but which is indeterminable, the tooth being badly injured

HOLLAND: Fossit MAMMALS. Zak

(No. 11032a). Judging from the size of these teeth, the animals,
which possessed them, were about the size of a zebra.

Order EDENTATA.
SuBoRDER XENARTHRA.
Family MEGATHERIID-.
Genus Megatherium Cuvier.

There are a number of fragments, which are undoubtedly referable
to the genus Megatherium, and which in size, as well as in outline,
compare well with those of M. americanum Cuvier.

These fragments have been cataloged as follows:

1. First sternebra (manubrium) rather well preserved and of large
size. (No. 11029a).
- Portion of atlas (?) (No..1102098).
. Fragment of shaft of humerus (No. 11029¢).
. Broken upper end of left ulna (No. 11029d).
. Nearly perfect metacarpal IV of left fore foot (No. 11029¢).
. Piece of head of femur (No. 11029f).
. Distal end of femur (No. 11029).
. Distal end of right tibia (No. 11029h).
. Fairly well-preserved right astragalus (No. 110297).
. Distal end of clavicle (No. 11029/).
11. Fragments of ribs (No. 11029k).

OO ON DAM HW WN

ea
io)

Whether these disjecta membra all belonged to one and the same
individual is open to grave question. It seems improbable. Whether
the fragments of ribs are also all referable to Megatherium may also
be disputed. The ribs, or what remains of them, are too much broken
and imperfect to permit of a positive decision. Some of the bits may
have belonged to other animals mentioned in this paper.

Genus? sp.?

Considerable time has been spent in the attempt to identify a
fragment of the right lower jaw of what evidently was a large ground-
sloth (No. 11028). It cannot well be referred to Megatherium on
account of the apparently relative shallowness of the ramus (although
on the lower side it has been broken and its exact depth is not definitely
ascertainable). A stronger reason for not placing the fragment in
Megatherium is the lack of the spout-shaped projection which occurs

232 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

in the region of the symphysis in the genus Megatherium. The
specimen preserves the right border of the symphysis about to the
median line.
SUBORDER LORICATA.
Family GLYPTODONTID-.
Genus? sp.?

This group of animals is represented by several fragments of the
coésified plates of the carapace or exoskeleton of one or more species.
They have been assigned the number 11030 in the Carnegie Museum
Catalog of Fossil Vertebrates. If the National Museum of La Plata
were easily accessible, it is quite possible that we might be able to
approximately locate these bits of bones in their proper place in the

system of classification.

INCERT# SEDIS.

Under No. 11035, Carnegie Museum Catalog of Fossil Vertebrates,
we have placed several broken and much abraded centra of vertebra,
which are indeterminable. They may represent parts of some of the
animals hereinbefore mentioned, or they may not. Quien sabe?

Among the undetermined and apparently at the present moment
indeterminable material in the collection is a piece of what seems to be
the shaft of the tibia of a large ground-sloth. It cannot be referred
to Megatherium. In size, but not in outline, it is large enough to
have belonged to a very large Megatherium. It is inexpedient at
present to attempt to place it more definitely.

ANNALS

OF 1HE

CARNEGUE MUSEUM

VOLUME XIII, NOS. 3-4.

FEpitTortaL NOTES.

THE general collections of the Museum in its various sections have
been greatly enlarged during the past months by gifts, collections
made by members of the staff, and by a few purchases. There have
also been numerous loans of interesting and valuable collections which
have been duly displayed. The collections either owned by the Mu-
seum or deposited in its custody, according to the last Annual Report
of the Director, represent a monetary value of $1,737,355.49.

THE educational work of the Museum in liaison with the public
schools, the colleges of western Pennsylvania, and the University of
Pittsburgh is constantly assuming greater proportions, and its re-
sources are being heavily taxed to meet the demands made upon it.
To comply with these demands is particularly difficult, because of the
amount of time which requires to be expended both by the Director
and his associates in directly acting as instructors, or in responding
to the almost innumerable written requests for information which
are made.

Museums, such as the Carnegie Museum, find themselves called
upon in these days to function very much like libraries, as fountains
of information for the general public; with this difference, that in a
Museum things take the place of books. There is a constantly grow-
ing number of persons, who, rather than read about, or look at

233

234 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

pictures of objects, demand to be shown the objects themselves. This
desire is most natural and laudable, but its gratification entails upon
the staff of every Museum a vast amount of work, which consumes
time, but which can not be avoided, even with the best arrangement |
of exhibits and labels. This is a fact which those who are not
familiar with the administration of a Museum often fail to realize.

VoLuME VIII of the Memoirs of the Museum has passed through
the press and has been published in bound form, separates of the
different papers therein having long since been issued. The volume
contains three memoirs, the first of which upon the Naiades of Penn-
sylvania, is the conclusion of Dr. Ortmann’s work upon this sub-
ject; the second memoir is from the pen of Dr. O. E. Jennings,
and is a report upon the fossil plants collected by Mr. Douglass in
the beds of volcanic ash near Missoula, Montana; the third memoir,
completing the volume, is a monographic paper upon the Naiades
(mussel-shells) of the South American continent, prepared by Dr.
A, E. Ortmann.

While the collection of South American Naiades in the possession
of the Carnegie Museum is far from being complete, it is, neverthe-
less, very large, and is quite exceptional in that it probably preserves
to a greater extent than any other collection in existence the animals
-which deposit the shells, the so-called “ soft parts.” In past time the
greater part of conchological work dealing with classification has been
‘based almost exclusively upon the “ hard parts,” the shells themselves,
without reference to the structure of the living animal which con-
structs and inhabits them. Dr. Ortmann’s paper possesses the merit
of being the first publication upon the mussel-shells of South Amer-
ica, which treats of the subject from the broader point of view, giv-
ing an account of the anatomical structure of the animals which form
the shells.

AmonG the notable events which have taken place since the last
issue of the ANNALS was the visit of Madame Marie Curie to
Pittsburgh.

It fell to the lot of the Director of the Carnegie Museum to be
chosen as the chairman of the committee appointed in Pittsburgh to

EDITORIAL. Zap

solicit funds for securing the gram of radium, intended to be a gift
to Madame Curie from the women of America, and to make arrange-
ments for her visit to this city. In this work the Director found
himself at the head of an organization of ladies and gentlemen whose
willing cooperation insured success.

It was resolved to make all contributors to the fund members of
the General Reception Committee. The work of attending to details
was assigned to an Executive Committee of Ladies, at the head of
which was Mrs. Henry R. Rea, and a Committee of Gentlemen, at
the head of which was the writer of these lines. It is needless to say
that with Mrs. Rea at the head of the Committee of Ladies and with
Mr. James C. Gray, the President of The Standard Chemical Com-
pany, the principal manufacturers of radium in the world, on the
Committee of Gentlemen, success was inevitable.

In response to an appeal sent out by the Chairman, contributions
in cash amounting to $12,780.76 were received, of which $10,196.25
were remitted to the General Treasury in New York and $2,584.51
were paid directly to Madam Curie. In estimating the contribution
made by Pittsburgh, there should be added to the foregoing total the
amount given by The Standard Chemical Company through Mr. Gray,
they having, in fact, contributed the sum of over fifty thousand dol-
lars. All incidental expenses were born by the members of the Com-
mittee of Ladies and Gentlemen without any deduction from the
funds contributed. The Standard Chemical Company also constructed
a novel and costly receptacle to contain the radium, the inscription
on which, engraved upon a gold plate, was as follows:

PRESENTED BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA ON BEHALF
OF THE WOMEN OF AMERICA
TO
MADAME MARIE SKLODOWSKA CURIE
IN RECOGNITION OF HER TRANSCENDENT
SERVICE TO SCIENCE AND TO HUMANITY
IN THE DISCOVERY OF RADIUM,

THE WHITE HOUSE, WASHINGTON, D. C.
MAY TWENTIETH, NINETEEN TWENTY-ONE

The case is opened by a gold key suspended from a ribbon. The key

tio

235 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

and the case were delivered to Madame Curie at the White House on
the afternoon of May 20, 1921, by the President of the United States,
and the precious receptacle with its more precious contents is now
safely in Paris.

Madame Curie received the honorary degree of Doctor of Laws at
the University of Pittsburgh in the presence of a gathering of more
than twenty-five hundred persons assembled in the Soldiers’ and
Sailors’ Memorial Hall. The pleasant duty of presenting her for the
degree devolved upon the Director of the Carnegie Museum. After
this ceremony Madame Curie, accompanied by her daughters, met the
members of the Reception Committee in the foyer of the Hall of
Music at the Carnegie Institute, and later took her place upon the
platform, where she was introduced to those who were unable to
clasp her hand. An interesting incident was the presentation to her
on the platform of a souvenir of her visit to Pittsburgh, given to her
by the Polish women of western Pennsylvania, and handed to her by
a young Polish girl in national costume, who was attended by a party
of other young ladies similarly attired.

Madame Curie, of course, visited the great establishment where the
gram of radium which she had received had been made, and she was
the recipient of such social attentions as the condition of her health
and the brief limits of her stay made possible. She and her daughters
and the party accompanying them were the guests during their visit
of Mrs. Henry R. Rea in her beautiful home on Sewickley Heights.

Madame Curie on her return to France carried back with her not
only the gram of radium presented by the women of America, but
$22,000 worth of mesothorium and other valuable ores, bringing her
precious package up to the value of $162,000,

In a letter to the writer of these lines received from Mrs. Marie M.
Meloney, to whom the credit of the whole enterprise is due, Mrs.
Meloney says: “In addition to this she had in cash from awards of
scientific societies in this country $6,884.51. There is $52,000 left in
the Equitable Trust Company. We are holding this pending the com-
pletion of the fund suggested by a prominent American gentleman,
who offered to collect $50,000 for the equipment for Madame Curie’s
laboratory, if the women on the Executive Committee desired to estab-
lish an American trust with the money remaining in the bank, which
would provide Madame Curie with an income as long as she lives.

EDITORIAL. 230

It was proposed that after her death the income from this trust be
used to pay the expenses of two American students in chemistry and
physics at the Sorbonne.”

Madame Curie took with her from America not merely the tangible
and substantial evidence of the esteem of the American people, to
which reference has been made, but their good-will and affection,
which will follow her all the days of her life, which we hope may be
many.

S1nceE the first part of the present volume of the ANNALS was sent
to press, death has removed two well-known members of the Board
of Trustees of the Carnegie Institute, both of whom served on the
Committee upon the Museum.

On April 8, 1920, Dr. John Alfred Brashear passed away after a
long and distinguished life of usefulness. He served as a member of
the Committee on the Museum from 1897 to 1901.

On April 10, 1921, Mr. Henry Kirke Porter, who had been a mem-
ber of the Board of Trustees of the Carnegie Library and of the
Institute from the beginning, having been one of Mr. Carnegie’s
original appointees, died in the eighty-first year of his age. He was
appointed a member of the Committee on the Museum in 1920, but
never attended a meeting, being prevented from so doing by his resi-
dence in Washington, D. C.

Both of these eminent gentlemen Hendecd distinguished service to
the Institute, and their names will always be held in grateful remem-
brance.

On November 22, 1920, Miss Mary Jane Stribling, the oldest mem-
ber of the staff of the Museum in point of actual service, died after
a lingering illness. She belonged to an old and distinguished family
of Virginians, and had received in her early life an excellent educa-
tion. Compelled by adversity to make her own livelihood, she be-
came a stenographer and for a long period was in the employment of
one of the leading firms of music-dealers in Richmond, Va. On the
occasion of a visit to Pittsburgh, where she had friends, they induced
her to endeavor to secure employment in Pittsburgh, and accordingly
she applied to Mr. C. C. Mellor, then the chairman of the Committee

238 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

on the Museum and the head of the leading firm of music-dealers in
Pittsburgh, of whom she knew something. Mr. Mellor was so favor-
ably impressed that he at once, after conference with the Committee
on the Museum, recommended her appointment. This was at the
time of the inception of the work of the Museum, before a director
had been elected. She accepted the appointment and began her work
by aiding Mr. Mellor in attending to the correspondence. Thence-
forward from 1897 until the end came she was a member of the staff
of the Museum. She was a good linguist, capable of receiving dicta-
tion in French, German, and Spanish, as well as in English. She
possessed literary taste, and familiarized herself very soon with the
scientific nomenclature, which is necessarily largely employed in the
correspondence of a Museum. She was discreet and most loyal to her
friends and employers. All in all she was a rather remarkable woman
of high attainments and character, and her death deeply saddened the
circle of friends who immediately surrounded her.

THOUGH for many years not connected with the Carnegie Museum,
Dr. John Adolph Shafer was one of the earliest members of its staff,
and it is proper that record should be made of his death, which oc-
curred in the Sewickley Valley Hospital on February 1, 1918, in the
fifty-sixth year of his age, he having been born on February 23, 1863.

Dr. Shafer was an enthusiastic field collector and one of the lead-
ing members of the Western Pennsylvania Botanical Society. He
had charge of the Herbarium of the Carnegie Museum from 1897
until 1904, when he received an appointment as a Custodian in the
New York Botanical Garden, a position which he held until 1910.
He made many journeys to the American tropics, both during and
after his appointment in New York, and cheerfully endured many
hardships in his pursuit of specimens. His death was probably the
result of an infection by some obscure disease contracted by him in
northern Argentina and Paraguay on the occasion of his last expe-
dition.

While but little from his pen has been published, he is credited with
the discovery of many new plants. Two genera and twenty-five
species have been named after him by systematists. In the first vol-
ume of these ANNALS there was published “A Preliminary List of the

EDITORIAL. 239

Vascular Flora of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania,” which he pre-
pared, and in which he enumerates one thousand one hundred and
ninety-four species. This list in recent years has been considerably
enlarged by the discovery of additional endemic species.

A detailed account of his life and various activities has been pub-
lished by Dr. O. E. Jennings in Trillia, No. 5 (1919), pp. 3-7, and
by Dr. N. L. Britton in the Journal of the New York Botanical Gar-
den, Vol. XIX, pp. 97-99.

The writer of these lines recalls the last visit paid to him by Dr.
Shafer shortly after his return from his final South American journey.
I spoke of the giant cacti found on the eastern foothills of the Andes,
and expressed my wonder at their enormous size, some of them being
trees from forty to fifty feet in height. He instantly warmed up and
grew enthusiastic. “Say, did you ever dream there could be such
cacti? I was amazed at their size. The world does not realize how
wonderful they are. I have just come from wandering about among
them, whole forests of them. To my mind they are quite as wonder-
ful as the ‘big trees’ of California, and I agree with you that, before
they are cut down, the people of Argentina should create a reserva-
tion, preserving some of these giants of the vegetable world for
future generations to admire.”

Dr. Shafer was twice married and leaves a widow and eleven
children to mourn his loss.

Vi, A CREVIEW OF THE FISHES OF >THE FAMILY i=
GILIDZ FOUND IN THE ‘WATERS OF FORMOSA.

By MASAMITSU OSHIMA, Pe.D:
(Pris: XG XL aAnpe X11, Ere; 1)

The present paper gives an account of the species of fishes belong-
ing to the family Mugilide found in the waters of the Island of
Formosa. It is based on the collections of the author, preserved in
the Museum of the Institute of Science of the Government of For-
mosa, a series also being sent to the Carnegie Museum, including the
types of the new species. Of the ten species the four following seem
to be new to science:

1. Mugil anpinensis, 2. Liza formose,
3. Liza pescadorensis, 4. Liza parva.

I am indebted to Dr. David Starr Jordan for help in the preparation
of this paper.
Family MUGILID/.

(THE MULLETS.)

Body oblong, more or less compressed, covered with rather large
cycloid scales; no lateral line, but the furrows often deepened on the
middle of each scale, so as to form lateral streaks; mouth small, the
jaws with small teeth, or none; the teeth, if present, mostly loosely
attached, often ciliiform; premaxillaries protractile; gill-openings
wide, the membranes separate, free from the isthmus; branchiostegals
five or six, gill-rakers long and slender; gills four, a slit behind the
fourth; pseudobranchie large; two short dorsal fins, well separated,
the anterior with four stiff spines, the last one of which is much
shorter than the others; second dorsal longer than the first, similar
to anal; anal spines usually three (two in the genus Querimana)
graduated; ventral fin abdominal, not far back, composed of a stiff
spine and five rays; caudal forked; air-bladder large, simple; intestinal
canal long; peritoneum usually black; vertebrz twenty-four. Genera
about ten, species about one hundred, inhabiting fresh waters and
coasts of warm regions, feeding on organic matters contained in mud.

240

oo

OsHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY MUGILID&. - 241

Key TO GENERA FouND IN Formosa,

a. Anal spines three; stomach gizzard-like. Species marine.
a’. Adipose eye-lid well developed, covering at least a third of the iris

POSCELIOT lypearcrate cs cisj ss: shops ia teveneeoustehehavelsiolertetstal cisiseisielscons Mugil, 1.
a’. Adipose eye-lid not developed.

b. Upper lip thick, moderately developed ............ Lagan 2:

bbs Upper, lipereatly -thickemed! si. c.c «isa. tsteieioraere Chelon, 3.

1. Genus Muaiut (Artedi) Linnezus.

1758. Mugil (Artedi) Linnz#us, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, p. 316. (Type, Mugil
cephalus LINN#US.)

Body oblong, compressed, covered with large cycloid scales. Mouth
more or less transverse; the upper lip moderate; anterior margin of
the mandible sharp. Both jaws with a few series of small, flexible,
ciliiform teeth. Eyes lateral, each with well-developed adipose eye-
lid. Stomach gizzard-like. Anal fin slightly longer than the second
dorsal.

Distribution: Migratory fishes of all the temperate and tropical
regions, often entering rivers. These fishes are known in Japan as
Bora.

Key To ForMosAN SPECIES OF MuGIL.

A. Anal fin with eight soft rays.
al. Median dorsal line not carinated.
bl. Mandibular angle obtuse; extremity of maxillary entirely hid-
den; adipose eye-lid well developed, covering the iris.
cl. 40-42 scales in a lateral series; depth less than 5 in the
[a4 e20 Weal Pevaveq al olpadiep erotics epecOM onc Urey Cec Oa ae cephalus, 1.
c2. 38-39 scales in a lateral series; depth more than 6 in the
EO tales Vem othe su svapopereh crevevestehcrateUsrs ceslavets eerceseveres japonicus, 2.
b2. Mandibular angle obtuse; extremity of maxillary exposed; adi-
pose eye-lid thin, not covering the iris.
Glan28Scalesiin «as lateral! Seres (2:2 <rscpeyetetsinie eo ctere. 6 anpinensis, 3.
a2, Median dorsal line carinated-in front and back of the spinous dorsal.
b1, Mandibular angle obtuse; 38 scales in a lateral series.
carinatus, 4.
B. Anal fin with nine soft rays.
d. 33 scales in a lateral series; extremity of maxillary en-
tirely hidden; pectoral nearly as long as head, extending
tomthem spinous Corsale severe ereterstores cues. ¢ kelaartiu, 5.

242 ANNALS: OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

1. Mugil cephalus Linnzus.

1758. Mugil cephalus Lt1NNzuS, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, p. 316; Europe.—Cuvier
& VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, 1830, p. 307.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish.,
III, 1861, p. 417; Mediterranean; Coast of Madeira; Nile; fresh-water
lakes of Tunis; west coast of Africa—JorpAN & RICHARDSON, Bull. U. S.
Bur. Fish., XXVII, 1908, p. 244; Calayan, P. I—OsuHIMa, Ann. Carneg.
Mus., XII, Nos. 2-4, 1919, p. 268; Taihoku.

Head 3.86 in length; depth 4.42; D. IV-1, 8; A. III, 8; P. 17; V. I,
5; width of head 1.55 in its length; eye 4.23 in head; interorbital
space 2; snout 3.50; first dorsal spine 2.20; depth of caudal peduncle
2.66; forty-two scales in a lateral series from gill-opening above to
caudal base, thirteen scales in a transverse series counted from vent
upward and backward to soft dorsal.

Body robust, elongate, somewhat compressed; dorsal profile nearly
straight, ventral profile broadly rounded; head rather small, broad,
its top depressed; snout short and obtuse, broadly rounded anteriorly;
interorbital space broad, nearly flat; mouth subinferior, slightly
oblique, its angle reaching a vertical through posterior nostril; cleft
of mouth two times as broad as deep; mandibular angle obtuse; lips
thin; lower jaw shorter than the upper, with rather sharp outer edge,
symphysis forming a short keel, which fits into the corresponding
concavity on the roof of the upper jaw; extremity of maxillary not
exposed ; both jaws with minute teeth along their outer edges, scarcely
visible without lens; eyes anterior, hidden anteriorly and posteriorly
by well-developed adipose eyelid; nostrils separated; anterior nostril
in a very short tube; posterior nostril slit-like, in front of eye above.

Scales large, cycloid; head scaly, those on the top somewhat en-
larged; soft dorsal, anal, and pectoral covered with small scales; base
of the caudal fin covered with large scales varying in size; a pointed
scaly flap along the base of spinous dorsal.

Origin of spinous dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of
caudal; soft dorsal inserted behind the origin of anal, anterior ray
the longest; pectoral reaching beyond the origin of ventral, but not
reaching the spinous dorsal, inserted above the middle of body; ventral
a little nearer the root of pectoral than the spinous dorsal; anal fin
opposite the soft dorsal, inserted in advance of the origin of the
latter; caudal fin forked.

Color in alcohol grayish above, lower parts silvery; sides with dark.

OsHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY MUGILIDA. 248

longitudinal stripes along several rows of scales; pectorals, dorsals,
and caudal dusky; ventrals and anal whitish.

Length of body 255 mm.

Described from a specimen from Dait6otei Fish Market, Taihoku,
collected by Oshima in March, 1917, and preserved in the Museum of
the Institute of Science, Formosa. C. M. Cat. of Fishes, No. 8256.

Habitat: Probably our specimens (three) obtained at the Daitdtei
Fish Market were captured at Tamusui near Taihoku.

Remarks: I have little doubt that the present species is true M.
cephalus, because it agrees quite well with Mugil cephalus from Italy
in the Stanford University Collections.

The common mullet of Japan, described by several authors under
the name Mugil cephalus, is distinct from the present species in hav-
ing a lower body and thirty-eight scales in a lateral series. As it also
differs from Mugil japonicus Temminck & Schlegel from Nagasaki,
covered with ctenoid scales instead of cycloid scales, it is reasonable
to give a new name to the former.

2. Mugil japonicus Temminck & Schlegel.

Karasumi-bora (Japan) ; Oahii (Formosa).

1846. Mugil japonicus TEMMINCK & SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 134,
Pl. 72, Fig. 1; Nagasakii—RicHarpson, Ichth. China, 1846, p. 247; China.
—BLEEKER, Verh. Bat. Gen., XXV, 1853, p. 41; Japan; Act. Soc. Sc. Indo-
Neerl., VIII, 1860, p. 59; Borneo; Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk., IV, 1873, p. 143;
China; Verh. Akad. Amsterdam, XVIII, 1879, p. 17; Japan.

1911. Mugil cephalus TANAKA (not of Linn#us), Fishes of Japan, p. 50, PI.
XIII, Figs. 42-45; Japan (one part)—JorpAN, SNypER, & TANAKA, Journ.
Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XXXIII, 1913, p. 113; Japan (one part).

1903. Mugil oeur JorpAN & EvERMANN (not of ForsKAt), Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., XXV, p. 332; Taihoku, Formosa.—Jorpan & RicHARDsoN, Mem.
Carneg. Mus., IV, 1909, No. 4, p. 176; Giram, Keelung, Taihoku.—OsuIMaA,
Ann. Carneg. Mus., XII, 1919, Nos. 2-4, p. 270; Formosa.

Head 4.00 in length; depth 4.90; D. IV-1, 8; A. III, 8; P. 16; V. I,
5; width of head 1.50 in its length; eye 4.47; snout 3.24; interorbital
space 2.08; first dorsal spine 2.28; first dorsal ray 1.92; third anal
spine 3.65; first anal ray 1.92; least depth of caudal peduncle 2.71;
thirty-eight scales in a lateral series from gill-opening above to caudal
base and three more large ones on the latter; thirteen scales in a

244 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

transverse series counted from vent upward and backward to soft
dorsal; twenty-two predorsal scales.

‘Body oblong, elongate, tail very slightly compressed; dorsal profile
nearly straight, more or less descending anteriorly, ventral profile
strongly curved; head rather small, with depressed top; interorbital
space broad, nearly flat; snout short, truncated in front; mouth sub-
inferior, oblique, its angle reaching beyond a vertical through the
posterior nostril; cleft of mouth one and half times as broad as deep;
mandibular angle obtuse; extremity of maxillary not exposed; lower
part of anterior and inferior edges of preorbital denticulated; lower
jaw slightly shorter than the upper, outer edge rather sharp, with an
inner median keel, which fits into the corresponding concavity on the
roof of upper jaw; microscopical teeth on both jaws; upper lip fleshy;
lower lip thin, distinct at the angle of mouth only; mandible with two
pairs of small open glands beneath; eye large, with well-developed
adipose eyelid, which covers part of iris anteriorly and posteriorly;
nostrils well separated, the anterior a single pore, the posterior slit-
like, in front of eye above.

Scales large, cycloid, outer margin rounded, those on the top of
head somewhat larger than others, not reaching to tip of snout; a
sharply pointed scaly flap along the base of spinous dorsal; pectoral
scaly flap rather short and broad; ventral with a sharply pointed scaly
flap at the root; a triangular, broad scaly flap between ventral bases;
all the fins, except spinous dorsal, covered with mimute scales.

Origin of the spinous dorsal a little nearer to tip of snout than
base of caudal, first and second spine subequal in length; soft dorsal
inserted slightly nearer to origin of spinous dorsal than base of
caudal; origin of anal one scale in advance of that of the soft dorsal,
much nearer to caudal base than origin of ventral; pectoral inserted
above the middle of body, rather short, not reaching to the spinous
dorsal; ventral inserted below the apical one-third of pectoral, not
reaching half-way to vent; caudal fin forked.

Color dark gray above, belly and lower part of sides silvery; shin-
ing dark stripes along several series of scales; pectorals, dorsals, and
caudal dusky, the rest of the fins whitish; a black speck at the base
of pectoral.

Total length 600 mm.

Described from a male specimen obtained at the Taithoku Fish

OsHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY MUGILID&. 245

Market on Jan. 22, 1921, preserved in the Museum of the Institute of
Science, Formosa. C. M. Cat. of Fishes, No. 8279, Tok6, Dec. 23,
1920. 360mm. Coll. M. Oshima.

Habitat: This is one of the most abundant mullets occurring in the
waters of Formosa. Our specimens came from Inzampo, Ritakukan,
Toi, and Tamusui of the State of Taihoku; Kwaren River at Kada,
and Botansha, Kwarenko; and from Anpin, Takao, and Toko.

Remarks: The present species is so closely allied to Mugil wur
Forskal of the Indian Ocean that it has been referred to the latter by
several authors. It is distinct,* however, from M. eur in having
mandibular bones which meet at an obtuse angle, and thirty-eight or
thirty-nine scales in a lateral series instead of forty-two to forty-four
(according to the description by Francis Day). Moreover, the depth
of this species is much less than that of Mugil wur, measuring more
than six times in the total length.

Another relative of the present species is Mugil cephalus of the
Mediterranean. It differs from the common Formosan mullet in hav-
ing a deeper body and more than forty scales in a lateral series.

We refer this species to Mugil japonicus Temminck & Schlegel
from Nagasaki, separating the latter from the common Japanese
mullet regarded as identical with Mugil cephalus Linneus.

This species is very common on the western coast of Formosa.
The season for capturing these fishes commences about the middle of
November, when they swarm close ashore along the coast of Shin-
chiku, coming from the western part of the Formosan channel, prob-
ably from Fokien, China. At first they migrate to the south along
the western coast of the island and return to the north, after deposit-
ing their ova somewhere in the high sea near the southernmost cape.
They continue very numerous until about the end of February.

The roes are salted and dried to prepare a special caviar, known as
“Karasumi”’ by the Japanese people.

3. Mugil anpinensis Oshima, sp. nov. (Plate XI, fig. 1.)
Anpin-bora (Japan).
Head 4.16 in length; depth 3.40; D. IV—2, 8; A. III, 9; P. 15; V. I,
5; width of head 1.52 in its length; eye 3.50; snout 3.50; interorbital
space 2.25; first dorsal spine 1.44; first dorsal ray 1.68; third anal

246 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.:

spine 2.64; first anal ray 1.68; least depth of caudal peduncle 1.76;

twenty-eight scales in a lateral series from gill-opening above to °

caudal base; ten scales in a transverse series from the vent upward
and backward to soft dorsal; sixteen predorsal scales.

Body oblong, rather high, slightly compressed posteriorly ; dorsal pro-
file convex, from snout to origin of spinous dorsal nearly straight; head
subconic; lower jaw not produced; interorbital space broad, more or
less arched; eye anterior, moderate; adipose eyelid well developed,
but not covering the iris; mouth subinferior, its angle reaching to a
vertical through posterior edge of anterior nostril; mandibular angle
obtuse; the cleft of mouth nearly three times as broad as deep;
symphysis of the mandibular bones forms a small knob, which fits in
a depression of the upper jaw; extremity of maxillary exposed; upper
lip fleshy; lower lip thin, with sharp edge; no teeth, except a single
row of very small ones along the outer part of the upper jaw; lower
preorbital edge minutely serrated; nostrils close together, anterior
nostril a simple pore in a very short tube, posterior nostril slit-like;
isthmus narrow, elongate, somewhat constricted at middle.

Scales large, round; head scaly, small scales below, larger scales
extend forward on snout though not quite to its edge; a sharply
pointed scaly flap along the spinous dorsal base; pectoral with no
scaly flap; ventral with a sharply pointed scaly flap at the root; a
broad scaly flap between ventral bases; soft dorsal, anal, and caudal
covered with small scales.

Origin of spinous dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of
caudal, first and second spine subequal; soft dorsal inserted nearer
base of caudal than origin of spinous dorsal; origin of anal two and
one-half scales in advance of that of soft dorsal, nearer to caudal
base than the origin of ventral; pectoral rather short, reaching more
than half-way to spinous dorsal, inserted in the middle of body above;
ventral inserted below the last one-third of the pectoral, not reaching
midway to vent.

Color in life bluish gray above, silvery, undersides whitish; spinous
dorsal dusky; soft dorsal and caudal finely dusted with dark specks,
edge of the latter darker; ventral and anal fins whitish; a dark line
along each row of scales on upper three-fourths of body.

Total length 188 mm.

Type: Described from a specimen from Anpin, collected by M.

“Aaou ‘ds ‘eUullySQ Dadndg DzIT *z
‘AOU ‘ds ‘RWIYsQ Sisuauidun J1IsnHp_y “1

Cup SOIC Pe ee a ee ee a mT lr Yi Pl Vy Ina SAL ATARIAL MIRAMAR ADMWAlhli

OsHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY MUGILID2. 247

Watanabe. In Carnegie Museum. C. M. Cat. of Fishes, No. 8281.
Labeled “ Type Specimen.” Coll. M. Oshima.

Habitat: Anpin near Tainan (two specimens); Kwaren River at
Kada, Kwarenko (three specimens).

Remarks: The present species is closely related to Mugil argenteus
from South Australia, differing from it in having the extremity of
the maxillary extremity exposed; sixteen predorsal scales; the spinous
dorsal inserted midway between tip of snout and caudal base.

The figure is taken from a specimen from the Kwaren River, which
measured 196 mm. in total length.

4. Mugil carinatus (Ehrenberg) Cuvier & Valenciennes.
Sesuji-bora (Japan) ; Tawah (Formosa).

1830. Mugil carinatus (EHRENBERG) CuUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat.

Poiss., XI, p. 148; Red Sea.—Day, Fish. Brit. India, 1888, Suppl., p. 800

Seas of India—OsuHima, Ann. Carneg. Mus., XII, 1919, Nos. 2-4, p. 272;
Shimo-Tamusui River; Taihoku.

Head 4.01 in length, depth 4.51; D. IV—2, 7; A. III, 9; P. 15; V.1,
5; width of head 1.70 in its length; eye 4.50; interorbital space 2.73;
snout 4.00; first dorsal spine 2.18; first dorsal ray 2.00; third anal
spine 4.28; first anal ray 2.18; least depth of caudal peduncle 2.18;
thirty-eight scales in a lateral series from gill-opening above to caudal
base, three more larger ones on the latter; eleven scales in a trans-
verse series from ‘the vent upward and backward to soft dorsal;
twenty-eight predorsal scales.

Body oblong, elongate, slightly compressed posteriorly; curvature
of dorsal profile weaker than that of the ventral; median dorsal line
keeled in front of and behind the spinous dorsal; head subconiform,
pointed anteriorly, its top more or less convex; snout narrow and
pointed; interorbital space slightly convex; mouth subinferior, nearly
horizontal, its angle reaching a vertical through the posterior nostril;
cleft of mouth more than two times as broad as deep; mandibular
angle obtuse, two small pores on either side beneath; upper jaw pro-
truding beyond the lower; upper lip thick, fleshy; lower lip thin, with
sharp edge; symphysis of the mandibular bones forming a small knob,
which fits into a depression on the roof of the upper jaw; extremity
of maxillary exposed; lower end of pre-orbital finely serrated; no
teeth, except a series of microscopical ones along the outer edge of

ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII. 17 FEB. 21, 1922.

248 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

upper lip; eye large, anterior, with a broad posterior adipose eyelid,
nearly reaching the iris; nostrils separated, anterior nostril a single
pore in a short tube, posterior nostril slit-like, in front of eye above.

Spinous dorsal inserted much nearer tip of snout than base of
caudal, first and second spine subequal in length; soft dorsal inserted
midway between origin of spinous dorsal and caudal base, rather
short; origin of anal a little in advance of that of the soft dorsal,
nearer to caudal base than origin of ventral; pectoral inserted above
the middle of body, not extending to the origin of spinous dorsal;
ventral inserted below apical one-fifth of the pectoral, not reaching
midway to vent; caudal fin forked.

Head and body covered with uniform cycloid scales, outer edge of
each scale obtusely pointed; a sharply pointed scaly flap along the
spinous dorsal base; pectoral with no scaly flap; ventral fin provided
with a sharply pointed scaly flap; a broad scaly flap between ventral
bases; soft dorsal, anal, pectoral, and base of caudal covered with
minute scales.

Color in life dusky gray above, lower parts whitish, silvery, with
no longitudinal stripes along the series of scales; center of each scale
somewhat darker; pectorals, dorsals, and caudal dusky; the rest of
the fins whitish.

Total length 303 mm.

Described from a specimen from Tainan Fish Market, collected by
M. Oshima on April 20, 1920, and now in the Carnegie Museum.
C. M. Cat. of Fishes, No. 8280. (Coll. M. Oshima.)

Habitat: Many specimens from Tainan Fish Market and Ujuon.

‘near Tok6; a single specimen from Shimo-Tamusui River, and two
from Taihoku Fish Market.

Remarks: One of the commonest species of mullets found in For-

mosa, never reaching a large size.

5. MucGit KELAARTII Giinther.

Nanyo-bora (Japan).

1861. Mugil kelaartii GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., III, p. 429; Point de
Galle, P. I—Perters, Monatsb. Konig]. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1868, p. 263;
Luzon.—Fow ter, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 500; Sandwich Is.
—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 743; Hawaiian Islands.

Head’. in length; depth 3:62; D. TV=1, 8; A. III, 9; P: 157 width

OsHIMA: FISHES. OF THE FAMILY MUGILID®. 249

of head 1.57 in its length; eye 3.50; snout 4.; interorbital space 2.32;
first dorsal spine 2.25; first dorsal ray 1.68; third anal spine 2.47;
first dorsal ray 1.64; least depth of caudal peduncle 2.; thirty-three
scales in a lateral series from gill-opening above to caudal base;
eleven scales counted from the vent upward and backward to soft
dorsal; nineteen predorsal scales.

Body compressed, the upper profile weakly curved, gradually de-
scending anteriorly, the curvature of the lower profile stronger than
the former; head subconic; interorbital space convex; snout rather
short, convex, with a somewhat sharp edge; eye anterior, moderate;
adipose eyelid thin, not covering the iris, the posterior lid broader
than the anterior; mouth subinferior, slightly oblique, its angle reach-
ing to a vertical through the posterior nostril; upper lip situated
obliquely at the lower edge of the snout, rather thin; both jaws with
no teeth, edge of the lower thin and sharp; mandibular angle obtuse;
the cleft of the mouth two and one-half times as broad as deep;
extremity of the maxillary entirely hidden by the pre-orbital, inferior
edge of the latter denticulated; isthmus remarkably narrow, distinct
only at the middle of the lower jaw; nostrils separated, the posterior
larger than the anterior, slit-like, situated in front of eye above.

Seales cycloid, outer margin rounded, with a shallow longitud’nal
groove; those on the top of head larger and irregular, not extending
to the tip of snout; a sharply pointed scaly flap along the base of
spinous dorsal, extending backward beyond the base of the fin;
pectoral and ventral with a scaly flap;.a broad scaly flap between the
ventral bases; soft dorsal, anal, and caudal covered with small scales.

Origin of the spinous.dorsal midway between the tip of snout and
caudal base, first and second spines subequal in length; soft dorsal
inserted midway between origin of spinous dorsal and the base of
caudal; origin of the anal in advance of that of the soft dorsal, root
of the fourth ray corresponds to the origin of the latter; pectoral
nearly as long as the head, reaching to the origin of spinous dorsal;
ventral inserted below the middle of pectoral, reaching more than half
the distance to the vent; caudal forked, tip of each lobe sharply
pointed.

Color in alcohol bluish gray above and shining silvery below, with
no stripes; a black marking at the root of pectoral; dorsals and
caudal dusky, the rest of the fins whitish.

250 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Total length 185 mm.

Described from a specimen from Toko, collected by M. Oshima on
Dec. 23, 1920, and preserved in the Museum of the Institute of Science,
Formosa. C. M., Cat. of Fishes, No. 8282. 182mm. Dec. 20, 1920.
(Coll. M. Oshima. )

Habitat: Two spectmens from Toko.

Remarks: Both specimens from Toko are identical with Ginther’s
M. kelaartit. An Indian mullet described by Francis Day under the
name WV. kelaartii (Fishes of India, p. 352) differs from the type in
having the extremity of the maxillary exposed.

2. Genus Liza Jordan & Swain.

1884. Liza Jorpan & Swatn, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, p: 261. (Glype
Mugil capito Cuvier.)

Body robust, more or less oblong and compressed. Head and body
covered with large scales. Mouth subinferior, more or less trans-
verse; upper lip not much enlarged; teeth movable, ciliiform, some-
times obsolete; anterior margin of mandible thin and sharp. Eyes
without adipose eyelid. First dorsal consisting of four stiff spines;
anal opposite the soft dorsal, slightly longer than the latter, with three
spines. This genus differs from Mugil mainly in the absence of the
adipose eyelid.

Distribution: British and Scandinavian coast; Canary Islands;
Mediterranean; Nile; fresh-water lakes of Tunis; from Red Sea
through Indian Ocean and Archipelago to the coasts of Australia and
Polynesia; India; Ceylon; Philippine Islands; Indo-China; Formosa;
Riu Kiu Islands; Japan.

Key TO FoRMOSAN SPECIES OF LIZA,

al, The upper lip not notably thickened.
bl, 39-40 scales in a lateral series; extremity of maxillary not exposed.
formose@, 6.
b2. 30-33 scales in a lateral series.
cl. Extremity of maxillary not exposed; nostrils separated; origin
of spinous dorsal a little nearer to caudal base than tip of snout.
parva, 7.
c2, Extremity of maxillary exposed; nostrils close together.
d1, Mandibular angle obtuse; the cleft of mouth three and one-
half times as broad as deep; origin of spinous dorsal midway
between tip of snout and base of caudal....pescadorensis, 8.

OSHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY MUGILID&. 951

d2, Mandibular angle obtuse; the cleft of mouth three times as
broad as deep; origin of spinous dorsal nearer to base of
caudal than tipo LU Sm O1tts).ye tere < tees, c)ereys ci erste sis so she troscheli, 9.

6. Liza formose Oshima, sp. nov. (Plate XII, fig. 2.)
Taiwan-menada (Japan).

1865. Mugil suppositus Day, Fishes of Malabar, p. 143; Seas of Malabar and
Malaysia; Cochin (not of GUNTHER).

Head,3 04min length > depth,3:33;, Dy IV—2, 7-2A Nig Pa168) Viel,
5; width of head 1.50 in its length; snout 3.37; interorbital space 2;
eye 4.28; first dorsal spine 2.23; first dorsal ray 1.64; third anal spine
3.50; first anal ray 1.75; least depth of caudal peduncle 2.23; forty
scales (thirty-nine scales on the right) in a lateral series from gill-
opening above to caudal base, three more scales on the latter; thirteen
scales in a transverse series from the vent upward and backward to
soft dorsal; about twenty predorsal scales.

Body oblong, rather high, slightly compressed posteriorly; dorsal
and ventral profiles equally convex; head broad, rounded anteriorly;
a slight ridge from the upper surface of orbit to the pectoral base;
interorbital space more or less convex, rather broad; snout short, not
truncated in front; mouth subinferior, transverse, the cleft four times
as broad as deep, its angle reaching a vertical through the posterior
nostril; mandibular angle markedly obtuse; upper jaw rounded, a
little longer than the lower, with a depression in its inner center,
receiving a knob on the lower jaw; upper lip fleshy, lower lip thin,
distinct only at the angle of mouth; isthmus extremely narrow, elon-
gate; no teeth in the lips;.extremity of maxillary entirely hidden;
both the anterior and lower edges of pre-orbital denticulated; eye
rather small, anterior, with no adipose eyelid; nostrils separated,
anterior nostril a single pore in a short tube, posterior nostril slit-
like, midway between the former and orbit above.

Head and body covered with uniform cycloid scales, those on the
top of head somewhat larger and irregular; outer margin of each
scale rounded; a fine longitudinal groove on all the scales, except
those on head; a scaly flap along the base of spinous dorsal sharply
pointed, elongate, extending backward beyond the base of the fin;
pectoral and ventral with a sharply pointed scaly flap; a broad scaly

252 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

flap between ventral bases; basal part of pectoral, soft dorsal, anal,
and caudal fins covered with minute scales.

Origin of spinous dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of
caudal, rather tiny, its first three spines subequal in length, inserted
close together, the third somewhat shorter, the fourth spine much
weaker and shorter; soft dorsal inserted much nearer to spinous
dorsal than base of caudal, the distance between two dorsals equal
the length of anterior margin of soft dorsal; anal slightly in advance
of the origin of soft dorsal, third spine half as long as the first ray,
the last ray divided into two; upper margin of pectoral in the upper
third of body, shorter than the head, scarcely reaching the origin of
spinous dorsal; ventrals rather short, extending midway to vent;
caudal fin forked in its posterior third.

Color in alcohol dusky gray above. whitish and silvery below; body
with longitudinal stripes along the series of scales; first and second
dorsals, caudal, anal, and pectoral yellowish, minutely dotted with
black ; ventral whitish; a black speck superiorly at the base of pectoral.

Total length 126 mm.

Type: Described from a single specimen from Anpin, collected by
M. Watanabe on Nov. 6, 1919, and preserved in the Carnegie Museum,
Cat. of Fishes, No. 8283. 126mm. (M. Watanabe, Coll.)

Habitat: Anpin near Tainan.

Remarks: In the year 1865 Francis Day described a small mullet
from the Seas of Malabar under the name Mugil suppositus in his
paper entitled “The Fishes of Malabar.” It is quite different, how-
ever, from Giinther’s M. suppositus, because the latter is provided
with eight anal rays, the last of which is split to its base, while the
form under consideration has nine soft rays, the last of which is
distinctly divided into two at the base.

The present species is identical with Day’s M. suppositus, distinctly
differing from the form so named by Gunther in having the maxillary
entirely covered by the pre-orbital and nine soft dorsal rays. It is
necessary, therefore, to give a new name to it, Day’s M. suppositus

being regarded as identical.

OsHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY MUGILID&. ZO

7. Liza parva Oshima, sp. nov. (Plate NI, fig. 2.)

Hime-menada (Japan); Shoahii (Formosa).

Head 3-73; in length; depth-3:35; Dil V—1.8- A. 11,9; P., 15‘: V..1,
5; width of head 1.78 in its length; snout 3.75; eye 3.20; interorbital
space 2.67; first dorsal spine 1.78; first dorsal ray 1.60; third anal
spine 2.50; first anal ray 1.67; least depth of caudal peduncle 2.29;
pectoral 1.14; ventral 1.50; thirty-three scales in a lateral series from
gill-opening above to caudal base and three more large ones on the
latter; eleven scales from the vent upward and backward to the soft
dorsal; eighteen predorsal scales.

Body rather high, strongly compressed, deepest at the origin of
spinous dorsal; dorsal profile convex, gradually descending anteriorly,
ventral profile much more convex than the former; head small, sub-
coniform; snout short, rather broad, truncated in front; interorbital
space more or less convex; eye moderate, anterior, with no adipose
eyelid; mouth subinferior, its angle reaching a vertical through ante-
rior border of posterior nostril, the cleft three times as broad as
deep; mandibular angle obtuse, symphysis forming a small knob,
which fits into a depression above; extremity of maxillary entirely
hidden; teeth none on both jaws; upper lip fleshy; lower lip thin, with
sharp edge; lower pre-orbital edge finely serrated; nostrils separated,
the anterior a simple pore, nearer to extremity of snout than orbit,
the posterior slightly larger than the former, semilunar, with a cu-
taneous membrane, situated midway between anterior nostril and orbit
above; isthmus elongate, lanceolate, slightly constricted at middle.

Scales in an even longitudinal series, rather thin, round; head scaly,
smaller scales below, extending forward on snout though not quite
to its edge; a sharply pointed scaly flap along the spinous dorsal base;
pectoral with a short scaly flap; a slender pointed scaly flap at the
root of ventral; a broad scaly flap between ventral bases; base of the
soft dorsal, anal, and caudal covered with small scales.

Origin of the spinous dorsal a little nearer base of caudal than tip
of snout, first and second spines subequal in length; soft dorsal in-
serted nearer origin of spinous dorsal than the base of caudal; origin
of anal two scales in advance of that of the soft dorsal, midway be-
tween caudal base and origin of ventral; pectoral elongate, scarcely
reaching to the origin of spinous dorsal, inserted in the middle of body

254 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

above; ventral inserted below the middle of pectoral, reaching beyond
midway to vent.

Color in alcohol slaty above, lower part silvery; spines and rays of
dorsal fins minutely speckled with black, the fin-membranes whitish;
caudal fin more or less dusky, with darker edge; pectoral, ventral, and
anal fins whitish.

Total length 70 mm.

Type: Described from a specimen from Anpin, collected by M.
Watanabe, and preserved in the Carnegie Museum, Cat. of Fishes, No.
8284. 70 mm.

Habitat: Six specimens were obtained at Anpin near Tainan, all
mature, with ripened ovaries and testes; and numerous examples from
Toko at the estuary of the Shimo-Tamusui River.

Remarks: The present species is closely allied to Liza troscheli,
differing from it, however, in having the maxillaries not exposed and
the nostrils separated.

8. Liza pescadorensis Oshima, spnov. (Plate XII, figs 1)
Taiwan-bora (Japan).

Head 3.96 in length; depth 4.11; D. IV-1, 8; A. III, 9; P. 16; V. I,
5; width of head 1.44 in its length; snout 3.59; eye 4.38; interorbital
space 2.20; first dorsal spine 1.65; first dorsal ray 1.93; third anal
spine 3.; first anal ray 2.28; least depth of caudal peduncle 2.33;
pectoral 1.40; ventral 1.75; thirty-three scales in a lateral series from
gill-opening above to caudal base and four more large ones on the
latter; ten scales in a transverse series from the vent upward and
backward to soft dorsal; twenty predorsal scales.

Body elongate, compressed posteriorly ; dorsal profile nearly straight,
~erv slightly descending anteriorly, ventral profile convex; deepest at
the origin of spinous dorsal; head rather robust, lower surface more
or less constricted below eye; lower surface much more inclined than
the superior; snout quadrate, rather broad; interorbital space flat-
tened, nearly straight; eye large, anterior, with no adipose eyelid;
mouth subinferior, the cleft three and one-half times as broad as
deep, its angle scarcely reaching a vertical through the anterior border
of the anterior nostril; mandibular angle remarkably obtuse, sym-
physis forming a small knob, which fits into a depression above; ex-

‘aou ‘ds ‘eulrysQ vsowdof pavT *z
“Aou “ds ‘VUITYSEO Sisuadopprsad DzIT *I

bo A ORORSS,

(
eco

{
i

D3 [| IX “ISA “ANASAW 3ZIDSSNYVD STVNNY

=

ao

OsHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY MUGILID&. 255

tremity of maxillary exposed; teeth none, except a single series of
minute ones along the extremity of upper lip; upper lip rather fleshy;
lower pre-orbital edge finely denticulate; isthmus narrow, elongate,
slightly constricted at middle, lanceolate; nostrils close together, ante-
rior nostril a simple pore with slight cutaneous rim; posterior nostril
much larger than the former, widely opened.

Scales moderate, in an even longitudinal series, mostly uniform;
head scaly, smaller scales below, large scales extend forward on snout,
though not quite to its edge; a scaly pointed flap along the spinous
dorsal base; pectoral fin with no scaly flap; axillary scaly ventral
flap two in the fin, sharply pointed; a broad scaly flap between ventral
bases; soft dorsal, anal, and caudal covered with minute scales.

Origin of spinous dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of
caudal, first and second spine subequal in length; soft dorsal inserted
midway between origin of spinous dorsal and base of caudal; origin
of anal two scales before that of the soft dorsal, much nearer caudal
base than the ventral origin; caudal fin deeply forked, upper lobe
somewhat longer than the lower; pectoral rather short, inserted above
the middle of the body; ventral inserted about opposite last third in
pectoral, not reaching half way to vent.

Color in alcohol bluish gray above, whitish below, silvery; spinous
dorsal dusky; soft dorsal, anal, and caudal uniformly dusted with
dusky specks, edge of the latter somewhat darker; pectoral more or
less dusky; ventral whitish; body with no distinct dark stripes along
each row of scales.

Total length 275 mm.

Type: Described from a specimen from Bako, Pescadores Islands,
collected by M. Oshima on June 5, 1920, and now in the Carnegie
Museum, Cat. of Fishes, No. 8285.

Habitat: Our specimens came from Pescadores Islands and Toko,
a small town in the southernmost part of Formosa.

Remarks: The present species is very closely allied to Liza smitht
from the Cape of Good Hope, differing from it in having ten scales
in a transverse series instead of eleven to twelve.

256 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

9. Liza troscheli (Bleeker).
Kobora (Japan).

1858. Mugil troscheli BLEEKER, Nat. Tijdschs. Ned. Ind., XVI, p. 277—Act.
Soc. Sc. Indo-Neerl., VIII, 1860, p. 80; Sumatra—GtnrTuH_Enr, Cat. Fish., III,
1861, p. 448; Coast of Java, Borneo, and Ceylon.—Day, Fish. Brit. India,
1878, p. 358; Indian Sea to Malay Archipelago—RutTTER, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1897, p. 70; Swatow.

1903. Liza troscheli JorpaN & EvERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p.
332; Hokot6, Formosa.—Jorpan & Seate, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., XXVI,
1906, p. 11; Cavite, P. I—Jorpan & RicHarpson, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish.,
XXVII, 1908, p. 244; Iloilo—SmirH & Srare, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIX,
p. 76; Mindanao.—SgraLe & Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII, 1907,
p. 240; Zamboanga.—JorpAN & RrcHARDSON, Mem, Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4,
1909, p. 176; Takao; Hokot6, Formosa.—Snyper, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
XXXII, 1912, p. 495; Okinawa.—JorpAan & Srarxks, Ann. Carneg. Mus., XI,
Nos. 3 & 4; 1917, p. 439; Ceylon.—Osuima, Ann. Carneg. Mus. man 1919,
Nos. 2-4; Sobun R.; Hokot6é; Takao, Formosa.

Head 4 in length; depth! 4.06; D. IV—2, 7; A. Ill, 9;°P. 15; V..5
5; width of head 1.31 in its length; eye 4; snout 3.42; interorbital
space 2.27; first dorsal spine 1.79; first dorsal ray 2.; third anal spine
3.33; first anal ray 1.79; thirty-two scales in a lateral series from gill-
opening above to caudal base, and three more large ones on the latter;
ten scales in a transverse series from the vent upward and backward
to soft dorsal; about twenty predorsal scales.

Body oblong, compressed posteriorly, the ventral profile much more
curved than the dorsal, the profile between tip of snout and spinous
dorsal slightly convex, gradually descending anteriorly; deepest at the
origin of spinous dorsal; head rather small, top more or less convex;
snout quadrate, truncated in front; interorbital space rather broad,
slightly convex; upper jaw longer than the lower; mouth subinferior,
slightly oblique, its angle reaching a vertical through the posterior
border of the anterior nostril; the cleft three times as broad as deep;
mandibular angle obtuse; extremity of maxillary exposed; upper lip
fleshy, with a series of minute teeth along the outer edge; lower jaw
with no teeth, its outer edge thin and sharp; a depression in the upper
jaw receiving a small knob on the symphysis of the lower jaw; lower
external edge of the pre-orbital finely denticulated; isthmus very nar-
row, elongate; eye moderate, with no adipose eyelid; nostrils close
together, the anterior a simple pore in a very short tube, the posterior
slit-like, a little larger.

OsHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY MUGILID&. P57

Origin of spinous dorsal nearer to base of caudal than tip of snout,
anterior three spines inserted close together, the first and second sub-
equal in length; soft dorsal inserted nearer base of caudal than origin
of anal; origin of anal three scales in advance of that of the
soft dorsal, much nearer to base of caudal than origin of ventral;
pectoral inserted above the middle of body, rather short, not reaching
the spinous dorsal; origin of ventral below the last third of the pec-
toral, not reaching half way to vent; caudal fin forked at the apical
one-third.

Head and body covered with large cycloid scales, outer edge of
each scale obtusely pointed; scales on the top of the head somewhat
larger and irregular, not reaching the tip of snout; a sharply pointed
scaly flap along the base of spinous dorsal; pectoral with no scaly
flap; ventral with a sharply pointed scaly flap, a broad scaly flap be-
tween ventral bases; soft dorsal, anal, basal part of pectoral, and
caudal covered with small scales.

Color in alcohol dusky gray above, lower parts white, silvery;
ventrals whitish; the rest of the fins dusky.

Total length 257 mm.

Described from a specimen from Bako, Pescadores Islands, col-
lected by Oshima on June 2, 1920, and now in the Carnegie Museum,
Cat. of Fishes, No. 8286. 257 mm.

Habitat: Our specimens came from Sobun River near Tabani;
Toko; Takao; Buraku River; AkO; and Pescadores Islands. One of
the commonest mullets in Formosa.

Genus CHELON Rose.

1793. Chelon Rose, Petri Artedi Angermannia Sueci Synonymia Nominum
Piscium, Editio II, p. 118. Type xedAwy Aristotle, Mugil chelo Cuvier and
Valenciennes.

1863. Chenomugil Git, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XV, p. 169. Type Mugil
proboscideus Gunther.

This genus, as here understood, agrees with Liza in the absence of
the adipose eyelid, differing, however, in the greatly thickened upper
lip, which, in typical species, at least, is fringed on the edge and
covered with flat, flexible teeth. Further comparative studies are
necessary before we can be sure that Chenomugil is identical with
Chelon, and the Formosan species may be generically distinct from
both.

258 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

10. Chelon crenilabis (Forskal).” (Plate: X11; fet 19)
Boko-menada (Japan).

1775. Mugil crenilabis ForsKA, Descr. Anim., p. 73.—CUVIER & VALENCIENNES,
Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, 1828, p. 123.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., III,
1861, p. 458; Red Sea.

1828. Mugil fasciatus CuviER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, p. 125.

Head 4. in length; depth) 3.53; D: 1V—2; 73 Ay 1M 9:2 aoe Vee
5; width of head 1.46 in its length; snout 2.83; interorbital space 2;
eye 4.52; first dorsal spine 2.; first dorsal ray 1.64; third anal spine
3.3 first anal ray 1.53; least depth of caudal peduncle 1.92; forty scales
in a lateral series from gill-opening above to caudal base, three more
large scales on the latter; twelve scales in a transverse series from
vent upward and backward to the soft dorsal; about twenty-one pre-
dorsal scales.

Body oblong, rather high, slightly compressed posteriorly; dorsal
and ventral profiles equally convex; head subconiform, upper surface
more or less convex; interorbital space rather broad; snout short,
truncated in front; mouth terminal, transverse, the cleft four times
as broad as deep, its angle reaching to a vertical through the poste-
rior nostril; mandibular angle obtuse; upper lip remarkably thick,
granulated, with small fleshy fringes along its edge, inferior part
whitish; lower lip rather thin, outer edge fringed; depression of the
upper jaw shallow, receiving a small knob at the symphysis of the
lower jaw; extremity of maxillary entirely hidden by pre-orbital, in-
ferior edge of the latter denticulated; isthmus very narrow, elongate;
eye moderate, anterior, with no adipose eyelid; nostrils separated, the
posterior slit-like, situated midway between the anterior nostril and
orbit above.

Head and body covered with uniform cycloid scales, those on the
top of head somewhat larger and irregular; a fine longitudinal groove
on the scales on the body; a sharply pointed scaly flap along the base
of spinous dorsal, extending backward beyond the base of the fin;
pectoral and ventral with a pointed scaly flap; a broad scaly flap be-
tween ventral bases; soft dorsal and anal scaly; proximal part of the
caudal covered with small scales.

Origin of spinous dorsal nearer tip of snout than caudal base, first
spine the longest, fourth spine rather tiny; soft dorsal inserted much

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate XIII

1. Chelon crenilabis (Forskal).

2. Centriscus scutatus Linneus.

. Centriscus capito Oshima, sp. nov.

Ww

OsHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY MUGILID2. 259

nearer to the spinous dorsal than caudal base, the distance between
two dorsals much longer than the length of anterior margin of soft
dorsal; anal inserted slightly in advance of the origin of soft dorsal,
third spine nearly half as long as the first ray; pectoral inserted in
the middle of the body above, not reaching the origin of spinous
dorsal; ventrals rather short, extending beyond half-way to vent;
caudal fin forked, tip of each lobe sharply pointed.

Color in alcohol. uniformly dusky gray above, whitish and silvery
below; upper two-thirds of the upper lip gray; a black spot superiorly
at the base of pectoral; all the fins except ventrals dusky.

Total length 258 mm.

Described from a specimen from Pescadores Islands, collected by
M. Oshima on September 15, 1920. [This example seems to agree
fully with the account of Mugil crenilabis as given by Cuvier and
Valenciennes. It is not, however, a true Mugil, and it may prove the
type of a genus distinct from Chelon.—D., S. JorpAn. |

Habitat: Pescadores Islands! (a single specimen).

1 The “ Pescadores Islands’’ here mentioned, are a small group west of For-
mosa, and not to be confounded with other groups of the same name.—Eb.

Vil. A REVIEW OF THE FISHES OF THE) FAMILY €EN=
TRISCIDAZ FOUND IN THE WATERS OF FORMOSA.

By MAsAMItTsu OsHIMaA, Pas;
(ry Se, ees: 2—=38)

The present paper gives a review of the fishes of the family
Centriscide found in the waters of the Island of Formosa. It is
based on the material in the Institute of Science of the Government
of Formosa, collected by Mr. Muneshige Watanabe of the Marine
Experiment Station at Tainan, and Mr. Akitaro Kihara of the Toko
Fish Market. I express my hearty thanks for the courtesy shown by
those two gentlemen. :

Family CENTRISCID.,
(THE SHRIMP FISHES, )

Form of body elongate, much compressed. Anterior bones of skull
much produced and forming a long tube terminating in a small mouth.
Body covered with a bony dorsal cuirass, which is connate with the
internal skeleton,- ending posteriorly in a long projection, which has
sometimes a movable spine at its end. Longitudinal axis of the tail
deflected from that of the trunk through the encroachment of the
dorsal cuirass. Dorsal fins two, crowded together under the terminal
spine of dorsal cuirass. Ventrals abdominal. Teeth none. Parietals
absent. Post-temporal suturally connected to cranium; supraclavicle
present. Ribs developed. Postclavicles present.

Habitat: Indian Ocean to Western Pacific.

Species few and small, fantastically formed, the translucent cara-
pace suggesting that of a shrimp (Jordan & Starks).

I. CENTRIsScUS Linnzus.

1758. Centriscus LINNZUS, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, Vol. I, p. 335. (Type Centriscus
scutaius LINN#US.)

1775. Amphisilen KLEIN, Neu. Schauplatz Nat. I, p. 280. (Type Centriscus
scutatus LINN#uS) (non-binomial).

1817. Amphisile (KLEIN) CuviER, Régne Anim., Ed. I. (Type Centriscus
scutatus LINNZUS.)

260

OsSHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY CENTRISCID. 261

Body elongate, strongly compressed, provided with a dorsal cuirass

which is formed by portions of the skeleton; the longitudinal axis of
the tail is not in the plane with that of the trunk. Scales none. Two
dorsal fins, situated on the hindermost part of the back; ventral fins

rudimentary, abdominal. Three or four branchiostegals; gill-opening
of moderate width, four gills and pseudobranchiz; air-bladder large;
pyloric appendage none.

al,

Distribution: From the eastern coast of Africa to the seas of China.

Key to SpeciES FouND IN ForMOSA.

Length of head three or more than three in the total length; ventrals with
three rays inserted midway between the anterior border of orbit and the
last anal ray; the distance between the pectoral and the tip of snout equal
to that between the former and the root of the first dorsal spine.

Scutatus, I.

. Length of head less than three in the total length; ventrals with four rays

inserted behind the midway between the anterior border of orbit and last
anal ray; the distance between the pectoral and the tip of snout much
longer than that between the former and the root of the first dorsal spine.

capito, 2.

1. Centriscus scutatus Linneus. (Plate XIII, fig. 2.)

Yoroi-uwo (Japan) (Armour-fish).

1758. Centriscus scutatus LINN#&US, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, p. 415.—GMeELIN, Car.

Linn. Syst. Nat., 1778, p. 1460.—Btocu, Naturg. ausl. Fisch., 1786, IV, p.
80, Pl. 123, fig. 2; India.—LacépEpE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., II, 1798, p. 88, 1,
Pl. XIX, fig. 2—BrtocH & ScHNEIDER, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 113.—SHAw,
Gen.. Zool., V, 1800, p. 458, pl. 181.—BLEEKER, Versl. Akad. Amst. (2) II,
1868, p. 298; Waigiou.—Fish. Madagascar, 1875, p. 75; Madagascar.—
Jorpan & Seas, Bull. Bur. Fish., XXVI, 1906, p. 9; Manila— WEBER,
Fisch Siboga Exped., 1913, p. 99; Lombock; Banda; Timor.

1763. Centriscus sp. GRroNovius, Zoophyl., No. 396, tab. 7, fig. 3.

18

17. Amphisile scutata Cuvier, Régne Anim., Guér. Iconogr. Poiss., pl. 45,
fig. 3—BLEEKER, Journ. Ind. Arch. II, 1848, No. 9, p. 633; Sumbawa.—
JeRDoNn, Mad. Journ. Linn. Sc., XVII, 1851, p. 140; Madras.—BLEEKeER, Nat.
igdschre Neds ind) Mss1esn, p-°245;;: Banda.—/>. co Tl 1852) ps 23'5)5
Amboina; Ceram.—l. c. XII, 1856, p. 216; Nias.—/. c. XII, 1856, p. 234;
Batae. lsi—/. co) XU) 187) p. 3%2)3 Sanger Iso ez XV, 1858, (p..2023
Goram Arch.—l. c. XVIII, 1859, p. 373; Banka.—Act. Soc. Sc. Indo-Neerl.,
VIII, 1860, p. 63 —GUtNTHER, Cat. Fish., III, 1861, p. 525; East Indian and
Chinese Seas —BLeEEKER, Act. Soc. Ind. Neerl., VIII, 1860, p. 15; Celebes.—
Vers]. Akad. Amst., XII, 1861, p. 41; Singapore.—/. c. XIV, 1862, p. 103;

262 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Batan.—Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk., I, 1863, p. 154; Haemahera—l. c. I, 1863,
p. 275; Timor.—l. c. IV, 1873, p. 133; China—Lttxen, Vid. Medd. Nath.
Foren, Kjgb., 1865, p. 213—KLUNzIGER, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien. 1871, p. 517.—
Day, Fish. India, 1878, p. 361; Seas of India to China—GtntTHer, Rept.
Shore Fish., 1880, p. 53; Philippines.

Head 3. in the total length; depth 7.63; width of head 9.80 in its
length; interorbital space 11. in head; eye 11.; 1.60 in postorbital
part: Di Tih es vAsi2 srr eroe, View:

Body very much compressed, rather elongate, thin and more or less
rounded above; tapering below to an extremely thin drawn-out cutting
edge; head tapering anteriorly into a long tubular snout, ending in a
terminal mouth; dermal skeleton ends posteriorly in a long, sharply
pointed spine; interorbital space rather flat, with a shallow median
groove, both sides of which longitudinally striated; the rostral tube
compressed into a cutting edge inferiorly; mouth extremely small,
terminal, with no teeth; nostrils lateral, very close together, situated
one before the other in front of the orbit; operculum ovate, longer
than high, antero-inferior edge sharply pointed downward; sub-
operculum broad anteriorly, tapering behind; prze- and inter-operculum
united, thin and transparent, forming a broad membraneous margin
below the throat; eye moderate, situated at the posterior one-fourth
of the head.

The back of the trunk cuirassed by a bony sheath, which extends
downward nearly to the middle of the sides, having a shallow notch
before and above the pectoral; the cuirass produced posteriorly into
a sharply pointed spine; it consists of four median pairs of narrow
bones and six lateral ones of lamelliform shape, and of a single, long
dagger-shaped bone which forms the dorsal spine, the sutures of all
these bones deeply serrated except the dorsal median suture; lower
half of the sides covered by a transparent tough covering, supported
by ten ribs.

Close beneath the posterior spine the vertical fins are crowded;
the spinous and soft dorsals point nearly straight backward, the caudal
obliquely downward, and the anal straight downward; the pectoral
inserted upon the middle of the sides above, the distance from the
operculum equal to the length from the pre-orbital edge to the end
of operculum, the distance between origin of pectoral and the tip of
snouts equals the distance between the former and the root of the

OsHIMA: FISHES OF THE FAMILY CENTRISCID. 2835

first dorsal spine, uppermost ray the longest; ventrals rudimentary,
inserted upon the carinated edge of abdomen, below the fifth rib, its
distance from the anterior orbital rims equal to that to the root of
the last anal ray; dorsal spines slender, inserted close together, con-
nected with the dorsal spine and with one another by a transparent
membrane, the uppermost spine much longer than the others; soft
dorsal ray slender and long, reaching beyond the end of the caudal;
caudal fin rather tiny, obtusely rounded.

Color in alcohol uniformly pale yellow, with no markings; the
rostral tube, the place occupied by the air-bladder, and the broad
membraneous edge of the lower parts transparent; terminal spine and
all the fins whitish.

Total length 147 mm.

Described from a single specimen from Anpin near Tainan, col-
lected by M. Watanabe in the year 19109.

Habitat: East Indies, north to Formosa.

2. Centriscus capito Oshima, Spmiov. . (Plate=20rll, "fig. 3.)

Taiwan Yoroi-uwo (Japan) (Formosan armour-fish).

Head 2.72 in the total length; depth 6.81; width of head 9.75 in its
length; interorbital space 10.75; eye 10.75; 1.5 in postorbital part;
Dil. to A i2s0P tor Vi. A. .

Body very much compressed, elongate, thin, and very slightly
rounded above, tapering below to an extremely thin, drawn-out cut-
ting edge; head tapering into a long tubular snout, having a small
terminal mouth; dermal skeleton ends posteriorly in a sharply pointed,
long spine; interorbital space rather flat, with a shallow median
groove, both sides of which longitudinally striated; rostral tube com-
pressed into a cutting edge inferiorly; mouth terminal, a single pore,
with no teeth; nostrils lateral, close together, situated in front of the
orbit; eye moderate, posterior; operculum ovate, slightly longer than
high, antero-inferior edge acutely pointed downwards; suboperculum
broad anteriorly, curved and tapering posteriorly; pre- and inter-
operculum united, thin and transparent, forming a broad membranous
margin below the throat.

The back of the trunk cuirassed by a bony sheath, which extends
downwards nearly to the middle of the sides, having a shallow notch
before and above the pectoral; the posterior end of the cuirass pro-

ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII. 18, FEB. 2I, 1922.

264 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

duced into a strong spine; the cuirass consists of four median pairs
of narrow bone and six lateral ones of the lamelliform shape, and of
a single, long, dagger-shaped bone, forming the dorsal spine; sutures
of all these bones deeply serrated except the dorsal median sutures;
lower parts of the sides covered with a transparent tough covering,
supported by nine ribs.

Close beneath the posterior spine the vertical fins are crowded; the
spinous and soft dorsal point nearly straight backward, the caudal
obliquely downward, and the anal straight downward; the pectoral
inserted upon the middle of the sides above, the distance from the
operculum equals the length of the orbit and the operculum taken
together, the distance between the pectoral and the tip of the snout
much exceeds the distance between the former and the root of the
first dorsal spine, the fin rather long, the uppermost ray the longest;
ventrals rudimentary, inserted upon the carinated edge of abdomen,
below the fourth rib, its distance from the anterior orbital margin
nearly equals the distance between the ventral and the soft dorsal
base; dorsal spines rather slender, inserted close together beneath the
base of the dorsal spine, connected with it and with one another by a
transparent membrane, the first spine the longest, nearly twice as long
as the third; soft dorsal rather slender, elongate, reaching beyond the
tip of caudal; caudal fin quadrate, its tip obtusely rounded.

Color in alcohol pale yellow; rostral tube, the place occupied by the
air-bladder, and the membraneous margin of the lower parts trans-
parent; all the fins whitish.

Total length 108 mm.

Type: Described from a specimen from Toko, collected by A.
Kihara, and now in the Carnegie Museum, Cat. of Fishes, No. 8287,
marked “type specimen.”

Habitat: Tdk6, a small town at the estuary of the Shimo-Tamusui
River (three specimens).

The present species distinctly differs from Centriscus scutatus in
the following points:

1. Head is longer, contained less than three in the total length.

2. Pectoral inserted much behind a point midway between the tip of
snout and the root of the first dorsal spine.

3. Ventral is provided with four rays.

4. The distance between the ventral and the pre-orbital edge much
longer than that between the former and the root of the last anal ray.

Wir NOTES ON” SOME SPECIES: OF (CHALCIDOIDEA IN
THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

By Huco KAHL.

The question of the identity and location of the type of the genus
Pentasmicra Ashmead having been raised in a letter written by Mr.
A. B. Gahan, of the United States National Museum, to Dr. W. J.
Holland, the latter requested me to investigate the subject.

I discover that there is only one specimen labeled Pentasmicra in
the collection upon which Ashmead founded his memoir upon the
Chalcidoidea published by the Carnegie Museum (Memoirs Carnegie
Museum, Vol. 1, 1904, pp. 225-551). On page 252 Ashmead states
that the type of his new genus is “P. brasiliensis Ashmead.’ The
single individual assigned to the genus Pentasmicra in the collection
unfortunately bears no specific name on the label. It, however,
agrees in the main with the diagnosis of the genus given on pages
252 and 455 by Ashmead. It can not possibly be referred to any of
Walker’s species of the genus Smicra (Smiera) referred by Ashmead
to his new genus. It differs in size, as well as in its other features,
from the insects named by Walker. There seems to be but one con-
clusion possible, and that is that Ashmead carelessly neglected to
write the specific name upon the label, and that the specimen bearing
the generic name in his own handwriting must be regarded as the
type of the genus which he has erected in his work. If there were
any other individuals of the genus in the collection, we would be left
in doubt, but this unique specimen, bearing Ashmead’s generic name,
must be chosen as the lectotype and the specific name brasiliensis,
which he gave it in his paper, should be supplied.

As Ashmead’s description is generic, and he has failed to give in
his work a close description of the insect, I supply the deficiency.

Pentasmicra brasiliensis Ashmead.
Pentasmicra brasiliensis Ashmead, Type, 9. Length of body from
front of head to the apex of the abdomen 6 mm. Color yellow.
Occiput along the foramen with a transverse, black band, which is

265

266 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

very narrow at its middle and greatly expanded laterally. Scape of
the antenne yellow, bordered on the inner side with a black line; the
flagellum below and the entire pedicel rufous; the rest of the flagellum
above dusky brown, this color being more intense on the apical half.
The distance between a posterior ocellus and the eye is distinctly less
than the width of the ocellus. The left mandible is plainly bidentate;
the dentition dark brown. The right mandible is concealed, but with
the sides of its dark-brown apex seen in an oblique light at first
glance presents the appearance of a third tooth, which may have
misled Ashmead, as it at first misled me, until I examined the mandible
of the opposite side. - The middle lobe of mesonotum has a transverse
black stripe, occupying a little more than one-third of the anterior
margin, and two longitudinal outwardly curved, blackish lines, con-
nected with the lateral ends of the antero-marginal stripe, and con-
nected with each other at the posterior third of this lobe; thus the
antero-marginal stripe and the two curved lines form together a circle,
and from the posterior end of this circle extends apparently a blackish
line to the posterior margin of the lobe. The pin has unfortunately
been thrust through the body behind the circular mark, and this ex-
tended line can not be distinctly defined. Scapula with its anterior
margin and a short longitudinal stripe near its inner margin blackish.
Axilla with the inner corners black, this color extending narrowly
across the anterior margin of the scutellum. Scutellum with a black-
ish, reverted T-mark, the stem of which, very narrow and pointed,
reaches the anterior border; its rather short cross-line, pointed at
each end, rests on the posterior fifth of the scutellum. The scutellum
ends in a small slightly concave plate, the distal margin of which is
gently emarginate, and its lateral, semitranslucent corners only slightly
produced. The breast between the anterior and middle pairs of legs
black, and this color extends dorsad along the anterior margin of
episternum; the ventral portion of metathorax between the posterior
pair of legs black. The posterior cox above with the apical socket
black; the posterior femora each on inner side at base near dorsal
margin with a short, longitudinal, blackish-brown stripe; they are
armed along the externo-ventral edge with five strong teeth, which
have their apical halves black; the distance between the two large
basal teeth of both the femora is about twice as great as the distance
between the other large teeth; the right femur has an additional,

KAHL: SOME SPECIES OF CHALCIDOIDEA. 267

sharply pointed, sixth tooth, small, but distinct, and situated midway
between the two large basal teeth; on the left femur is seen an ex-
tremely minute, black tubercle between the two large basal teeth and
immediately distad of the apical tooth a short, blunt, black tubercle;
the two large basal teeth are acute, the third less so, and the fourth
and fifth are blunt at apex; the posterior tibia narrowly bordered
with black along the externo-ventral edge, and along the middle of
the dorsal edge there is an oblong reddish-brown spot; tarsi with the
extreme apex dark brown. Abdomen conical, its extreme apex black,
reaching almost as far distad as the apices of the posterior femora,
its petiole short, only as long as wide. Wings hyaline with brown
veins, the marginal and post-marginal veins of nearly equal length,
each about four times longer than the stigmal vein.

‘

It is worthy of note that Ashmead says that the “eyes are large,
occupying nearly the whole sides of the head,” but in the specimen
they are not more prominent and enlarged than in “ ? Hexasmicra
trinidadensis”’ Ashmead, “ ? Hexasmicra brasiliensis”? Ashmead, and
Ashmead’s species of the genus Spilochalcis. Ashmead did not take
into consideration the irregularity in the dentition of the posterior
femora of the specimen here treated when naming it Pentasmicra.
He also places Smicra cerina Walker in Pentasmicra. Walker in his
table does place it with those with five strong teeth on the hind
femora, but in his description of S. cerina he writes: “ hind-femora
armed with six teeth, five of which are large.”

Genus Hexasmicra etc.

When Ashmead (p. 252) erected the genus Hexasmicra, he chose
as the type species Smicra (Smiera) transversa Walker, and on page
455 he referred with doubt to Hexrasmicra two new species, ? Hexa-
smicra trinidadensis Ashmead and ? Hexasmicra brasiliensis Ash-
mead, each represented by a single specimen. The former is labeled
by Ashmead “ Xanthosmicra trinidadensis Ashm., type.” Hexasmicra
brasiliensis is so labeled, but without a question-mark and without
“Type” written on the label. This seems to show that Ashmead was
not quite satisfied with the generic position of the two species, and
intended probably to remove them from association with Walker’s
dark, robust, and large species. Both of these two species of Ash-

268 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

mead are generically identical, and should they finally be removed
from Hexasmicra, it would be proper to retain Ashmead’s manuscript
name Xanthosmicra with his trinidadensis as the type species. Both
species differ from Hesxasmicra transversa Walker in having the
petiole long (pp. 454-455), the posterior femora abruptly widened
from base, and the distance between a posterior ocellus and the eye
scarcely as wide as the width of the ocellus. In brasiliensis the dis-
tance is distinctly less. In H. transversa Walker the petiole is not
longer than wide (pp. 252 and 454); the posterior femora are grad-
ually (not abruptly) widened from base; and the distance between a
posterior ocellus and the eye is distinctly greater than the width of
the ocellus. In H. trinidadensis the left mandible is bidentate (the
right one is concealed). In H. brasiliensis the dentition can not be
studied without relaxing the specimen. The types of both of these
species have the femoral teeth black in their apical half. The two
are closely related to the type of Heptasmicra quadrimaculata Ash-
mead (p. 453), which, in fact, is generically separated from them
only by having a seventh, small femoral tooth between the two large
basal teeth.

Leucospis enderleini Ashmead.

Leucospis enderleini Ashmead (Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. I,
p. 405, Plate XX XI, Fig. 1)—As Ashmead’s description and figure
do not agree, Mr. J. C. Crawford, of the United States National
“Museum, asked the writer some years ago to examine the type of
enderleini; the writer did not find any specimen in the Carnegie Mu-
‘seum labeled Leucospis enderleini, but one female labeled “ Leucospis
schlettereri Ashm. type,” and, as no species so named was described
by Ashmead, the writer examined the one labeled schlettereri and
found it to perfectly agree with the description of enderleini. There
is not the slightest doubt that the specimen labeled L. schlettereri is
the type of L. enderleini, and the length of the ovipositor is as de-
scribed by Ashmead, but the figure is incorrect. Dr. Schletterer
wrote extensively on Leucospis, and Ashmead was evidently thinking
of Schletterer and wrote that name on the label instead of enderleint.
This happened at a time when the great hymenopterist felt the effect
of failing health. The writer has attached a corrected note to the
specimen below Ashmead’s label for the guidance for future students.

bx) DHE GENUS, DICYSTA {CHAMPION “GIEMIPTERA).+

By Cart J. DRAKE,

(ONE TEXT-FIGURE.)

The genus Dicysta was founded by Champion (Biologia Centrali-
Americana, Hemipt.-Heteropt., Vol. II, 1897, p. 5, Pl. 1, figs. 4, 4a)
upon a single specimen from Panama. As stated in the original de-
scription, the genus greatly resembles the more exaggerated forms of
Leptostyla, except that the foliaceous median carina is developed
behind into a large bladder-like structure. The latter inflated process
appears very much like the hood in size and shape, and thus distin-
guishes Dicysta from Leptostyla, Corythucha, Stephanitis, and other
closely related genera. The lateral carine are wanting.

The three species described herewith slightly modify the generic
description. The hood is somewhat variable in shape and entirely
covers the head. In D. vitrea Champion, D. hollandi n. sp., and D.
braziliensis n. sp. the hood is connected posteriorly a little below its
crest by the foliaceous median carina and the anterior portion of the
median carina is areolate between the hood and its inflated posterior
process. In D. smithi n. sp. the hood is connected posteriorly near
its base by the median carina, and, on the other hand, the median
carina is neither strongly raised nor areolate between its inflated
posterior process and the hood. The paranota are more or less re-
flexed; the width and shape varies according to the species. The
metasternal orifice is distinct, except in D. vitrea, where it is more or
less distinct. The length of the rostrum and wings is somewhat vari-
able. The elytra are twice as long as the abdomen, but the shape is
quite variable. The head usually bears three frontal spines, one on
each side of the median line, and a median spine placed a little above
the lateral spines. The species are all neotropical and nothing is
known concerning their food-plants and habits.

1 Contribution No. 35 from the Department of Entomology, New York
State College of Forestry, Syracuse, New York.

269

270 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Kry TO THE SPECIES OF DICYSTA,

1. Median carina strongly raised and areolate between its inflated posterior
process and the hood, connected with the latter a little below the crest;
costal area with three or more rows of areole at its widest part....... 2s

ta. Median carina neither foliaceous nor areolate between its inflated pos-
terior process and the hood, connected with the latter at the base; costal
area moderately wide, biseriate............. ....D. smithi n. sp. (No. 4).

2. Paranota moderately wide, only slightly reflexed, biseriate ; elytra with
rather small tumid elevations, the lateral margins diverging posteriorly to
Ehesroun decdatips eraeccsvecmtesce cekeie ete.orvotele rete D. braziliensis n. sp. (No. 3).

2a. Paranota very wide, strongly reflexed, with four or five rows of areole;
elytra with large tumid elevations, the lateral margins from about the
basal third to the rounded tips, nearly parallel on posterior two-thirds. ..3.

3. Paranota shell-shaped, very strongly recurved, the under surface of the
distal row of areole visible above........... D. vitrea Champion (No. 1).

3a. Paranota with the anterior and posterior margins very strongly recurved,
the lateral margins not recurved at all (see fig. 1, a and b).

D. hollandi n. sp. (No. 2).

1. Dicysta vitrea Champion.

Dicysta vitrea CHAMPION, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hemipt.-Heteropt., vol. II, 1897,
p: 55 eli 1, figs. 4s aia:

The type of this species, collected at Volcan de Chiriqui, Brazil, is
figured and described by Champion in the Biologia Centrali-Ameri-
cana. The species is closely related to D. hollandi n. sp., but readily
separated from it by the structures mentioned in the key. The speci-
mens at hand, collected by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith during July,
August, and October at Chapada, Brazil, differ slightly from the
original description. The metasternal orifice is usually visible. The
subcostal area has three rows of areole at its widest part. In all
specimens before me the head has three obtuse frontal spines, but
they are variable in size and not very prominent in a couple of the
specimens. According to the original description the type has only a
median obtuse frontal spine, the subcostal area two rows of areole
and the metasternal orifices are not visible. The fourth segment of
the antenne is slightly swollen, brownish, clothed with a few hairs,
and about one-half as long as the third.

DRAKE: THE GENUS DiCySTA CHAMPION. 271

2. Dicysta hollandi n. sp. (Fig. 1, a and D.)

In general facies and shape of the elytra, very closely related to
D. vitrea, but easily distinguishable by the structures mentioned in
the key, the size of the hood, and shape of the inflated portion of
median carina. Length 2.92 mm.; width 1.7 mm.

Head with three frontal spines, the tips of the latter not quite reaching the
middle of the first antennal segment. Antenne long and slender, the third
segment slightly curved and almost twice as long as the fourth; fourth seg-
ment only slightly enlarged, clothed with a few long hairs. Rostrum reaching
almost to the end of the mesosternum. Elytra formed as in vitrea, but with
the subcostal area biseriate and the tumid elevations slightly smaller, costal
area broad, with five rows of areole at its widest place. Wings a little longer
than the abdomen. Pronotum very coarsely punctate; paranota broad, with
four rows of large areole, the anterior and posterior margins recurved (See
fig, 1, a and b). Hood a little larger than in vitrea and a little longer than
high; inflated portion of median carina with the anterior margin nearly trun-
cate and slightly sloping obliquely upwards caudad.

General color of vitrea Champion, but without the faint transverse

Fic. 1. Dicysta hollandi Drake, n. sp. a, dorsal view; b, lateral view of
hood and inflated portion of median carina.

272 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

band on the costal area. Described from three specimens, two from
Chapada and the other from Santarem, Brazil, collected during Au-
gust by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith. The species is named in honor
of Dr. W. J. Holland, who kindly has sent me for study the speci-
mens of neo-tropical Tingide in the Carnegie Museum. Type from
Chapada, Brazil, in Carnegie Museum; paratypes in Carnegie Mu-
seum and author’s collection.

3. Dicysta braziliensis n. sp.

Related to D. vitrea Champion and D. hollandi n. sp., but very
distinct and readily separated from either of these forms by the much
narrower paranota, and the much less elevated hood and bladder-like
process of the median carina; the elytra are widened posteriorly.
Length 2.79 mm.; width 2.09 mm. (through tumid elevations of
elytra).

Head with three moderately long frontal spines, the lateral ones directed
inwardly with their points touching, the median closely appressed to the
surface of the head. Antenne with the first segment about three times the
length of the second, the third and fourth segments wanting. Rostrum reach-
ing a little beyond the meso-metathoracic suture, pronotum rather coarsely
punctate, paranota slightly reflexed, narrow, biseriate, the areole moderately
large, but smaller than those of the hood. Hood very long, with the sides
sightly compressed, shaped very much like the hood in Corythucha (hood en-
tirely covers the head, but placed much farther back on the pronotum) nearly
twice as long as high. Posterior hood-like process of median carina with its
height and length subequal, about half as long as the hood, the anterior mar-
gin nearly truncate and sloping obliquely backwards. Median carina con-
nected with the hood a little below the crest, with three large areole between
hood and inflated portion of median carina, and with three small areole under the
raised posterior portion of hood, with the sides somewhat compressed, narrower
than the hood, rounded posteriorly. Elytra widened posteriorly, widest near the
apex; costal area with five rows of areole at widest part (one at base and
enlarging to five at widest part); subcostal area with a single row of areole
at the base and enlarging to two posteriorly; tumid elevations not very large;
discoidal area broadly rounded distally, with four rows of cells at widest
part. Wings a little longer than the abdomen.

General color brownish. Body beneath dark brown or blackish, the abdomen
lighter. Basal segments of the antenne dark brown. Nervures of paranota,
elytra, hood, and median carina dark brown, part of them more or less testa-
ceous. Legs brownish.

Described from a single male specimen (type), taken at Santarem,

DraAKE: THE Genus Dicysta CHAMPION. 273

Brazil, in Carnegie Museum. This species is so very distinct that I
feel entirely justified in describing it from a single example.

4. Dicysta smithi n. sp.

Differs from D. vitrea Champion and the new species described
above by its much narrower form, the biseriate costal area, and the
pyriform shape of the hood. The median carina is not strongly
raised nor areolate between its inflated posterior process and hood,
and, moreover, it is connected with the latter structure at the base.
Length 3.34 mm.; width 1.32 mm.

Moderately elongate and oblong. Head with three porrect frontal spines,
the median a little longer than the lateral ones and not quite as long as the
first antennal segment. Rostrum reaching to the meso-metasternal suture.
Antenne long and slender, the third segment slightly curved and two and two-
thirds times the length of the fourth; fourth segment a little swollen, clothed with
numerous short hairs, a little more than twice as long as the first and second
segments taken together. Hood moderately large, pyriform, its height slightly
greater than its length and one and two-fifths times its width. Posteriorly
bladder-like process of median carina a little higher and longer than the hood,
rather broadly rounded above, the sides somewhat compressed and much nar-
rower than the hood. Paranota moderately wide, not strongly reflexed, mostly
triseriate, the areole along the outer margin much larger than the others.
Pronotum coarsely punctate, shining. Wings considerably longer than the
abdomen. Elytra widest a little in front of the middle, broadly rounded ‘at
the tips; costal area moderately wide, biseriate, the areole large and mostly
pentagonal; subcostal area with three rows of areole at its widest place; tumid
elevations moderately large, occupying most of subcostal and discoidal areas.

General color testaceous, the areole hyaline and somewhat iridescent.
Legs and antenne yellowish brown, the apical segment of the latter entire
brown. Pronotum brown. Body beneath dark brownish, slightly tinged with
red, the eyes black. A few nervures on tumid elevation and a clouded spot
in sutural area fuscous.

Described from three females, taken during July by Mr. and Mrs.
H. H. Smith at Chapada, a small village of Matto Grosso, Brazil,

about 25 miles E. N. E. of Cuyaba. Type in Carnegie Museum; para-
types in Carnegie Museum and author’s collection.

x AN ANNOTATED LIS? OF “FOSSIL. PLANTS OPS
DAKOTA FORMATION (CRETACEOUS) IN THE COL-
LECTIONS AT THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM, INCLUD-
ING DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECEES:

By E. M. Gress, PH.D.

(PiLates XIV anp XV.)

INTRODUCTORY,

The present paper embodies the results of an investigation carried
on in the Carnegie Museum under the direction of Dr. O. E. Jennings
and counted as a minor study in the Graduate School of the University
of Pittsburgh in candidacy for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
A report of this investigation was given before: the Paleontological
Society of America at the Pittsburgh meeting, held December 31,
1917, to January 2, 1918, but since that time has been considerably
elaborated.

The specimens studied consist of leaf impressions, mostly in a
rather coarse-grained sandstone known as the Dakota Sandstone,
from Ellsworth County, Kansas., Most of the specimens were ob-
tained by the Carnegie Museum when it acquired the collection of
Baron de Bayet; others were obtained a number of years ago by
exchange with the National Museum, while a few others are of mis-
cellaneous provenance, acquired in various ways, as may be noted in
the references to the specimens under the respective species in the
accompanying list.

While of necessity considerable time was consumed in studies re-
lating to the stratigraphy and correlation of the Dakota and other
adjacent formations, in order that the literature might be used with
facility and some considerable degree of assurance, nevertheless the
studies were carried out more from the standpoint of a botanist than
of a geologist. The work was done in the Herbarium of the Carnegie
Museum, where constant reference was possible to specimens in con-
nection with the more detailed studies of venation and other char-
acters of the leaves of certain species, or groups of species.

274

Gress: Fosstt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 275

To simplify and to make more certain the reference to the various
specimens a number has been attached to each. This reference num-
ber appears in parentheses in the citation of specimens under the
various species in the accompanying list.

Grateful acknowledgment is hereby made to the authorities at the
Carnegie Museum for the privileges and facilities afforded for carry-
ing on these studies, and to Dr. O. E. Jennings for his ever-ready
helpfulness and general supervision.

BriEF HuistoricAL Notes RELATING TO STUDIES ON THE DAKOTA
FORMATION.

During the past sixty years much has been written on the “ Dakota
Formation,” including its geological characteristics, age, relationship,
and content.

No attempt will be madé here to give a complete summary of the
history of this very important formation, but a very brief outline of
the more important points in its history and development will be re-
viewed in order to recall its location and correlation with other for-

’

mations. The history of the “ Dakota Formation” really begins with
the year 1853, when Prof. Meek and Dr. Hayden were sent by Pro-
fessor Hall of Albany on an expedition to the Bad Lands of Ne-
braska, which at that time included all of the upper Missouri country,
for the purpose of collecting Tertiary vertebrate remains.

On this trip many Cretaceous remains were collected at Sage Creek,
Great Bend, and other places. Along the Missouri from Ft. Pierre to
Belleview, a trading post a short distance above the present site of
Omaha, much attention was given to the lithological character, order
of succession, and characteristic fossils of the subdivisions of the
Cretaceous series. (U.S. Geological Survey of the Territories, IX,
1876, p. 22.)

An account of the fossils brought back by this expedition was pub-
lished in the Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences,
Boston, Volume V, 1856.

Five divisions of the Cretaceous period of this region were formed
from the notes and were published in the same Memoir, p. 405.

In subsequently published gpapers by Meek and Hayden these five
divisions were amplified. Finally in 1861 the following names were

276 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

given to the series and subdivisions (Proceedings Academy Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, p. 419):

Upper Series.
Formation No. 5, Fox Hill Group.
Formation No. 4, Fort Pierre Group.

Lower Series.
Formation No, 3, Niobrara Division.
Formation No. 2, Fort Benton Group.
Formation No. 1, Dakota Group.

This is undoubtedly the first use of the term “ Dakota.” As is
shown, this formation was from the first included in the Cretaceous,
although some writers, particularly in Europe, thought it belonged to
the Miocene Age, while others placed it in the Triassic or Jurassic.
For a detailed account of the great controversy which took place con-
cerning the age of the Dakota Formation see Gould, Charles Newton,
The Dakota Cretaceous of Kansas and Nebraska, Kansas Academy
Science, Transactions, XVII, 1901, pp. 122-178. Also Bain (Iowa
Geological Survey, V, 1895, p. 267), who gives an excellent review
of the Dakota Formation of Iowa, including a great many references.

While the name has not been changed, still very much more is
known about the exact relationship and boundary lines of the “ Dakota
Formation ” than was known at the time the name was first used.

In the U. S. Geological Survey, IX, Pls. 1 and 2, fossils are figured
from the alleged “ Dakota Formation.” One of these represents the
fauna of the typical Dakota locality in Nebraska, the other represents
the fauna of the Dennison beds of the Comanche series in Kansas,
the existence of this series not then being known in America.

The author of the term “ Dakota Formation” did not know that he
was including within it two distinct formations and faunas, as has
been proven by recent discoveries in the Texas region and other parts
of the Rocky Mountain region.

The original definition and description of the Dakota Group were
based upon the Big Sioux River locality where the earlier Cretaceous
beds were not present. Since it was found in the type-locality to rest
upon pre-Cretaceous rocks, it was thought to form the lowermost
layers of the Cretaceous rocks. By morg recent discoveries, it is now
known, where there have been no interruptions in the successive for-

GREss: Fosstt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 2th

mations, to pass conformably upward into the Colorado division and
to rest upon earlier Cretaceous (Comanchean) beds. In some places,
however, it overlaps the earlier Mesozoic and Paleozoic formations
and rests on the Archean (Chamberlain and Salisbury’s Geology, Vol.
p44) «

The present position of the Dakota Formation is now known to be
in the Upper Cretaceous, and, as has been shown in the Rocky Moun-
tain and Texas regions, the Lower Cretaceous, or what has been called
the Comanchean Series, lies between the Dakota and pre-Cretaceous
formations. Thus it will be seen that the meaning and application of
the term “ Dakota” is not exactly the same as it was when it was first
used by the author. (‘‘ The term ‘ Dakota,’ its origin, definition, and
application.” 21st Annual Report, U. S. Geological Survey, Part 7,
1899, 1900, p. 318.)

The term Dakota may still be used in a more limited sense, as is
shown by the fact that Ward in 1893 discovered that the Dakota
sandstone of the Black Hills contained not only a Dakota flora, but
other floras of later age. The stratigraphy showed that the upper
sandstone is separated from the lower by an intermediate layer of
shale which was called the Fuson Formation. The lower layer of
sandstone was called the Lakota Formation. The term Dakota was
applied only to the uppermost layer of sandstone (Darton, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey, Professional Paper No. 32, 1905, p. 165).

“ The tripartite composition of the old ‘ Dakota’ group in the Black
Hills is very distinct throughout the uplift and apparently is a wide-
spread feature in the adjoining regions.” (Darton, op. cit.) The
Fuson and Dakota beds are classified by Knowlton as correlated with
the Kootenai and the Morrison of the Comanchean Period. (See
“Plant Successions” by Clements, 1916, p. 443; also Cleland, “ Geol-
ogy Physical and Historical,” 1916, p. 515.)

Botanically the history of the ‘“ Dakota Formation” begins with
1866, when leaves, collected by Messrs. Marcou and Capellini, were
figured and described under seventeen different species by Professor
Heer in a paper entitled “ Les Phyllites Crétacées du Nebraska.”

In 1868 Dr. Newberry described some leaves collected by Meek and
Hayden from the “ Dakota Formation.” A series of plates was made
which was intended to be published in Volume VIII of the Geological
Survey of the Territories, but this was not done.

278 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

In 1878 Hayden published 500 copies of the plates under the title of
“Tllustrations of Cretaceous and Tertiary Plants.”

In 1874 Lesquereux published his “Cretaceous Flora.” Other pub-
lications followed by Lesquereux, and in 1885 he began his work on
the “Flora of the Dakota Group.” This was submitted to the pub-
lishers in 1888, but before it was published Lesquereux died (1889).

The book was published three years later (1892) by Dr. Knowlton.
Many other writers have contributed short articles on the “ Dakota
Group,” but very few species, not described in the “Flora of the
Dakota Group,” have been added to the large number of species fig-
ured and described in this admirable work.

DEPOSITION AND PRESENT DISTRIBUTION OF THE DAKOTA FORMATION.

The “Dakota Formation” is found in the middle western part of
North America. It is rather extensive in the Great Plains, but is
mostly buried by later formations (Chamberlain and Salisbury’s Geol-
ogy, Vol. III, 1906, p. 144). The type locality is Sioux City and
Blackbird Hill, where, with other portions of Kansas and Nebraska,
it is found in comparatively large areas. It extends west of the
Rocky Mountains, but is interrupted by high elevations along these
mountains. It has been found distributed in portions of Kansas, Ne-
braska, Minnesota, South Dakota, Wyoming, Colorado, Oklahoma,
New Mexico, and other States. North of the United States it appar-
ently has been found in the Frazer River Valley and in the eastern
part of Crow’s Nest Pass. (See Dawson, Bulletin Geological Society
of America, XII, pp. 77-78.)

Knowlton, in discussing the succession and range of the Mesozoic
and Tertiary floras, says that in the interior of North America, in
approximately the same position as the Magothy of the Atlantic bor-
der, “is the Dakota, which has afforded a splendid flora of over five
hundred species, and occurs in Kansas, Nebraska, Wyoming, Minne-
sota, along the international boundary, and some of the same forms
as far as central Alaska and south to Argentina.” (“Outlines of
Geologic History,” Willis and Salisbury, 1910, p. 206.)

The formation is chiefly non-marine, consisting largely of sand-
stone, with conglomerate, clay, and a little lignite. The deposition
took place evidently in the shallow water of lakes, rivers, and marshes.

Gress: Fossin PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 279

Some marine fossils are found in the uppermost parts of the forma-
tion. The four epochs of the Upper Cretaceous period of the Rocky
Mountain region seem to be sufficient proof of submergence followed
by emergence, the Dakota being chiefly a fresh-water formation, the
Colorado and Montana salt-water formations, and the Laramie, the
western coal epoch, a fresh-water formation.

In discussing the “ Dakota Formation,” Chamberlain and Salisbury
(“College Text-book of Geology,’ 1909) say: “ The formation was
formerly regarded as lacustrine, but it is perhaps to be regarded
rather as the joint product of subaeérial and fluviatile deposition, The
presence of bird tracks in Kansas, and the widespread abundance of
fossil leaves of angiosperms, in a condition which precludes much
transportation, imply subaérial sedimentation to a notable extent at
least.” For the deposition of the Dakota Group in Iowa, see Calvin,
Iowa Geological Survey, 1, 1892, p. 132.

Since the fossil leaves described in the following pages were col-
lected chiefly in Kansas (Ellsworth County and Fort Harker), we
give here a more detailed account of the location of the Dakota Group
in that State.

The central, northern, and western parts of the State of Kansas
are underlain by the Dakota sandstone. The depth varies from about
1,000 ft. in the central northwestern counties to probably 2,500 ft. in
the northwest counties. In Ellsworth County, near the central part
of the State, and the place from which most of our fossil leaves have
been collected, the sandstone lies at or near the surface, except in the
deeper parts of Smoky Hill Valley, in the southeastern part of the
county, where the underlying Permian rocks are exposed.

It varies from a few feet to about 600 ft. in thickness, and outcrops
in a zone from about 12 to 30 miles in width, extending from Wash-
ington County in a southwesterly direction to the Arkansas River in
Rice and Benton counties. From here it extends in an easterly direc-
tion up the Arkansas River to Ford County, where it is covered by
Tertiary deposits.

It again appears near the Colorado State line along the valleys of
the Cimarron River and some of its branches. In northwestern Kan-
sas the “ Dakota Formation”? is underneath the Benton, Niobrara,
Pierre, and Tertiary formations. It probably lies 2,000 ft. below the

surface in the extreme northwestern corner. In the north-central
ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII. 19, FEB. 21, 1922,

280 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

part of the State it lies on the Wellington formation, and in the south
and southwestern parts on the Cimarron formation, with Kiowa and
Cheyenne of the Lower Cretaceous intervening at certain places.
See N. H. Darton, United States Geological Survey, Professional
Paper No. 32, 1905, from which also the table given on p. 282 is taken,
giving the geological formations in central and western Kansas.

CORRELATION OF THE DAKOTA FORMATION.

There is still some uncertainty as to the exact correlation of the
flora of the Dakota Formation with other Cretaceous formations of
America; still greater is the uncertainty of its correlation with the
floras of the Old World.

One of the strongest evidences of the correlation of different for-
mations is derived from the animal remains found in the rocks. Un-
fortunately very few animal fossils have been found in the Dakota
Formation. Stanton, in his “ Succession and Distribution of Later
Mesozoic Invertebrate Faunas in North America” (‘ Outlines of Geo-
logic History” by Willis and Salisbury, 1910), says: “ The invertebrate
fauna of the Dakota sandstone is too meager to be of much value. It
consists of a few brackish-water species with Unio and a few other
fresh-water shells in other strata and at the top some marine species,
that probably really belong with the succeeding Colorado fauna.”

In our study of this collection of plants we have discovered no
facts, which add anything new to our knowledge of the correlation of
the Dakota with other Cretaceous formations. The following, there-
fore, is merely a summary of the opinions given by those who have
made careful comparisons of the Dakota Formation with other for-
mations of the Cretaceous period.

In discussing the flora of the Raritan Formation, Berry (Geological
Survey of New Jersey, Bulletin 3, 1911, pp. 20-22) incidently men-
tions the correlation of the “ Dakota Formation” in the following
manner: “‘ European paleontology furnished abundant and well-char-
acterized Cenomanian and Senonian floras for comparison, and by
this standard the Raritan, as well as the somewhat younger Dakota
and Magothy floras, are clearly Cenomanian floras.” He further says
that the Woodbine, Tuscaloosa, Eutaw, Middendorf, Bladen, and
Magothy floras are southern and eastern representatives of the Da-
kota Group.

GREss: Fossit PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 281

Newberry, in the “‘ Flora of the Amboy Clays,” U. S. Geological Sur-
vey, Monograph XXVI, 1895, p. 33, says: “ We may fairly infer that
the collection of plants from the New Jersey clays, the Dakota Group,
the Patoot and Atane beds of Greenland, the Aachen series of Ger-
many, and the plant-bearing Cretaceous rocks of Bohemia fairly
represent the vegetation of the world during the middle and later
portions of the Cretaceous age.”

The location of the Dakota Formation in the Cretaceous series and
its correlation with other formations can probably be best shown by
the following tables and outlines.

The Cretaceous of Continental Europe is shown in the following
outline (see “ Traité de Geologie” by Lapparent, Vol. III, 1906) :

Upper Cretaceous.

Danian.
Senonian.
Turonian.
Cenomanian.

Lower Cretaceous.

Albian.
Aptian.
Barremian.
Neocomian.

Table No. 1 (see p. 283) is compiled from the various tables given
by C. A. White, U. S. Geological Survey, Bulletin 82, 1891. At the
top of each column is given the number corresponding to the section
given in the following explanation:

I. Meek and Hayden’s Upper Missouri River Section.
II. General Section of the Upper Cretaceous for the Great Inte-
rior Area by Elridge.
III. The New Jersey Section, Cook and Rodgers.
IV. Smith and Johnson’s Alabama Section.
V. Hilgard’s Mississippi Section.
VI. The East Texas Section.
VII. The West Texas Section.
VIII. The North Mexican Section.

282 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

-IX. Newberry’s New Mexican Section.
X. Cope’s General Section.
_XI. The Eastern Colorado Section.
XII. King’s goth Parallel Section.
XIII. Powell’s Uinta Section.
XIV. White’s Northwest Colorado Section.
XV. North Interior General Section.

GEOLOGICAL FORMATIONS OF CENTRAL AND -WESTERN KANSAS.
(Adapted from N. H. Darton, 1905.)

Name Principal Characteristics.
Sand Pell sir foycvarcy seve tote rsislenc ns Sand mainly in dunes, due to
wind action.
Alltayataininerstavevs a chsicveiaiees cists Sand, loam, and gravel in val-
Quaternary leys; talus on slopes.
TSO ESSY s\ctencyarehotene ever saree oper etsles Fine sandy loam, of pale
brownish buff color.
QW SD EOSY cveevere! stene fenerhe el ofoke Sands and sandy clays.
Ogallala formation
Blioeade Comprising Tertiary........ Calcareous grit, sandy clay,
and sand.
Grit, mortar beds, etc.
PiernegShaletn acta cietectehe sare Dark gray shale or clay.
Niobrara Formation......... Chalk, soft limestone, and
Upper shales.
Cretaceous BentonelGroup so. c va eo ston -...Shales, limestones, and sand-
stones.
Dakota Sandstone.......... Sandstone and shale.
Lower Kiowa-Cheyenne
Cretaceous oe Comanche) Series....Sandstone and shales.
Gimarrons Serless crys tiie crete: Red sandstone and shales.
eee
, lsParmianur sts supa herr eices Shales and limestones.
Parbonireus Cottonwood limestones...... Limestone.
Waubaunsee group........-- Limestones, shales, sand-

stones, and thin coal-beds.

283

Fossil PLANTS OF THE Dakota.

.
.

GRESS

o ty

i$ ra)

uo QU] dnoip ot es

. 4 9 so) i} <
“eulIOT (2 | prog dnoisy dnory [9 2] 8
ejoyeq |o = s,AIUdT Boye | vyoyeq [f*| §
q ‘ce

‘ °

Lona)

dnoiry 2 S

uo} o uojueg | & | 8
-eun0oy | > “7 a | §
opeiojog | 8 dnoin uo Ope) ee
6 | yea -PULIO One

fay Inydjns opeiojo) | dno a 5

3 eieiqoiIn | & |

von | § 8) 2
-PULIOLT G |
TOA Se ee oe se
ATPg s)
y | dno D

& | Hd “W] a | &

mm | dnoip uo} o |

u01} =| SoA, [=== |" -eurrony Spal les
-CULIO NT Oo yes | eURITO Wy a eas
euewoyy x dnoirny Si 5
= WH xog | g | =

i) ee

| | ones

uo {@%'| dno amerey | ormereq | ® | &
-VULIO (6 S| syD0y oyedeiy pue 3
ameiey |S 8 yo yu10g qwauaq | oOo10ng 3
ia) om

VI £1 1g Or 8

suol}
-PULIO
Yay
Ioquiry,
pue ‘p10
apseq
‘ulsny
pue
« STR
eso19p
-uod,,
ayy
jo JIT
-eaInby

Spog sseg
apseyq

TUILILT

“VOINANY HLYON AO SNOAOVIAAD AdAddy)

uor} dnoirny
-eUlIO MeIny
yooIg jo uorj10d
Toqul yp todd
uor}
-PBULIO ST
PIO
apseq
9u0js
————_— -oull’T
u9}}0Y
uor
-PRULIO SY
uljsny
pue
« SPW
eBSO1Op
-Udg ”?
uor} dnoiny
-PULIO WY Agldny
Agtdny
rs
snjerpyy snqyerpy
9 v

sAr[a
Aoqury
pue
ULLICY

pue

pep Area

peg LeW
IOMOT

peg pe
SIPPLIN

peg [Te]
toddn
jo yred
IIMO'T

UOTJEULIO
ejOAeQq

|

dnoirny
uojUeg
WA

UOTJWUIIO.T OPeIO[OD
, dnorsy
BICIGOIN

ae
ot
co
O48
oO

uol}eULIO J

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

284

uvsyIURUIOD, UBIYOULUTOD

TAT YT fi
[eet 9 eI TEIN ey07eC qeag ‘v10yeq Bj{O7eG BIOAY eqTYsSeM.
2 ca ered see ee L = : ULILILY
uoj}UuIg uo}UuIg uojJUuNg uojUuIg : * uo0JUIg eSOOTROSN L
ope ope1
= -O[0D =9[0)D :
BIVIGOIN BIVIGOIN, BIVIGOIN BIVIGQOIN PICIGOIN, MeINY
apseq | apseq |
SOOURIT SOOUR/T AY}OBPY, | snoas
loary A eee ~ z e es v “By
ATA Alla o m a @ | eur} | jropuepprW
IOARY qt aprVAPsopT | ®} sproavsaypy |?) vuey AR | F | -uoW
yupnt “U0 yapne YADA
Meg Ivog STAO’T ofoulloA, Med Ieog
Rw Rtg vUITIS UPMLILIY
[tH SOof TEL Our ITH XO WH X04 TED £Our pue Soidry
OTUIeILT 19MO7] oIWIeIe’T DUIVIL’T dapd0q
Se), ee ——| —.
epeury vurqwoyy SUIUIOA A ope10jog | syToeg VW AYOYy yny onuryry
aus004Y aUud00q oud004q

(Q161 ‘sJUDWZD “AY “y Wo1y poydepy)

‘VGVNV) GONV SALVLS
GAULIN() AHL NI SNOILVNAYOY AGNW SHOOdyY—'GOldad SNOAOVLAA,)

GrREss: Fossit PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA, | 285

Table No. 2 (see p. 284) is taken from Clements, “‘ Plant Successions,”
1916, and shows the Cretaceous period, epochs, and formations, ap-
proximately in their relation to each other at the present time.

In comparing the two tables it will be seen that changes have been
made, as additional formations have been discovered and named, and
new correlations have been made in the light of recent investigations.

In reviewing these tables, outlines, and expressions of opinion of
various authors, it is seen that there is still some uncertainty about
the correlation of the Dakota Formation, and that progress is still
being made in such correlation.

We can conclude, however, that the Dakota Formation is pretty
closely related to the Raritan, Amboy, Woodbine, Tuscaloosa, and
Washita of the Atlantic and Gulf region, while the Magothy, Midden-
dorf, and Eutaw may be somewhat younger. The Patoot and Atane
beds of Greenland and the Mill Creek beds of Canada are evidently
of about the same age. In Europe it is closely related to the Ceno-
manian or the lowermost division of the Upper Cretaceous. (See Dr.
Horion’s description of the structure and relation of the Aachen beds
in his “Notice sur le Terrain Crétacée de la Belgique et de la
France,” 2me. Série, XVI, 1859, pp. 635-666.) In South America, in
the southwestern part of Patagonia, a dicotyledonous flora, apparently
of about the same age as that of the Dakota formation, has been
found, and this has been included in the Cenomanian division of the
Upper Cretaceous. (See Lapparent, Traité de Geologie, Vol. III, 1906,
p. 1409.)

ANNOTATED List OF SPECIEs.

CONIFERALES.
Family TAXACE.

Genus BRACHYPHYLLUM.

1. Brachyphyllum crassum Lesquereux (°).

Thuites crassus LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological
Survey,. VIII, 1883, p. 32.

Brachyphyllum crassum LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 32, Pl. 2, fig. 5; Newserry,
The Flora of the Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XXVI,
T1895) -p. 52, Pl 7; figs:-1=7.

286 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Description: Our specimen is a portion of a cone (?). It is a
mere fragment, which can not be classified with any degree of cer-
tainty. It resembles somewhat fig. 3, Pl. 7, Newberry, op. cit.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 69).

Family PINACE.
Genus SEQUOIA.

2. Sequoia Reichenbachi (Geinitz) Heer.

Sequoia Reichenbachi (Grtnitz) Herr. For reference and distribution see
Berry, Bulletin New York Botanical Garden, III, Nov. 11, 1903, pp. 59, 60;
also the Flora of the Raritan Formation, Geological Survey of New Jersey
Bulletin, III, 1911, p. 93.

Description: The specimen, which contains well-preserved branches
with leaves, a branch with leaves and a pistillate cone at the end, and
two staminate cones, is found on a gray sandstone (?) collected in
1903 by Earl Douglass at the head of Jack Creek Canyon, Madison
Mt., Montana. Mr. Douglass gives the horizon as “ Dakota?”
There is, I think, no doubt that the horizon has been correctly identi-
fied by Mr. Douglass. Since the species is found in the United States,
Canada, Greenland, and Europe, and apparently ranges from the upper
part of the Jurassic through the whole of the Cretaceous, it is im-
possible to say with positive certainty, from such an isolated specimen,
whether it belongs to the Dakota, or to some other formation.

SALICALES.

Family SALICACE.
Genus PoputLus.

3. Populus Berggreni Heer.

Populus Berggreni Heer, LeEsguerEuX, The Geological and Natural History
Survey of Minnesota, III, Part 1, 1885-1892, p. 13, Pl. B, fig. 3; The
Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII,
1892, p. 42, Pl. 8, figs. 2-4.

Description: “ Leaves subcoriaceous, oval, equally narrowed upward

GREss: Fossiz PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 287

to a blunt apex, and downward to a long petiole, entire; median nerve
strong; secondaries thin; slightly curved in passing toward the bor-
ders, camptodrome.” Our specimen is about 7 cm. long and 3.5 cm.
wide near the middle of the blade. In shape and veining it resembles
very closely the Minn. specimen, Pl. B, fig. 3, op. cit. -Part of the
apex and part of the base are wanting. The veining and areolation
are very distinct.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 30). Also north side of the Big Cot-
tonwood River, near New Ulm, Minn.

4. Populus kansaseana Lesquereux.

‘Populus kansaseana LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 18092, p. 42, Pl. 17, figs. 1-7.
Description: The-petiole of our specimen is wanting. The leaf is

5.5 cm. in length and 2.4 cm. in width a little below the middle. It is
ovate lanceolate, acuminate, rounding to the petiole, entire. The
midrib is comparatively heavy below, but becomes very thin toward
the apex. The secondaries are not distinct toward the apex, but there
are about six pairs. The lowermost pair is opposite and suprabasilar,
with a thin, basilar nerville underneath, which fits exactly with Les-
quereux’s description, op. cit. According to Lesquereux’s figures, the
leaf must vary considerably. Our leaf, which shows both upper and
lower surfaces, varies a little from any figured by Lesquereux. Its
broadest part is a little below the center and it seems to taper more
gradually to the apex, which seems to be a little longer and more
pointed than those figured. I think, however, the evidence is suffi-
cient to refer the leaf to this species.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Nos. 40 and 40a are the upper and lower parts of the same nodule;
40c is a smaller leaf of the same collection. A fourth specimen (40b)
is from the U. S. National Museum (C. M., Accession No. 4799).

288 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MuSEUM.

Genus POPULITES.

5. Populites elegans Lesquereux.

Populites elegans LESQUEREUX, American Journal of Science and Arts (Second
Series), XLVI, 1868, p. 94; Cretaceous Flora, Report of the Geological
Survey of the Territories,, VI, 1874, p. 59, Pl. 3, fig.-3;, The Ploravorthe
Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 47, Pl.
46, fig. 5, and Pl. 47, figs. 2, 3; Geological and Natural History Survey of
Minnesota, III, 1893, p. 10, Pl. A, fig. 2 and Pl. B, fig. 1—-Nrewserry, The
Later Extinct Floras of North America, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph
XXAV A 1898 pr s4s PIES ater 53:

Description: The leaf is orbicular in shape, about Io cm. long and
a little wider. The apex is very broadly rounded; the base somewhat
cuneate. The margin is undulate or slightly denticulate. The first
pair of secondaries are basilar or nearly so, but rather indistinct.
The remaining four or five pairs are distinct, alternate, and branched.
The areolation is rectangular and distinct. The leaf resembles very
closely in shape, veining, and areolation that of Lesquereux’s shown
in Pl. 47, fig. 3, Flora of the Dakota Group, op. cit.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 24). A. slightly smaller specimen
(No. 24a) is also in the collection.

6. Populites litigiosus (Heer) Lesquereux.

Populites litigicsa Hrrer, in NEwserry, Illustrations of Cretaceous and Ter-
tiary Plants of the Western Territories of the U. S., 1878, Pl. 3, fig. 6.
Populites litigiosus (Heer) Lresguereux, The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U. S. Geological “Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 46, Pl. 7, fig. 7; Pl. 8,
fig. 53 and Pl-a6, fis: “Oeand Pll 47. he. a. :
Description: The leaf is orbicular-oval, entire, about 8.5 cm. long
and 8 cm. wide, with about five pairs of secondaries. The lowermost’
secondaries are opposite, the uppermost subalternate. There is a
smaller pair of secondaries joining the midrib a short distance below
the first large pair. The secondaries are parallel, straight or nearly
so, ramose, craspedodrome, distinct, but becoming very thin and indis-
tinct toward the borders. The veining of the leaf resembles very
closely Newberry’s fig. 6, Pl. 3, op. cit. In shape it resembles Les-
quereux's fig? 7 Ply 7, opcii:

GREss: FossiIL PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 289

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 27).

Genus SALIX.

7. Salix protezfolia var. linearifolia Lesquereux.
Salix proteefolia var. linearifolia LESQguEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota
Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 49, Pl. 44, figs.
I-3. 3
Description: Our specimen shows only the lower portion of the
leaf. The venation is not visible. The portion is about 5 cm. long
and nearly 1.5 cm. wide near the broken end, which probably is near
the middle of the leaf. I think there is no doubt that the specimen is
a willow, but since the entire apex is gone, I am not positive about
the variety. The leaf resembles in outline linearifolia, but is a little
‘wider than those figured by Lesquereux, of. cit.
Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas (?), Dakota Sandstone
(Cretaceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Car-
negie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 65).

JUGLANDALES.
Family JUGLANDACEZ.
Genus JUGLANS.

8. Juglans arctica Heer.

- Juglans arctica Heer, Flora Fossilis arctica, VI, Abth. 2, 1882, p. 71, Pl. 40,
fig. 2, and Pl. 41, fig. 4c, and Pl. 42, figs. 1-3, and Pl. 43, fig. 3:
LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey,
Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 68, Pl. 19, fig. 3, and Pl. 39, fig. 5.

Newserry, The Flora of the Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Mono-
graph XXVI, 1895, p. 62, Pl. 20, fig.-2. if

Houticx, Annals N. Y. Academy of Science, 11, 1898, p. 58, Pl. 5, fig. 7;
Additions to the Paleobotany of the Cretaceous Formation on Long Island,
3, Reprint from Bulletin of the N. Y. Botanical Garden, VIII, No. 28,
Nov. 21, 1912, p. 157, Pl. 164, figs. 3, 4; The Cretaceous Flora of Southern
N. Y. and New England, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph L, 1906, p.
54, Pl. 9, figs. 6-8.

Berry, The Flora of the Cliffwood Clays, Geological Survey of N. J., Part

290 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

2, 1905, p. 139, Pl. 21, fig. 1; Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XX XIII,

1906, p. 170; The Flora of the Raritan Formation, Geological Survey of N.

J., Bulletin III, 1911, p. 110; The Upper Cretaceous and Eocene Floras of

South Carolina and Georgia, Professional Paper 84, 1914, p. 30, Pl. 8,

HESsL,. 2s
Ficus atavina Hoiuick, Transactions New York Academy of Science, 11, 1892,

p. 103, Pl. 4, figs. 4-6.

Description: The following is Heer’s description, written in 1882:
“Nuce ovali, 34 mm. longa, 17 mm. lata; foliis magnis, foliolis oval-
ibus, basi inzequilateralibus, integerrimis, nervo medio valido, nervis
secundariis angulo semirecto egredientibus, curvatis.”

Our specimen is not quite complete at the apex and base. It is
about 9 cm. long and 3.3 cm. wide a little below the middle. It is
oblong, tapering to the apex, and narrowed toward the petiole, entire,
slightly unequal. The midrib is strong below, becoming rather faint
toward the apex. There are about twelve pairs of secondaries emerg-
ing at an angle of about 60 degrees, curved toward the margin,
camptodrome. The areolation is not distinct. It is rather difficult,
from the indistinct nervilles, to determine the species, but I think
there is no doubt about the genus, judging from the general character
of the leaf and the secondaries. Berry says in Bulletin Torrey Bo-
tanical Club, op. cit., “A rather curious point of identity is the fact
that the Greenland, New Jersey, and Kansas leaves are all inequi-
lateral.”

Occurrence: The leaf has quite a wide distribution. It has been
reported from the Dakota Sandstone, ten miles northeast of Delphos,
Kansas. Our specimen comes from Ellsworth County, Kansas, Da-
kota Sandstone (Cretaceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession
No. 2348, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 54).

FAGALES.
Family BETULACE.

Genus BETULITES.

The collection contains thirty specimens, which I have referred to
three species of Betulites; four to Betulites populifolius Lesq., two to
Betulites rugosus Lesq., and the remainder to nine different varieties
of Betulites Westii. The leaves are, for the most part, very well

GrREss: Fosstt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 291

preserved. The venation shows marked similarity to our modern
Betula. The great difficulty met with in classifying these leaves is to
distinguish one variety of Betulites Westii from some one or from
several of the other fourteen varieties, which Lesquereux has, I be-
lieve unnecessarily, recognized in this species. A distinguishing char-
acteristic of Betulites Westii is the long, slender petiole, which unfor-
tunately is absent in nearly all of our specimens. The bifid stipule,
with lanceolate pointed lobes, which Lesquereux says is rarely pre-
served, is also lacking, another mark of distinction. I have found
also a close similarity between some of the Betulites and the V1-
burnums, as figured in the Flora of the Dakota Group, such, for ex-
ample, as Betulites populifolius and Viburnum Lesquereuxt var.
cordifolium. One specimen, which seemed to fit each genus equally
well, was referred to Betulites on account of the glandular tipped
teeth, which seemed to be more characteristic of our modern Betula
than of our Viburnums.

9. Betulites populifolius Lesquereux.

co

Betulites populifolius LEsQuEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. 5.

Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 64, Pl. 6, figs. 1, 2.

Description: The leaf is 6 cm. long and about the same width at
a distance of 2 cm. from the base. The base is somewhat truncate-
cuneate and the apex is obtusely pointed. The margin is distinctly
dentate. The midrib is straight and thick. There are about ten pairs
of secondaries, which are oblique, parallel, equidistant, and alternate,
except the lowermost pair, which is opposite. Each secondary passes
straight to a tooth in the margin. About two-thirds of the distance
from the midrib each secondary sends off a branch from the lower
side, which passes to a tooth in the margin. Only a portion of the
petiole is present. There are four specimens, which I have referred
to this species. Nos. 9 and 9a are parts of the same nodule and are
therefore upper and lower surfaces of the same leaf. Nos. 9b and
gc also show the upper and lower surfaces of another leaf. One
specimen (9b) shows glandular-tipped leaves. This is true of our
modern. Betula populifolia. These leaves resemble some of our mod-
ern Viburnums. While some of our Viburnums show callous-tipped
teeth, I have found none to show the glandular tips. This fact has
influenced me in referring these leaves to Betulites.

292 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 9, 9a, 9b, 9c).

10. Betulites Westii var. latifolius Lesquereux.
Betulites Westui var. latifoliuns LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 61, Pl. 4, figs. 9-11.
Description: There are several specimens of these leaves, ranging
from 4.5 cm. to 6.5 cm. in length and from 4 cm. to 4.5 cm. in width.
They are ovate, bluntly pointed, denticulate, subtruncate, or broadly
cuneate at the base. They are regularly pinnate. The median nerve
is straight. The secondaries are equidistant, parallel, and craspedo-
drome; the lowermost pair is suprabasilar and opposite. Petioles are
absent. These specimens are for the most part very well preserved.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie

Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 13, 13a, 13b, 13c, 13d). No. 13e is

from the same locality, but of the Chas. Sternberg Collection (C. M.,

Accession No. 4799).

11. Betulites Westii var. rotundatus Lesquereux.

Betulites Westii var. rotundatus LEsQgUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U.S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 61, Pl. 4, figs. 12-16.
Description: The leaves are about 3 cm. in diameter both ways.

They are almost round, with a rounded blunt apex and a truncate

base. The margin is subentire or indistinctly denticulate. The nerva-

tion is pinnate, craspedodrome. The primary nerves are straight.

There are about six pairs of secondary nerves which are opposite,

parallel, equidistant; the lowermost pair being suprabasilar. The

petioles of several are about 15 mm. long, enlarged at the base, and

evidently stipulate. :
Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-

taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie

Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 17, 17a, 17b, 17¢, 17d, 17e).

12. Betulites Westii var. oblongus Lesquereux.

Betulites Westii var. oblongus LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, ». 61, Pl. 4, figs. 17-19.

GrEss: FosstL PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 293

Description: The leaf is 4 cm. long and 3.4 cm. broad. It is oblong-
ovate with truncate base, rounded apex, and finely denticulate margin.
The venation is the characteristic venation of all the specimens of
Betulites Westii. The leaf is a little larger than Lesquereux repre-
sents it, but it seems to fit oblongus better than any other variety of
Betulites Westit.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 19, 19a).

13. Betulites Westii var. subintegrifolius Lesquereux.
Betulites Westii var. subintegrifolius LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota

Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 61, Pl. 4, figs.

I—4.

Description: The leaves are about 4 cm. long and from 2.5 to 3 cm.
broad. They are oval, obtuse, cordate, with entire margins. The
venation is distinctly that of Betulites Westit. The leaf resembles
fig. 1, Lesq., op. cit., with the exception that it is longer in proportion
to its width than the figure indicates. These two specimens, which
are impressions of the same leaf, are more elliptical in outline than
any figures of Betulites Westii shown by Lesquereux. I do not think
that a new species or even variety should be made of this leaf, and
have, therefore, referred it to subintegrifolius.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 20, 20a).

14. Betulites Westii var. multinervis Lesquereux.

Betulites Westii var. multinervis LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 62, Pl. 4, figs. 20-22,
Description: The leaves are about 2.5 cm. long and about 2 cm.

wide. They are oval, obtuse, truncate, distinctly denticulate, with

eight or nine pairs of secondary nerves. The venation is distinctly
that of Betulites Westii.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 22). No. 22a is from the U. S. Na-
tional Museum (C. M., Accession No. 4799).

294 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

15. Betulites Westii var. rhomboidalis Lesquereux.

Betulites Westii var. rhomboidalis LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph: XVII, 1892, p. 62, Pl. 5, figs. 6, 7.
Description: The leaf is about 6.5 cm. long and the same width

near the middle. It is rhomboidal, with blunt apex and broadly

cuneate base. The veining is not very distinct, but there are evidently
four or five pairs of secondaries which are nearly or quite opposite,
parallel, and craspedodrome. The areolation is very distinct in some
portions, this being a characteristic of Betulites.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie

Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 37).

16. Betulites Westii var. obtusus Lesquereux.

Betulites Westii var. obtusus LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 61, Pl. 4, figs. 5-8.
Description: The leaf is 3.6 cm. long and 3.2 cm. in width. It is

oblong-oval and rounded at the apex. The margin is’minutely den-

ticulate, this character showing very distinctly near the apex. There
are six pairs of secondaries. The veining is distinctly that of

Betulites.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 45). No. 45a is one of the collection
from the U. S. National Museum (C. M., Accession No. 4799).

17. Betulites Westii var. quadratifolius Lesquereux.

Betulites Westii var. quadratifolius LrEsguEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota
Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 62, Pl. 5, fig. 9.
Description: The leaf is about 4.5 cm. long and 5 cm. wide. There

are five pairs of secondaries. The lowermost pair curves downward

in reaching the midrib more than any of those figured under Betulités
by Lesquereux op. cit. The veining, however, and the general ap-
pearance of the leaf is distinctly that of Betulites.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie

Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 46).

GreEss: FosstL PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 295

18. Betulites Westii var. inequilateralis Lesquereux.

Betulites Westii var. inequilateralis LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota
Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 62, Pl. 5, figs.
10-13.

Description: The leaf is about 2.5 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide. It
is a well-preserved leaf, showing the typical venation of Betulites
Westti. It is somewhat inequilateral, which is a characteristic of the
variety.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Chas. Sternberg Collection, U. S. National Museum (C.
M., Accession No. 4799). Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No.
67).

19. Betulites rugosus Lesquereux.

Betulites rugosus LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geolo-
gical Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 65, Pl. 6, figs. 3-5.

Description: We have both the upper and the lower surface of the
same leaf. Only a portion of the petiole is present, and the apex is
not perfect. The leaf is about 5 cm. in diameter both ways, with a
truncate base slightly deflexed to the petiole. The nervation is strong.
The primary is slightly curved. There are about eight pairs of sec-
ondaries; the lowermost is opposite and ramose, the others are alter-
nate, equidistant, and parallel. The margin is denticulate. The leaf
is slightly inequilateral. In this respect it resembles Lesquereux’s
fig. 3, op. cit. Nos. 18 and 18a are halves of the same nodule.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 18, 18a).

URTICALES.
Family MORACE.

Genus Ficus.

20. Ficus macrophylla Lesquereux.

Ficus macrophylla LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 76, Pl. 11, fig. 1.

Description: Our specimen resembles the one described and figured

ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII. 20, FEB. 21, 1922.

296 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

by Lesquereux, op. cit., except in the base. The base and apex of
Lesquereux’s leaf were lacking. He assumes, as is shown by the
figure, that the base is cuneate. The upper part of our leaf is lack-
ing. The lower part, probably about half of it, is almost perfect,
except very near the petiole. The base is narrowed, but has the same
width for some distance, and has the appearance of being somewhat
auricled or heart-shaped at the petiole. Lesquereux may have been
mistaken in assuming that the base of his leaf was sharp pointed; if
not, our leaf does not belong to the same species. Our specimen does
not resemble any other species of Ficus with which I have compared
it, and does resemble that of Ficus macrophylla Lesq. so closely in
venation that I have decided to refer it to that species regardless of
the difference in the base.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 10).

21. Ficus daphnogenoides (Heer) Berry.

Proteoides daphnogenoides HEER, Phyllites crétacées du Nebraska, 1866, p. 17,
Pl. 4, figs. 7, 8 (not seen) ; LEsguEREUX, American Journal of Science and
Arts (second series), XLVI, 1868, p. 99; Cretaceous Flora, Report of the
Geological Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 85, Pl. 15, figs. 1, 2;
The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII,
1892, p. 90 (reference only).

Newserry, The Flora of the Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Mono-
craph DOXOVIl, 1895; epie72, Pl) 17) fies. 8,05 Pll 32) figsaut 1, 13, iA eines
fig.«3, and Pl. 4r,ehe. 1s:

Ho.iicxk, The Cretaceous Flora of Southern N. Y. and New England, U. §&.
Geological Survey, Monograph L, 1907, p. 59, Pl. 12, figs. 1-5.

Ficus proteoides LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological
Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 77, Pl. 12, fig. 2.

Ficus daphnogenoides (HEER) Berry, A Ficus Confused with Proteoides. Bul-
letin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XXXII, June, 1905, pp. 327-330, Pl. 21;
Ibid., XXXIV, 1907, p. 194, Pl. 11, fig. 10; The Flora of the Raritan Forma-
tion, U. S. Geological Survey of N. J., Bulletin 3, 1911, p. 122, Pl. 12, fig. 4.

Description: There are three specimens which I have referred to
this species. Berry, “The Flora of the Raritan Formation,” p. 122,
gives Heer’s original description of Proteoidzs daphnogenoides. In
his own description, page 123, he gives the following: “ This species
has been found to be quite variable in size, ranging in length from

Gress: Fosstt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 997

II cm. to 22 cm. and in breadth from 1.9 cm. to 3.7 cm. It is usually
widest in the lower half of the leaf, although sometimes the base is
quite narrow and the widest part is toward the middle. In all un-
equivocal material the upper half of the leaf is narrow, and is pro-
duced as a long, slender, recurved tip, which is one of the character-
Our specimens are about 15 cm. long

5

istic features of the species.’
and between 2 and 3 cm. wide.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 15, 15a, 150).

22. Ficus inequalis Lesquereux.

Ficus inequalis LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological
Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 82, Pl. 40, figs. 6-8, and Pl. 50, fig. 3.
Description: A small portion of both apex and base is broken off.

The entire leaf is about 10 cm. long and 4.5 cm. wide at its widest

point, which is a little below the middle. In shape it is very much

like fig. 3, Pl. 50, Lesq., op. cit. The sides are unequal, the one being

2.5 cm. and the other 2 cm. wide. The veining corresponds to the

description, of. cit. The leaf resembles also Magnolia speciosa. The

veining does not seem so distinct as it is in most of our specimens of

Magnolia, and the leaf also is a little smoother. The leaf may be

Magnolia speciosa, but the weight of evidence is in favor of the

species to which I have referred it.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie

Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 37).

Family URTICACEA,
Genus ASPIDIOPHYLLUM.

23. Aspidiophyllum trilobatum Lesquereux.

Aspidiophyllum trilobatum LEsguEREuXx, U. S. Geological and Geographical
Survey of Colorado etc., by: Hayden, 1874, p. 361, Pl. 2, figs. 1, 2; Cretaceous
and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories, VIII, i882,
D1 97; El. 22, fg. and Pl. 13, figs. 1-5; and Pliira) fis. 1:-The Flora of
the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 212.
(Gives name and reference only.)

298 - ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MusEuM.,

Description: Our specimen shows almost a perfect leaf, the margin
in places being a little indefinite. It is about 15 cm. wide and about
Ir cm. long. The venation is almost perfect and is very similar to
that shown on PI. 2, fig. 1, of Hayden’s Report, op. cit., and Pl. 3,
fig. 1, of The Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, op. cit. Indeed, the
two figures looked so much like our specimen that I at first thought
they might have been made from our fossil, which, too, is of the Chas.
Sternberg collection and identified by Lesquereux. On close com-
parison the size and veining are seen to vary slightly.

Occurrence: Fort Harker, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cretaceous).
Chas. Sternberg Collection, Accession No. 4799, Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 58).

Remarks: No. 58a is a fragment of a large leaf from Ellsworth
County, Kansas, in the Bayet Collection, which resembles in venation
Platanus primeva Lesquereux and our modern Platanus occidentalis
so closely that I, at first, thought it should be referred to Platanus
primeva, but on close comparison with Aspidiophyllum trilobatum I
have decided that it shows closer relationship to the latter. There
certainly is a close interrelation of these two genera and they prob-
ably have had a common ancestor. (See discussion under Genus

Platanus.)
RANUNCULALES.

Family MAGNOLIACE/,
Genus MAGNOLIA.

24. Magnolia alternans Heer.

Magnolia alternans Heer, Phyllites Crétacées du Nebraska, 1866, p. 20, Pl. 3,
figs. 2-4; Pl. 4, figs. 1, 2; Flora Fossilis Arctica, III, Abth. 2, 1874, p. 116,
Pl. 33, figs. 5 and 6, and Pl. 34, fig. 4; Ibid., VI, Abth. 2, 1882, p. 91, Pl. 21,
fis. '2, and: Pl..46, fig..21 “(not seen)’.

LESQUEREUX, American Journal of Science and Arts (second series), XLVI,
1868, p. 100; Cretaceous Flora, Report of the Geological Survey of the Ter-
ritories, VI, 1874, p. 92, Pl. 18, fig. 4; Illustrations of Cretaceous and Ter-
tiary Plants, U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories, 1878, Pl. 5, fig. 6;
The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII,
TQO2Zs Pp. ZO wel. Ay fies oi.

SmitH, Geology Coastal Plain in Alabama, 1804, p. 348.

PoLtarD, Transactions of N. Y. Academy of Science, XIII, 1894, p. 181.

GRESS: FossIL PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 299

Newserry, The Flora of the Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Mono-
graph XXVI, 180s, p. 73, Pl. 55, figs. 1, 2, 4, 6; The Later Extinct Floras
of North America, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XXXV, 1808, p. 94,
Pils; figs 6:
Ho.itick, The Cretaceous Flora of Southern N. Y. and New England, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph L, 1907, p. 67.
Berry, The Flora of the Raritan Formation, Geological Survey of N. J.,
Bulletin 355191, p; 130; Pl. a5, figs‘. ?
Description: Leaf thick, ovate-oblong, about 9 cm. long and 4.7 cm.
wide, entire, tapering to the petiole. Apex (broken) apparently
abruptly acute. Petiole curved, about 3.2 cm. long. Midvein straight,
prominent. Secondaries slender, about ten pairs, alternate, equidistant,
camptodrome, branching from the midrib at an angle of about 45°.
Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 1).

25. Magnolia obtusata Heer.

Magnolia obtusata Heer, Flora Fossilis Arctica, VI, Abth. 2, 1882, p. go, Pl.

05, ue. 12,-and. Pl; 21. fis, 3:-(not seen).

LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey,

Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 201, Pl. 60, figs. 5, 6

Description: Leaf coriaceous, obovate, obtuse, gradually narrowed
to the petiole, which is nearly 2 cm. long; margin entire; secondaries
simple, curved, camptodrome about five pairs (not very distinct to-
ward the apex). The leaf is about 7 cm. long and 4.5 cm. wide at
a point about 1.5 cm. from the apex, which is blunt and rounded.
The leaf resembles in shape and veining that of Lesquereux shown
in Pl. 60, fig. 6, op. cit. The petiole is somewhat shorter and the leaf
seems to be a little shorter and broader than that of Lesquereux.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession Ne: 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 28).

26. Magnolia speciosa Heer.

Magnolia speciosa HeEr, LESQUEREUX, The Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U.
S. Geological Survey of the Territories, VIII, 1883, p. 72; The Flora of
the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 202
Bl Gores 634.

300 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Horricx, Bulletin Torrey Club, XXI, 1894, p. 60, Pl. 178, fig. 5; Bulletin

Geological Society America, VII, 1895, p. 13; The Cretaceous Floras of

Southern N. Y. and New England, U. S, Geological Survey, Monograph L,

1906, p. 64, Pl. 19, figs. 1-4.

KNOWLTON, 21st Annual Report U. S. Geological Survey, Pt. 7, r9or, p. 318.

Berry, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXXII, 1905, p. 46, Pl. 2, figs. 4, 5;

The Flora of the Raritan Formation, Geological Survey of N. J., Bulletin

3, Oli, D. 120, Pl era ange, 3%

Description: “ Magnolia foliis maximis, coriaciis, ovato-ellipticis,
apice longe attenuatis, valde acuminatis, basi in petiolum validum
attenuatis, nervo primario crasso, nervis secundariis valde curvatis,
camptodromis.” Heer, 1869. (From Berry, Flora Raritan Forma-
tion, op. cit.). Our specimen shows, almost in perfect condition, the
lower half of the leaf, the apical end being broken. The base, veining,
and shape of the lower half very closely resemble Magnolia speciosa.
The attenuated apex of the leaf is one of the marked features of the
leaf, but this mark of identification is wanting in our specimen.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 36).

Family MENISPERMACE/.,
Genus MENISPERMITES.

27. Menispermites obtusilobus Lesquereux.

Dombeyopsis obtusiloba LESQUEREUX, American Journal of Science and Arts
(second series), XLVI, 1868, p. 100.

Menispermites obtusilobus LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, U. S. Geological
Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 94, Pl. 25, figs. 1, 2, and Pl. 26, fig.
3; Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of the Terri-
tories, VIII, 1883, p..78, Pl. 15, fig. 4; The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 18092, p. 196. (Name and refer-
ence only.)

Menispermites obtusiloba var. (?) LrsguEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, U. S.
Geological Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 95, Pl. 22, fig. 1.
Description: Our specimen is not perfect. It is crumpled and some-

what broken. It is from the U. S. National Museum, Leo. Lesquereux

Collection, and was identified by Lesquereux as Menispermites salin-

ensis Lesquereux. The impression was not completely exposed when

it was identified by him. Some of the overlying stone has since been

GrEss: FossiIt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA, 301

removed, which shows the leaf to have a different outline, making it
resemble more closely Menispermites obtusilobus, to which species I
have referred it.

Occurrence: Salina, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cretaceous). Leo.
Lesquereux Collection, U. S. National Museum (C. M., Accession No.
4799), Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 6r).

Family LAURACE#.
Genus SASSAFRAS.

There are seventeen specimens in the collection, which I have re-
ferred to seven species of this genus. Most of these species have
been included in Sassafras cretaceum Newb. by Newberry in Later
Extinct Hloras of N, A.,:page:98,; Pl. 6, figs. 1-4; Pl.-7, figs: 1=3;
BiG, figs. 1,. 2:

Berry in his Notes on Sassafras, Botanical Gazette, XXXIV, Dec.,
1902, pp. 426-450, has retained Sassafras Mudgei and Sassafras cre-
taceum (in part) in this genus. Sassafras acutilobum he has doubt-
fully referred to Aralia. Sassafras harkerianum and S. obtusum he
refers to Cissites; while Sassafras dissectum and S. mirabile he has
referred to Platanus.

I have not hesitated to refer them all to Sassafras except Sassafras
(Araliopsis) dissectum and S. mirabile, both of which, as well as
those referred to the same species by Lesquereux, seem to be more
closely related to Platanus than to Sassafras.

28. Sassafras acutilobum Lesquereux.

Sassafras acutilobum LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, Report of the Geological
Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 79, Pl. 14, figs. 1, 2; The Creta-
ceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories,
Wiiliiiresaeipac6, (Rikosh fics. 1,.°5%

Neweserry, The Flora of the Amboy. Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Mono-
graph XXVI, 189s, p. 87, Pl. 25, figs. 1-10, and Pl. 26, figs. 2-6; The Later
Extinct Floras of North America, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph
XXXV, 1898, pp. 98, 99.

Berry, Notes on Sassafras, Botanical Gazette, XXXIV, Dec., 1902, pp. 426-
450; The Flora of the Raritan Formation, Geological Survey of N. J., Bul-
letin: 3), tort, p40, Pl; 18, fig. 2.

Horiick, Cretaceous Flora of Southern N. Y. and New England, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph L, 1906, p. 77, Pl. 30, figs. 8, 9.

302 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Description: Trilobate leaf about 15 cm. long from base to apex of
center lobe, and about 15 cm. between apices of the lateral lobes. The
lobes are conical, entire, and acute, the middle being somewhat longer
and broader than the lateral. The sinuses are open and rounded, the
margins forming an angle of about 90°. The base is decurrent to the
petiole (broken). The lateral primaries branch from the midrib 2
cm. from the base. Their angle of divergence from the midrib is
about 35°. The secondaries are camptodrome; the first pair origi-
nates about 3.5 cm. from the origin of the lateral primaries, extending
to the sinuses of the leaf. The secondaries are connected by ter-
tiaries, which form somewhat rectangular areolations.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 5). A smaller very well-preserved
specimen (Vo. 5a) from the same locality is of the Hambach Collec-
tion, U. S. National Museum (C. M., Accession No. 4799). Another
specimen (No. 5b) is from Fort Harker, Kansas, Chas, Sternberg
Collection, U. S. National Museum (C. M., Accession No. 4799).

29. Sassafras Mudgei Lesquereux.

Sassafras Mudgei LesguEREux, American Journal of Science and Arts (second
series), 46, 1868, p. 99; Cretaceous Flora, U. S. Geological Survey of the
Territories, VI, 1874, p. 78, Pl. 14, figs. 3-4 and Pl. 30, fig. 7; The Flora
of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892,
p. 100 (reference only).

KNOWLTON, Bulletin U. S. Geological Survey No. 152, 1898 (gives syn-

onyms).

Newserry, The Later Extinct Floras of North America, U. S. Geological

Survey, Monograph XXXV, 1808, p. 98.

Warp, Nineteenth Annual Report U. S. Geological Survey, Part 2, 1899,

Dp 705, (Pl. 170;hes. 4. s,-and) Ply 171 hes a,

Description: Our specimen shows the middle lobe and a small por-
tion of each of the side lobes. There is no doubt about the identity
of the specimen. It came from the U. S. National Museum by ex-
change and bore a label referring it to this species.

Occurrence: Salina, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cretaceous). Ac-
cession No. 4799, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 60).

GrEss: Fosstt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA, 303

30. Sassafras dissectum Lesquereux.

Sassafras (Araliopsis) dissectum LESQuEREUX, The Cretaceous and Tertiary
Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories, VIII, 1883, p. 57; The
Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII,
1892, ror, Pl. 14, fig. 1.

Description: The leaf very closely resembles, in shape and veining,
the figure shown in The Flora of the Dakota Group, op. cit. It is,
however, smaller, being only about 14 cm. long and 16 cm. wide.
The veining is so distinctly that of S. (Araliopsis) dissectum that it
needs no description. Lesquereux, in the same description, says:
“This form has not been seen among the numerous specimens of
fossil plants examined from the Dakota Group until recentiy.”’ Les-
quereux’s leaf, as well as this one, should probably be referred to
Platanus.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 43). Former reports give its habitat
as near Fort Harker, Kansas.

31. Sassafras cretaceum Newberry.

Sassafras cretaceum Newserry, Annals New York Lyceum of Natural His-
tory, IX, Apr. 1868, p. 14; The Later Extinct Floras of North America,
U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XXXV, 1808, p. 98, Pl. 6, figs. 1-4;
Pl. 7, figs. 1-3, and Pl. 8, figs. 1, 2. (Synonyms given.)

LESQUEREUX, Illustrations of Cretaceous and Tertiary Plants, 1878, Pl. 6,

figs. 1-4.

Berry, Notes on Sassafras, Botanical Gazette, XXXIV, 1902, p. 444.

Description: “Leaves petiolate, decurrent at base, very smooth

above, strongly nerved below; three-lobed; lobes entire and acute.
The nervation is all strongly defined; the central nerve straight or
nearly so; the lateral primary nerves springing from it at an angle
of 30°; secondary nerves regularly arched till they approach the
margin of the lobes, when they are abruptly curved and run together.
From these the tertiary nerves are given off at a right angle, and
from these the quaternary nerves spring at a similar angle, together
forming a network of which the areoles are sub-quadrate.” The
above is Newberry’s original description. There are five specimens
which I have referred to this species. None of our leaves are com-
plete, some being mere fragments. In general appearance and nerva-
tion they agree with Newberry’s description.

304 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Occurrence: All five specimens are from the Dakota Sandstone
(Cretaceous). No. 23 is from Ellsworth County, Kansas, Baron de
Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348; Nos. 23a, 23b are from Salina,
Kansas, Accession No. 4799; No. 23c, locality not given, Accession
No. 4799; No. 63, Fort Ellsworth, Kansas, Accession No. 4799. All
in Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.

32. Sassafras mirabile Lesquereux.

Sassafras mirabile LESQUEREUX, Hayden’s Report, 1872, p. 424; Cretaceous
Flora, U. S. Geological Report of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 80, Pl. 12,
fig. 1; The Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of the
Territories, VIII, 1883, p. 56; The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, pp. 101, 102, 231.

Newserry, The Later Extinct Floras of North America, U. S. Geological

Survey, Monograph XXXV, 1808, pp. 105, 106, Pl. 1, fig. 4.

Berry, Notes on Sassafras, Botanical Gazette, XXXIV, Dec., 1902, pp. 426-

450.

Description: Leaf coriaceous, three-lobed, about 12 cm. from apex
of middle lobe to the base and about 12 cm. between the apices of the
two outer lobes; base decurrent to a petiole about 2 cm. long. “The
three primary nerves separate at a comparatively short distance above
the decurrent base of the leaves, the lateral ones bearing outside in ~
the lower part one or two thin marginal veinlets, which follow the
borders in successive bows, joining the point of the lowest secondary
veins; these are all simple, entering the points of obtuse teeth, which
mark the borders of the lobes from the base to the point.’’—Les-
quereux. The first pair of secondaries originating from the middle
primary vein are formed about one-third of the distance from the
base to the apex and extend to the sinuses. In outline the leaf re-
sembles our modern Platanus occidentalis.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 6). Another specimen (No. 6a) is
from Fort Harker, Kansas, Leo. Lesquereux Collection (C. M., Ac-
cession No. 4799).

33. Sassafras Harkerianum Lesquereux.

Sassafras Harkeriana LESQUEREUX, Hayden’s Report, 1872, p. 425.
Sassafras Harkerianum LrEsguEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, Report of the U. S.

Gress: Fossin PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. . 805

Geological Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 81, Pl. 11, figs. 3, 4, and
Pl. 27, fig. 2—Nrwserry, The Later Extinct Floras of North America, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XXXV, 1808, p. 98.

Cissites harkerianus Brrry, Notes on Sassafras, Botanical Gazette, XXXIV,
Dec., 1902, pp. 426-450.—LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S.
Geol) Surv. Derr VIM, 1883, p) 67, Pl. 3) figsh 3504.

Description: Leaf coriaceous, three-lobed, with obtusely pointed,
very short lobes; about 10 cm. from apex of central lobe to the
abruptly pointed base, about 10 cm. between apices of the lateral
lobes; petiole about 2 cm. long. The lateral primaries originate
about 2 cm. from the base and form an angle of about 40° with the
middle primary. A pair of secondaries branches from the petiole at
the juncture of the leaf-blade and extends out along the margin of
the leaf. The first pair of secondaries originates about 2.5 cm. above
the juncture of the lateral primaries. They extend to the shallow
sinuses. The secondaries are very strongly camptodrome. This
species has been referred to Sassafras cretaceum Newb. by Newberry,
op. cit. Berry and Lesquereux, of. cit., refer it to Cissites.

Oceurrence: Three well-preserved specimens of this species were
studied, all from Ellsworth County, Kansas: Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). The specimen described above is of the Baron de Bayet
Collection, Accession No. 2348; Nos. 7a and 7b are from the U. S.
National Museum (C. M., Accession No. 4799). All in Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.

34. Sassafras obtusum Lesquereux.

Sassafras obtusum LESQUEREUX, Hayden’s Annual Report, 1871, p. 303; and
1872, p. 424; Cretaceous Flora, Report of the U. S. Geological Survey of
the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 81, Pl. 13, figs. 2-4.

Sassafras cretaceum Newb., Later Extinct Flora, U. S. Geological Survey,
Monograph XXXV, 1808, p. 98. (Synonyms given.)

Description: There are three specimens which I have referred to
this species. Nos. 62a and 62b are upper and lower surfaces of the
same leaf. These are small and not complete, although the venation
is very distinct. No. 62 is a well preserved specimen, almost entire,
except the petiole and a portion of the decurrent base. It is about
I1 cm. long and of the same width. The venation is almost as dis-
tinct as that of a leaf from our modern Sassafras tree. Since there
is so much confusion about the synonomy of the Sassafras species,

306 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the only difficulty is to know to what species to refer it. Since it
so closely resembles Lesquereux’s figures, op. cit., I have referred it
to S. obtusum.

Occurrence: All three specimens were in the collection from the
U. S. National Museum (C. M., Accession No. 4799). No. 62 is from
Ellsworth County, Kansas, the other two had no record of locality.
All are of the Dakota Sandstone (Cretaceous). Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 62, 62a, 62b).

Genus Laurus.

35. Laurus proteefolia Lesquereux.

Laurus proteefolia LESQUEREUX, Hayden’s Annual Report, 1874, p. 342, Pl. 5,
figs. 1, 2; The Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of
the Territories, VIII, 1883, p. 52, Pl. 3, figs. 9, 10, and \Pl. 16, fig.-6; The
Flora of the Dakota group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII,
1892, p. 92.

Description: Our specimen does not show the base and the apex.
The leaf is apparently about 13 cm. long and 3.4 cm. wide belaw the
middle. The leaf gradually narrows from below the middle upward
to a long point. It narrows more rapidly to the base. The venation
is not distinct. The median nerve is straight. The secondaries show
faintly, but apparently are parallel, equidistant, and camptodrome. The
original description of this leaf by Lesquereux in Hayden’s Annual
Report, 1874, fits our leaf very well. Our specimen resembles also
those figured in the same report.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 42). Former reports give its habitat
as Fort Harker, Kansas.

ROSALES.
Family PLATANACE,

Genus PLATANUS.

In classifying the specimens representing this genus, as well as
some others of related genera, the relationship of such genera as
Platanus, Sassafras, Sterculia, Aralia, Liquidambar, and a few others
was very evident, Berry has discussed this relationship in his article,

Gress: Fosstt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 307

“ Aralia in American Paleobotany ” (Botanical Gazette, XX XVI, Dec.,
1903, pp. 421-428), also in his “ Notes on Sassafras” (Botanical Ga-
zette, XXXIV, Dec., 1902, pp. 426-450). It is also discussed by
Lester F. Ward in his “ Paleontological History of the Genus Plat-
anus ” (Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, XI, 1888, pp. 39-
42, Pls. 17-22).

Berry, in his “ Notes on Sassafras,” page 448, says: “ The varying
similarity and interrelation of the forms heretofore referred to Sas-
safras, Aralia, Platanus, Aspidiophyllum, Cissites, etc., clearly in-
dicate that a change must soon be made in our conception of these
genera; and this not only applies to Sassafras, but to various forms
referred to the other genera as well, including also Grewiepsis, Meni-
spermites, Credneria, etc.”

Ward, op. cit., in speaking of Platanus, Aralia, Liquidambar, Sassa-
fras, Liriodendron, and Aspidiophyllum of the Dakota Group, says:
“Tt would, of course, be wrong to say that all these forms belong to
Platanus; but to predict that they will one day be recognized as in-
terrelated, and as representing the remote ancestry of the plane and
the sycamore, can, in the light of our present knowledge, scarcely be
considered rash.” Ward believes that all those leaves with a basal
lobe like Aralia digitata should be referred to the Platanacee and sug-
gests a new genus called Protoplatanus, or some other name indicative
of their ancestral character. (Ward, Bulletin 37, U. S. Geological Sur-
svey, 1887, p. 63, under his discussion of Aralia digitata Ward.)

Such a difference in the lobing, venation, and margin’ exists in
our modern Sassafras and Platanus, that, if strictly observed and
adhered to, a revision of these two genera would likely take place.
There are also differences in the venation of Platanus and Sassafras,
on the one hand, from the allied genera of Aralia, Sterculia, Cissites,
etc., on the other hand, which, if accurately observed and strictly
adhered to, would, no doubt, place some fossil leaves, which have been
referred to these latter genera, in either Platanus or Sassafras, more
particularly in Platanus.

One of the differences referred to is in the branching of the primary
veins at the base of the leaf, particularly in the five-lobed type.
Platanus and Sassafras are palmately three-veined. Each of the two
lateral primaries and the central one, which may be called the mid-
rib, go to lobes in the lobed form of the leaf. If the Platanus or
Sassafras leaf has five lobes, the veins extending into the two lower-

308 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

most lobes are branches from the two lateral primary veins and are
therefore secondary veins. This branching of the primary veins is
different in the other allied genera of the Araliacee, Sterculiacee,
Menispermacee, Vitacee, and Hamamelidacee (Liquidambar). These
are all, with very few exceptions, if at all palmately veined, of the
palmately five-veined type. This is also evident in the leaves not
lobed. In the five-lobed leaves of these last-named genera the veins
running to the two lowermost lobes are primary veins, or, if they are
secondaries, branching from the two upper lateral primaries, the origin
is always very close to the midrib.

The data from my own observations are as follows:

a. Sterculiacee—The leaves of thirty-one species were examined.
In thirty of these the leaves were of the palmately five-veined form,
or showed a very strong tendency toward it, while only one species
showed three palmate veins, and this one showed no tendency to
lobing.

b. Araliacee.—Out of sixteen species examined, the leaves of four-
teen were of the palmately five-veined form; one with three veins, but
no tendency toward lobing; the other one, Panax trifolia, shows many
of the leaflets to be divided into four and five smaller leaflets, and in
each case they are palmately veined, even those leaflets with only
three smaller leaflets showing the five palmate veins.

c. Vitaceae.—Out of twenty-seven species examined, the leaves of
twenty-three species show the palmately five-veined form. A few of
these have a tendency to form seven lobes; in this case the veins”
running to the two lowermost lobes are secondary veins. One species
showed three veins springing from the base of the leaf, but in this case
the leaf was a pinnately compound leaf. In one species (Cissus
repens) the two lowermost veins come from the two lateral primaries,
but originate very close to the midrib. In the remaining two species
there are three veins, with but little, if any, tendency for others to
branch from them; if so, they branch very close to the midrib.

d. Menispermacee.—In this family eleven species were examined,
and all leaves showed the five—or more—palmate arrangement of
the veins.

e. Hamamelidacee—Sixteen Liquidambar leaves, all of one species,
were examined. Of these twelve were palmately five-veined and five-
lobed, three were palmately three-veined and three-lobed (with no

GREss: Fosstt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 309

evidence of forming five lobes), and one was palmately five-veined
but seven-lobed, the veins running to these two extra lobes being
secondary veins. The three-lobed leaves have a tendency to form the
five palmate veins, as the two lowermost veins were present, but rather
delicate.

f. Platanacee.—Seven species of Platanus were examined, and all
leaves were of the three-palmate-veined form. In the five-lobed
leaves the veins extending to the two lowermost lateral lobes are
always secondary veins, branching from the two lateral primary veins
at some distance from the midrib. One species, Platanus Wrightu
Watson, resembles very closely Sterculia mucronata and Sterculia
Snowiti, as figured by Lesquereux, “ Flora of the Dakota Group,” PI. 30,
figs. I, 2, 5, even in the fact that the margin of the lobes shows
little, if any,-tendency to serration at the time of blooming. I did
not have leaves of these species at the fruiting period. The leaves,
however, were large and appeared nearly mature. One species, P.
Lindeniana, showed only three-lobed leaves at the blooming period.
These leaves were decurrent a distance of from 0.5-1.0 cm. on the
inner face of the petiole. In several the base was indeed almost
peltate.

g. Lauracee.—No Sassafras leaves that I have seen are palmately
five-veined. The five-lobed leaves are traversed by secondary veins
originating from the two lateral primaries at some distance from the
midrib, as is the case with Platanus, but usually even farther from
the midrib than in Platanus. According to Sinnott and Bailey (Amer-
ican Journal of Botany, Investigations on the Phylogeny of the Angio-
sperms, II, 1915, pp. 1-22, Pls. i-iv), Sassafras and Platanus would
probably have the trilacunar type of node,and Aralia, Sterculia, Cis-
sites, Menispermum, and Liquidambar would have the trilacunar type,
or by amplification the multilacunar type. It seems to me that these
palmately three-veined and palmately five-veined methods of venation
might be very useful in separating Platanus and Sassafras on the
one hand from the other allied genera on the other hand, and that
differences, as pointed out by other investigators, particularly by
Berry, may be used in separating the genera from each other. Many
of the species of Platanus have been reduced to synonymy (see
Knowlton, Bulletin U. S. Geological Survey 152, 1898, pp. 168, 169).
Lesquereux, in the “ Flora of the Dakota Group,” p. 72, says: “‘ Indeed

310 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MuSsEUM.

comparing the leaves of Platanus primeva of the Dakota Group with
those of Platanus Haydenii of the Laramie, those of Platanus Guil-
lelme of the Miocene, those of Platanus appendiculata of the Aurif-
erous gravel deposits of the old Pliocene of California, and those of
the living Platanus occidentalis, one sees the original type so clearly
and distinctly preserved, that, overlooking the great differences of age,
it would be difficult to separate these leaves into different species.”

36. Platanus primzva Lesquereux.

Platanus primeva LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, Report of the Geological
Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 60, Pl. 7, fig. 2; and Pl.°26, fig. 2;
Geological and Natural History Survey of Minn., III, Pt. I, p. 14, 1885-
1892; Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph
XVI, 1892,.p: 72, Pl. 8; figs, 7—8b, and Pl. 10; fig. 3. ;

Warp, The Paleontological History of the Genus Platanus, Proceedings U.

S. National Museum, XI, 1888, p. 39, Pl. 17-22.

Description: Our specimen is about 13 cm. long by about 15 cm.
wide between the two lateral lobes. The leaf resembles Platanus
primeva more closely than the other species. It differs, however, in
that the base is more cuneate than truncate, resembling in this respect
more nearly Platanus primeva var: grandidenta. The terminal lobe
shows very little, if any, dentation. The leaf resembles in general
outline a young leaf of our modern Platanus. The leaf does not look
exactly like any figure of Platanus with which I have compared it,
but since our modern Platanus leaves vary so much, I do not think a
separate species or variety should be made for this specimen.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 48).

37. Platanus cissitifolia Gress, sp. nov. (Plate XV, figs. 3 and 4.)

A specimen which came from the U. S. National Museum bore a
label “ Cissites obtusus Lesq., Lancaster County, Va.,” this being the
only specimen in the collection not from the Dakota Group of the
Western United States. The matrix carrying the impression resem-
bles that of the other fossils so closely in composition that I am in-
clined to think that there has been a mistake in naming the locality
from which it has come. The impression of the leaf in this fossil

GrREss: Fossit PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. lel

was not completely exposed. On removing some of the overlying
stone, it was found to be a five-lobed leaf very different in outline
from what it appeared to be before the removal of this overlying
stone. It somewhat resembles Cissites, but does not fit any described
species, with which I have been able to compare it. It resembles more
closely than any other species Cissites ingens var. parvifolia Lesq.
(Flora of the Dakota Group, 1892, Pl. 57, fig. 3), but differs in the
branching of the primaries at the base of the leaf, also in its more
cuneate base and lobed or toothed margin. It resembles so closely in
outline and venation our modern Platanus occidentalis that I have
named it Platanus cissitifolius. The leaf is five-lobed, nearly 6 cm.
long, and about the same width between the apices of the two upper-
most lateral lobes. It is palmately three-veined; the two lateral pri-
mary veins originate about 5 mm. from the base of the leaf and
extend into the two uppermost lateral lobes. Each lateral primary
‘vein sends out a branch from its lower side about 1.5 cm. from the
base of the leaf, which extends to the lowermost lateral lobe. The
margin is sinuate or toothed. The tertiary venation resembles very
closely that of our modern Platanus occidentalis.

Family ROSACEA.
Genus Pyrus.

38. Pyrus cretacea Newberry.

Pyrus cretacea NEwBERRY, Annals N. Y. Lyceum Natural History, IX, April,
1868, p. 12; The Later Extinct Floras of North America, U. S. Geological
Survey, Monograph XXXV, 1808, p. 110, Pl. 1, fig. 7.

LESQUEREUX, Illustrations of Cretaceous and Tertiary Plants, 1878, Pl. 2,

fig. 7; The Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of the

Territories, VIII, 1883, p. 86; The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.

Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1802, p. 144 (name and reference only).

Description: The leaf is very small, being about 1.5 cm. long and
of the same width. It fits very closely Newberry’s description, which
follows: “Leaves petioled, small, roundish, oval or elliptical, often
slightly emarginate, entire or finely serrate; medial nerve strong be-
low, rapidly diminishing toward the summit; lateral nerves four or
five pairs, with intermediate smaller ones, diverging from the midrib
at unequal angles, curved toward the summit, where they anastomose
in a series of arches parallel with the margins; tertiary nerves form-
ing a network of which the areoles are somewhat elongated.”

ANN CSR MUS. Sis 215 BEB. 21, 1922.

312 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 44). Former Report, Dakota Group,
Smoky Hill, Kansas,

Family LEGUMINOS.
Genus HyMEN A,

39. Hymeneza dakotana Lesquereux.

Hymenea dakotana LEsSQuEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 145, Pl. 55, figs. 2, 3, Pl. 56,
figs. 1, 2, and Pl. 62; fig: 2. j

5

Neweserry, The Flora of the Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Mono-

graph XXVI, 1896, p. 90, Pl. 41, fig. 14.

Berry, Annual Report of the State Geologist (N. J.), 1905, pp. 138, 139,

Pl. 22, figs. 1, 2; The Flora of the Raritan Formation, Geological Survey

of N. J., Bulletin 3, 1911, p. 165.

Hotiicx, The Cretaceous Flora of Southern N. Y. and New England, U.

S. Geological Survey, Monograph L, 1907, p. 83, Pl. 32, figs. 5-7.
- Description: The base and apex of one leaf are broken.. The
petiole of the other one is wanting and the apex is bent a little, which
gives it somewhat the appearance of being emarginate, as are the
leaves of Leguminosites hymenophyllus, which, indeed, the specimen
resembles. The leaves are oblong or elliptical, narrowed to the base
and apex, entire. Only.a few of the secondaries can be indistinctly
seen. They are joined to the midvein at an angle of about 45°. They
curve in passing to the borders and are camptodrome. The midrib
is heavy at the base, but tapers rapidly, becoming very thin toward
the apex.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 33).

Genus PALAOCASSIA.

40. Paleocassia laurinea Lesquereux.

Paleocassia laurinea LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 147, Pl. 64, fig. 12.
Description: Leaflet between 5 and 6 cm. long (apex broken), about

1.5 cm. broad a little below the middle, lanceolate, narrowing to both

GREss: Fosstt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 313

ends, slightly inequilateral and curved to one side. Midrib curved;
secondaries parallel, opposite or nearly so, arched and camptodrome;
margin entire; petiole not shown.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 14).

GERANIALES.
Family EUPHORBIACE,
Genus DAPHNOPHYLLUM.

41. Daphnophyllum dakotense Lesquereux.

Daphnophyllum dakotense LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U.
S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 99, Pl. 51, figs. 1-4, and
PIES setotion, 1.

Description: The description, which Lesquereux, op. cit., gives of
his leaves, fits our specimen very well, with the exception that the sec-
ondaries are opposite. The lowermost secondaries of our leaf do
not show very distinctly, but they do not appear to be opposite. PI.
52, fig. 1, Lesquereux, op. cit., shows the secondaries alternate with
the exception of the lowermost pair. I found with the specimen two
loose labels in different handwriting; the one contained the name D.
angustifolium, the other one D. dakotense. I think our specimen,
which is a split-open nodule, showing both upper and lower surfaces,
agrees more closely with the latter, which name I have given to it.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 38, 38a).

SAPINDALES.
Family CELASTRACE.,
Genus CELASTROPHYLLUM.

42. Celastrophyllum cretaceum Lesquereux.

Celastrophyllum cretaceum LrsguEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 173, Pl. 38, figs. 12-14.
Newserry, The Flora of the Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Mono-
graph XXVI, 1896, p. 100, Pl. 42, fig. 13.

314 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Berry, The Flora of the Raritan Formation, Geological Survey of N. J..
Bulletin 3, 1911, p. 177.

Description: “ Leaves small, 2 cm. to 4 cm. in length by 0.9 cm. to
1.2 cm. in breadth, elliptical or oblong in outline. Apex obtusely
rounded. Base narrowed, giving some of the leaves an almost spatu-
late outline. Texture thick, subcoriaceous. Margin entire through-
out. Midrib comparatively stout. Secondaries slender, branching
from the midrib at an angle of 30° to 40°, slightly curved, distant,
parallel, often obsolete, camptodrome.’”’ Berry, op. cit. This descrip-
tion by Berry applies well to our specimen, which is 3.5 cm. long by
I cm. wide.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 39). A smaller specimen (No. 30a)
is from the U. S. National Museum (C. M., Accession No. 4799).

RHAMNALES.

Family RHAMNACE.,
Genus RHAMNUS.

43. Rhamnus inequilateralis Lesquereux.

Rhamnus inequilateralis LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 170, Pl. 37, figs. 4-7.
Description: The leaf is about 7 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide near

the middle. It is entire, lanceolate, acuminate (apex broken), nar-
rowed and decurring to the petiole (absent), inequilateral, curved to
one side. The primary nerve is rather heavy below, but becomes
narrow toward the apex. There are about six pairs of secondaries
at an acute angle of divergence; curved somewhat in passing to the
margin, opposite or subopposite, camptodrome, the lowermost pair is
thin and very close to the margin.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 40). Reported from Cliffwood Bluff,
N. J., by Berry. Another specimen studied (40a) is from the Chas.
Sternberg Collection (C. M., Accession No. 4799).

Gress: Fossil PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 315

MALVALES.
Family STERCULIACE:.

Genus STERCULIA.

The leaves which I have referred to this genus show a close rela-
tionship to Platanus, particularly in the arrangement of the primary
and secondary veins and in the lobing. (See discussion of Platanus.)
Sterculia mucronata Lesquereux, as figured by Lesquereux in The
“Flora of the Dakota Group,” Pl. 30, figs. 1-4, and the several speci-
mens, which I have referred to that species, all very closely resemble in
outline, in branching of the primaries, and in lobing, the leaves of our
modern Platanus Wrightii Watson. The lobing is also very similar
to our modern Liquidambar styraciflua, but the branching of the pri-
mary veins differs.

44. Sterculia Snowii Lesquereux.

Sterculia Snowii LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological
Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 183, Pl. 30, fig. 5; Pl. 31, figs. 2, 3, and
Pis2. andePl. 33. hes) 1d.

KNOWLTON, in Hitt, American Journal of Science, L, 1895, p. 213.

Horitck, The Cretaceous Flora of Southern N. Y. and New England, U.

S. Geological Survey, Monograph L, 1906, p. 94, Pl. 34, fig. 20.

Sterculia Drakei CuMmMins, Third Annual Report, Geological Survey Texas,
1891 (1892), p. 210, Text fig. 8.

Description: “ Leaves long petioled, membranous or subcoriaceous,
large, palmately two- to five-lobed; lobes entire, lanceolate, taper-
pointed or acuminate, greatly diverging; primary nerves palmately
three to five, from the top of the petiole, mostly simple, thick, per-
current; secondaries thin, oblique, straight, or slightly curved in
traversing the blade, simply camptodrome. The largest leaves are
more than 20 cm. long from the top of the petiole to the apex of the
median lobe, and are quite as broad or broader between the apices of
the lateral lobes; the petiole generally preserved is more than 20 cm.
long, strong, inflated at the base. The divergence of ‘the lobes aver-
ages 40°, the lateral ones being about at right angles to the median
nerve, and generally curved backward; the primary nerves are thick,
the secondaries thin, often obsolete, close, parallel, at an angle of
divergence of 50°, curving quite near the borders, the curves forming
a kind of thin, marginal nerve along them; the areolation is obso-
lete.’—Lesquereux, op. cit.

316 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The specimens examined fit almost exactly the above description by
Lesquereux. They are of the five-lobed type, about 20 cm. long and

20 cm. broad. The petioles, however, are only between two and three

centimeters long; they probably either have not been preserved or are

broken off.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No, 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 4, 4a). A third specimen (4b) is
from Fort Harker, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cretaceous). Chas.
Sternberg Collection, from U. S. National Museum (C. M., Accession
No. 4799).

45. Sterculia aperta Lesquereux.

Sterculia aperta LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological
Survey, Monograph VIII, 1883, p. 82, Pl. 10, figs. 2, 3;|The Flora of the
Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 185,
Pipe oom.

Sterculia obtusiloba LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. 5S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 185. In the above citation
Lesquereux says that Sterculia obtusiloba may be a variety of Sterculia
aperta. Sterculia obtusiloba was first named Aralia tripartita by Lesquereux.
See Aralia tripartita Lesquereux, Hayden’s Annual Report, U. S. Geological
and Geographical Survey of Colorado and adjacent Territories, 1874, p. 348,
Pee tiose pi
Description: Leaf palmately three-lobed and three-nerved from

near the base; about 8 cm. long from base to apex and about 7 cm.
broad between apices of the two outer lobes. The lobes vary from
about 3.5 cm. to 5 cm. long and from 1 to 2 cm. wide, the middle
being the longest and the narrowest. The lobes are entire, almost
linear, abruptly rounded at the apex, and with obtuse sinuses. The
surface is smooth, with a very slight trace of secondary veins. The
base is apparently somewhat decurrent to the petiole, which is
broken off.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 8).

46. Sterculia mucronata Lesquereux.

Sterculia mucronata LEsguEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S:
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 182, Pl. 30, figs. 1-4.

PY

Gress: Foss PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. S17

Description: The specimen is about 7 cm. long from the top of the
petiole to the apex of the middle lobe. It is probably from 8 to 10
cm. broad between the apices of the two upper lateral lobes (the one
is broken off). The lowermost lateral lobes are rather short-pointed
and recurved. It is palmately three-veined; the two lateral veins
branch at a short distance from the petiole, each branch going to one
of the lowermost lateral lobes. The leaf looks almost exactly like
that represented in fig. 2, op. cit.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 21). A second specimen (No. 21a)
is from Fort Harker, Kansas (C. M., Accession No. 4799).

Genus PROTOPHYLLUM.

This genus was established by Lesquereux to include some leaves
which he had previously referred to Credneria or to Pterospermites.
There are five specimens of these leaves in the collections studied:
Protophyllum Leconteanum Lesquereux, Protophyllum rugosum Les-
quereux, Protophyllum Sternberg Lesquereux, and two other speci-
mens which evidently belong to the genus Protophyllum, but which
differ from any described species, with which I have been able to
compare them. I, therefore, have given them the names Protophyllum
ovatum and Protophyllum viburnifolium.

\
47. Protophyllum ovatum Gress, sp. nov. (Plate XIV, figs. 1 and 2.)

Description: The leaf is about 10 cm. long and 8 cm. wide a little
below the middle. It is ovate or elliptical in outline, rather abruptly
rounded to a truncate or somewhat heart-shaped base, and to a
slightly acuminate apex. The margin is distinctly and coarsely
toothed. There are ten or eleven pairs of craspedodrome secondaries.
which spring from a midrib of medium thickness. The lowermost
three or four pairs are crowded together and comparatively slender,
branching from the midrib at a very large angle, nearly perpendicular.
The remaining upper pairs are stronger, farther apart, and branch
from the midrib at a more acute angle. The fourth and fifth pairs
from the base send off about three branches from the lower side;
fewer branches emerge from the secondaries toward the apex. Ter-

318 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

tiary venation is not visible. The venation resembles that of Proto-
phyllum querciforme Hollick (Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXII,
May. 1605; ps 227, Pl. 237 eho. it.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 51).

48. Protophyllum viburnifolium Gress, sp. nov. (Plate XV, figs. 1
and 2.)

Description: The leaf is about 7 cm. long and 6 cm. wide. It is
ovate in outline, with a short-pointed (?) apex (broken) and a very
distinctly heart-shaped or peltate (?) base. The midrib is of medium
thickness. There are six or seven pairs of secondaries, sub-opposite.
The lowermost pair is very much branched on the lower side. The
first branch, which is very thin, originates near the midrib and ex-
tends backward along the petiole. The second pair of secondaries
emerges from the midrib close to the first pair and diverges at a
much more acute angle than does the first pair. This pair is also
much branched on the lower side. The distance between the origin
of the second and the third pairs of secondaries is about twice the
distance between the origin of the first two pairs. The remaining
upper pairs of secondary veins are parallel and contain fewer branches
than do the lower ones. The tertiary veining is simple and at right
angles to the secondaries. The margin is apparently slightly undulate
or toothed, but this character is not distinct. This leaf, as well as
Protophyllum ovatum, resembles very much some of the Viburnums
described and figured by Ward, Bulletin U. S. Geological Survey,
No. 37, 1887. I think, however, that the nearly, if not altogether,
peltate base of the smaller leaf and the arrangement of the secondary
veins at the base of both leaves, particularly of the larger, show suffi-
ciently close relationship to Protophyllum to justify referring them
to that genus.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 50).

Gress: Fosstt PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 319

49. Protophyllum Leconteanum (Lesquereux) Lesquereux.

Credneria Leconteana LESQuEREUX, American Journal of Science and Arts
(series 2), XLVI, 1868, p. 08.

Protophyllum Leconteanum LrsguEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, Report of the
U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 103, Pl. 17, fig. 4,
and Pl. 26, fig. 1; The Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological
Survey of the Territories, VIII, 1883, p. 89. (Gives name and reference
only); The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Mono-
graph XVII, 1892, p. 187, Pl. 40, fig. 1.

Description: The leaf is almost perfect, except at a few places on
the margin, particularly near the apex. The venation is very dis-
tinct. This is the only specimen in the collection from the Dakota
Group in which we find portions of the leaf. About an inch of the
lower end of the midrib with some branches is still in position. No
attempt has been made as yet to study the cell structure of these
remains, but probably sufficient tissue is present that by careful work
something of the structure might be ascertained.

The fossil bears a label showing that it is one of a collection made
by Chas. Sternberg and has been identified by Leo Lesquereux.

The leaf is about 10 cm. long and 10 cm. wide and fits Lesquereux’s
description and figures so well that it needs no description or dis-
cussion to refer it to Protophylluny Leconteanum Lesquereux.

Occurrence: Fort Harker, Kansas. Dr. Leconte collected his
specimens about three miles northeast of Ft. Harker and near Brooks-
ville, Kansas. Credneria Leconteana is described from Nebraska in
American Journal of Science, l. c.

50. Protophyllum Sternbergii (LLesquereux) Lesquereux.

Pterospermites Sternbergii LesguErEux, U. S. Geological Survey of Mon-
tana, etc., by Hayden, 1872, p. 425.

Protophyllum Sternbergii LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, Report of the U. S.
Geological Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 101, Pl. 16, fig. 1, and
Pl. 17, fig. 2; Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of
the Territories, VIII, 1883, p. 89. (Gives name and reference only); The
Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII,
TSO2 ps eo, Plt aa fics 1.

Description: The leaf is about 10 cm. long by 9 cm. broad. The
venation is distinctly that of Protophyllum. The base is broken so
that the pelta, which Lesquereux says is the greatest distinguishing
feature between Sternbergii and Leconteanum, can not be observed.

320 ANNALS ‘OF THE CARNEGIE MusEuM.

Judging by the other distinguishing features given by Lesquereux
under his description of Protophyllum Leconteanum, I have decided
that our specimen fits more closely that of Protophyllum Sternbergii
than it does Protophyllum Leconteanum. The specimen was among
fossils obtained by exchange from the U. S. National Museum, but
bore no label.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas (?), Dakota Sandstone
(Cretaceous). U.S. National Museum by exchange, Accession No.
4799, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 56).

51. Protophyllum rugosum (Lesquereux) Lesquereux.

Pierospermites rugosus LESQUEREUX, Hayden’s Annual Report, 1872, p. 426.
Protophyllum rugosum LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, U. S. Geological Survey
of the Territories, Vl, 1874,.p. 105, Pl. 17,, figs.;1;, 2, and Pll) 19) figeesi;
The Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of the Terri-
tories, VIII, 1883, p. 90; The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological
Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 195. (Name and reference only.)
Description: Our specimen shows only a fragment of the leaf which
gives pretty definitely the outline and veining of the base. It is only
about 5 cm. broad near the base. The length, of course, can not be
determined. The pelta and veining show rather distinctly, and evi-
dently the leaf has been rightly determined by Leo Lesquereux, as is
shown by the label found with the specimen.
Occurrence: Salina, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cretaceous). Col-
lected and identified by Leo Lesquereux, Accession No. 4799, Car-
negie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 57).

Family TILIACEA,
Genus GREWIOPSIS.

This genus was established by Marquis Saporta. To it he referred
leaves from the Paleocene of Sézanne, which resembled those of our
modern genus Grewia. To this genus I have referred four speci-
mens, all differing somewhat from each other, but not sufficiently so
to make separate species. I have classified them as Grewtopsts
flabellata (Lesq.) Knowlton.

Gress: Fossit PLANTs oF THE DAKOTA. By |

52. Grewiopsis flabellata (Lesquereux) Knowlton.
Populites flabellata LesguEREUX, American Journal of Science, and Arts

(second series), XLVI, 1868, p. 94.

Populites fagifolia LESQguEREUX, U. S. Geological Survey, Hayden, 1872, p. 442.
Grewiopsis flabeilata (LESQUEREUX) KNOWLTON, Cretaceous Flora, Report of

U. S.' Geological Survey, VI, 1874, p. 97, Pl. 3, figs. 2, 4, and Pl. 24, fig. 3.

KNOWLTON, Grewiopsis Haydenti Lesquereux = Grewiopsis flabellata. U.

S. Geological Survey, Bulletin No. 152, 1808.

Description: The leaf is about 7 cm. long and 6 cm. wide. It is
oval with an obtuse apex and a truncate or slightly cuneate base.
The petiole is 1.5 cm. long (a portion is perhaps broken off). The
midrib is straight, rather thick at the base, but tapering rapidly to the
apex. There are about seven pairs of secondary veins, which are
straight. The lowermost secondaries diverge somewhat as they ap-
proach the margin, while the uppermost are parallel. The sec-
ondaries are branched on the lower side and are craspedodrome. In
outline the leaf resembles our modern poplar leaves.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Chas. Sternberg Collection, from the U. S. National Mu-
seum, Accession No. 4799, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No.
64).

Remarks: There are three specimens in the Baron de Bayet Collec-
tion from Ellsworth County, Kansas, which I have also referred to-
the same species. No. 64a is larger than No. 64, being about Io cm.
long and 8 cm. wide. The venation is not distinct, but in outline and
general appearance it resembles Grewiopsis Haydenii Lesquereux. I
have hesitated somewhat to refer the other two specimens (64b and
64c) to the same genus and species. The larger of these two (64b)
shows serration very similar to that shown by Lesquereux in fig. 3,
Pl. 24, Cretaceous Flora, op. cit. The venation, while not very dis-
tinct, is also very similar. These three specimens bear C. M., Acces-
sion No. 2348.

UMBELLALES.
Family ARALIACE.

Genus ARALIA.

53. Aralia Wellingtoniana Lesquereux.
Aralia Wellingtoniana LEsQguEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 131, Pl. 21, fig. 1; Pl. 2:,

S22 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

fig. 1, and Pl. 22, figs. 2, 3; SmitH, Geology Coastal Plain in Alabama,

1894, p. 348; Newserry, The Flora of the Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological

Survey, Monograph XXVI, 1896, p. 114, Pl. 26, fig. 1; Berry, Aralia in

American Paleobotany, Botanical Gazette, XXXVI, Dec., 1903, pp. 421-

428; The Flora of the Raritan Formation, Geological Survey of N. J., Bul-

letine3, ToDr, p. 202, bleachers,

Description: “ Leaves large, coriaceous, palmately three- or five-
lobed, narrowed in an inward curve to a prolonged base; decurring
to the petiole; lobes long, oblong-lanceolate, abruptly pointed, sharply
equally dentate from above the base, the teeth turned outside or
slightly upward, separated by shallow sinuses; primary nerves broad
and flat; secondaries more or less oblique, slightly curving or nearly
straight in passing to the borders, entering the teeth, craspedodrome,
mostly simple; areolation distinctly reticulate, in irregularly quadrate
or polygonal meshes. The leaves, which are 15 cm. to 16 cm. long,
excluding the petiole, vary, of course, in width according to the num-
ber of lobes and their divergence from the median nerve, which in
most of the specimens that I have seen averages 35°. The lobes are
a little broader in the middle, slightly narrowing to the sinuses, 7 cm.
to 10 cm. long, and from 2 cm. to 3 cm. broad at the middle.’—-Les-
quereux, op. cit. The anastomosis is so marked that near the edge
of the lobe the secondary veins might be thought to be camptodrome.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 2).

54. Aralia groenlandica Heer.

Aralia grenlandica Herr, Flora Fossilis Arctica, Vol. VI, Abth. 2, 1882,
p: 84, Pl. 38) fig. 3, Pil. 30; figs 1, and: Pl. 46, figs. 16, 172 (Noteseen)s
Cretaceous Flora, U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories, VIII, 1883,
p. 60; The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Mono-
graph XVII, 1892, p. 134, Pl. 54, figs. 1-3; Newserry, The Flora of
the Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XXVI, 1896, p. :16,
Pl. 28, fig. 4; Berry, Aralia in American Paleobotany, Botanical Gazette,
XXXVI, Dec., 1903, pp. 421-428; The Flora of the Raritan Formation,
Geological Survey of N. J., Bulletin 3, 1911, p. 199. (Gives Heer’s original
description) ; Horrick, The Cretaceous Flora of Southern N. Y. and New
England, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph L, 1907, p. 98, Pl. 37, figs. 3-6.

Description: Leaf about 6.5 cm. long from base to apex, about 7 cm.
in diameter between apices of the lateral lobes. Petiole stout and

Gress: Fosstt PLANts oF THE DAKOTA. 323
about 2.1 cm. long. The leaf is trilobate, five-nerved; the lateral
nerves diverge from the top of the petiole; the two lowermost nerves
are thinner than those passing to the lobes. The base is truncate and
rounded, declining to the petiole. The lobes are about equal, obtuse
or apiculate, entire, separated by rather broad sinuses, which reach
about half-way to the midvein.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 3, 3a).

\

ERICALES.

Family ERICACE#,
Genus ANDROMEDA.

55. Andromeda Parlatorii Heer.

Andromeda Parlatorii Hrrer, Phyllites Crétacées du Nebraska, 13866, p. 18,
Piametiosesi blorasMossilis Arctica, LM. Abth, 2) 1874) 5p. 112) (Pl. 32. ‘figs.
Tezeibidse Vl. Abth, 25 1882, p79, Pl) 21, figs: tb, 11, and Pl. 42; fig. 4c.
(Not available for reference) ; LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, U. S. Geolo-
gical Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 88, Pl. 23, figs. 6, 7, and Pl.
28, fig. 15; The Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, U. S. Geological Survey of
the Territories, VIII, 1883, p. 60; The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 115, Pl. 19, fig. 1, and Pl. -
52, fig. 6; SmitH, Geology Coastal Plain in Alabama, 1894, p. 348; NEw-
BERRY, The Flora of the Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph
XOMVIE 1896, p. 120, Pl. 31, figs: 1-7, and Pl. 33, figs. 1, 2, 4, 5; Hotrick,
Annals N. Y. Academy of Science, XI, 1898, p. 420, Pl. 37, figs. r-4; The
Cretaceous Flora of Southern N. Y. and New England, U. S. Geological
Survey, Monograph L, 1906, p. 101, Pl. 39, figs. 2-5; Berry, Bulletin N.
Y. Botanical Garden, III, 1903, p. 97, Pl. 50, figs. 1-4; Bulletin Torrey
Botanical Club, XXXI, 1904, p. 79, Pl. 1, figs. 1, 2; Ibid., XXXIII, 1906,
D. Sts [bid.. XXXIV, 1907, p. 203; Pl 15, fig.-2; The Flora of the Raritan
Formation, Geological Survey of New Jersey, Bulletin 3, 1911, p. 206.

Prunus Parlatorii (HEER) LrsguErEUX, American Journal of Science and”
Arts (second series), XLVI, 1868, p. 102.

Description: “A foliis lanceolatis, basi attenuatis, integerrimis,
nervo medio valido, transversium striato, secundaris subtilissimis,
angulo acuto egredientibus, camptodromis.”—Heer, 1866. (From
Berry, The Flora of the Raritan Formation.) The specimen is about
10 em. in length, including the petiole, which is about 1 cm. long. It

324 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

is about 2.6 cm. wide at the widest point. The veining is indistinct.
‘ In outline our specimen resembles very closely fig. 4, Pl. 31, and fig. 2,
Pl. 33, Newberry, op. cit.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Berry, in “ The Flora of the Raritan Formation,’

by

says: “It is one
of the commonest Cenomanian species occurring in Minnesota, Kan-
sas,and Nebraska, in the west,and from Greenland to Alabama, in the
east. It is as common in the overlying Magothy formation as it is in
the Raritan, being recorded from Marthas Vineyard, New Jersey,
Delaware, and Maryland. It also is present in the Bladen formation
of North Carolina.”

56. Andromeda Pfaffiana Heer.

Andromeda Pfaffiana HeER, Flora Fossilis Arctica, VI, Abth. 2, 1882, p. 79,
Pl. 25, fig. 6, Pl. 38, figs. 5=7, and Pl. 44, fig. 12. (Not available for
reference) ; LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological
Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 116, Pl. 18, figs. 7, 8, and Pl. 52, fig. 7.
Description: The leaf is 12.5 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide. It is

lanceolate, entire, gradually narrowing to the petiole; apex acuminate.

The median nerve is not very prominent. The secondaries are thin,

parallel, mostly opposite, curved up toward the border and down in

reaching the midrib. The secondaries emerge from the midrib at an
angle of 20°-25°. The petiole is apparently very short, or the leaf
may be almost sessile.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie

Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 11, IIa).

EBENALES.

Family EBENACE/,
Genus D1iospyros.

57. Diospyros rotundifolia Lesquereux.

Diospyros rotundifolia LESQUEREUX, Cretaceous Flora, Report of the Geological
Survey of the Territories, VI, 1874, p. 89, Pl. 30, fig. 1; The Flora of the
Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 112,
Pi. 17, figs. 8-11; Horiicx, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, 21, 1894, p. 53,
Pl om79, igs. 2)

GrEss: Fossit PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 325

Myrsine borealis HEEr, Berry, The Flora of the Raritan Formation, Geolog-

ical Survey of N. J., Bulletin 3, ror1, p. 208.

Description: The leaf does not fit the type given in Cretaceous
Flora, Lesquereux, 1. c. It does, however, come under his later
description given in the Flora of the Dakota Group, |. c. There
are two specimens of the leaf, one showing the upper and the other
the lower surface. The leaf is 5 cm. long and 3.2 cm. broad near the
middle; it is oval, obtuse, entire, tapering rather abruptly to the
petiole. There are six pairs of secondaries, the lowermost indistinct
and near the base. They branch from the midrib at an angle of
45°-50°, arched in traversing the blade, camptodrome; areolation
indistinct.

Remark: Berry, op. cit., gives Diospyros rotundifolia, as described
by Hollick, op. cit., as a synonym of Myrsine borealis Heer, and not
the same as Diospyros rotundifolia Lesquereux.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Nos. 29 and 29a are of the Baron de Bayet Collection
(C. M., Accession No. 2348).. No. 29b is from the U. S. National
Museum (C. M., Accession No. 4799). All in Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pa. |

58. Diospyros Steenstrupi Heer. (?)
Diospyros Steenstrupi Herr, Flora Fossilis Arctica, VII, 1883, 32, Pl. 64,

fig. 1. (Not available for reference); LEsSQguEREUX, The Flora of the

Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 111,

Pl. 16, fig. 9.

Description: The leaf is about 7 cm. long and 4.5 cm. wide; ovate,
acute, constricted below the apex (broken), entire; base imperfect.
Five pairs of secondaries are visible, the lowermost thin, unbranched,
and close to the border (only a part of this one can be seen). The
second and third pairs of secondaries are strong and branched on the
outer side; these both extending along the border for about two-thirds
of the length of the leaf. They branch from the straight, strong mid-
rib at an angle of about 40°. The upper pairs of secondaries are
opposite, considerably curved and thinner than the third and fourth
pairs. The nervation is camptodrome, forming a row of arches along
the borders. I refer this leaf to Diospyros Steenstrupi with some
hesitation.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-.

326 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 53).

59. Diospyros primeva Heer.

Diospyros primeva HeEER, Phyllites Crétacées du Nebraska, 1866, p. 19, Pl.
1, figs. 6, 7; Flora Fossilis Arctica, VI, Abth. 2, 1882, p. 80, Pl. 17, fig. 1;
Ibid., VII, 1883, p. 31,.Pl. 61, figs. 5a., b., c. (None of above available
for reference); LrsgurrEuUx, Illustrations of Cretaceous and Tertiary
Plants, 1878, Pl. 3, fig. 8; Cretaceous and Tertiary Flora, U. S. Geological
Survey, VIII, 1883, p. 59; The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S. Geological
Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 109, Pl. 20, figs. 1-3; SmitH, Geology
Coastal Plain in Alabama, 1894, p. 348; Nrwserry, The Flora of the
Amboy Clays, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XXVI, 1895, p. 124,
Pl. 30, figs. 1-5; KNowLton, 21st Annual Report U. S. Geological Survey,
Pt. 7, 1901, p. 317, Pl. 39, fig. 3; Berry, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club,
XXXII, 1905, Pl. 2; Ibid., XXXIV, 1907, p. 204; The Flora of the Raritan
Formation, Geological Survey of N. J., Bulletin 3, ro11, p. 211.
Description: The base and apex of the leaf are not perfect. The

leaf is about 10 cm. long and 5 cm. wide. It has seven or eight pairs

of secondaries with a smaller, fainter, secondary near the basal
border. In outline and venation the leaf resembles those described
and figured by Lesquereux and Newberry, op. cit. The specimen is
of the Sternberg Collection, from the U. S. National Museum, and
bore a label referring it to Diospyros rotundifolia. The resemblance
to Diospyros rotundifolia is much less than to Diospyros primeva and

I, therefore, have referred it to the latter species.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Chas. H. Sternberg Collection, Accession No. 4799, Car-

negie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 66). .

RUBIALES.

Family CAPRIFOLIACE.
Genus VIBURNUM.

60. Viburnum Lesquereuxii Ward.
Viburnum Lesquereuxii WARD, in LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group,
U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. rar.
Description: The leaves are ovate, acute, truncate, or somewhat
rounded at the base, minutely denticulate. They are about 5.3 cm.

ee ae

lo -

el in emi

GreEss: Fosstr PLANTS OF THE Dakota. 327

long and 4.5 cm. wide. The midvein is straight and thick. There
are six or seven pairs of secondary veins, which are straight, equi-
distant, and parallel. The lowermost pairs are branched on the under
side, the veins and branches passing to teeth in the dentate margin.
The leaves correspond to Ward’s description (1. c.) of Viburnum Les-
quereuxtt, but do not resemble in shape any of the varieties figured by
him.

Note: I found with the one leaf a loose label bearing the name
“Viburnum dakotense intermedium,’ but I can not find any such
variety in existence. Probably the unknown person who identified
this leaf intended to make a new variety, which might be advisable.
There are two specimens of this leaf. The one is almost perfect
(petiole wanting) and rather distinctly veined; the other merely
shows the shape of the leaf. I think they are impressions of the same
leaf, as the two seem to fit together.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos: 32, 32a).

61. Viburnum Lesquereuxii var. commune Lesquereux.

Viburnum Lesquereuxti var. commune LesguErEuX, The Flora of the Dakota
Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 122, Pl. 53,
fig. 2. (See footnote, page 121, by Ward.)
Description: There are two specimens of this leaf. The one is

about 5.5 cm. long and 4.5 cm. wide near the middle. The other leaf

is about 3.7 cm. long and 3.1 cm. wide. Both leaves are almost per-
fect, showing very distinctly the veining, dentition, and areolation,

The larger leaf is a little more rounded than the more oval smaller

one. The variation is not sufficient to place them under different

species and I think not even sufficient to make separate varieties.
Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie

Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 26, 26a).

62. Viburnum sphenophyllum Knowlton.

Viburnum sphenophyllum KNow ton, in LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Da-
kota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 123, Pl. 53,
fig. 4.

ANN. CAR MUS., XIII. 22, FEB. 21, 1922.

328 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Viburnum cuneatum LESQUEREUX, See footnote p. 123, LESQUEREUX, op. cit.
Not Viburnum ctineatum NEWBERRY. See NEWBERRY, The Later Extinct
Floras of North America, XXXV, 1898, p. 130, Pl. 57, fig. 2.
Description: The leaf is nearly 7 cm. long and 3.7 cm. broad, ovate,

broadly cuneiform at the base, tapering to the pointed apex, rather

coarsely dentate. Midvein straight, prominent. Secondaries straight,
parallel, opposite or nearly opposite, about eight pairs, ramose, none
simple and basilar. The teeth are sharply pointed, distinct, and nearly
equal. The above description applies to Nos. 12 and 12d, which are
impressions of the same leaf. Nos. 12a and 12) are also impressions
of the same leaf. These specimens are all very well preserved.
Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Nos. 12, 12a, 12b, 12d).

63. Viburnum Lesquereuxii \WWard, var. lanceolatum Lesquereux.
Viburnum Lesquereuxii Warpv var. lanceolatum LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the

Dakota Group, U. S. Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 123, Pl.

53, fig. 3.

Description: The leaf is about 7.5 cm. long and 4.5 cm. wide. It
is oval, tapering gradually to a slightly lanceolate apex. The base is
broadly cuneate. The margin, while somewhat broken, seems to be
rather regularly toothed. The midrib is heavy at the base, but tapers
rapidly, becoming thin toward the apex. There are seven or eight
pairs of secondaries which are opposite, except toward the apex,
parallel, branching near the border, and craspedodrome. There are
- two pairs of thinner secondaries near the basal margin which curve
backward a little in passing out from the midrib. The smaller veins
are not distinct, except near the margin.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Dr. G. Hambach Collection, U. S. National Museum; C.
M., Accession No. 4799 (No. 68).

64. Viburnum robustum Lesquereux.

Viburnum robustum LESQUEREUX, The Flora of the Dakota Group, U. S.
Geological Survey, Monograph XVII, 1892, p. 120, Pl. 20, figs. 4-6.
Description: The leaf is 8 cm. long and 4.4 cm. wide near the

middle. It is ovate, acute-acuminate, narrowed rather abruptly to a

Gress: FossiIL PLANTS OF THE DAKOTA. 329

thick petiole. The midvein is very thick toward the base, becoming
thin at the apex. There are about seven pairs of secondary veins, the
lowermost pairs are opposite, the others alternate. On one side a
thin nerve can be seen running near the margin of the base. The
secondaries arch in passing to the borders and are camptodrome.
Some of them show branching near the middle. The tertiary venation
and areolation are not distinct. I refer this specimen to Viburnum
robustum with a great deal of hesitancy. The leaf in outline and in
secondary venation resembles Diospyros brachysepala Alex. Braun,
as described and figured by Berry in The Lower Eocene Floras of
Southeastern North America, U. S. Geological Survey, Professional
Paper 91, 1916, p. 333, Pl. 107, fig. 6. Since Diospyros brachysepala
has not been found in a formation so early as the Dakota, and since
the tertiary venation and areolation are not very distinct, I have re-
ferred it to Viburnum robustum.

Occurrence: Ellsworth County, Kansas, Dakota Sandstone (Cre-
taceous). Baron de Bayet Collection, Accession No. 2348, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (No. 34%

330 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fic. rt. Protophyllum ovatum Gress, sp. nov. Leaf, natural size, the out-
line where intact being inked in.

Fic. 2. Portion of the same specimen, more plainly showing the neuration.
(Specimen in the Carnegie Museum, from the Baron de Bayet Collection.
Dakota Sandstone, Elisworth County, Kansas.)

“Aou ‘ds ‘ssoity wnzDL0 WNTAY J OJOAT

“AIX 221d THY “10A ‘WONASNW JIDINYVOD STIVNNV

iE again

Lr

vy

332 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MuSsEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Fic. 1. Protophyllum viburnifolium Gress, sp. nov. Leaf, slightly reduced
below natural size.

Fic. 2. The same specimen with the venation and margin of the leaf inked
in, where discernible. Slightly reduced from natural size.

Fic. 3. Platanus cissitifolia Gress, sp. nov. Leaf, slightly reduced below
natural size.

Fic. 4. The same specimen, with the venation and margin of the leaf inked
in where discernible. Slightly reduced from natural size. (The specimens
are -in the Carnegie Museum.)

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol XIII. Plate XV.

1-2. Protophyllum viburnifolium Gress, sp. nov.

3-4. Platanus cissilifolia Gress, sp. nov.

Mia COMPARATIVE STUDY OF SOMESSUBPOSSIL. RE-
MAINS OF BIRDS FROM BERMUDA, INCLUDING
THE CAMOWs:

By R. W. SHUFELDT.
(Pirates XVI-XXXI.)

My interest in the extinct avian fauna of the Bermudas was aroused
through receiving the following communication from Dr. F. A. Lucas,
Director of the American Museum of Natural History, New York
City, dated August 10, 1915: “I had intended writing you a little
while ago in regard to a collection of bones of the extinct Cahow of
the Bermudas. We have quite a number of these bones that were
given us some time ago, and we agreed to pick out a series for the
donor. This Mr. Miller has never found time to do, and I wonder
if you would be willing to go over the collection for the sake of study-
ing the anatomy of this extinct petrel and pick out a series for us?
If this is asking too much, do not hesitate to say so.” In reply to
this letter, I said, in effect, that I would welcome such an opportunity
to study material of that kind; and, further, I would do all he re-
quested in his communication and be glad to work up the entire
collection for publication. A brief correspondence promptly followed,
terminating in bringing the collection referred to before me at my
home, 3356 Eighteenth Street, Washington, D. C.

On the twenty-third of August, 1915, Doctor Lucas wrote me: “I
think that Richmond a few years ago wrote a brief paper on the
Cahow, and, as you know, Verrill had quite an article on the subject.

“These particular bones came from a very inaccessible cave in the
Bermudas, one that there is good reason to suppose had not been
explored before the visit of Mr. McGall.1_ He had great difficulty in
getting into the part of the cave where these bones were found, as
he had to make a descent by ropes.”

These letters are interesting, for, in addition to setting forth Doctor
Lucas’s view that the bones were from species of birds he believed

1 Mr Edward McGall, 17 Commerce Street, Orange, New Jersey.

333

334 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MuSEUM.

to be extinct, as stated in his first letter, it briefly described the locality
where the material was found and who collected it. This resulted in
my writing to Mr. McGall, the collector, who shortly afterwards, with
great generosity, sent me his own private collection of bones taken
in the same caves mentioned above. On the seventh of September,
1915, in a letter I received from Mr. McGall, he said: “A few days
ago I sent by express some more bones of this same bird, which were
obtained from the cave this year. I was fortunate enough to find
vertebre and other of the smaller bones, so that with this addition
you will probably have sufficient to make a presentable assembly.
Along with the bones were inclosed a small package of decomposed
coral stone and a stalactite. The cave is formed entirely of this
decomposed coral sand with stalactite roof. You will note that the
stalactite is dead and that the bones have kept in such fine shape
because of the dryness of this cave. It is also interesting to note
that in all of the other caves visited, some eight in all, no bones of
any sort were found. Most of these caves were still damp and
stalactite and stalagmite were growing.”

“As regards the horizon, I should say that it is entirely recent,
approximately three hundred years.” ?

Being desirous of bringing together all the material possible to
work up these most interesting bones, I soon ascertained that, about
two years previous to my receiving the two lots referred to in the
letters of Doctor Lucas and Mr. McGall, the U. S. National Museum
had in its collections some more material, which very likely was of
the same character. Upon due investigation it became evident that
this material had, for some purpose or other, been sent to the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History for examination, and probably was
in the possession of Doctor Lucas. After a little interesting corre-

2 In addition to the bird bones which made up Mr. McGall’s collection, I
found the claw of some medium-sized crustacean; and, believing that it might
prove of interest to identify the species, I submitted the specimen to Miss
Mary J. Rathbun, the well-known carcinologist of the U. S. National Museum,
who kindly pronounced it to be “a sub-fossil movable finger of Gecarcinus
lagostoma M. Edw.” Miss Rathbun further stated that while ‘“ The species
is recent, it was not known to live in Bermuda.” In other words, this was
a part of a claw of a crab, the distribution of which at one time included the
Bermudas, but which now is extinct there and probably over still more of

its former range.

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 335

spondence, he kindly placed that material before me likewise.* It was
received and receipted for by me onthe first of November, 1915, and
it will be listed beyond. Two days thereafter I received the following
communication from Doctor Lucas: “I am very glad to be able to
report to you that the bones of the Cahow (strelata), from Ber-
muda, which were forwarded us in December, 1913, by the United
States National Museum for purposes of comparison, have been
found, and they were sent to you a few days ago. I trust they will
reach you safely.

“T am enclosing herewith, for your information, the correspondence
relating to the transmittal of the specimens, together with the remarks
of Doctor Richmond and Doctor Stejneger on the bones of this inter-
esting bird. It is really very good of you to go into this matter so
thoroughly.”

The correspondence referred to consists of the usual letter of trans-
mittal, signed by the Assistant Secretary in Charge of the National
Museum, and (2) the “Invoice of Specimens” for “ Examination,”
dated November 29, 1913, consisting of “ A*strelata” “ Cahow,” from
“Bermuda,” collected by “L. L. Mowbray” (No. 223888, “ numerous
bones”’).

I have the kind permission of Doctor Stejneger and Doctor Rich-
mond to publish the interesting letters they transmitted at the time.
The earliest communication is from Dr. C. W. Richmond, Assistant
Curator of Birds, U. S. National Museum, and is addressed to Dr.
F, W. True, being dated November 29, 1907. It reads as follows:
“T beg to offer the following remarks on the bones of the ‘Cahow’
presented to the Museum by Mr. Mowbray:

“The material consists of a fragmentary skull, portions of two
upper mandibles, fragments of pelvis and sacrum, and of the sternum
and pectoral arch, and the following single bones: humerus (6), tibia
(3), fibula (1), radius (2), ulna (1), femur (2), metatarsus (1),
metacarpus (2), coracoids (2), digits (3), besides several fragments
of smaller bones (ribs, etc.).

“ Although we have no bones of the West Indian spec‘es for com-

3In his letter of October 29, 1915, he says: “I have been overwhelmed with
work since returning from my vacation, but will drop a line to say that the

- Puffinus material you have naturally been clamoring for turned up yesterday.
I sent out a S.O.S. call and it was found. Shall be sent to you promptly.”

336 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

parison, the skull and mandibles prove the Bermuda bird to have been
one of the genus 4strelata. I have carefully compared certain bones
(metatarsus, radius and ulna, and mandibles) with skins of 4. carib-
bea and 42. hasitata, the only species known to occur in or near the
West Indies, and find them to agree very closely in length with the
corresponding bones of 4. caribb@a (as nearly as I can make them
out through the skin and feathers). A comparison with the skin of
4:. hasitata proves that they are too short for that species. The
bones found by Mr. Mowbray, therefore, belong to a species probably
identical in size with 42. caribbea, but the color of the ‘ Cahow,’ as
described by the early colonists of Bermuda, differs from the Jamaica
Petrel (4. caribbea) in having the wings russet and white, with a
russet back and white belly. The Jamaican bird is sooty brown with
blackish head, wings, and back, and whitish or ashy upper tail-
coverts. Russet is a color unknown in this genus, and, so far as
known, in the family. Mr. Mowbray told me, however, that he had
found one or two russet feathers among the remains taken from the
cave in Bailey’s Bay, which apparently confirms the statements of the
” to be a distinct
species of 4strelata, now extinct, and not yet provided with a name.

eatly colonists, and would indicate the “ Cahow

“The habits of the ‘Cahow’ are well described by Butler, Strachy,
Hughes, and others, as given by Verrill (Trans. Conn. Acad. Sct.,
XI, 1902, 668-677), but unfortunately I have been able to find nothing
of importance on the habits of either 4. caribbea or #. hasitata.

“Very respectfully,
[Signed] CHaAs. W. RICHMOND.”

On December 1, 1907, Doctor Stejneger sent the following “ Memo-
tandum.” to Dr. FP, W.-irue:

_ “Dr. Richmond’s note is interesting enough to deserve publication.
I do not believe, however, that his conclusion as to the specific dis-
tinction of the ‘Cahow’ based on the russet color is well founded.
As he says correctly: ‘ Russet is a color unknown in this genus,’ etc.,
but he evidently only thinks of russet as represented by Ridgway’s
‘Nomenclature of Color,’ pl. iii, fig. 16, but the early colonists of
Bermuda certainly did not make such a fine discrimination in the
application of the term. As the Century Dictionary says, Russet is
‘a broad and vague term, formerly applied to various shades of gray

«

SHUFELDT: BrirDS FROM BERMUDA. oil

and brown or ash-color, sometimes used restrictively, but in no well-
settled sense.’ The color of 4strelata caribbea might well have been
described by them as russet.

eS

This communication was followed by another “ Memorandum”
from Doctor Stejneger, addressed to Dr. F. W. True, and dated Jan-
uary 2, 1908; it read as follows:

“As requested by you, I have gone over Mr. Mowbray’s material
with Dr. Richmond, and came essentially to the same result as he,
viz., that the bones belong to an undescribed species of 4strelata
having the size of 4. caribbea and the coloration of the somewhat
larger 4!. hasitata. This of course under the supposition that the
bones belong to the ‘Cahow’ as described by the early colonists. As
for the ‘russet’ color, I am of the belief that the colonists by this
designation meant the brownish-grayish color so characteristic of
these birds. As Mr. Mowbray is said to have some feathers of a
“russet’ color, he may be able to throw some light on this question.

“Dr. Richmond thinks that probably Mr. Mowbray himself might
want to publish the matter, as he has only asked the Museum to
identify the material.

“ Respectfully,

[Signed] Lronarp STEJNEGER.”

Doctor Richmond, in his letter of November 29, 1913, set forth
above, gives a list of the material representing these subfossil birds
of Bermuda belonging to the U. S. National Museum. I find this list
substantially correct, so it is unnecessary to duplicate it here; it will
be described further on in the present paper.

A short time after the bones from the American Museum of Nat-
ural History, and those forming the collection of Mr. McGall, were
in my possession, I separated, in the case of both, the various bones
into groups, placing all the skulls together, all the vertebre, all the
different long bones, ribs, digits, and so on. After this had been
accomplished with the greatest care, I prepared two lists of the mate-
rial as follows:

338 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.
List OF MATERIAL FROM THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL
History.

crania (more or less incomplete).
quadrate bones.

WW Ww

mandibles and five fragments of others.

49 vertebre (chiefly cervical and dorsal, including three axes, only

one caudal vertebra, and no atlas).
49 vertebral ribs (all nearly perfect).
16 costal ribs (all nearly perfect).
6 sterna (one fragment, five nearly perfect).

8 sacra (more or less perfect, with ossa innominata for nearly all

of them).
8 coracoids (five lefts and three rights).

9 scapule (three lefts and six rights; all very nearly perfect save

one, the distal end of which is lost).
4 ossa furcule (fragments of two others).

20 humeri (eleven of right limb and nine of the left; all very nearly
perfect save two; one right humerus has but the proximal half

or rather more).
5 ulne (three rights, two lefts).
17 radii (eight of one side, nine of the other; all nearly perfect).
15 metacarpi (nine rights and six lefts; all nearly perfect).

6 phalangeal joints (proximal ones of index digits; all very nearly

perfect; one of right limb and five of the left).
4 distal phalanges (three of pollex and one of index digits).
9 femora (five of left pelvic limb and four of the right).
2

perfect).
1 fibula (right side).
16 tarso-metatarsi (eight from either side; all nearly perfect).
pedal phalanges.

on

BoneES REPRESENTING A SMALLER SPECIES.

tibio-tarsi (four of right limbs and eight of the left; more or less

(To be described further on in this paper. Apparently all belonged

to the same individual, with the exception of the two tibio-tarsi.)

I cranium (more or less imperfect).
4 fragments of a sternum.

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 339

2 ossa innominata (quite perfect).

2 bones of the forearm (left side).

I carpo-metacarpus (left side).

2 tibio-tarsi (different individuals; quite perfect).
I tarso-metatarsi (right limb; perfect).

List oF MATERIAL IN THE COLLECTION OF Mr. Epwarp McGALL.

crania (more or less incomplete).

5
5 quadrate bones.
3 mandibles and four fragments of others.
1 mandible of another species.
64 vertebre (chiefly cervical and dorsal, including one atlas and one
axis; four caudals, and six of a smaller species).
69 vertebral ribs (including a few imperfect ones).

costal ribs (including a few imperfect ones).

wo
mS

very small vertebral rib) ;
very small costal rib different 2 nie
sterna.

sternum of a larger species.

ossa innominata (no sacrums).

coracoids.

coracoid of another species (smaller).
scapule (two rights, six lefts).

ossa furcule and three fragments of others.

HSH QD OA WN 4 & HH

broken one of a smaller species.
30 humeri (ten rights, twenty lefts; all perfect).

5 humeri, smaller species (two rights, three lefts).
35 ulne (twenty rights, fifteen lefts).

3 ulne, smaller species (one right, two lefts).
33 radii (perfect).

1 radius of a smaller species.

13 carpo-metacarpi (six rights, seven lefts).

I carpo-metacarpus of a smaller species (right).

PHALANGEAL JOINTS.

6 proximal of index.

=

proximal of index, smaller species.

340 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

II terminals.

7 femora (three rights, four lefts).

10 tibio-tarsi (five rights, five lefts).

2 tibio-tarsi of another species (one right, one left).
8 fibulz.

10 tarso-metatarsi (six rights, four lefts).

I tarso-metatarsus of another species.
42 pedal phalanges (not assorted).

This preliminary going over of the material gave me quite an in-
sight as to its nature, value, and not a few of the characters of the
various bones; when, shortly after it had been arranged for study,
I received as a loan, through the kindness of Doctor Richmond, the
following skeletons and parts of skeletons from the collections of the
U. S. National Museum:

List OF MATERIAL FOR COMPARISON.
(Existing species.)

. Daption capense. No. 18210. Skull and other bones.
. Oceanodroma leucorhoa. Nos. 18077, 18078. Skeletons.
. 4éstrelata lessoni. No. 14494. Skull.

. Cookalaria cookii. No. 18285. Skeleton.
Pelecanoides urinatrix. No. 18771. Skeleton.
Puffinus major. No, 18076. Skeleton.

. Puffinus gavia. No. 18286. Skeleton.

. Puffinus gavia. No. 19385. Skeleton, trunk.

. Puffinus borealis. No. 17769. Skeleton.

10. Puffinus griseus. No. 19386. Skeleton, trunk.

11. Fulmarus glacialis. No. 15731.

12. Fulmarus glacialis. No. 1732, Limperex skeletons.
13. Fulmarus glacialis. No. 15728. 2

14. Fulmarus glacialis. No, 16781. Skeleton.

15. Puffinus obscurus. No. 17724. Imperfect skeleton.
16. Puffinus creatopus. No. 18773. Skeleton.

17. Puffinus borealis. No. 17767. Skeleton.

18. Puffinus major. 17799. Skeleton.

0 MN ANAWD H

To these were added several skeletons of Colymbus auritus, C.
cristatus, and Podilymbus podiceps.

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA, 341

This represented all the material in the collections of the U. S.
National Museum which could be of any use whatever in the way of
comparison; it is very evident that, in so far as skeletons of “strelata
of any species are concerned, it is a long way from being of either
the proper kind or in sufficient quantity. This being the case, I at
once put myself in communication with other naturalists and insti-
tutions with the hope of augmenting it. I was surprised to find how
very little material of the kind was to be found in the collections of
either private individuals or of institutions. For example, Dr. Frank
E. Beddard, F.R.S., Prosector of the Zodlogical Society of London,
wrote me on the 12th of October, 1915, to the effect that “I fear that
I am of no use to you in the matter of which you write. The collec-
tion here of birds’ skeletons does not include the types you require.
I am sorry not to be able to help you.” Dr. Arthur Keith, F.R.C.S.,
Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of
England, in his note of the 11th of October, 1915, said: “I would
send you the tracings and drawings with good-will, but unfortunately
Mr. Bedone and his assistant—who have charge of the Bird part of
the Museum—are in France, and I do not know when they may re-
turn. Indeed—at present—the Museum is shut down and only the
more urgent work is being carried on. But as soon as my men come
back you shall have the facts you are in need of.

“With kindest regards,
“Yours sincerely,
[Signed] A. KeitTH.”

This kind note spoke only too plainly of the effect of the great
European war upon the scientific institutions in London.

As Prof. C. J. Maynard had collected extensively in the Bermudas,
I wrote to him with the view of ascertaining whether he had in his
collections any skeletons of Petrels and Shearwaters that might be of
value by way of comparison in the work in hand. On the 6th of
September, 1915, he wrote me from his home at West Newton, Massa-
chusetts to the effect that ‘I am sorry to have to tell you that I have
no complete skeleton of Audubon’s Shearwater, but have a sternum
which I shall be glad to lend to you if that will be of service to you.
It is roughed out, as sternums are best kept in this condition until
wanted.

“Very truly yours,
[Signed] C. J. Maynarp.”

342 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MuSsEUM.

‘This was followed by a postal card, dated September 10, 1915, upon
which he said: “I am sending you the Audubon Shearwater sternum
by this mail. Yes, it is a perfect sternum, shoulder-girdie and all.
This was, and still is, my method of collecting sternums of Aves, of
which I have a large number of many species. Shall be glad to see
your paper.’ Finally, Professor Maynard sent me the following
letter, under date of September 17, 1915:

“When I collected the Shearwater from which the sternum was
taken that I sent to you the species was known as Puffinus obscurus
Gm. (see Coues Key, 1894, p. 786). I presume that it was then con-
sidered the same as the Indian Ocean species. It was, however, sep-
arated by Finsch in 1872 and named P. Auduboni (P. Z. S., 1872, 111).

“ Now it seems, as you say, we must call it Puffinus lhermimiert.

“You will find an account of the soft parts of a portion of the
internal structure in my Birds of Eastern North America, Revised
Fdition 1897, p. 35. This book is, I think, in the Smithsonian or
National Museum library.

“Did I tell you in my last that I shall be glad to have you clean
that sternum? I intended to have done so, if I did not.

“T shall be pleased to read your opinion regarding the identity of

9

the “ Cahow” of Bermuda in your forthcoming paper.
“Tf I do go to the Bahamas this coming spring I will try and get
a skeleton or two of Audubon’s Shearwater.
“Very truly yours,

[Signed] C. J. Maynarp.”

Desiring to measure the wing and leg bones in the case of certain
petrels as best I could, and having been informed by Doctor Richmond
that Prof. Leverett M. Loomis, of the California Academy of Sci-
ences, had had in his possession for study for a very long time the
unique skins of 4strelata caribbea and 4. hasitata, I wrote him,
requesting him to obtain the aforesaid desired lengths of the ulne
and tarso-metatarsi for me. The skins in question belonged to the
U. S. National Museum, and are of particular value, as it is very
probable that both species are now to be numbered among the extinct
birds of America. In reply I received the following communication :

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 343

“SAN Francisco, Oct. 16, 1915.

“Dear Doctor Shufeldt: “In order that the.personal equation may
be maintained in your measurements, I will return next week to the
National Museum the specimens of 4strelata caribbe@a, also the
specimen of 4strelata hasitata.

“T think there are several specimens of these birds in the Cory
collection at the Field Museum,

“Sincerely yours,
[Signed] Leverett Miris Loomis.”

A letter from me on the subject to Mr. Cory, addressed to the Field
Museum of Natural History, Chicago, brought a reply (Nov. 12, 1915)
to the effect that “ We have no skeletons or skulls which you ask for,
so can not help you out in this matter.

“Very sincerely yours,
[Signed] CHartes B. Cory,
Curator of Zoélogy.”

Believing there might be something I could use in the collection of
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Cambridge, I wrote to Prof.
Hubert Lyman Clark in regard to the matter, and the following com-
munication was received from that institution:

“ October 4, 1915.
“Dr. R. W. SHUFELDT,
“Washington, D. C.

“ Dear Sir: Answering your letter addressed to Dr. Clark, I regret
that our series of specimens does not include any of the species of
Puffinus or Gistrelata that you ask for, though we may have some of
these forms in alcohol, and at a later date these alcoholic specimens
may be accessible.

“We have a complete skeleton of Cstrelata lessoni. If this will
be of service in your work, I shall be glad to loan it to you for a
short time.

“Yours truly,
[Signed] SamMuet HENsHAw,
Director.”

Replying that I would be very glad to see the skeleton referred to,

the following came to hand (Oct. 18, 1915): “I am sending by ex-
ANN. CAR. MUS., XIII, 23, FEB. 21, 1922. °

344 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

press, charges collect, the skeleton of @strelata lessoni, and I hope it
will reach you in good condition and answer your purpose.

“T have delayed the sending that we might examine our alcoholic
material. This has now been done, and I regret that we have no
specimens of Puffinus or Cstrelata.

“Yours truly,
[Signed] Samuret HENSHAW,
Director.”

I was surprised to find that the specimen was a most carefully
mounted one,* and I felt all the more grateful for the unusual cour-
tesy extended. At once I compared it with the descriptions of Forbes
of 4strelata lessoni, and found that it must have belonged to a much
smaller and entirely different species.° ‘This being the case, I wrote
Professor Henshaw for particulars, receiving the following reply:

“ October 28, 1915.
“Dr. R. W. SHUFELDT,
“Washington, D. C.

“Dear Sir: Answering your letter in regard to the skeleton of
(Estrelata lessont, I regret that the data may not prove wholly satis-
factory.

“Tt was bought by Mr. Agassiz in January, 1884, of Prof. H. A.
Ward. The only locality recorded is New Zealand.

“The entry in the catalogue is in the hand of Dr. J. A. Allen.

“Yours truly,
[Signed] SamueLt HENSHAW,
Director.”

Matters having proceeded thus far, I invited Mr. Austin H. Clark,
of the U. S. National Museum, to examine the material with me, an

4] have since made a good negative of this bird, and it will be described
further on in this paper.

5 Forbes, William Alexander. “Report on the Anatomy of the Petrels
(Tubinares) Collected during the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger,’ Vol. IV,
Pt. XI, p. 1. (Plates XII-XXIV.) See also “ The Scientific Papers of W. A.
Forbes,” pp. 363-440 (plates with same numbers). The skull of “ Gstrelata
lessoni” (3 views) are presented on Plate XXII. It is very considerably
larger than the skull of the specimen I received from the Museum of Com-
parative Zodlogy, which is numbered 1429.

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 345

invitation he kindly accepted. In a few days thereafter he submitted
me the following communication on the subject, which is valuable, to
the point, and here published in extenso:

““ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
“UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
“WasHIneTon, D. C.

‘November 2, 1915.

“Dr. R. W. SHUFELDT,
“2356 Eighteenth St.,
“Washington, D. C.

“Dear Dr. Shufeldt: Before reaching a conclusion based directly
upon the examination of the bird skeletons from Bermuda which you
recently showed me, it is well to review the information at hand
regarding the comparable elements in the avifauna of the West India
islands further to the south, islands in their marine fauna (upon which
the sea-birds are dependent for their existence) not essentially dif-
ferent from Bermuda.

“ Aside from the shore-birds and gulls, gannets, tropic-birds, etc.,
which may at once be excluded from consideration, we find that
Guadeloupe originally supported at least two, and possibly three,.
species of shearwaters, (1) Puffinus lherminieri (= Puffinus audubont
auct.) and (2) 4strelata caribbea (= 4:strelata jamaicensis auct.) ;
certain evidence seems to point to the occurrence of another, white
breasted, species of 4strelata, which may have been strelata hast-
tata. The famous ‘ Diablotin,’ so called from its nocturnal habits and
weird cry, and once a very important article of food, was 4strelata
caribbea, or a very closely related form.

“On Jamaica there was the same complex, (1) Puffinus lherminiert
and (2) 4strelata caribbea.

“The ‘Pimlico’ of Bermuda (still so called) was Puffinus lher-
miniert (given by Hurdis and Reid as P. obscurus), or the first ele-
ment in the complex of Guadeloupe and Jamaica; and I can see no
reason to suppose that your small skeletons are anything else.

“From the very close similarity of the habits of the Cahow and
those of the Diablotin as recorded by the naturalists of Guadeloupe it
seems almost certain that the former could have been nothing else

346 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

than a species of the genus 4strelata, representing the second element
in the complex found on Guadeloupe and Jamaica. The larger skele-
tons seem undoubtedly to be those of a representative of that genus,
though which species can not be determined’ without more abundant
material for comparison.

“Verrill does not believe that the Cahow could have been a petrel,
but his objections do not seem to me to be very weighty.

“The Cahow usually bred in holes, and not in natural caves and
crevices like the Diablotin; this difference in habit is not significant;
the Bermuda Bluebird is peculiar in building nests and not laying in
holes like other bluebirds; yet I once found a nest in one of the holes
in the capstan of a wrecked ship near the Flatts. The Tropic Birds
at Bermuda nest in holes, or at least in deep crevices, which is not by
any means a universal habit of the allied species farther south. Puf-
finus lherminieri breeds either in crevices or in holes of greater or
less depth according to circumstances.

“T see no reason for doubting, as Verrill does, the statement of
Governor Butler that the eggs and young of the Cahow were found
in crevices of the ledges, though of course I would assume that this
was in addition to the usual occurrence in holes.

“The flesh and eggs of the Diablotin at Guadeloupe were just as
highly esteemed as food as those of the Cahow at Bermuda; the
Diablotin was undoubtedly a shearwater; therefore I can not see the
force of Verrill’s remarks regarding the West Indian shearwaters
that ‘their eggs are so musky that they are not edible; certainly no
one would compare them to a hen’s egg. Their flesh also has so
strong a flavor of bad fish-oil and musk that no one would eat it,
unless on the verge of starvation, though the newly hatched young
are sometimes eaten by sailors for lack of anything better.’ Barring
the fact that styles and tastes in food change just as much as styles
and tastes in anything else, and also that the Englishman of the sev-
enteenth century was very far from being so discriminating as the
Englishman of the present day, the young of Puffinus lherminieri are
still sold readily in the West Indian markets wherever they are
procurable.

“The color of the Cahow is recorded as ‘inclining to russet, with
white bellies, as are likewise the long feathers of their wings, russet
and white [1610].’ The ‘russet’ of the present day is a color entirely

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 347

unknown among the petrels; but in the sixteenth and seventeenth
centuries ‘russet’ was applied to various shades of gray and brown
or ash-color, sometimes used restrictively, though in no well-settled
sense. Thus in Florio’s ‘Worlde of Wordes,’ 1598, we find the fol-
lowing: ‘Grigietto [grigio (Italian) + diminutive ending], a fine
graie or sheepes russet.’

“From the literature there is not the slightest reason to suppose
that the Cahow of Bermuda was not a species, though possibly a
local and distinctive form, of the genus 4strelata.

“Sincerely yours,
[Signed] Austin H. Crark.”

As Prof. A. E. Verrill was so thoroughly identified with the work-
ing out of the zoology of the Bermudas, both in the matter of the
existing fauna of the islands and with its presumably extinct forms,
I made an attempt to get into touch with him in the work I now had
fairly under way. My letter eventually reached him, calling forth
the following reply:

“Norway, MAINE, Oct. 24, I915.
“Dear Sir: Your favor of August 25th relating to Bermuda bird
bones interested me very much. I suppose they are the same found
by Mr. Mowbray several years ago. I tried at that time to have them
sent to some expert osteologist, but could not. Perhaps later ones
have been found in the newly discovered caves there. . . . As soon as
I return, probably this week, I will see if we have skeletons of the
species you wish, if some one else has not already done so. Dr. Geo.
Eaton, who is Curator of Osteology, was away of course during col-
lege vacation. Whether he is now back I don’t know, but presume

he is.
“Very respectfully yours,
[Signed] A. E. VERRILL.

“P. S—We have no fossil bones from Bermuda that would be of
use to you. If you lack any of my papers on that subject (Cahow)
I can send you copies.”

Later on I received the following letter from Mr. W. P. Pycraft,
of the British Museum:

348 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

“ British Museum (Naturat History),

“CROMWELL Roap, Lonpon, S. W.,
SO pa teas

“Dear Sir: Your request for skeletons has been passed on to me,
as I have charge of the Osteological collections from birds, up to and
including Man. :

“T have no skeletons that I could send out en loan, even if there
were no risks attendant on their passage out and home.

‘“ Neither is it possible to send drawings.

“Most of my staff are absent in the trenches, and thus it is hard
to cope with the ordinary curatorial work of the Department.

“Yours truly,
[Signed] - W,.. BP. Pycrani:

At this stage of my inquiry I devoted myself to examining some
of the previous literature upon the “ Cahow,” though it did not seem
necessary to enter very exhaustively upon this. It was known to me
that Doctor Richmond had gone extensively into this part of the sub-
ject; and after having done so, as shown in one of his letters on a
previous page of this article, he came to a definite opinion in the
premises, that the “ Cahow” was an 4strelata. Had I read all the
literature gone over by Doctor Richmond, I should, no doubt, have
come to precisely the same opinion; others have already done so
before me, so there is nothing in particular to be gained by reopening
the literary side of the subject.

The early writers did little or nothing with the osteology of the
Petrels and Shearwaters of Bermuda; the question of the color (rus-
set) has been thoroughly gone over; the skins of these birds in exist-
ence are very few, indeed, in any museum (4?strelata caribbea and
4:, hasitata), and the early ornithologists have left us no exact meas-
urements of them, nor data upon their distribution. However, I have
gone over some of the “Cahow” literature with great care; but,
though this is interesting and to some degree helpful, the conclusions
reached in the present contribution will be based almost entirely upon
the actual material at hand.°

61 have read the following accounts on the “ Cahow”’:

Verrill, Addison E., “ The Bermuda Islands,” Vol. I, Supplement to the

Second Edition. Publ. by the author, New Haven, Conn., 1907, p. 572. The
American Naturalist, Vol. 38, No. 451, p? 555, 1904.

SHUFELDT: BrirRDS FROM BERMUDA. 349

In summing up the “known characteristics of the Cahow,’ Pro-
fessor Verrill came to the conclusion that in their combination the
species differed from all known birds. (Pop. Sci. Monthly, Vol. IX,
p. 22, Nov., 1901; also Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX, p. 26,
Jan., 1902.)

As the skins which were in the possession of Prof. Leverett M.
Loomis were at hand (see his letter antéa), and also the “ Cahow”
material belonging to the U. S. National Museum which Doctor Lucas
had, there were some comparable characters which could be disposed
of at this stage of the examination.

In the latter lot there is to be found the curved, distal extremity of
the superior mandible of an adult “ Cahow,” which is still covered
with its horny sheath or mandibular theca; it is the only beak so
covered in all the material representing the subfossil bird bones from
Bermuda before me. This is important from the fact that it gives
the exact form of the end of the superior mandible as in life.

On November 3, 1915, at the U. S. National Museum, I compared
this sheathed piece of an upper mandible of a “ Cahow” with the
corresponding part in strelata caribbea and in Puffinus lherminieri
(Audubon’s Shearwater). The examination convinced me of the fact
that this subfossil, horn-covered piece of the upper bill came from a
species of Petrel (strelata) rather than from that of a Shearwater
(Puffinus), as the interval between the independently curved, terminal

Tristram, Rev. Henry B., Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1X,
No. 49, Jan., 1902.

Jones, J. Matthew, and Goode, George Brown, ‘‘ Contributions to the Natural
History of the Bermudas,’ Vol. I, Washington, Government Printing Office,
1884, pp. 274, 276. This is an early and very interesting account; it is
Part IV of the aforesaid “ Contributions,” and entitled ‘The Birds of Ber-
muda.” by Captain G. Saville Reid, F. Z. S., ete. Captain Reid believed the
“Cahow ” and Puffinus obscurus (Puffinus lherminiert) to be identical.

Verrill, Addison E., “ The Bermuda Islands.” An account of their scenery,
climate, productions, physiography, natural history and geology, with sketches
of their discovery and early history, ‘and the changes in their flora and fauna
due to man. -With 38 Plates and over 250 cuts in the text. Reprinted from
the Trans. Conn, Acad. of Science, Vol. XI, with some changes. Publ. by the
author, New Haven, Conn., 1902, pp. 240, 256-267, 449. On pages 313, 448
and 449 of this volume, Professor Verrill gives numerous other works treating
of the birds of Bermuda in general, and of the “ Cahow”’ in particular—as
those of William Jardine, John L. Hurdis, J. M. Jones, G. Saville Reid, D.
Webster Prentiss, Lieut. H. Denison, Witmer Stone, and others.

350 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

piece and the anterior narial apertures was altogether too short for
a Shearwater, while it quite agreed with those parts in 4strelata.
The piece, however, is not sufficient to decide, with certainty, as to
what species of 4£strelata it may have belonged in life. It almost
agreed in size and form with the beak in 4 strelata caribbea, though
quite possibly it may have agreed with the same part in some other
petrel of that genus of a different species. Upon comparing it with
other terminal parts of the superior mandible in other specimens of
the skulls in the Bermuda collections at hand, I found that it very
evidently belonged to a species abundantly represented therein, as will
be shown further on in this paper.

A short time before this examination, or upon the 29th of October,
1915, | had made another, which also brought to light some important
and interesting results, as compared with those made by Doctor
Richmond; I refer to the skins of 4strelata caribbea and 4:. hasi-
tata, both species being now probably extinct. Of these skins I ex-
amined two of the first named and one of the latter. Each specimen
of 4strelata caribbea had two labels—the original and its duplicate.
One of the specimens is a male and the other a female. They are
sooty-brown birds with ashy rumps, and were collected on the same
day and in the same locality.. The original label on the female bird
reads: “Edward Newton (2) strelata caribbea 9, 17. 11. 79.
Hab. Cinchona Pls. St. Andw. W. Rock, Jamaica,” and on the other
side “80859.” The National Museum label reads: “ 80859 4/strelata
caribbea 9, Cinchona Plantations, S. Andrews, W. Rock, Jamaica,”
and the reverse side: “ Edward Newton, Nov. 17, 1879.” The labels
on the male bird are the same, with the exception that the National
Museum number is 80860.

Measuring the bones as best I could through the skin in all cases,
and disregarding the theca of the superior mandible, I obtained the
following results: In the male bird, the left ulna has a total length
of 9.50 or 9.51 cms.; the left tarsus 3.52 cms.; the length of the skull
is 7.00 cms.

In the female bird, the right ulna has a length of 9.51 cms.; the
right tarsus 3.51 cms.; and the length of the skull seems to be some-
what longer than in the. male, having a length of 7.25 cms.

The fact that the skull of the female is slightly longer than that
of the malé is doubtless due to the fact that, in skinning the bird, the

SHUFELDT: Brrps FROM BERMUDA, Bak

skull of the former was not cut away as extensively as it was in the
male, and therefore was not left as short. For all practical purposes,
the ulna measures in length a little over nine and a half centimeters,
and the tarso-metatarsus rather more than three and a half centi-
meters in either the male or the female bird of 4strelata caribbea.

The specimen I examined of 4strelata hasitata also had two labels,
both being alike. On the obverse side we find: “ 4strelata hasitata
ad., No. 152522. Near Winchester, Virginia, Dr. W. F. Hutchin-
son’; on the reverse side: “Last of August, 1893. One of a pair
(§ and 2) picked up near Winchester, Va., after an eastern storm.
They were in an exhausted condition.”

In this specimen the proximal third of the left ulna is not present.
There are glass eyes in the orbits. The right ulna has a length of
11.15 cms.; the right carpo-metacarpus 4.25 cms. (approx.); and the
right tarso-metatarsus 4.0 cms.

The lengths of these various bones will be taken up again further
on in the present article, when I come to compare them with the corre-
sponding bones in the several lots of the Bermuda specimens at hand.

It will be advisable, in the first place, to critically examine the
recent material I have before me for comparison with the Bermuda
specimens, in that it may, at the outstart, be decided which part of it
will be of assistance and which will not.

I shall take up first the sternums, shoulder-girdle, and costal ribs
or hemapophyses of the specimen of Puffinus obscurus, loaned me by
Mr. C. J. Maynard, and referred to by him in his letter of Septem-
ber 17, 1915 (see antéa). There should be no question about the
identification here, and Mr. Maynard has the skin of the bird in his
private collection. He admits in his letter that it is an Audubon’s
Shearwater—that is, Puffinus lherminieri. This sternum and pectoral
arch are shown on Plate XXII, fig. 33, and on Plate XXIII, fig. 34, and
it is, except in one instance, very unlike any sternum or pectoral arch
to be found in the Bermuda specimens. None of the latter, therefore,
yepresent Audubon’s Shearwater (Puffinus lherminiert). With re-
spect to the excepted specimen, this latter is here figured on Plate
XXII, fig. 29, and on Plate XXIII, fig. 36. This subfossil specimen from
Bermuda, which I find in the collection of Mr. McGall, is the sternum
of a Pufgiinus larger than P. lherminieri, and I shall describe it further
on in the present contribution.

352 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Passing to the skeleton marked “ Puffinus obscurus” (No. 17724 of
the collection of the U. S. National Museum), here shown on Plate
XXII, fig. 28,and Plate XXIII, fig. 35, it is at once evident that it be-
longed to a very different bird from Mr. Maynard’s Puffinus obscurus.
It is the only skeleton of the kind in the collection of the U. S.
National Museum; and, as the species is not represented among the
subfossil bones from Bermuda, it may therefore be set aside to be
used further on in the present connection. Before doing so, however,
I will say that the skull of this specimen, although evidently not of
the same species, agrees in many particulars and characters with the
skull of the “ 4strelata lessoni” from the Museum of Comparative
Zoology of Harvard University. (See Pl. XVI, fig.6; Pl. XVIII, fig.
16; and Pl. XX XI, fig. 126.) Coues, in the Fifth Edition of his “ Key,”
gives the length of the “tarsus” as 1.60 in Puffinus audubom (=P.
lherminieri) ; and I find that the metatarsus of this “P. obscurus”
skeleton (No. 17724, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.) measures in length but
1.50 (inches). Still, it is a very much smaller bird, with entirely
different sternum from the Puffinus obscurus in the Maynard collec-
tion; fortunately neither agree with any of the Bermuda specimens.

Among these Petrels and Shearwaters we find sterna of two kinds,
namely, one in which the body is nearly square in outline, when
viewed directly from above or from below. Such sterna may be
either large or small. (Compare figures on Plates XIX—XXIII.)

There is a skeleton of “ Puffinus gavia”’ in the collection of the
U. S. National Museum (No. 18286) which is from a bird of about
the same size as No. 17724 (“P. obscurus”) and with many of its
characters in agreement; but it is not the same species, as is at once
evident upon a casual comparison.

A typical Shearwater is seen—in so far as its skeleton is con-
cerned—in the mounted one of Puffinus borealis of the U. S. National
Museum collection (No. 17772).*

Taking into consideration what we have up to this point, it is per-
fectly safe to say, after comparing the specimens with all the sub-
fossil bones in the three lots of the Bermuda material, that Audubon’s
Shearwater (Puffinus lherminieri) is not to be found among them.

The cranium marked “ 4strelata lessoni,;’ No. 14494, U. S. Nat.

7 Shufeldt. R. W., “ On the Osteology of the Tubinares,” Am. Nat., Vol.
XLV, No. 482, Feb., 1907, fig.-1, p. 116.

SHUFELDT: BrirpDS FROM BERMUDA. S00

Mus. Coll., collected by Doctor Kidder (see list above), agrees, in all
essential particulars, with the cranium figured by Forbes, as set forth
above; doubtless the former came from a specimen of that species,
as did likewise the latter. The mounted skeleton from the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, marked 4:strelata lessoni, is not a skeleton
of that species, but evidently belonged to some medium-sized Shear-
water (Puffinus) of a somewhat larger size than Puffinus lherminieri.
It came from a bird of about similar proportions to the one marked
Puffinus obscurus of the collection of the U. S. National Museum
(No. 17724). The skulls are of the same size and very much alike;
but the National Museum specimen had a somewhat longer humerus
anda shorter sternum. The species—whatever it was—is not repre-
sented in the Bermuda specimens at hand for description.

4strelata lessoni is a large, rather heavy Petrel of about the same
proportions as Fulmarus glacialis, and its skull agrees in many par-
ticulars with that species. (Compare with No. 16781, Coll. U. S.
Nat. Mus. = Fulmarus glacialis.)

Finally, I have compared all the Bermuda specimens with the mate-
rial in the above list, representing the osteology of the Tubinares in
the collection of the U. S. National Museum, including even Procel-
laria cooki (Pl. XIX, fig. 17) and Pelecanéides urinatrix (Pl. XX, fig.
21). Most of this material is likewise figured on the plates; and, as
far as it goes, it demonstrates very completely that none of the species
are to be found among those from Bermuda, as represented by the
bones at hand. |

I now pass to a description of the material itseli—the subfossil bird
bones from Bermuda.

This, as pointed out above, is divided into three (3) lots, and may
be designated as:

1. The Mowbray collection.
2. The McGall collection.
3. The American Museum of Natural History collection.

1: In the Mowbray collection the bones are very fragile; have more
of the cave incrustation upon them; and are, as a rule, not nearly as
perfect as those in the other two lots. It contains no skulls, only a
parafin cast of one of the ‘“‘Cahow” skulls found in the other two
collections. The piece of the upper mandible with the theca still upon

354 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

it has already been described on a former page. There are 4 humeri
in fairly good condition; 2 nearly perfect ulnz, also 2 ossa quadrata.

bf

All of these bones belong to the “ Cahow,” and need not be referred
to especially again, as there is ample duplicate and far more perfect
material in the other two collections for the purposes of description.

2: This is the most extensive collection of the three; not only does
it contain a large representation of the bones of the “Cahow” in
excellent condition, but also the sternum of a new species, and a lot of
bones representing some smaller tubinarine form—both of which, to-
gether with the “ Cahow ” bones, will be described in detail further on.

3: We have here a smaller collection than the last (No. 2), though
withal a most interesting and perfect one. It is chiefly made up of
the bones of the “ Cahow,” and of some very important ones of the
more diminutive tubinarine species referred to as being found in the
McGall collection. It will, on the whole, very materially contribute
to the working up of the specimens before me.

I shall first describe the unique sternum, referred to as forming a
part of collection No. 2.

Puffinus mcegalli, sp. nov.

(Plate XXII, fig. 29, and Plate XXIII, fig. 36.)
[Recent Epoch. |

Based on an almost perfect sternum of an adult individual discov-
ered in the bird-bone caves of Bermuda.

The specimen indicates that it belonged to a species of Puffinus
of moderate size, and probably possessed characters typical of the
genus. Judging from the sternum sent me by Mr. Maynard (see
antéa and the plates), it was a considerably larger bird than Puffinus
lherminieri, as the length of that bone in the first measures—from the
anterior tip of the manubrium to the extreme posterior point of the
mid-xiphoidal process—5.8 cms., while in the latter this line or dis-
‘ coracoidal

‘

tance equals but 4.4 cms. From apex to apex of the
processes,” P. mcgalli measures 3.3 cms. and P. lherminieri but 2.5
cms. Either of these sterna possesses six articular facets on each
costal border for the costal ribs. Upon comparing this sternum with
the sternum of “ Puffinus major” (No. 18076, Coll. U.S. Nat. Mus.),
the latter is seen to be a species very considerably larger than the
one here being described. I have also compared it with the sterna

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 355

of Puffinus creatopus, P. borealis, P. griseus, and others, but it departs
more or less from each and all of them.

There is a trunk skeleton of a Shearwater in the collection of the
U. S. National Museum (No. 19385) marked “ Puffinus gavia, San
Diego, Cal.” Sharpe, in his “ Hand-List” (Vol. I, p. 124), restricts
the range of this species to “ New Zealand and Australia”; it is not
listed in the A. O. U. Check-List (1910).

This “P. gavia” was a bird of almost exactly the same size as
Puffinus mcgalli, and its sternum, measured as above, has a length of
5.6 cms., while its width, measured as above, equals 3.45 cms.

McGall’s Shearwater possessed a pair of deep “notches” upon
either side of the keel, the outer one, on either side, being double the
width or more of the one between it and the mid-xiphoidal prolonga-.
tion. This is likewise the case in the sternum marked Puffinus gavia
of the National Museum collection (No.‘19385).

The very small manubrium in McGall’s Shearwater is longitudinally
keeled upon its median ventral aspect, while the ventral edges of the
coracoidal grooves are carried out upon it laterally to points near its
blunt apex. The coracoidal grooves are extensive, and they do not
meet in the median line behind the manubrial process.

The bone is non-pneumatic, and dorsally the body is profoundly
concaved, being correspondingly convex upon its ventral aspect.

Unfortunately, the anterior carinal angle of the keel is broken off
and lost; but there is no question as to the form it had in life, for it
doubtless agreed with what we find in all other Shearwaters of this
genus—that is to say, it is somewhat produced anteriorly, expanded
from side to side to some considerable degree, compressed from above,
downwards, and has, in the articulated skeleton, the os furculum
resting upon it. The anterior border of the carina of this Shear-
water is thickened above, gradually tapering to the carinal angle
below; longitudinally, from above, downwards, it is marked by a
well-defined groove.

Costal processes are broadly quadrilateral in outline, and each one
rises to a moderate height above the costal groove of its own side.
Either costal groove has a length of 1.8 cms., there being five (5)
quadrilateral concavities formed by the six (6) transverse, thin,
articular facets upon either side.

The lower border of the keel is nearly straight, and it is continued

356 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to the extreme posterior end of the mid-xiphoidal process, gradually
diminishing in depth for its entire length. The xiphoidal processes
have already been described above. 1

On either side, posterior to the costal border, the margin of the
bone is very thin and sharp. On the ventral aspect of the body the
“pectoral line” is very distinct, either one being carried from a mid-
point below the coracoidal groove backwards and inwards to a point
next to and about at the middle of the keel.

This extinct species is named for Mr. Edward McGall, in recog-
nition of his success in obtaining this valuable collection of fossil
bird-bones from Bermuda.

Puffinus parvus, sp. nov.

(Plate XXIV, figs. 43-45; Plate XXV, figs. 55, 56; Plate XXVIL, figs.
67, 74, 76, 77, and 79; Plate XXVII, fig. 93, and Plate
DEX VA Migs-7101 A107, 121,122) and 1235)

[Recent Epoch. ]

Among the bones in the collection of the American Museum of
Natural History, as well as among those in the McGall collection, I
find abundant evidence pointing to the fact of the existence of a
small Shearwater, now extinct, but which doubtless existed during
the times when the countless numbers of the “Cahow” flourished
upon certain of the smaller Bermudan islands.

In the first-named collection, there are of these bones a cranium
(somewhat imperfect), an ulna, a radius, a carpometacarpus, part of
a sternum, four ossa innominata, a femur, a tibiotarsus and a tarso-
metatarsus; in the latter collection, five perfect humeri, three ulnz, a
radius, a carpometacarpus, a proximal joint of index digit, a coracoid,
an inferior mandible, an imperfect os furculum, a tarsometatarsus, :
and an Os innominatum of the left side.

These bones indicate a Shearwater (Puffinus) smaller than Audu-
bon’s Shearwater (Puffinus lherminieri)—that is, smaller than any
Shearwater in our present Atlantic Ocean avifauna. It was a smaller
Puffinus than the one shown in Plate X XIX, fig. 126, of the present
paper.®

8 Upon comparing a number of the bones of this extinct Shearwater with
the corresponding ones in the mounted skeleton from the museum referred

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA, 357

Clearly, then, in so far as skeletal material representing Audubon’s
Shearwater (P. lherminieri) is concerned, I have at hand but the
sternum and shoulder-girdle from the Maynard collection and the
disarticulated skeleton of a “ Puffinus obscurus” (No. 17724, Coll.
U. S. Nat. Mus.) to use as representing that species; the value of
these will be touched upon further on.

Upon comparing the cranium of this small Shearwater belonging
to the collection of the American Museum of Natural History, I find
that it essentially agrees in all particulars, apart from the matter of

to, I find that, apart from the matter of size, they possess identical charac-
ters. This applies especially to the mandible, the humerus, the radius and
ulna, the carpometacarpus, the pectoral arch, the os innominatum, and the
bones of the pelvic limb. The extinct bird had a short sternum, however,
as in Puffinus creatopus and other species, while that bone in the aforesaid
mounted skeleton is of the elongate variety, as in Puffinus major and others.

There is no doubt about this mounted skeleton from the Museum of Com-
parative Zodlogy of Harvard University having belonged to a Shearwater
(Pufinus) of rather small size, though typical of the genus. It was probably
incorrectly identified at Ward’s Natural Science establishment at Rochester.
A paper envelope is attached beneath its stand, in which there are two of
the usual printed Ward’s labels. In filling in the name in writing on each of
these, an error was made in either instance. In one it reads: “ Procellaria
Lessoni (White-headed Petrel). East coast, New Zealand,’ and in the other:
“ Procellaria Lessonii (White-headed Petrel), New Zealand.” No further
comment is required.

9 This cranium, when sent to me with the collection, was carefully packed
in a small box by itself and placed wnder all the other packing for all the
other bones. Owing to this fact, I did not discover its presence until I came
to repack the collection for its return to the Museum, when much to my su:-
prise, it was in the bottom of the original box, hidden from sight by a great
quantity of “imperial” or “ excelsior.” Had I had it with the rest of the
bones, it would have been duly figured upon one of the plates; as it is,
Figs. 6 and 16 will haye to stand for it, only they are somewhat larger. I
would take this cranium to be one that belonged to an Audubon’s Shear-
water—it being either a female or a subadult individual—were it not for the
fact that all the other bones in the combined collections, representing Puffinus
parvus, evidently belonged to a number of different specimens, a/] of which
were adult, and all smaller in proportion, as compared with the corresponding
bones in Puffinus lherminieri. Indeed, this skull coming to light in the way
it did, and at the time it did, convinces me all the more that, when Audu-
bon’s Shearwater and other allied forms were to be found on the Bermudas
in enormous numbers, there was also present there this smaller form,—that
is, Puffinus parvus. (Dec. 10, 1915.)

358 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

size, with the cranium: of Audubon’s Shearwater (PI. XVI, fig. 6;
Pl. XVIIII, fig. 16).° It has the same well-marked median furrow
on the superior aspect between the frontals posteriorly, and the same,
very narrow though rather deep, supraorbital glandular depressions—
which are only separated from each other by 2.5 mm.—in the frontal
region between the orbits on the top of the cranium.

The superior mandible is slender and the external narial apertures
elongate and narrow. Distally, it is decurved, especially enlarged,
and ends with an acute, sharp-pointed apex. The interorbital septum
presents unusually large vacuities, and the pars plane are very small,
projecting outwards in each case as an independent process. With
but slight departures, the characters seen in the osseous structures of
the basis cranii are the same as we find them to be in all Shearwaters,
and more or less like the corresponding ones in a Petrel of the genus
4istrelata. Longitudinally, from the most posterior point in the
median line of the supraoccipital prominence to the distal apex of the
premaxillary, this cranium measures 6.4 cms., and the transverse
diameter, between the tips of the postfrontal processes, equals in
width 2.35 cms. In short, this cranium belonged to a small species
of a typical Puffinus.

Coues gives the length of the tarsus, in the case of Puffinus audu-
boni, as 1.60 (or an inch and six-tenths) (Key, 5th Ed., p. 1036),
while the tarsus in the species here being described has a length of
but 1.50, or even less in the case of a specimen of that bone found in
the McGall collection. It was a much smaller species than the one
which furnished the skeleton marked “ Puffinus obscurus” in the col-
lection of the U. S. National Museum (No. 17724), and Audubon’s
Shearwater was possibly the Puffinus obscurus of Gmelin, certainly
so of Coues and other ornithologists of a few years ago. It then
became P. auduboni of Finsch (P. Z. S., 1872, p. 111). So, the
skeleton just referred to (No. 17724) being that of a very small
Shearwater, it brings the matter to a point where Mr. Maynard would
have to show that the sternum and shoulder-girdle he sent me be-
longed to a specimen of Audubon’s Shearwater, now called Puffinus
lherminieri in the last A. O. U. Check-List. It is a very different
sternum from the one belonging to the aforesaid museum (No.
17724), and a much larger bone—too large, it strikes me, for the
sternum of Audubon’s Shearwater (Puffinus lherminieri). If the

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA, 359

skeleton numbered 17724 (“P. obscurus”) in the collection of the
U. S. National Museum is in fact Audubon’s Shearwater, then the
species here being described is certainly a new species as well as an
extinct one. Mr. C. Maller collected the specimen of “ Puffinus ob-
scurus,’ No. 17724, and he collected it at the “ Bermudas.” This still
further emphasizes the fact that it probably represents the skeleton
of an Audubon’s Shearwater, and that it was a larger species than
the one here being considered. The metatarsal bone in No. 17724
measures in length exactly 1.60 inches, and this agrees with the
length of the tarsometatarsus of Audubon’s Shearwater as given by
Coues and set forth abové. With all this evidence and these facts
before me, I shall consider for the present that the skeleton No. 17724
is one of Puffinus lherminieri, and use it in comparison in the present
instance. This will not militate against anything I have set forth
above in regard to McGall’s Shearwater (P. mcgalli), or the use I
made of the sternum and shoulder-girdle sent me by Mr. Maynard.

Taken together, and judging from the material before me, the bones
representing Puffinus parvus probably belonged to three different
adult individuals. That this may have been the case is based on the
fact that there are in it five perfect humeri, or those belonging to
two specimens and one of a third. There are two pairs of tarso-
metatarsi, two pairs of ulne, and so on. Had there been one less
humerus, I should have said that the bones in the combined collections
represented two adult specimens of P. parvus; but the fifth humerus
makes it possible that three or more may be represented.

The mandible of Puffinus parvus is of the V-shaped pattern, with
the narrow dentary portions drawn very close together—the symphysis
being short and the distal apex sharp-pointed and slightly decurved.
There is a small ramal vacuity in the deeper ramal divisions, the side
of the jaw upon either hand curving upwards and forwards where it
is located. Posteriorly, the articular ends are concaved and very
slightly truncated. Mesially, the articular cups for the quadrates
support the usual inturned apophyses, with the pneumatic foramen at
the apex of each. The extreme length of one side of this mandible
measures 5.4 cms.

Turning to the mandible of the specimen of “P. obscurus” (No.
17724), I find the characters to be much the same, although there are
slight but recognizable differences here and there. For example, the

ANN, CAR. MUS. XIII, 24, FEB. 21, 1922.

360 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ramal vacuity is reduced to a mere hair-like slit, and so on. It
measures in extreme length 5.9 cms., and so beionged to a larger bird
than P. parvus.

Os furculum is of the U-shaped pattern, the clavicular limbs being
slender and of nearly uniform caliber throughout their lengths.
There is a faint hypocleidium on their somewhat thickened union
below; it is situated posteriorly and amounts to little more than a low,
thin line of bone. The free posterior extremities above are drawn
out into sharp-pointed endings, and there is an articular facet on the
outer side of each at a few millimeters’ distance, posterior to the
apex. Such a fourchette is well seen in my figure of Procellaria
cooki; but in this species the free extremities are not drawn out so
far, and the articular facets for the coracoid is better marked (PI.
XXIV, fig. 17). Compare figs. 61, 62, 68, 69, 70, 78, and 79. of
Plate XXVI. .

There is a perfect coracoid (left) of Puffinus parvus in the McGall
collection (fig. 92, Pl. XX VII), which presents all the characters of
that bone as we find them in any coracoid of a typical Shearwater.
The axis of its shaft measures 2.3 cms., and the transverse diameter
of its sternal extremity 1.55 cms. There is a conspicuous precoracoid
process that exhibits a foraminal perforation at its lower part near
the shaft. The latter is non-extensive and much compressed antero-
posteriorly. With the somewhat prominent acromium, the precora-
coid forms, mesiad, a vertically elongate valley of considerable extent,
opposite which, on the other side of the bone, the glenoid cavity is
seen to be elongated vertically and very shallow.

In the collection of the American Museum of Natural History there
are two fragments of a sternum which evidently belonged to this
extinct Shearwater. These fragments consist of the anterior portion
of the bone, and a large part of the left half of the sternal body.
They did not belong to the same individual, though to one of similar
size; both were adult birds. Barring the difference in size, this
sternum of Puffinus parvus possessed a form very much like the
sternum as we find it in Puffinus major (see Pl. XXIII, fig. 38).
The manubrium is small and peg-like, and the ‘“‘ coracoidal groves”
meet mesially. Ventrally, the thoracic concavity is unusually deep
and capacious, a single pneumatic foramen being present in the middle
line well within the anterior border of the bone. As usual in Puf-

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 361

finus, there are six (6) hemapophysial facets upon either costal bor-
der, the well-marked concavities among them being nearly square in
outline. The external xiphoidal processes were broad, and extended
outwards as much as backwards—more so even than in Puffinus
major.

No sacrums of this bird were collected, while a lateral moiety of a
pelvis possesses all the characters, barring size, which we find in any
typical Puffinus, as, for example, P. lherminieri or P. major. (Com-
pare fig. 64, Pl. XXVI, and figs. 85-89, Pl. XX VII.)

Ilium has a length of 4.1 cms. in P. parvus and 5 cms. in P. lher-
miniert, while in P. major the length is 7.6 cms.;?° some are a milli-
meter shorter—probably belonging to female individuals.

There may be some vertebrae among the numerous examples of
(42. vociferans) ;

,

those bones set aside as belonging to the “ Cahow’
but I can not pronounce upon that with certainty, as they may be ones
belonging to either young or female “ Cahows.”

Five beautiful specimens of the humerus of P. parvus occur in the
collection of Mr. McGall, and they each and all belonged to adult
birds (figs. 55 and 56 of Pl. XXV). Four (4) of these bones possess
a length of 5.9 cms., while the fifth measures but 5.75 cms., and may
have belonged to a female bird. Its characters are identical with the
corresponding ones in a humerus of Audubon’s Shearwater, the latter
being a longer and a trifle larger bone. (Compare figures 51-60 of
Plate XXV.)

In all Shearwaters the humerus appears to be completely non-
pneumatic, the shaft being very straight and more or less compressed
in the same plane in which+the extremities occur—that is, from
anconal to palmar superficies. The “ectepicondylar process” is
pointed and is a conspicuous feature of this humerus, while the tri-
angular radial crest is bent, as a whole, towards the palmar side of
the bone.

10 While examining the bones of Puffinus parvus I met with several frag-
ments of an interesting shell, the most perfect of these being in the collection
of the American Museum of Natural History; four (4) of the other frag-
ments occur in the McGall collection. They are all of the same species, and
have been identified for me by Dr. Paul Bartsch, of the U. S. National Mu-
seum, as being broken examples of five specimens of Poecilozonites bermuden-
sis, Pfr. Doctor Bartsch kindly compared them with specimens in the collec-
tion of the U. S. National Museum.

362 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MuSEUM.

Ulna and radius present nothing peculiar beyond their size, being
smaller than any bones of the antibrachium that I have ever exam-
ined belonging to a typical Puffinus (Pl. XXIV, figs. 44 and 45).
The ulna, as in the case of the humerus, exhibits some slight lateral
compression, such as we find in other Shearwaters of existing avi-
faune. The radius has a length of 5.4 cms. and is nearly straight.1?

Bones of the carpus (radiale and ulnare) do not occur among the
subfossil bones in these collections; they doubtless would be almost
identical with those elements as we find them in the wrist of any
small, typical Shearwater of the genus Puffinus.

Carpometacarpus is straight and possesses a length of 3.3 cms.
(Pl. XXVI, fig. 67), while that bone in Audubon’s Shearwater has a
length of; 3.6'cms. (PI. XX VI, figs. 76,77). There is a specimenyor
an imperfect carpometacarpus of Puffinus parvus in the American
Museum collection, which has a length of but 3 cms., but it belonged
to a subadult individual, and plainly shows the divisional lines of the
added elements at its proximal end.

Proximal phalanx of index digit of this extinct species of Shear-
water (fig. 74) agrees better in the matter of form with that bone of
the skeleton in some of the larger Shearwaters than it does with that
of P. lherminieri, though only in the matter of being very slightly
wider for its length (figs. 71-73). In other respects it agrees in its
morphology with that segment of the hand in Puffine generally.

There may be some terminal finger joints of Puffinus parvus in
these collections, but they may have belonged to female or subadult
specimens of the “ Cahow”’; so I pass them by. The lists show that
a considerable number of these bones are present.

Upon comparing all the bones of manus shown in Plate XXVI,
figs. 65-67, 71-77, and 80-84, one can gain a very correct idea of the
size and characters of that part of the skeleton in P. parvus as com-
pared with the corresponding parts in other Shearwaters of various
sizes; such comparisons render it quite unnecessary for me to enter
upon minutiz in the matter of character descriptions of the hand-

11 Some of the bones on the plates may run somewhat longer or be other-
wise larger than is stated in the text. This may be due to my having made
them so with the camera and the engravers reproducing them exactly, or to

the engravers not getting them the same size as the originals; in any event
the sizes and lengths as given in the text are to be relied upon.

SHUFELDT: BrIrRDS FROM BERMUDA. 363

bones of the extinct species. This remark also applies to the pha-
langeal joints of the feet.

Turning the attention next to the lower or pelvic limb, several of
the long bones are present, the number of them being set forth in the
various lists above. (Compare the bones of the different species of
Puffinus shown on Plate XXVIII.)

A perfect femur of P. parvus occurs in the collection of the Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History; it agrees in all respects with the
femur of Audubon’s Shearwater, as shown in figs. 102 and 103, even
to the remarkable bending or bowing of the continuity of the shaft
at the juncture of middle and lower thirds. In length it measures
two and a half centimeters.

Femora of other Shearwaters are well shown in figs. 104 and 105,
as well as in 112 and 113. The shafts of these are not bowed quite
as much as in the smaller species; while in the Petrels of the genus
4: strelata, whether living or extinct, this bone 1s not bowed at all, but
has a straight shaft as in the extinct Petrel, 4strelata vociferans
(figs. 97-100). This is an excellent differential character in proving
that the “ Cahow”’ was an 4strelata and not a Puffinus, as has long
been supposed to be the case.

The tibiotarsus of Puffinus parvus presents all the characters of
that bone, as we find them in existing representatives of that genus
of birds. These characters are well shown in figs. 118-120, as com-
pared with the tibiotarsi of other Shearwaters illustrated on the same
plate (XXVIII). One of the most striking characters is the enor-
mously developed cnemial process. Comparatively speaking, this is
even larger than we find it to be in the big birds of the group, as
Puffinus major and others. Moreover, this great cnemial extension is
not to be found in Petrels, in so far as I have examined them, cer-
tainly not in the extinct “Cahow” or 4strelata vociferans. All have
the shaft of the bone very straight, however, and this is likewise the
case with such forms as Procellaria cooki and Pelecandides urinatrix.
which birds have the cnemial extension of the tibiotarsus reduced as
we find it in Zstrelata. (See figs. 20°and: 24 or, Bis. XU xX and-XX,
respectively. )

As in all small and typical Shearwaters, the tarsometatarsus of
Puffinus parvus was long and comparatively slender (figs. 106 and
107, Pl. XXVIII), it being relatively shorter and stouter in the

364 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Petrels. This is another excellent distinctive character between Puf-
finus and 4:strelata. The bone in P. parvus is remarkably straight
and slender, being longitudinally grooved for tendons both anteriorly
and posteriorly, more markedly so in front. The intercondylar emi-
nence is prominent, and the condylar cavities upon either side of it
are deep and circular in outline. The hypotarsus is short, the inner
section of it being twice as long as the outer, which latter is once
pierced for tendinal passage. A similar passage is to be found be-
tween the two sections, but it is not quite closed posteriorly.

Middle third of the shaft is somewhat compressed from side to
side; indeed, the entire bone shows something of this transverse
compression—even the trochleze of the distal extremity. With re-
spect to these, the middle one is the longest, the outer next in length,
and the inner one of the three the most elevated. Rather high up on
the outer side, we note the usual foraminal perforation for the passage
of the anterior tibial artery. The shaft of the bone, proximally, is
also twice pierced in the antero-posterior direction, just below the
head, as we find it to be in nearly all birds.

I have given this new and extinct form of Shearwater the specific

.nmame of parvus for the reason that it is probable that, when the
‘species was in existence, it had few, if any, members in the same
‘genus that were smaller than it. The name Puffinus Was an attempt
-on the part of the early writers upon ornithology to latinize the word
puffin. Very early in ornithological history and literature Fratercula
arctica and its near allies were called puffins, for the reason that,
when they squatted down upon the rocks where they lived, they
appeared to be puffy or puffed up—hence “ Puffin.” Shearwaters at
that time were also called “ puffins,’ as they were frequently observed
in the same localities. However, the vernacular term was soon
dropped in their case, while the early writers, in looking up the scien-
tific name for them, hit upon Puffinus as a justifiable way in which
to perpetuate the name puffin, without being really guilty of confusing
them with the true birds bearing that appellation (Puffinine).

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA.

(ow)
for)
on

Estrelata vociferans,! sp. nov.
(Extinct. )

[“ Cahow ”; Bermudan Cahow; Noisy Petrel.]

As set forth on previous pages of the present memoir, the material
upon which this new species is based is remarkably abundant, for
which science can thank the painstaking labors of Mr. Edward Mc-
Gall, who collected it in the Bermuda caves.

It has long been a question among ornithologists as to whether the
famous “‘Cahow” was a Shearwater (“ Puffinus obscurus” ?) or a
Petrel (4:strelata). In so far as my observation carries me, there
is at least one character in the skeleton by means of which we can,
with certainty, distinguish from each other these two different kinds
of birds. This character is seen in the form of the cnemial process
of the tibiotarsus. In the genus Puffinus—and possibly in some of
its near allies—the cnemial process of the tibiotarsus is conspicuously
elongate, as we see it in the Grebes and Loons; while in the Petrels
it is notably shorter, with rounded superior margin. These differ-
ences are well shown in the bones figured on Plate XX VII (figs. 116-
125, inclusive). Judging from this character, too, such forms: as
Pelecanoides urinatrix and Procellaria cooki are more closely related
to the Petrels than to the Shearwaters of the genus Puffinus (see
Plate XIX, fig. 20, and Plate XOe fig. 24). Judging from this char-
acter alone, there is no question but that the ‘‘Cahow” of the Ber-
muda Islands was an 4strelata and not a Puffinus. This fact is
sustained by other osteological as well as external characters found
in the representatives of the two genera in question. For example,
both the horny sheaths to the mandible, as well as those parts in the
dried skulls when deprived of the sheaths, are positively diagnostic

12 4istrelata, the generic name for these petrels, is here retained, as it is
so spelled in the A. O. U. Check-list. Nevertheless, it is incorrect, and per-
petuates a blunder in orthography, for which Charles Lucien Bonaparte is
responsible. More correctly, the word should be spelled Cstrelata. Prince
Bonaparte would be highly complimented were it possible for him to know
that an ornithological committee of high standing, in the twentieth century,
stood, in cold blood, for what was probably a lapsus calami of his.

Vociferans (sp. name), Latin: the participle vociferans from vocifero (vox,
gen. vocis, voice + fero, I bear); hence, noisy, vociferous; here bestowed
upon this bird as‘it was known in life to be a very noisy species.

366 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

with respect to these two groups of tubinarine birds. The differences
in the external forms of the beaks are well shown in figs. 128-130 of
Plate XXXI of the present contribution, fig. 128 giving the beak of
a typical Shearwater, and figs. 129 and 130 those of Petrels of the
genus dstrelata. I am of the opinion that 4. vociferans was closely
related to 4. caribbea (fig. 129), as I have attempted to show upon
a previous page of this memoir.

The differences in the osseous mandibles of a Petrel (strelata
vociferans) and a Shearwater (Puffinus lherminieri) are easily ap-
preciated upon comparing those parts in figs. 5 and 6 of Plate XVI.
All Petrels and petrel-like birds possess osseous beaks or mandibles,
such as we find figured in figs. 1-5, Plate XVI; in fig. 11 of Plate
XVIII, as well as in Cook’s and the Diving Petrels.

The tarsometatarsus is generally long and slender in the petrel
forms; shorter and stouter in the Shearwaters. (See the various
figures of this bone on the plates.)

The ‘“ Cahow,” then, was a Petrel of the genus #strelata; and with
this point settled, I can proceed to give an account of its skeleton.

OsTEOLOGY OF 4?strelata vociferans.

The Skull (figs. 1-5, Pl. XVI).—This now extinct Petrel was, in
life, morphologically typical of the procellaridine genus to which it
belongs, for the subfossil bones at hand in such abundance are ample
proof that it was osteologically so; consequently, the remainder of its
anatomy must have been in keeping with the characters so clearly in
evidence in its skeleton. The skull as a whole, apart from its smaller
size, essentially agrees in all particulars with the skull of 4. lesson,
as figured by Forbes in his Challenger Report on Petrels, cited on a
former page of the present work. The hyoid arches are here miss-
ing; but it is more than safe to predict that they, too, agreed with
those elements as found in other species of this genus.

Viewed from above, we are first to note, in this skull of 4 strelata
vociferans, the twin elevations of the parietals, with a well-marked
median and rounded groove between them. In some skulls this latter
is carried forward faintly to the “cranio-facial hinge.’ Generally
it is deepest at a midpoint between the orbits, where the superficies
between the supraorbital glandular depressions most nearly approach

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA, 367

each other. These latter have an average width of 4 mm. and are
most conspicuously excavated. Either one extends from the lacrymal
of its own side to the prominent postorbital process behind. These
glandular depressions are a striking feature of the dorsal aspect of
the skull in all the Petrels known to me, as well as in the Shearwaters
and other sea-fowl.

The frontal region of the skull under consideration is broad and
extensive; mesially, in the depression over the naso-premaxillary part,
is to be noted the persistent remains of the frontal processes of the
premaxillary. This is present in all eight of the skulls of strelata
vociferans before me. This character is seen in most, if not in all,
Shearwaters of the genus Puffinus, and faintly so in Daption.

Between the external narial apertures the culmen is very narrow
at its middle, but slightly expanded anteriorly and posteriorly. Either
narial aperture is elongate, narrow, and elliptical in outline. This
form of opening, then, is as much rounded behind as it is in front;
so that the term “schizorhinal” is hardly applicable to a skull thus
characterized.

Beyond the narial apertures the superior mandible is elegantly
arched upwards, being bounded on either side posteriorly by the
grooves continued forwards from the narial openings, and extended
downwards at the apical extremity into a sharp-pointed tip. (Fig. 5,
PI XVi1:)

Passing to a direct posterior view of this skull, we are to note the
curious form of the postfrontal processes, each standing out from the
side of the skull in such a way as to resemble a small ear, marked on
its hinder surface by the extension forwards of the crotaphyte fossa
of the same side. These crotaphyte foss@ are most conspicuously ex-
cavated, though they do not meet over the unusually large “ supra-
occipital prominence” posteriorly. Their margins are sharp and to
a slight extent elevated, especially the inferior ones. Supraoccipital

6

foramina are not present in this skull; neither do we find those open-
ings in the skulls of the Puffinine nor in the Fulmars. Indeed, the
rear view of the skull of this extinct Petrel here being considered
closely resembles the same aspect of the skull in most species of
Fulmarus.*% |

13 Shufeldt, R. W., “ Contributions to the Comparative Osteology of Arctic
and Sub-arctic Water-Birds.” Part I, Journ. of Anat. and Phys., Lond.,

368 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Turning to the lateral aspect of the skull in hand, it will be ob-
served from fig. 5 of Plate XVI that the “interorbital septum” ex-
hibits large vacuities in it, both centrally and above; though in most
skulls of this species the foramen rotundum is entire—that is, sur-
rounded by bone.

While protected posteriorly by the flaring os squamosum, the en-
trance to the ear is much exposed in front, affording the opportunity
to fully examine its interior structure and the articular facet for the
os quadratum. Anteriorly, the large quadrilateral pars plana is thor-
oughly codssified for its entire outer boundary and above with the big
lacrymal bone, and the latter likewise, superiorly and anteriorly, with
the frontal and nasal of the same side. Here is a point that at once
distinguishes the skull of this extinct Petrel from the skull of a
Shearwater of the genus Puffinus; for in the latter group we always
find the lacrymal bone to be a free element which promptly comes
away during the process of maceration. In strelata it is deeply
grooved antero-posteriorly at its middle, and in this groove we always
find a large, circular, pneumatic foramen, the bone extending out-
wards and backwards just below it. Daption capense has a lacrymal
and a pars plana essentially agreeing with what I have just described
for the subject in hand.

Between the lacrymal and the posterior sharp edge of the nasal
of the same side no bony wall exists; so that, when viewed upon this
direct lateral aspect, one can look through the skull over the broad
vomer below, as is well shown in fig. 5 of Plate XVI; in other words,
the midposterior part of the rhinal chamber is entirely lacking in
osseous, protecting, lateral walls.

At the side of the superior osseous mandible beyond this the sur-
face is extensive and smooth, with its lower tomial edge cultrate to
the apex beyond.

A quadrate bone has a broad orbital process, with a markedly
truncate extremity; and at the base of this, internally, we always find
a single, circular, pneumatic foramen of some considerable size.
Above the articular head has two very independent articular facets,
each of an ellipsoidal form—the outer being the larger of the two.
Oct., 2888, XXTIL n. s., Vol. Ill, Pl. Il, fig. 8: Other skulls or marine

bird-forms are figured in this part of the work in question, which can be
compared with the skull of our Petrel with advantage.

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 369

The articulatory surface for the mandible is irregular in contour and
extensive. The body of the bone, including the orbital process, is
greatly compressed transversely.

I find no pterygoids in either of the collections at hand, but it is not
difficult to conceive what they were like.

The gquadrato-jugal ‘or infraorbital bar is extremely slender, and
continues to be so until it joins the triangular, horizontally disposed
maxillary anteriorly. Its inturned articular nib for the quadrate, at
its free, posterior end, is very small.

Posteriorly, the basis cranii is bounded by the semi-circular line of
the occipital crest, here forming the lower boundary of the crotaphyte
fossz.

In some of these skulls the foramen magnum is almost circular in
outline, while in others it is distinctly cordate, the occipital condyle
being unusually small for a bird having the size that 4strelata vo-
ciferans had, while its center, posteriorly, may or may not exhibit a
faint notch.

The small foramen above and on either side of the foramen mag-
num has a deep though narrow groove running forwards from it, to
be lost on the basitemporal, between the occipital condyle and the
wing of the os squamosum. This pair of groovelets are very dis-
tinctive of the skull in Petrels and Shearwaters, and less in some
other tubinarine birds.

The basitemporal region is smooth, nearly level, and triangular in
outline; while beyond its anterior apex are to be observed the pair
of small, sessile facets, one on either side, for the pterygoids. Be-
tween these and the posterior, articular extremities of the palatines
is to be seen the inferior rounded surface of the sphenoidal rostrum,
which is exposed for a distance of several millimeters (fig. 4,
Biv he

The large vomer, with its decurved, pointed, anterior extremity,
fuses with a palatine upon either side, although these latter bones do
not anchylose together for their hinder moieties. Either bone, for
its latter or posterior half, has its internal and external margin
raised, while the dorsal aspect is developed as a scroll-like elevation.
Beyond, the prepalatine is much flattened in the horizontal plane, well
separated from thé fellow of the opposite side, while most distally it

370 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

turns outwards to fuse with the inner side of the superior mandible
(fig. 4).

The short, scroll-like maxillo-palatines do not meet in the middle
line, nor do they come in contact with the anterior free extremity of
the vomer. Such part of the roof of the mouth as lies beyond the
palatines and between the sides of the premavillary is not spanned
by bone, thus allowing an uninterrupted view of the interior of the
fore part of the rhinal chamber.

As one would naturally suppose, the medio-stapedial element of the
middle ear, and the sclerotal plates of the eye, are, for very obvious
reasons, not to be found among the bones of these two collections.

The mandible has the typical V-shape pattern, with the sides of the
anterior dentary portion low and thickish. The symphysis is very
short, while the apex of the enlarged distal extremity is acute and
decurved. It is longitudinally grooved dorsally. For the posterior
ramal portion, we find the side thin and lofty, with the superior
margin sharp and the lower one rounded. No “splenial vacuity” is
present in fully adult birds, while posteriorly, on the mesial aspect,
there is considerable excavation or concavity just anterior to the en-
larged articular posterior extremity. This latter is concaved and
truncate on its posterior aspect; double-concaved dorsad, to accom-
modate its surface to the quadratal articulation, and its inturned part,
on this upper side, showing the minute, pneumatic foramen usually
found in that situation.

The Vertebral Column.—When Forbes came to study the Petrels
collected by the naturalists of the Challenger Expedition, as cited on
a previous page, he found, in a specimen of “ Gstrelata grisea” that
there were fifteen (15) cervical vertebre, seven (7) dorsals, eleven
(11) sacrals, and seven (7) caudals, making forty (40) in all. As
he does not mention the pygostyle, I presume he simply considered it
as the ultimate or terminal caudal.'4 He also found that in “ Zstre-
lata grisea” there were eight (8) pairs of vertebral ribs—that is, one
cervical pair and seven (7) dorsal, or ribs joining with the costal
ribs below. The dorsal ribs supported epipleural appendages, with

14 He also examined another Petrel, which I am inclined to believe was
not an Cstrelata grisea (b), and he seemed to doubt the correctness of the
identification. It had forty-one (41) vertebre in its spinal column (loc. cit.,
Pp. 419).

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. oul

perhaps the exception of the last pair, and there was probably a pair
of free cervical ribs.

The vertebre and ribs in the collection of the American Museum
of Natural History do not fully admit of completing the chain, in
order to assemble a perfect skeleton of 4strelata vociferans, while
they do in the collection of Mr. McGall. After very careful study,
I have selected from the latter lot a string of vertebre that I must
believe are very nearly, if not quite, correct. They may, of course,
have belonged to a number of different individuals, and are probably
of both sexes at different ages; but this is the very best one can do
with such a mixed lot of material. In my own mind there is no
question but that the number of vertebre in the spinal column of the
extinct Petrel here considered agreed with “(C@strelata grisea,’ as
enumerated above; so, too, for the ribs. One thing is certain: both
species possess eleven vertebre in the sacrum. Then I selected the
cervico-dorsal series before I turned to the work of Forbes on Céstre-
lata grisea, and very much to my satisfaction I found that I had
settled upon the same number of cervicals and dorsals that he had
entered in his table—that is, 15 cervicals and 7 dorsal vertebrae. The
arrangement is precisely the same throughout—ribs, epipleural ap-
pendages, and all—in Ossifraga gigantea as it is in the true petrels,
but not in any of the rest of the Procellaride, in so far as Forbes
and I have examined them.

The atlas is very delicately fashioned, its bedy being incomplete
above, the remaining parts either thin or small, and the bone is un-
marked by any passage on either side for the vertebral arteries. This
is also the case with the avis, in which vertebra the odontoid process
is short and feebly developed. It has, however, a well-pronounced
hemal and neural apophysis, and its diapophyses are turned abruptly
upwards.

We find that the third cervical vertebra also possesses strong neural
and hemal spines, while perfect canals for the vertebral arteries are
present in it, and short pleurapophyses project backwards from be-
neath them, one upon either side. These are longer and more spiculi-
form in the fourth cervical, and in this the pre- and postzygapophyses
are an evident feature. Its neural and hemal spines are on the road
toward aborting. From this point on, to include the 15th vertebra
which supports a pair of free ribs, the vertebrz of this division of

Se ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the column become gradually broader and broader; the neural spines
disappear completely; the very short pleurapophyses are extremely
delicate, while the passages for arteries, both ventrally and laterally,
are much as we find them in the Petrels generally.

All seven of the dorsal vertebre support oblong neural spines, while
the hzmal ones, although present in every case, are best developed in
the middle of the series. There is an absence of all ossification of
any of the tendons of the muscles of the back, so often seen in other
groups of birds; while the metapophyses of the broad and well-
developed transverse processes are fairly in evidence. *

The neural canal varies but little in capacity throughout the verte-
bre of the cervical and dorsal regions of the spine; and upon the
whole, all the parts of these bones are reduced to the simplest form
known to occur in the vertebre of birds.

All the ribs are very thin and slender, with the “epipleural ap-

3

pendages”’ in the mid-series very long. These last are all coossified
with their respective ribs in the dorsal ribs, while they are entirely
absent in the case of the cervical and pelvic ones. Costal ribs are
also delicately fashioned, and the last pair of them, in either instance,
do not reach the costal border of the sternum, but run, in both cases,
into the rib next beyond, to fuse with it at a point some little distance
above its sternal articulation.

Coming to the pelvis, I find it to possess characters corresponding
with those as they occur in the pelves of typical petrels generally.
‘sacrum,’ made up, as it is, of

‘

That portion of it recognized as the
eleven vertebre, is not large at its extremities, while it presents an
unusual swell for its middle third. Here the various outstanding
processes are very short and inconspicuous, although the leading two
of them abut against the nether surface of the ilium upon either side.
This also applies to the three “presacral” vertebrae, wherein the
diapophyses are short and connected by bone at their outer extremi-
ties. The last five sacrals possess much longer diapophyses, and they,
too, have their outer terminations fused together by an osseous con-
necting band, which may or may not be extended to the ultimate
vertebra. Upon the outer edge of this band, on either side, the sur-
face is molded to receive in articulation the ilium of that side, as are
the transverse processes of all the vertebre beyond.

The ossa innominata do not codsify with the sacrum, and may be

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. Bue

easily detached from it. Along the sides of the latter we are to note
that, in the case of the leading seven (7) vertebrz, the exit for the
sacral nerves consists, in any case, of small, twin foramina, one being
placed immediately above the other. We also find this in the Shear-
waters and many other birds, both land and water species. The crest
of the sacrum of the bone here being considered is well developed and
extends from the leading vertebra, backwards, to the middie of the
bone, where it is lost upon the general surface. Its superior margin
is thickened by the edge being capped by an osseous dilation of nearly
a millimeter in width. This projects well beyond the crest anteriorly,
overhanging the prezygapophyses of the first sacral vertebra. (Com-
pare the figures of sacra upon Plates XX VI and XXVII.)

Passing to the dium ofan“ os innominatum,” I find the preacetabular
part to have an average length of about 2 cms. Its edges are sharp
and round; the smooth surfaces of its dorsal and ventral aspects
being concave in the first and correspondingly convex in the latter
instance. Dorsad, the preacetabular part of the ilium is of limited
extent, and the aforesaid concave and convex surfaces are reversed.
The rounded antitrochanter faces directly downwards and forwards,
occupying its usual site. Hardly any osseous base is to be found in
the circular cotyloid cavity, and it is divided from the large elliptical
ischiadic foramen by a very narrow isthmus of bone. There is no
evidence of any prepubic process, while the rather small obdurator

‘

foramen is almost entirely merged into the “ obturator space,” which
is here very extensive. On its lateral aspect, the ischium is quite flat
and entirely smooth. Posteriorly it is produced backwards and down-
wards as a delicate and curved process of considerable length, which
finally terminates in a little foot-like expansion that articulates by its
entire lower edge with the superior margin of the narrow, slender,
and elongate postpubis at just a short distance anterior to its free
posterior extremity (fig. 63, Pl. XXVI). There is no true “ ilio-
ischiadic notch” present in this pelvis, as seen in many other birds,
for example, in Puffinus borealis and other Shearwaters. This
“notch” is also to be seen in some of the Fulmars, as Fulmaris
glacialis, but it is more open than it is in the Shearwaters. (Com-
pare figs. 17, 21, and 25.)

But four or five caudal vertebre were discovered of #strelata
vociferans, and they appear to be from the middle of the series of

374 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

those bones of the skeleton of the tail. No pygostyle at all occurs
among the material, which is somewhat remarkable, for an unusual
number of cervical and dorsal vertebre were found, and the terminal
piece of the tail is comparatively large in all petrels. The caudal
vertebre are of simple form in mid-series, with short, rather stout
diapophyses that are bent downwards. Neural spines are also present
in the majority of them, while apparently the last segment or two
possessed a bifurcated hzmal spine. It would appear as though the
neural canal extended posteriorly as far as the pygostyle, for it is
present in all these caudals in the collection.

In all probability 4. vociferans possessed seven (7) caudal verte-
bre and a pygostyle. The tubinarine form possessing the greatest
number of these caudal vertebre is Pelecandides urinatrix, which has
nine (9) and a terminal piece. Forbes, in his above-cited table, gives
nine, but does not count the pygostyle (fig. 21, Pl. XX). This is a
mistake, I think, unless it be generally understood that the aforesaid
terminal bone is, in a way, to be reckoned as an ossification apart
from the vertebral chain as a whole.

The Sternum and Shoulder Girdle —As will be noted from the lists
given above, there are nearly. a dozen sterna of the petrel here being
examined in the collections at hand, and plenty of scapulz, coracoids,

and os furcule to study and compare, with the view of noting the
characters of that part of the skeleton. (See figures of these several
bones on Pls. XXII, XXIII, XXIV, and XXV.)

The sternum varies to some extent in some individuals, but prob-
ably not for sex. In some the outline of the body is nearly square,
while in others it is more, or slightly more, parallelogrammatic.
There is also a variance in the widths and lengths of the xiphoidal
processes, they being short and narrow in some sterna, and rather
wider and longer in others. The bone appears to always be non-
pneumatic, and when viewed from above the body presents a great
concavity with respect to form. The triangular and pointed costal
processes flare out, one upon either side, and there are, as a rule, six
narrow facets upon either costal border for articulation with the
costal ribs or hamapophyses. Its anterior border is thickened so as
to afford surfaces for articulation with the coracoids; they meet each
other anteriorly at an angle of nearly 90 degrees, there being a well-
pronounced transverse notch at the apex of the angle in the mid-

SHUFELDT: BiRDS FROM BERMUDA. 375

longitudinal line. This is separated from the small, flattened “ manu-
brium”’ beyond it by the rather capacious coracoidal grooves, which
latter are continuous at the median point, and carried around laterally,
on either side, to the middle of the base of the coracoid process.

Carina has a thickened anterior border, which is longitudinally
grooved down its anterior face, below which the “carinal angle”
projects with great prominence (fig. 32). This keel, too, is carried
the entire length of the sternum to the ultimate point in the middle
line of the mid-xiphoidal process. On the whole it is deep and of
triangular outline, with slightly thickened free margin below. The
convex ventral surface is smooth, all to the usual raised lines found
there indicating the divisional areas for the pectoral muscles.

Distally, the xiphoidal margin is twice-notched upon either side,
the “notches” being profound and broad, giving rise to a mid-
xiphoidal process, with a lateral one and an intermediary one upon
either side.

This sternum has an average width of 2.8 cms. by a length of 4.3
cms., the former being taken on a transverse line adjoining the middle
points of the costal borders, and the latter from the middle point of
the anterior border to the posterior extremity of the keel. It will be
observed that this sternum is quite a different appearing bone from
that of a typical Shearwater, for example, such a form as we see in
figs. 126 and 127 of Plates XXIX and_XXX.15

On the plates already cited above I give a number of figures of
the furculum, coracoids, and scapulze of this extinct bird. The former
is seen to be of the usual U-form of bone found in Petrels generally.
The clavicular limbs are much bowed to the front, while the hypo-
cleidium may be said to be aborted below. Above its usual site, ante-
riorly, an excavation appears, while behind it, on the posterior median

15 Since describing above the skeleton there shown, I have received the
following letter in regard to it, dated December 4, 1915, at the Museum of
Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Mass., and addressed to myself:

“Dear Sir: I duly received the Shearwater skeleton loaned you for study.
It came without any injury whatsoever. I asked our Mr. Bangs to compare
the skeleton with skins in the collection, and he identifies the skeleton as
Puffinus assimilis without doubt, and probably the subspecies gavia.

Yours truly,
SAMUEL HENSHAW,
Director.”

ANN. CARS MUS, “ill. 25, KEB. 21, 1922.

376 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

surface, a vertical line is raised where the clavicles are joined below.
The free extremities above are drawn out to some extent and pointed.
Each has on its external face an antero-posterior elongated facet for
articulation with the corresponding coracoid. The apices of the free
extremities are 2 cms. apart; and from either apex of a free end to
the median lowermost point of the arch equals 3.4 centimeters, more
or less.

For its entire length a scapula is very much compressed vertically,
and about a centimeter or less of its free posterior extremity is
markedly dilated. It is uniformly curved in the vertical plane, from
one end to the other, while its outer border is gently concave through-
out its length, its inner one presenting a similar convexity—either
border being rounded off rather than sharp. Distally, the bone is
blunt-pointed, while the vertically flattened head, supporting the usual
articular facets, presents anteriorly a slightly thickened transverse
edge of margin for articulation with the coracoid of the same side.
The extreme length of a scapula averages about four centimeters,
with a width of three millimeters.1®

The Pectoral Limb (Plates XXITV-XXVI1).—There is an unusually
large number of the bones of this extremity in the combined collec-
tions before me at this writing—that is, when we come to consider
the fact that they represent an extinct species, and the additional fact
that our National Museum has not a single skeleton of any Petrel of
the genus #strelata—extinct or existing—-in its entire collection of
skeletons. Here there are, to represent 4. vociferans alone, nearly
50 humeri, with all the other long bones of the arm in proportion.

It is very interesting to find that the humerus of A‘. vociferans
agrees very closely, in all of its characters, with the humerus in any
average Shearwater of the genus Puffinus; at the same time it departs,
in many respects, from the humerus of any of the smaller Petrels of
the genus Oceanodroma with which I have compared it, and perhaps
from the humeri of the allied genera Bulweria, Halocyptesia, and
Thalassidroma, which have not been seen by me. These differences

16 In examining these scapule for the last time, I came across the anterior
half of one that evidently belonged to a much smaller bird than 4strelata
vociferans ; there is a great probability that it may have belonged to a speci-

men of Puffinus parvus, a distinct species described above. It is to be found
in the collection belonging to the American Museum of Natural History.

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. Sid.

are very marked, but it will hardly be necessary to enter upon the
description of them here. I may say, however, that they are prin-
cipally to be seen in the proximal extremities of the bones in question.
As a matter of fact, the small Petrels just named are, with respect to
their osteology, very different birds as compared with the representa-
tives of either of the genera 4strelata or Puffinus.

In our present subject the humerus has an average length (both
sexes considered together) of 8.15 cms., its smooth shaft being but
very slightly curved; the convexity is on the anconal side and uniform
from head to distal end.

The radial crest is distinctly triangular in outline, the superior
angle terminating in a distinct nib, the whole being bent palmad.1?

The ulnar protuberance or “inferior crest” is very conspicuously
developed, and, on the whole, bent toward the anconal side.. It har-
bors, as usual, the pneumatic fossa, which is here deep and circum-
scribed. At its base may be discovered a few minute pneumatic
foramina, for nearly the entire skeleton of this Petrel is very largely
permeated by air, the usual ” ‘air-holes” being found at their usual
sites.

The “incisure capitis” is well marked, while the articular part of
the head of the bone is not especially extensive. Points about it for
muscular insertion are defined by distinct, localized areas, marked
with varying definition in different bones, or rather in those that
belonged to different individuals.

Distally, we see the large epicondylar or iectenitontiviar process
standing out conspicuously from the side of the shaft, roughened,.as
it is, for tendinal insertion. More centrally, and just above the
trochlez, is a deep, circumscribed concavity for the insertion of the
inferior brachial muscle. The entepicondylar process is particulariy
prominent; and, indeed, this end of the humerus in the skeleton of
the bird under consideration has each and all of its characters un-
usually pronounced, though not any more so than they are found to
be in any of our Shearwaters of the genus Puffinus.

According to the variations due to age and sex, the length of the
ulna may run all the way from 8.6 cms., more or less, to 9.4 cms.,
more or less, and is seen to be a strong and nearly straight bone, being

17 This crest, the ‘‘crista superior’ of some authors, is low and rounded
in Oceanodroma.

378 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

but very slightly bowed anconad-wise; its shaft is smooth, and for the
most part trihedral upon section. Papillz for the quill-butts of the
secondary feathers of the wing are but faintly in evidence, the first
five or six proximal ones being best marked. At the extremities the
usual articular facets for the humerus, radius, and ulnare are present,
and to all appearances the bone is a pneumatic one.

A radius is a very slender and very straight bone; it-has an average
length of 8.55 cms., and presents the usual ornithic characters found
in the Petrels generally at either of its extremities.

No specimens of the two bones of the carpus—the radiale and
ulnare—are found in any of these collections; but it is fair to presume
that they agreed in all essential particulars with the corresponding
elements in the wrists of typical Petrels generally.

As in the case of the long bones of the brachium and antibrachium,
the main bone of manus—the carpometacarpus—is found to vary in
length, and for similar reasons. Upon measuring a series of them,
they seem to stand between 4.2 and 4.35 centimeters in this respect
(Pl. XXVI, figs. 65, 66). The main shaft is straight and subcylin-
drical in form, being longitudinally grooved down its palmar aspect
for tendinal passage, which groove is best marked distally. Shaft of
medius metacarpal is almost parallel to the last described, but only
about one-fifth its caliber. It is transversely compressed for its entire
length, and gradually enlarges as it coOssifies with the distal extremity
of index metacarpal. This bone likewise has all the appearance of
-being a pneumatic one; but I have failed to discover, with absolute
‘certainty, the foramina to substantiate it. They are probably very
“minute and at the proximal extremity.

On Plate XXVI (figs. 71, 72) I give two views of the proximal
phalanx of index digit, which shows its narrow expanded portion,
ending distally in a distinct, outstanding little process, with another
nearly as prominent at the opposite side of the distal articulation.
This expanded part has a very thin, sharp edge or margin posteriorly,
while the anterior surface of its shaft is flat.

Several terminal digital phalanges occur in these collections, and I
have also figured them on Plate XXVI (figs. 75, 80-82). They pre-
sent, with their trihedral shafts, pointed distal extremities, and proxi-
mal articular ends, nothing worthy of detailed description; though,
doubtless, were one to compare a sufficient series of these bones with

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 379

a corresponding series chosen from Shearwaters and other tubinarine
birds, one could tabulate the exact difference to be found among
them. They would be unimportant in value, however, as compared
with bones of other parts of the skeleton presenting more distinctive
characters, for example, such as we find in the skull, the sternum, and
some of the long bones of the limbs. These remarks apply equally
well to the numerous phalangeal joints of the pes.

The Pelvic Limb (Plate XXVIII).—For the most part, the bones
of this extremity seem to enjoy more or less pneumaticity, especially
the shafts of those of the thigh and leg. We are struck with the
small size and shortness of the femur as compared with the humerus
of the pelvic limb. It averages but little over three centimeters in
length, its subcylindrical shaft being but slightly bent between its
extremities, the convexity being in front, and best marked at about
the juncture of middle and lower thirds.

O

The “trochanter major” is but feebly developed, and the summit
of the bone is flat and articular, the small caput femoris being pro-
foundly pitted for the insertion of the ligamentum teres. Distally,
the condyles are also small, and present all the usual characters as
we find them in the femora of Petrels generally. In Shearwaters the
shaft of the femur generally is far more bent or arched than it is in
strelata and its immediate congeners. In Oceanodroma the shaft
of this bone is very straight.

No patelle occur in any of these collections, and so small as sesa-
moid was probably overlooked in collecting.

Passing to the bones of the leg, I find that the t¢biotarsus varies in
length as in the case of the other long bones of the limbs. It aver-
ages between 6. and 6.3 centimeters in length (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 122,
123). It has a very straight shaft, which, for its middle third, is
subcylindrical in form, and somewhat compressed antero-posteriorly
below.

Proximally, the bone is characterized by a very conspicuous cne-
mial process, to which I have referred on a former page of this work.
This process is flat and triangular posteriorly; its ectocnemial part is
considerably reduced, while the entocnemial portion is expanded and
extends directly to the front. The common superior border to these
two processes is somewhat thickened and of a sub-hemicircular out-
line. As already shown above, this is the general character of the

380 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cnemial process in the true Petrels, while in the Shearwaters (Puf-
finus) its summit is more generously and characteristically extended,
constituting a certain facies that is unmistakable.

At the distal end of this tibiotarsus of 4strelata vociferans we
note the deep, longitudinal groove for tendons anteriorly, spanned
below by the minute osseous bridge to confine them within it. The
condyles are prominent here owing to the deep intercondylar valley
between them. Posteriorly they are sharp-edged, and the space be-
tween them is much shallower. Externally, we note the thin, fibular
ridge for articulation with the fibula, which latter is but a feebly
developed bone, lightly attached to its larger companion by a scanty
ligamentous attachment. The lower free end of the articulated fibula
reaches down to about the junction of middle and lower thirds of
tibia’s shaft,t* and it is here reduced to almost hair-like dimensions.

Petrels, as a rule, have a slenderer tarsometatarsus for its length
than have the Shearwaters and some other Tub:inares (compare figs.
106-110, Pl. XXVIII; also figs. 20 and 24); while at the same time
its characters are pretty much the same. In a series of the bones its
length runs 3.4 cms., 3.5 cms., and so on, which is about the average
for them. At the summit we find the twin articular concavities for
the femur well marked, and a well-developed intercondylar eminence
between them on the anterior border. The hypotarsus is rather short
except upon the inner side, where it is continued down its upper third
of the shaft as a thin, lateral plate of bone. For the rest it is com-
posed of three processes, 3.7 mm. deep, dividing it into two deep
grooves for the passage of the usual tendons of the muscles of the
leg.

The shaft is straight and strongly grooved, both anteriorly and
posteriorly, for its entire length, longitudinally. Passing to the distal
trochlee, it is to be noted that the central one is considerably bigger
than either of the others, while it is also placed lower down and more
to the front. The inner one is the highest up and situated the farthest
to the rear, while the outer one holds an intermediary position. Be-
tween these three trochlee, grooves are carried up a short distance

18 As slender as the attachment of the fibula to the tibiotarsus is, I find
one specimen in which the two bones did not part company, notwithstanding
the long time which must have elapsed since the death of the bird to which
they belonged; the circumstances under which the specimen was collected
and the transportation and handling since.

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 381

upon the anterior aspect of the shaft, especially between the middle
and outer ones, wherein we find, as usual, and at its usual site, the
elliptical foramen for the passage of the anterior tibial artery to the
plantar aspect of the foot.

There is rather a large number of pedal phalanges in the collection,
especially in Mr. McGall’s part of it. These I have assorted accord-
ing to their lengths, but without a skeleton of the foot of this Petrel
before me, or of an 4 strelata of any species. In face of the fact
that these joints vary in size according to age and sex, and, further,
that there are nearly thirty of them in the two feet of a single indi-
vidual, I would hardly undertake to restore a foot—either the left or
the right—from the material at hand. Were all the phalanges repre-
sented, and for both feet, this could be done with certainty, however
large a number there was in the collection. An X-ray or radiograph
of a foot of one of the specimens of 4‘strelata caribbea, of the U. S.
National Museum collection, might be of assistance in the matter, but
the gain would hardly justify the outlay in time and expense. In
any event, the skeleton of pes in 4strelata vociferans was doubtless
quite in agreement with what we would find in any medium-sized
Petrel now in existence, and our knowledge of that is already in the
possession of science.?®

ADDENDA.

After the above memoir was entirely ready for publication, with
its sixteen plates, Mr. McGall made additional collections of bird-
bones at the Bermuda caves, visiting others not previously examined

19 Among the pedal phalanges of Mr. McGall’s collection, I have met with a
single joint which I am inclined to believe belonged to the species of Shear-
water now bearing his name and described above. It is very straight and
markedly slender; further, it is altogether too long to have belonged to 4stre-
lata vociferans, as it measures no less than 2.9 cms. in length. In the skele-
ton of the foot of a specimen of Puffinus borealis (No. 17769, Coll. U. S.
Nat. Mus.), the basal phalanx of the inner toe measures in length 3 cms.,
and the bone is slenderer than the basal joint of the middle toe, which latter
measures in length 2.8 cms. At the same time it is, as I say, a somewhat
stouter bone than the aforesaid basal phalanx of the inner toe. Judging
from this data, I believe that the subfossil pedal phalanx just referred to
above belonged to an adult specimen of Puffinus mcgalli, and possibly to the
same individual to which belonged the sternum described upon a previous
page of this memoir.

382 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

by him. In these extremely dangerous operations he was associated
with Mr. Anthony Tall, though the former explorer was the one who
undertook the more hazardous descents necessary to reach the cave
entrances, which, in any instance, invariably faced seawards; so that
a person, in order to gain entrance, had to be lowered down by a rope
and receive other assistance at the hands of his friends above.

The material thus collected was sent to the American Museum of
Natural History, and some of it was distributed among other Ameri-
can and British museums. Originally it was the intention to have
the American Museum publish this memoir with its addenda when
completed by me; but, after holding it for many months; so much
previously accepted matter preceded it for publication that Mr. Mc-
Gall and his associates decided to allow me to place it where it would
sooner see the light and the results be given to science. This was
not fully decided upon until both of the explorers had visited me at
my home in Washington, D. C., and fully discussed the subject, later
giving me instructions in writing in regard to my choice of place for
publication.

After this had all been duly arranged, Doctor Lucas kindly turned
over to me the added collection of bones that was in his keeping, and
it was found to consist of the following lots. This all occurred dur-
ing the summer of 1917. In the spring of that year, when this coun-
try declared war against Germany, Mr. McGall was commissioned
first lieutenant in the United States Coast Artillery, and at this writ-
ing (Dec. 30, 1917) he is probably with our troops in France.

This extensive material has all been carefully compared with the
bones described in the main memoir, and the results, in the way of
numbers of specimens and their identification, are set forth in the
following:

TABLE,

17 crania of 4strelata vociferans. More or less imperfect; show
but little individual variation. On the frontal region (supe-
riorly) the transverse diameter between inner edges of supra-
orbital glandular depressions varies in length from one to three
millimeters. Some little variation in size.

I perfect mandible of . vociferans and 8 pieces of others.
9 ossa quadrata of 4. vociferans.

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 383

I pterygoid.

150 vertebre (not assorted and not referred); probably belonged
largely to 4. vociferans.

200 ribs (approx.). (Not assorted or referred.)

32 sterna (adults), more or less imperfect, of 4. vociferans.

49% coracoids of 42. vociferans. (Thirty lefts, nineteen and a half
rights.) Adults more or less perfect.

36 scapule; 23 rights, 13 lefts. Mostly perfect.

22 perfect furcule of 4. vociferans.

9 fragments of furcule of 4. vociferans.

31 ossa innominata, right side; majority perfect. 4. vociferans.

24 ossa innominata, left side. £. vociferans.

39 sacrums of 4. vociferans; large number nearly perfect.

36 humeri (right side) of 42. vociferans. Nearly all perfect, and
adult, with but one or two exceptions.

49 humeri (left side) of 4. vociferans. Mostly perfect; three are
but halves; three subadult.

41¥% left ulne of 4. vociferans. All more or less perfect. Adult.

51 right ulne of 4. vociferans. All more or less perfect. Adult.

90 radii of 4. vociferans. Nearly all perfect. Rights and lefts
mixed. No carpal bones found.

21 carpometacarpi; adults; nearly all perfect. 4. vociferans;
rights.

26 ditto; left side. Proximal joints of index digit; 4. vociferans.
13 of right side, or right pectoral limb; 11 of left side, or left
pectoral limb.

29 non-assorted finger-joints. Apparently most all of them belonged
to 42. vociferans. Adults.

13 femora (rights). 4. vociferans. Quite perfect. Adults.

23 femora (lefts). 4. vociferans. Quite perfect. Adults.

12 fibule; adult. . vociferans.

Al tibio tarsi (rights). 4. vociferans. Nearly perfect, many quite
so. Adults.

38 tibio tarsi (lefts). 4. vociferans. Nearly perfect, many quite
so. One has a perfect fibula articulated with it.

13 tarso-metatarsi (rights). 4. vociferans. Quite perfect. Adult.

22 tarso-metatarsi (lefts). 4. vociferans. Quite perfect. Adult.

384

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

68 toe-joints (adults), mostly quite perfect; belonging to different

species in the collection. Not assorted or referred.

MISCELLANEOUS Lots.

I was personally informed by Mr. Edward McGall and Mr. Anthony

Tall that in other lots of the collections sent to Harvard College,

British Museum, etc., were found specimens of an os furcula of a

bird of very small size.. This report is sustained by the present col-
lection, for in one or two of the miscellaneous lots I find various

bones that belonged to some very small species; in fact, as small as

any bird in our present American avifauna, barring the humming

birds.

These bones are as follows:

In one lot:

Left femur (distal condyle gone).

Right tarso-metatarsus, distal moiety (adult) measures F.5 mm.
across the ends of the trochlee.

Left femur, distal moiety. Transverse diameter of condyles
2mm.

Shaft of a tibio-tarsus, extremities missing.

In another lot of:

Numerous bones of birds described in the memoir occur also
the distal moiety of a femur that belonged to a very small
species of bird; also a perfect left femur (same species ?),
which measures 1.6 cms. in length; a rib; the distal portion of
a left tarso-metatarsus, and a nearly perfect left humerus;
length 1.5 cms. The bones in this lot were mixed up in a con-
siderable quantity of fine, dry silt from the bottom of the cave.
Some minute species of mollusks (2 sp.), with a form like a
helix, were also found in this lot.

In still another lot:

Made up of various calcined bones of species described in the
memoir (fragmentary), there occurs a nearly perfect right
tibio-tarsus of ‘a bird, with a total length of 3.1 cms. Appar-
ently the bone is of a passerine type and belonged to a species
about the size of a large sparrow.

After all the bones enumerated above had been carefully selected

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA, 385

and duly counted, there remained quite an extensive collection of
bones which, upon comparison with the corresponding ones in the
collection as a whole—that is, with all the material that ever came
before me from the Bermuda caves, both main lots—proved to be,
beyond all doubt, those of Puffinus parvus. These bones further
agree, in their morphology, lengths, and general proportions, with the
type bones of this extinct Shearwater, as figured and described in the
body of the present memoir. In this lot there are found:

4 skulls (adults), pterygoids and quadrates missing; the basal,
frailer parts broken off and lost. (No mandibles accompany
them.) Otherwise quite perfect.

(In the large collection of vertebr@ listed above there may be,
and probably are, some that belonged to this small Shearwater.
This applies to other small bones, as toe-joints, finger-joints,
etc.)

sternums; more or less perfect.

coracoids; I right and 3 lefts.

scapule; 2 rights and 3 lefts.

boot wN

os furcule (perfect) ; 4 fragments of others.
13 humeri; 4 rights, 9 lefts.

10 radii (rights and lefts) ; some quite perfect.
ulnz; three rights and 6 lefts.
carpo-metacarpi; 2 rights, 4 lefts.

femora; I right, 3 lefts.

oOo kh DAO

tibio-tarsi; 3 rights, 6 lefts. All quite perfect; in fact, all the
limb-bones are in an excellent state of preservation, and the
majority of them perfect.

7 tarso-metatarsi; 5 rights, 2 lefts.

~

Finally, the collection contains the imperfect sternum of a very
small species of Shearwater (Puffinus), smaller than Audubon’s
Shearwater. It is more than likely that this bone belonged to an
adult specimen of Puffinus parvus Shuf. The antero-superior portion
is broken off and lost; otherwise the bone is quite perfect.

CONCLUSIONS.

There is but little to be said under this head. The creation of the
new species, Puffinus mcgalli and P. parvus, is amply justified, based,

*

386 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

as it is, on good and sufficient material in either case. With respect
to Estrelata vociferans, | am free to confess that when this work
was in its early stages I was by no means convinced that a good case
was to be made out, especially when all the reports came in to me
from so many large museums in America and Europe that there were
no skeletons of any species of Astrelata in existence; or, if there
were, they could not pass out of the keeping of the institutions own-
ing them for the use of a private investigator engaged upon such
researches as are here set forth. However, as soon as a serious
study of the material was entered upon, it became evident that the
subfossil bird-bones of the “ Cahow” of Bermuda belonged, without
question, to a Petrel and not to a Shearwater, as has heretofore been
generally supposed. It then remained but to prove to which species
they belonged; and, as the steps leading to this proof are very fully
demonstrated, point after point, in the present contribution, it is
obviously unnecessary to recapitulate them here.

Note.—The collections made by Mr. Edward McGall and Mr. An-
thony Tall, listed on pp. 382 et seq., which were presented by these
gentlemen to Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, have been turned over by Dr. Shu-
feldt to the Carnegie Museum, and have become its permanent prop-
erty.

W. J. Hotranp.

388 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

(All the figures in the plates are reproductions of photographs made by the
author of the specimens described.)

PiatTe XVI.

Fic. 1. Superior view of the skull of the “ Cahow.” McGall Coll., nat.
size; adult; imperfect (right zygoma lost, etc.). Some of the matrix still
seen adhering to it, between the orbits and in the nostrils. Lower mandible
removed. Either lacrymal codssified at the side of the skull and the suture
obliterated.

Fic. 2. Same view of the skull of another individual of the same species

as shown in Fig. 1; nat. size; adult. McGall Coll. Imperfect. Mandible
removed.

Fic. 3. Same view of the skull of still another individual of the same spe-
cies (“ Cahow’”’) as shown in Figs. 1 and 2; nat. size; adult. McGall Coll.
Imperfect. Mandible removed. The three crania shown in Figs. 1-3 show
how little individual variation exists, as a rule, in this part of the skeleton
of the “ Cahow.” The shortest line between the supraorbital glandular de-
pressions is, however, seen to vary to some extent.

Fic. 4. Basal view of the cranium of a “ Cahow,” nat. size; adult. McGall
Coll. Mandible removed, and the pterygoids and quadrates missing. Vomer
coossified with palatines.

Fic. 5. Right lateral view of the skull of a “ Cahow,” with mandible—the
latter doubtless from a different individual. Nat. size; adult. Coll. Amer.
Mus. of Nat. Hist. Quadrates were probably from another specimen, while
the pterygoids are missing.

Fic. 6. Right lateral view of the skull and mandible belonging to a
skeleton in the collection of the U. S. National Museum labeled “ Puffinus
obscurus” (No. 17724, Bermudas, C. Maller, collector).

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate XVI.

oa a

an ae

one
a

aia

, Ve

J
: wz =
—
y rf
2 . -
‘
=
{-
x ui ‘
\
> t
;
:
: : bpee
jf ce
i ; 7
} 9 . :
. ‘
i; .
a 5
i
\ e
.
( e) fi
i
*
ienithe

390 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Pirate XVII.

Fic. 7. Right lateral view of the skull, including mandible, of a specimen of
Puffnus major; adult; nat. size. Mandible detached. (No. 17799, Coll. U.
S. Nat. Mus. ‘La Havre Banks, U. S. F. Comm. Schr. \‘ Grampus.’ ”)

Fic. 8 Right lateral view of the skull, including mandible, of a specimen
of Puffinus borealis; adult; nat. size. (No. 17769, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Massachusetts, U. S. Fish Comm.) Mandible articulated and held in situ
by its dried ligaments.

Fic. 9. Right lateral view of the skull and detached mandible of a speci-
men of Puffinus creatopus; adult. (Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 18773.)

Fic. 10. Right lateral view of the cranium of an adult specimen lacking
the mandible, of strelata lessoni. (Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 14494, Ker-
guelen Island. Dr. Jerome H. Kidder, U. S. N., collector.) Quadrates and
pterygoids missing; margin of lacrymal shaved off, otherwise quite perfect.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII Plate XVII

392 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Puate XVIII.

Fic. 11. Right lateral view of the skull and detached mandible of an adult
specimen of Daption capense; nat. size. Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 18210
(“ Daptium capense’’).

Fic. 12. Superior view of the skull of 4strelata lessoni; same specimen
as shown in fig. ro, Pl. Il; nat. size; mandible missing.

Fic. 13. Direct ventral view of the sternum Daption capense. Belonged
to the same individual which furnished the skull shown in fig. 11 of this
plate. Nat. size.

Fic. 14. Direct superior view of the cranium of Puffinus major; nat. size;
mandible removed. Same skull as shown on Plate II, fig. 7.

Fig. 15. Direct basal view of the cranium of Puffinus creatopus ; mandible
removed; quadrates, pterygoids and left lacrymal missing. Same specimen
as shown on Plate II, fig. 9; nat. size.

Fic. 16. Superior view of the cranium belonging to a skeleton in the
collection of the U. S. Nat. Mus., labeled “ Puffinus obscurus”’; nat. size;
mandible removed. Same specimen as is shown in Plate I, fig. 6.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII Piate XVIII.

—

s
a

v

oe

ye

» 2
a
- =
>

>

y
Ss t-
, =

-
=
t=

wr)

\

394 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLaTE XIX.

Fic. 17. Direct left lateral view of the skeleton of a specimen of Procel-
laria cooki; adult; nat. size. Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 18285. (“ Great
Barrier Island.’’) Hyoid bones, with right pectoral and pelvic limbs de-
tached. ;

Fie. 18 Bones of the lingual apparatus (hyoid bones) belonging to the
skeleton shown in fig. 17 of this plate; nat. size; viewed from above (dor-
sal aspect). Glosso-hyal slightly detached.

Fre. 19. Anconal aspect of the skeleton of the right pectoral limb of the
skeleton of Procellaria cooki shown in fig. 17 of this Plate. Nat. size, and
bones normally articulated.

Fic. 20. Mesial aspect of the skeleton of the right pelvic limb of Procellaria
cooki; nat. size, with the bones normally articulated. Belongs to the skeleton

shown in fig. 17 of this plate.

“XIX ld TIX ‘ISA (ANSSAW JISSNYVD SIVNNY

‘
/
j
/ :
+s
: :
: : :
oe -
| ae
- -
: .
~
yaaty SG” Oe
Y = -
.
: o : ‘
- 7 7
; ‘ e
-
.
\
‘ S A
a .

396 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLaTE XX.

Fic. 21. Left lateral view of the skeleton of a specimen of the “ Diving
Petrel”’ (Pelecandides urinatrix). Adult; nat. size. Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus,
No. 18771. Taken in New Zealand waters by Mr. C. F. Adams. Right pec-
toral and pelvic limbs detached; also the hyoid arches. Trunk skeleton par-
tially rotated, admitting of a view of the anterior of the pelvic basin. Nat.
size.

Fic. 22. Bones of the hyoid arches seen upon dorsal aspect. Belong to the
skeleton shown in fig. 21 of this plate. Nat. size, and normally articulated.

Fic. 23. Skeleton of the right pectoral limb of the same ‘specimen shown
in fig. 21. Ventral view; nat. size. ;

Fic. 24. Skeleton of the right pelvic limb of the same specimen shown in

fig. 21; mesial aspect; nat. size, and normally articulated.

aheae |

Eeeerect

be

‘XX Pld IX ‘ISA (ANSSNW SISSNYVD STYNNV

398 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MuSEUM.

PLraTE XXI,

Fic. 25. Right lateral view of the trunk skeleton of a specimen of
Puffinus borealis; adult; nat. size. No. 17769, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. (Massa-
chusetts, U. S. Fish Comm.).

IXX Pld

IIIX “ISA “WAASNW ZIDSNYVO STYNNY

400 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XXII.

Fic. 26. Ventral aspect of the sternum of a specimen of a “ Cahow”; adult;
nat. size. McGall colleition.

Fic. 27. Ventral aspect of the sternum of another specimen of the “ Ca-
how ”’; adult; nat. size. Collection of Mr. Edward McGall.

Fic. 28. Ventral aspect of the sternum of a specimen of the skeleton in
the U. S. Nat. Mus., Division of Birds, labeled: “ Puffinus obscurus” (No.
17724). Same individual as the one in which the skull is figured on Plate
I., Fig. 6. There is a pathological condition present on the left side of the
body of this sternum, next to the keel. It was healed at the time the bird
was taken, and was either due to disease or a punctured wound. Nat. size.

Fic. 29. Direct ventral view of a sternum of Puffinus mcgalli in the McGall
collection (Subfossil, Bermuda). Nat. size, and from an adult bird. (See
description in the text.)

Fic. 30. Direct ventral view of the sternum of Daption capense. No.
18210, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.; nat. size.

Fic. 31. Ventral view of the sternum of a specimen of Puffinus gavia (No.
18286, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. “ Puffinus gavius,’ Barrier Island, F. F. Cheese-
man, Auckland Museum).

Fic. 32. Right lateral view of the sternum of a specimen of the “ Cahow ”;
nat. size. McGall collection.

Fic. 33. Ventral view of the sternum of a specimen of “ Puffinus obscurus” ;
collection of C. J. Maynard. Bones of pectoral arch articulated in situ;
adult; nat. size. Some of the costal ribs still attached. See description in
text.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate XXII.

402 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XXIII.

Fic. 34. Left lateral view of the sternum of “ Puffinus obscurus,’ with
shoulder-girdle articulated in situ; nat. size; adult. (See fig. 33, Pl. VII.)
From the collection of C. J. Maynard.

Fic. 35. Right lateral view of the sternum of the bird’s skeleton, labeled
“ Puffinus obscurus”’ in the collection of the U. S. Nat. Museum (No. 17724) ;
adult; nat. size. See fig. 28 of Plate VII. (The hole in the keel was made
in that a label might be attached to the bone—a procedure not to be
recommended.)

Fic. 36. Direct left lateral view of a sternum of Puffinus mcgalli in the
McGall collection (Subfossil, Bermuda cave). Nat. size; adult. (See fig.
29, Pl. VII, and the description in the text.)

Fic. 37. Left lateral view of the sternum of an adult specimen of Daption
capense (No. 18210, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Nat. size. (See fig. 30 of Plate
VII.)

Fic. 38. Ventral view of the sternum of a specimen of Puffinus major;
adult; nat. size. No. 17799, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. La Havre Bank, U. S.
F. C. Schr. “ Grampus.” ‘Compare with the sternum next to it on this plate
(fig. 39), which also belonged to a specimen of Puffinus major.

Fic. 39. Direct ventral view of the sternum of a specimen of Puffinus
major; adult; nat. size. No. 18076, Coll. U. S. Nat. Museum (Off Cape
Race, N. F. “ Grampus.’’?) Compare with fig. 38 of this plate.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol Xlil. Pate XXIII.

’
!

4
4

red

404 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XXIV.

Fic. 40. Anconal aspect of the right humerus of a specimen of Puffinus
major; adult; nat. size. (No. 17799, Col. U. S. Nat. Mus.) La Havre Bank,
U. S. F.C. Schr. “ Grampus.”

Fic. 41. Anconal aspect of the right humerus of a specimen of Puffinus
creatopus; adult; nat. size. No. 18773, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. (See fig. 42.)

Fic. 42. Palmar aspect of the left humerus of Puffinus creatopus. From
same skeleton that furnished the bone shown in fig. 41 of this plate. ;

Fic. 43. Right ulna of Puffinus parvus, subanconal aspect; nat. size.
McGall Coll.

Fic. 44. Left ulna of Puffinus parvus; inner surface; nat. size. McGall
Coll.

Fic. 45. Left radius of Puffinus parvus; dorsal surface. McGall collection.

Fic. 46. Left ulna of Puffinus lherminieri (“P. obscurus”’). No. 17724,
Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.; nat. size; palmar aspect.

Fic. 47. Right radius of Puffinus Iherminieri (“ P. obscurus”). No. 17724,
Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.; nat. size; dorsal aspect.

Fic. 48. Right ulna (nat. size) 4 strelata vociferans ; subanconal aspect.

Fic. 49. Right ulna, natural size, 4strelata vociferans ; subanconal aspect.

Fic. 50. Right ulna (nat. size) 4strelata vociferans; palmar aspect.

Fics. 48—-so are all from the collection of the American Museum of Natural
History, and show very well the variation in the matter of size of the ulna
a variation due to sex or age and in some instances to both.

in this species

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII.

. Live oo mas ot
EEE A ay ate ich Ree eg 0 eye ee
az x . ‘@ ‘ i

: * 3 rs
UP ag rae, es oar ae
ee yi tye ‘ wy)
rene Leer iat ifsrty
y =.

406 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XXV.

Fic. 51. Right humerus of Puffinus gavius; nat. size; palmar aspect.
No. 18286, Coll. U.S. Nat. Mus. From the Auckland Museum. F. F. Cheese-
man, collector, on Barrier Island.

Fic. 52. Left humerus of Puffinus gavius, nat. size; anconal aspect. No.
18286, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. (See fig. 51 of this plate.)

Fic. 53. Right humerus of Puffinus Iherminieri (“ P. obscurus,’ No. 17724,
Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; nat. size; palmar aspect. C. Maller, collector, Ber-
mudas.

Fic. 54. Left humerus of Puffinus Iherminieri (“ P. obscurus,’ No. 17724,
Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; nat. size; anconal aspect. See previous figure.

Fic. 55. Right humerus of Puffinus parvus, sp. noy. (extinct). McGal!
collection. Bermuda Islands. Nat. size; palmar aspect. Subfossil.

Fic. 56. Left humerus of Puffinus parvus, sp. nov. (extinct). McGall col-
lection. Bermuda Islands. Nat. size; anconal aspect. Subfossil. May or
may not have belonged to the same individual which furnished the humerus
shown in Fig. 55.

Fics. 57-60. Humeri of the “ Cahow” of the Bermudas, #strelata wvocif-
erans, sp. nov. (extinct). Collection of the American Museum of Natural
History. All natural size. Figs. 57 and 58 palmar aspects; figs. 59 and 60
anconal aspects. These bones show very well the variations in lengths and
proportions of the humerus; and it is not at all likely that any two of them
belonged, in life, to the same individual. They doubtless belonged to male

and female birds of different ages.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate XXV.

i)
' 5
‘ ‘ . -
/
ri “
'
t
t 4
|
“
%
.
3 E
1

408 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XXVI.

Fic. 61. Anterior aspect of the os furculum of the “ Cahow” of the Ber-
mudas (4. vociferans); subfossil; nat. size. Coll, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
(extinct).

Fic. 62. Anterior aspect of the os furculum of “ Puffinus major” (No.
17799, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; nat. ‘size.

Fic. 63. Left lateral view of the pelvis of the ‘‘ Cahow’
Adult; nat. size. Astrelata vociferans, sp. nov. Coll. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Fic. 64. Left lateral view of the pelvis of Audubon’s Shearwater (Puffinus
Iherminieri) (“ Puffinus obscurus,’ No. 17724, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.); nat.
size. Compare with Fig. 63 and note the differences between the pelves of
a Petrel and a Shearwater.

Fic. 65. Right carpometacarpus of a “Cahow” of the Bermudas. (4s-
trelata vociferans); nat. size; anconal aspect. From an adult bird. Coll.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. ;

Fic. 66. Right carpometacarpus of the “ Cahow” of the Bermudas (#4s-
trelata vociferans). Adult; nat. size; palmar aspect. Subfossil. Coll. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist.

Fics. 65 and 66 may or may not have belonged to the same bird; very

’ of the Bermudas.

probably not.

Fic. 67. Right carpometacarpus of Puffinus parvus, sp. nov. (extinct).
Bermuda Islands. McGall Coll. Anconal aspect; nat. size; adult (sex ?).

Fic. 68. -Left lateral oblique view of the os furculum of Puffinus gavius ;
adult; nat. size. (No. 18286, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Aukland ‘Museum.
F. F. Cheeseman, Collector. Barrier Island.

Fics. 69, 70. Ossa furcula of the ‘“ Cahow” of the Bermudas (4strelata
vociferans, sp. nov., extinct); nat. size; left lateral oblique view. Adults.
Col. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., (sex ?).

Fic. 71. Anconal aspect of the right proximal phalanx of the index digit
of the pectoral limb of the ‘‘Cahow” of the Bermudas. Nat. size; adult.
(4. vociferans, sp. nov.) Coll. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Fic. 72. Palmar aspect of the proximal phalanx of the index digit of the
left pectoral limb of 4strelata vociferans, sp. nov.; nat. size; adult; subfossil
(extinct). Bermuda Islands. Coll. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Fic. 73. Anconal aspect of the proximal phalanx of the index digit of the
left pectoral limb of Audubon’s Shearwater (Puffinus lherminieri), “ Puffinus
obscurus,” No. 17724, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus., C. Maller, Coll., Bermudas.
Nat. size; adult.

Fic. 74. Palmar aspect of the proximal phalanx of the index digit of the
right pectoral limb of Puffinus parvus, sp. nov. (extinct). Bermudas. McGall
collection. Nat. size; adult. Compare with fig. 73.

Fic. 75. Palmar aspect of the pollex digit of the right pectoral limb of the
“Cahow ” (48. vociferans, sp. nov. extinct). Nat. size; adult. Coll. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist.

Plate XXVI.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII.

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA. 409

Fic. 76. Anconal aspect of the right carpometacarpus of Puffinus Ilher-
miniert (“ Puffinus obscurus”’), No. 17724, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.; nat. size;
adult. C. Maller, collector. Bermudas.

Fic. 77. Palmar aspect of the left carpometacarpus of Puffinus lherminieri
(“ Puffinus obscurus,’ Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 17724). See fig. 76.

Fic. 78. Left lateral oblique view of the os furculum of Puffinus lher-
miniert (“ Pufinus obscurus,” No. 17724, Coll U. S. Nat. Mus.). Nat. size;
adult. Bermudas.

Fic. 79. Left lateral oblique view of the os furculum of Puffinus parvus, sp.
nov. (extinct). Left limb broken off. Nat. size; adult. Bermudas. McGail
Coll. Sex?

Fries. 80-82. Terminal digital phalanges of the manus of strelata vocif-
erans (“ Cahow” of Bermuda). Coll. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. ‘size;
adult. Figs. 80 and 81 are of the pollex digit. (2 individuals; male and
female?). Both from right pectoral limbs. Fig. 82, distal phalanx of index
digit; right pectoral limb; palmar aspect.

Fic. 83. Palmar aspect of the right carpometacarpus (pectoral limb) of
Pufinus creatopus (No. 18773, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Nat. size; adult.
Sex?

Fic. 84. Palmar aspect of the right carpometacarpus (pectoral limb) of
Puffinus major. (No. 17799, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Adult; nat. size. Sex?
See list above.

410 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PEATE XOOV I:

Fic. 85. Dorsal view of the pelvis of the “ Cahow” of the Bermudas.
(4strelata vociferans, sp. nov. (extinct) ; nat. size; adult. Coll. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist. Nat. size; adult. Same as fig. 63 of Plate XI.

' Fic. 86. Dorsal view of the pelvis of Puffinus lherminieri (“ Puffinus ob-
scurus,’ No. .17724, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Adult; nat. size. Sex? See
fig. 64, Plate XI, where the same bone is shown on side view. Figs. 85 and
86 well show the difference in the pelves of a Petrel and a Shearwater.

Fic. 87. Dorsal view of the pelvis of Puffinus gavius (No. 18286, Coll.
U. S. Nat. Mus.). Nat. size; adult. Barrier Island. (Auckland Museum,
F. F. Cheeseman, col.) Typical pelvis of a Shearwater. ;

Fic. 88. Dorsal view of the pelvis of Puffinus major (No. 17799, Coll. U.
S. Nat. Mus. See list -above). Nat. size; adult. Sex?

Fic. 89. Dorsal view of the pelvis of Puffinus creatopus (No. 18773, Coll.
U. S. Nat. Mus.). Nat. size; adult. See list above.

Fic. 90. Anterior view of the left coracoid of Puffinus creatopus; nat. size;
adult. Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.

Fie. 91. Anterior view of the left coracoid of the “Cahow” of the
Bermudas (4strelata vociferans, sp. nov., extinct.). Nat. size; adult. Coll.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. There is a small bit broken out of the outer in-
ferior margin.

Fic. 92. Anterior view of the left coracoid of the extinct Shearwater,
Puffinus parvus, of the Bermudas, sp. nov.; nat. size; adult. McGall Coll.

Fic. 93. Anterior aspect of the left coracoid of Audubon’s Shearwater
(P. lherminieri). (‘ Puffinus obscurus,’ Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 17724.)
Nat. size; adult. Sex?

Fie. 94. Ventral aspect of a right scapula of the ‘‘ Cahow” of Bermuda,
4istrelata vociferans; nat. size; adult. Sex? Coll. Amer. Mus. of Nat.
Hist.

Fic. 95. Ventral view of the left scapula of Puffinus lherminieri (No.
17724, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Nat. size; adult. See fig. 93 of this plate.

Fic. 96. Dorsal view of a right scapula of the “Cahow ” of Bermuda (4.
vociferans, sp. nov., extinct). Coll. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.; nat. size; adult.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate XXVII,

‘ 2. ef!
ay Ay Ae
tee a el,
OF ena

o NM

ie

412 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XXVIII.

Fics. 97-100. Femora of the “ Cahow” of the Bermudas, 4éstrelata vocif-
ferans, sp. nov. (extinct); nat. size; adults. Different individuals. Coll.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Fig. 97, right pelvic limb, anterior. view; fig. 98,
left, posterior view; fig. 99, left, posterior view, and fig. 100, mesial view
of a right femur.

Fic. ror. Mesial aspect of the right femur of Puffinus gavius. Adult;
nat. size. Sex? (No. 18286, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Auckland Museum.
Barrier Islands. F. F. Cheeseman, col.

Fic. 102. Mesial aspect of the right femur of Puffinus lherminieri. (No.
17724, Coll. U. S. Nat: Mus5) “Nat. (size; adult, “Sexi

Fic. 103. Left femur, anterior aspect, nat. size, Audubon’s Shearwater.
Same skeleton as fig. 102.

Fic. 104. Anterior view of the left femur of Puffinus major. Nat. size;
adult. (No. 17799, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.). See list.

Fic. 105. Mesial aspect of the right femur of Puffinus major; from the
same skeleton.as fig. 104; nat. size. ;

Fic. 106. Anterior aspect of the right tarsometatarsus of Puffinus lher-
miniert (No. 17724, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Nat. size; adult.

Fic. 107. Anterior aspect of the right tarsometatarsus of Puffinus parvus,
sp. nov. (extinct). Bermudas. McGall Coll. Nat. size; adult.

Fics. 108-111. Tarsometatarsi of the “ Cahow” of the Bermudas, #stre-
lata vociferans. Nat. size; adult. Coll. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Fig. 108,
right limb, outer aspect; fig. 109, right limb, anterior aspect; figs. 110 and
t11, left limbs, posterior aspects, showing slight individual variation. (New
species; extinct.)

Fic. 112. Anterior view of the left femur of Puffinus creatopus. (No.
18773, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.) Nat. size; adult.

Fic. 113. Mesial aspect of the right femur of Puffinus creatopus. From
same skeleton as fig. 112.

Fic. 114. Outer aspect of the left tarsometatarsus of Puffinus major. (No.
37799, Coll..U. S. Nat. Mus.) Nat. size; adult. Sex? See list.

Fic. 115. Anterior view of the right tarsometatarsus of Puffinus major;
nat. size. Same skeleton as fig. 114.

Fig. 116a. Direct anterior view of the right tibiotarsus of Puffinus gavius.
Nat. size; adult. No. 18286, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. Barrier Island. F. F.
Cheeseman, collector. Auckland Museum.

Fic. 1166. Direct external aspect of the left tibiotarsus of the same skel-
eton to which the bone shown in fig. 116 belonged, Puffinus gavius.

Fic. 117a. Semi-oblique anterior view of the right tibiotarsus of Puffinus
lherminieri (“ Puffinus obscurus’’), No. 17724, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ber-
mudas. C. Maller. Nat. size; adult.

Fic. 117b. Direct external aspect of the left tibiotarsus of the same skel-
eton to which the bone shown in fig. 177a belonged, Puffinus Iherminiert.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII.

Plate XXVIII,

SHUFELDT: BIRDS FROM BERMUDA, 413

Fic. 118. Outer aspect of the left tibiotarsus of Puffinus parvus (n. sp.,
extinct). Nat. size; adult. Coll. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Fic. 119. Direct anterior aspect of the right tibiotarsus of Puffinus par-
vus (n. sp., extinct). Nat. size; adult. McGall Collection.

Fic. 120. Direct inner aspect of the left tibiotarsus of Puffinus parvus
(n. sp., extinct), Nat. size; adult. McGall Collection.

Fic. 121. Anterior aspect of a right tibiotarsus of 4strelata vociferans.
Nat. size; adult. McGall Collection.

Fics. 122, 123. Direct inner views of tibiotarsi of strelata vociferans.
Nat. size; adults. Exhibiting little or no individual variation. Coll. Amer.
Mus. of Nat. Hist.

Fic. 124. External aspect of the right tibiotarsus of Puffinus creatopus.
Nat. size; adult. (No. 18773, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.)

Fic. 125. External aspect of the right tibiotarsus of Pufinus major. (No.
17799, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.) Nat. size; adult.

414 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLaTE XXIX.

Fic. 126. Direct left lateral view of a mounted skeleton of a Puffinus
in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Harvard Univer-
sity (No. 1429). Catalogued as “ Gstrelata lessoni”’; labeled as “ Procel-
laria lessoni, White-headed Petrel,” adult. Length of skull in life 6.6 cms.
Length of humerus 6.2 cms. These measurements will give the amount of
reduction in the figure.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate XXIX

fos Viet

in

BE Net
aN aes

416 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XXX.

Fic. 127. Very nearly direct anterior view of the same skeleton as shown
in fig. 126 of Plate XXIX. Slightly reduced. The skull and leading nine
cervical vertebre are larger in proportion than the rest of the skeleton owing
to being nearer the lens when photographed,

Plate XXX,

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII.

‘
‘
|
.
pele
i
"
.
\
i
‘
= j
* ‘

418 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

IPTATE EXOexa:

Fic. 128. Right lateral view of the head of an Audubon’s Shearwater
(Pufinus lherminieri). Nat. size; adult 9. No. 223116, Coll. U. S. Nat.
Mus. From the collection of Bradshaw H. Swales. May 4, 1889. Bahamas.
D. P. Ingraham, Collector. Photo of the skin by the author.

Fic. 129. Right lateral view of the head of an 4strelata caribbea. Nat.
size; adult gf. (No. 80860, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.) E. Newton, Nov. 17, 1879,
Cinchona Plantations, St. Andrews, West Rock, Jamaica. Photo of the skin
by the author. 5

Fic. 130. Right lateral view of the head of 4strelata hasitata 9. (No.
152522, Coll. U.S. Nat. Mus.) (Aug., 1893.) Photo of the skin by the author.

XXXI,

Piate

XIII.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol.

Jig. 128.

XII. THE VIGILANT FIRE-ENGINE.
By W. J. HoLyanp.
(PLATE XXXII.)

A very interesting event was the arrival at the Carnegie Museum
on June 24, 1920, of the old fire-engine “ Vigilant.”

The formal act of presentation was preceded by a parade, which
' moved from the City Hall to the Museum. The order of parade was
as follows:

1. Mounted Police Squad.
2. Mayor, Council, and Director of the Department of Public
Safety in automobiles.
3. Chief Miles S. Humphreys, John McElroy, and other veterans in
automobiles.
Band of music.
Chief of Bureau of Fire andeassociates in automobiles.
THE VIGILANT ENGINE, drawn by veteran firemen.
Single pump steam fire-engine drawn by two horses.

OI ANS

. Triple Combination Gasoline Pumper, three in one, self-propelled
(the latest and most perfect type of fire-engine).

The presentation ceremony took place at the main entrance of the
Carnegie Institute. Mr. T. E. Jones, Chief Clerk of the Bureau of
Fire, presided and introduced the speakers. Mr. Miles S. Humphreys,
Chief of the Fire Department of the City of Pittsburgh from August,
1891, to April, 1913, on behalf of the veterans and present firemen of
Pittsburgh, made the presentation address. He said:

“ Dr, Holland: Before you is an assemblage of old-time and present
firemen, who have gathered for the purpose of placing in the Carnegie
Museum, of which you are the honored Director, an interesting relic
of the past.

“During the early development of our country, our Commonwealth,
and its towns, the methods devised and used for combating the devas-
tating and destructive results of fire were not only varied, but exceed-

419

ANN. CAR. MUS, XIII. 27, FEB. 21, 1922.

420 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ingly crude and inefficient. To improve these conditions volunteer
companies were formed, not only in order to devise improved methods
and apparatus, but also to be at all times ready to lend a hand in
Saving property and life. In this matter Pittsburgh was ranked
among the foremost American cities and recognized as having many
of the best organizations. The membership was composed of men
who in their day adorned the bench, the bar, the pulpit, and other
professions, and were prominent leaders in commerce and manufac-
tures. When the occasion required they were at all times stalwart
defenders of the flag of their country.

“As the years went by, inventive genius set aside the cistern and
hand-pump and provided water by means of gravitation, which, aided
by leather hose and the concentrated man-power of the hand-engine,
made the bucket-brigade a thing of the past. Then came the steam-
engine and knitted and woven cotton hose. As towns grew into cities
paid fire departments with fixed rules and regulations were instituted,
and, as a result, volunteer organizations in many localities became
extinct. When the steam fire-engine appeared the hand-engine van-
ished. One by one they were sold,or given away to smaller munici-
palities. These in turn, as they grew in population, secured more
modern apparatus, and the hand-engine, with rare exceptions, was
thrown upon the junk-pile. The citizens of Pittsburgh gradually
allowed all their old hand-engines to pass out of their possession, and
when in after years memories of the past awoke a desire to secure
and preserve one of them as a memento and relic of former times, it
was discovered that only one or two could be located, and these were
so firmly held that they could not be obtained upon any conditions.

“Within the last few months we fortunately have come into pos-
session of the last hand-engine bought and owned by the old Vigilant
Volunteer Fire Company. This company was formed in 1811 and
was one of the most famous of the early volunteer organizations of
the city. Its first president was William Wilkins, one of the leading
citizens of those days, who held many prominent positions, including
those of United States Senator, Secretary of War, and Minister of
the United States to Russia. From and including the time of its for-
mation until the day of its dissolution the names of many men of local
prominence appear upon its roster. In their time, too, a number of

HoLLanD: THE VIGILANT FIRE-ENGINE. 421

fire-fighting equipments were purchased by them, the latest being the
engine we have with us today.

“ This engine was built in 1850 by the then famous builder of hand-
engines, John Agnew, of Philadelphia, and was claimed to be the best
constructed and most highly finished engine ever turned out of his
shops. More than ten years afterwards, in the early sixties, it ap-
pears that this company supplanted it by a steam fire-engine, the first
ever brought to this city. The steam fire-engine was later trans-
ferred to the municipality when it took over the assets of the volun-
teer companies. The hand-engine was sold to Salem, Ohio. In the
course of time the people of Salem secured an improved engine. At
the time of the Centennial Celebration of Allegheny County they
brought, or sent, the Vigilant engine to Pittsburgh, where it was one
of the leading features of the exhibition. While here it was noticed
by a member of the Veteran Volunteer Firemen’s Association of
Philadelphia, who was present, and by him it was quietly purchased
from the authorities of Salem, and at once spirited away to the
Quaker City. There the old boys had it repainted, and the iron-work
nickle-plated, and for more than three decades they in their old-time
uniforms with the engine attended many of the annual firemen’s con-
ventions and tournaments, which were held throughout Pennsylvania,
New York, and New England. ‘Time,’ however, ‘like an ever-rolling
stream, bears all its sons away,’ and through the inexorable decree of
death, coupled with the infirmities incident to old age, the membership
of the firemen’s organization in Philadelphia has been so reduced in
numbers that the remaining few decided to disband. While delib-
erating over their dissolution and considering what should be done
with their accumulated relics, in recognition of the fact that the
original home of the Vigilant engine was Pittsburgh, they unani-
mously agreed to tender it to the care and keeping of the firemen of
this city. The gracious tender was accepted and two of our oldest
firemen went on to Philadelphia ‘and brought it here. Now we are all
of the undivided opinion that its proper place is in this famous
Museum, and to that end, as I have said, we have brought it here
with the request that you accept and place it in a position where to
the thousands of the future, as to those of the present, who come and
go, it will stand as a mute emblem of the means used in fighting fires
in the days of yore.”

422 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

After the address of Mr. Humphreys, the Director of the Museum
in a few words accepted the gift on behalf of the Trustees of the
Institute, who had by resolution of the Committee on the Museum
in anticipation of the gift signified their pleasure to receive the same.

His Honor, Mayor Edward Vose Babcock, made a brief speech to
the large company which had assembled, and he was followed by Mr.
William H. Stevenson, President of the Historical Society of Western
Pennsylvania.

After the ceremony of presentation the “ Vigilant” was taken to
the inner court of the Institute and raised on the freight elevator to
the third story of the Museum, where it was placed at the point
assigned for its reception by the Director, among other historic relics
of Pittsburgh.

At the instance of Captain George W. King, the Veteran Firemen’s
Association of Pittsburgh has donated a collection of hats formerly
worn by the volunteer firemen of the city, as well as a number of
axes, belts, and other articles used in former years. Two exhibition
cases have been built in which these objects are exhibited on either
side of the “ Vigilant” engine.

' i oo i
ou i
By f
|
; ’ nit
ye Ub
ub
i
’
>
j
h
} ae 1 i !
rane ee ee =i ie,
We ie iw b i ey Ay , i
Fie) if wa eae Viel : ” .
4 ae Dobe lee
1 LAN ep ei ,
9 ]
be i‘ |
‘ a
u
i
"
La /
1 2
i\y
4 ’
j
Ney i
j ’ any i
, iat ee w
ey
‘ eA
} Fe
i
\
fil ie an
“ ,
=) j tal) fe
As Fi th
b v
; f
ba ij }
! é
(
3.4
i iM . }
ny / . 4
i
— 1
ew hs
{ F ‘J
{
* f
’
a ,
= ) i | vt
. '
‘
fi
i
ie
‘ i
i) : :
_
i hi
f i”
ia) ;
. ‘ 7
j —
i) al at
4
io oe
th pos
8 a
i
, (
= 1 Wy I
y te
eat \
) j
:
it
i
5
n
’
;
Q . {
{ ‘ 4
i
‘
°
»/ =
, io -
A . pi v
. s

42

NI

10,

Nu WwW bh

4 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XXXII.

Mr. John Hays.

Captain George King.

Mr, Frank Dorrington.

Mr. David D. Jones.

Mr. John McElroy.

Mr. Miles S. Humphreys.
(Former Chief of Fire Dept. of
Pittsburgh.)

. Dr. W.. J. Holland:

. Mr. J. Stater.

Mrs. J. Stater.

19.

. Mr. John P. Irwin.

Mr. William H. Sharrah.

. Mr. William McClelland.
- Mr. W. H. Lenhart.

. Mr. Matthew Sloane.

. Mr. Wm. H. Stevenson.
. Mr. William Bennett.

(Chief of Fire Dept. of Pitts-
burgh.)
Mr. Thomas Pfarr.
(Fire Marshal.)

“IIXXX 94 Id IIIX “ISA “ANASAW ZIDSNYVD STVNNV

> ae a SQ a

XIII. SOME NOTES ON SPH#RIIDH WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF NEW “SPECIES:

By Victor STERKI.!

Among the Spheriidz examined by me during the year 1919 there
were an unusual number of forms possessing interest in regard to
their systematic position and distribution, and there are also some
new species and forms.

At the Biological Station of the University of Michigan, on Devils
Lake, North Dakota, as headquarters, Miss Mina L. Winslow, of the
Museum of Zoology, and other collectors have secured some good
material, which they sent me for examination. It mainly consists of
Spheriide, Vallonia, and Pupillide. I mention some of their send-
ings in the following paragraphs.

I. Vicinity of Devils Lake, North Dakota: Pisidium tenuissimum
Sterki, a very small form from several unnamed lakes, and from
Court Lake; P. tenuissimum calcareum, a form frequent to common,
occurring fossil in the marls of Maine, Michigan, and Illinois, but
now for the first time represented by recent specimens; a few speci-
mens of P. vesiculare, a small form from the same localities.

2. Turtle Mountains, North Dakota, from which nothing had been
before this reported: P. variabile, pauperculum, contortum Prime, the
last mentioned not before seen from west of Michigan; P. apiculatum
n. sp. (see infra, Description No. 7) ; and an exceptionally small form
of P. compressum Prime.

3. There are six separate lots taken from the Sheyenne River at
various places. Of particular interest are Spherium declive n. sp.
(see infra, Description No. 12); S. sulcatum Lamarck, the same form
as from South Dakota; a few valves of a small Spherium, apparently
stamineum Conrad, which call for more specimens for their exact
determination; Musculium jayense Prime. Most of the speci!mens

1 This paper is part of a report submitted to the Director of the Carnegie
Museum about the beginning of the year 1920.

425

426 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

are recognizable, though rather small. A number are more or less
deformed and crippled, though probably the same; a few are markedly
different, and are apparently S. truncatum Linsley.

4. Sent with the preceding from the vicinity of Lake Cushman,
Mason County, Washington, collected by Mrs. Helen T. Gaige, are
some Spheriide of particular interest. I shall first mention Spherium
patella Gould from several localities. The original description of
this species, as cited by Prime in Mon. Corb., p. 42, is evidently based
upon quite immature specimens: long. 10.75; lat. (—alt.) 7.75; diam.
4.5 mm. Those before me range from smaller sizes, than those just
given, to specimens 15 to 16 mm. long, and still larger individuals have
been seen before from other places. Pisidium variabile Prime, appar-
ently like eastern forms, and markedly different from the form
magnum from other places in Washington. For P. notophthalmi n.
sp., (see infra, Description No. 8). P. columbianum Sterki was sent,
an exceptionally small form and otherwise somewhat different, hav-
ing the beaks markedly flattened on top.

Included in a sending received from Dr. Bryant Walker was a lot
of shells from the beach-drift of Saginaw Bay, Lake Huron, collected
by Mr. Calvin Goodrich, including several forms of Spherium spp.,
which furnish valuable aid in studying the Spheria of the Great
Lakes. Among them are several peculiar forms, which can not be
identified with those now known. More good material from all of
the Great Lakes, especially material taken by dredging, is very de-
sirable. In the lot were numerous specimens, mostly young and im-
mature, identified as P. amnicum (form striolatum Baudon ?) from Lake
Ontario, supposed to have been introduced from Europe. One young
shell of the same form has also been seen from beach-drift at the
southern end of Lake Michigan. This may reopen the question
whether the species is indigenous in North America. So far as is
known it has not been found fossil on this continent. If the mussels
were colonized in Lake Ontario, they may well have spread to the
upper lakes. It may be added that repeated careful comparison has
shown that the mussel from Lake Ontario is identical with specimens
from England, France, and Germany, while other forms of amnicum
are rather different.

STERKI: SOME NOTES ON SPH#RIID#, 427

Mr. S. Stillman Berry has sent a number of lots collected by him
in 1919 and in former years. One rather remarkable lot is from
Lake Winnecook, Unity, Maine, collected in 1909. It surprised me to
receive from a locality in New England a faunula comprising peculiar
forms of known species and quite a number of new species. I refer
at the outset in what follows to the material sent me by Mr. Berry
from his collections made in Maine. ;

P. equilaterale Prime, differing from most other forms by the less
elevated beaks and generally more rounded outlines; P. pauperculum
nylanderi Sterki, somewhat different from the same from other places
in New England (over three hundred specimens); P. ferrugineum
Prime, less inflated than the usual form and with the ridges on the
beaks strongly developed. (For P. deflexum, compressum mutatum,
decisum, paradoxum, and griseolum, n. spp., and forms, consult infra,
Descriptions Nos. 1-5.) It must be regarded as even more remarkable
that among the five hundred specimens sent me there were none of
the many species known to occur in New England, some even in the
same part of Maine, with the exception of the three mentioned above
at the beginning of this paragraph. There were no specimens of
P. compressum, typical, and the New England form curvatum, varia-
bile, sphericum, abditum, splendidulum, rotundatum, ventricosum, and
a dozen others. It certainly would be worth while to thoroughly
explore that whole vicinity in order to determine the ecological and
systematic significance of its fauna. Some interesting forms of
Musculium and Spherium should also be found there.

Mr. Berry also sent me some material collected near Iceberg Lake,
Glacier National Park, Montana, in the year 1910. A few specimens
appear to be identical with P. marci Sterki from Utah. I describe as
new a species collected by Mr. Berry in Elk Creek, Meagher County,
Montana, in the year 1914, P. limpidum Sterki (see infra, Description
No. 6).

From the same correspondent I received a number of lots of Pisidia
collected in southern California, mainly in the San Bernardino Moun-
tains, during the years 1908-1919. In order to their exact determi-
nation closer examination and comparison is necessary.

In the same sending there were a number of Pisidia collected by
A. W. Hanham at Quamishan, British Columbia, among them P.
columbianum Sterki. Two species from this locality I have described

428 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

as new, P. prognathum and P. pilula (see infra, Descriptions Nos.
IO-II).

In 1918 and 1919 Mr. Carl C. Engberg, of Lincoln, Nebraska, col-
lected some Pisidia on Orcas Island, San Juan County, Washington.
Among the several species and forms it may be noted that P. abor-
tivum exiguum Sterki was found at several places, and seems to be
common and even abundant, but not a single typical P. abortivum
was collected, while in the Bitter Root Valley, Montana, the latter
were predominant, only a few of the form exiguum occurring. The
mussels have regular, elliptic outlines, and are strongly inflated,
globular, rather variable in size (from 2.2 to 1.6 mm. long when full
grown), and with nepionic young. It appears that this smaller form
is distributed all along the Pacific Slope, and it may be the really
typical form, and the larger, less inflated form, possessing somewhat
different outlines (abortivum) may be specially developed.

I have described as new one of the species collected by Mr. Eng-
berg, calling it P. orcasense (see infra, Description No. 9).

In the same lot were some other specimens, which may possibly
represent undescribed species, but there is not enough material at
hand to seem to justify their description as new. It may be proper
to state that with this material there was a single minute Wusculium,
2.6 mm. long, nearly globular, but apparently immature.

With other material, Dr. Frank C. Baker has sent two specimens,
labeled “ Alaska.” One of them was P. idahoense Roper, much like
the large form from Seattle, Washington, 10 mm. long, with six or
seven strongly marked rest-lines. Other specimens of so-called ida-
hoense from localities in Alaska are markedly different, more like the
form indianense, and it is possible that the two forms represent dis-
tinct species, as has been suggested by some malacologists. The
other specimen sent by Mr. Baker was Spherium tenue Prime, well
formed, 6.2 mm. long.

Other correspondents in the western parts of the country have made
collections and sent in specimens, which demand further careful study

STERKI: SOME NOTES ON SPH&ERIID. 429

and comparison before reporting upon them. It is worthy of obser-
vation that the Pacific region from Alaska and British Columbia to
southern California is remarkably rich in Sphzeriidee, most of them
being different from the eastern species. Every sending from the
western coast reveals new forms. The fauna as a whole is still in-
sufficiently and only fragmentarily known. Some of the species ap-
pear to be so variable that it is difficult to define them. In conse-
quence I am in doubt whether some of them represent local forms,
regional subspecies, or distinct species. I may add that there are in
my hands some manifestly new and distinct species, which are not,
however, represented by sufficient numbers of specimens to justify
me in publishing them as such for the present. This fact may mean
disappointment to the collector who has sent in his specimens and
requests that they be “named.” Nevertheless every good lot of speci-
mens from the Pacific coast, or, for that matter, from any locality
whatsoever, means a contribution to the understanding of the interre-
lations of the species and forms of this intricate group of the
Pelecypoda, their variation, and their geographical distribution.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES AND FORMS OF PISIDIUM AND
SPH RUM.

1. Pisidium deflexum n. sp. Mussel inequipartite, oblique, well in-
flated, anterior part markedly larger and directed downward, the
superior and inferior margins being at an angle; superior margin
slightly curved and merging into the anterior in a rather long con-
tinuous curve as far as the rounded anterior end, which is well below
the median line; posterior margin truncate or subtruncate obliquely
anteriorly, forming a well-marked angle with the superior, passing
into the inferior margin without an angle; beaks rather posterior,
broad, rounded, or slightly flattened, not greatly projecting over the
dorsal margin; surface dull glossy, with fine, somewhat sharp and
irregular striz and a number of rest-lines; color grayish to yellowish
corneous, alternating with narrow dark zones, mostly along the rest-
lines; shell rather thick, opaque; hinge stout, somewhat like that of
compressum, but the plate is longer and the laminz, especially the
anterior, diverging at smaller and more rounded angles; the right
cardinal is less sharply curved, with a deep excavation below. Long.
3.5; alt. 3; diam. 2.3 mm.

430 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat: Lake Winnecook, Unity, Maine. Collected by S. Stillman
Berry in 1909. There were eighteen specimens in the lot, from young
to mature; in size and appearance much like compressum mutatum,
with which it is associated, but the two are plainly separable.

Type No. 9212, C. M.; paratypes in the collection of Mr. S. Still-
man Berry.

2. Pisidium compressum mutatum n. subsp. The superior margin
is comparatively long and slightly curved, the supero-anterior slope
steep, long, straight or nearly so; the beaks are less elevate, broader,
with low, but sharp, ridges almost entirely surrounding a rather large
flattened central area on each; surface with a somewhat silky gloss
produced by very fine, crowded, sharp, irregular striz; color grayish
to plumbeous; shell subtranslucent; hinge stout, of the general con-
figuration of the species, the plate rather longer; mussel rather small.
Long. 3.2; alt. 3; diam. 2 mm.

Habitat: Lake Winnecook, Unity, Maine. Collected by S. Still-
man Berry in 1909. Specimens ranging from young to mature (see
notes under the preceding species). Type No. 9211, C. M.; paratypes
in the collection of Mr. S. Stillman Berry.

This Pisidium is markedly different from all of over a dozen named
and described forms and subspecies of compressum, including those
seen from New England and New York. If no intermediate and
connecting forms are found, it should be regarded as a distinct species.

3. Pisidium decisum n. sp. Mussel subequipartite, short, slightly
oblique, well inflated, mostly so above the middle; superior margin
rounded, supero-anterior slope well marked, rather steep, straight,
anterior end rounded angular, well below the median line, posterior
margin truncate at right angles, inferior well curved; beaks slightly
posterior, large, rounded, somewhat projecting over the hinge-margin ;
surface polished, with very fine and slight concentric striz, some
spaces smooth, with very fine scratch-like lines; color corneous to
drab to olive, with a lighter zone along the margins, light to dark
brown in old specimens; shell rather thick, translucent to opaque;
hinge stout, rather long, plate broad, short, with the cardinals on its
upper part, the right not much projecting, sharply curved in the
middle, its anterior part short, the posterior long, grooved to bifid;
left anterior somewhat oblique, angular, bent upward, its free edge
sharply rounded or pointed, the posterior long, oblique, slightly

STERKI: SOME NOTES ON SPH&ERIID, 431

curved; lamin at marked angles to the plate, massive, the right inner
both with their cusps about in the middle, obtusely angular, not
abrupt; outer anterior nearly half as long, the posterior less than one-
third as long as the inner, left both with their cusps markedly larger,
pointed, somewhat more abrupt; ligament short, thick. Long. 3.5;
alt. 3.4; diam. 2.6 mm. Long. 2.8; alt. 2.8; diam. 2 mm. (apparently
mature).

Habitat: Lake Winnecook, Unity, Maine. Collected by S. Still-
man Berry in 1909. There were twenty-two specimens in the lot,
ranging from young to old, and remarkably uniform, except that in
a few old ones the supero-anterior slope and the posterior margin are
slightly curved.

In shape and appearance the mussels somewhat resemble P. vari-
abile, especially immature examples of the form cicer, but are much
smaller and easily distinguished; the young are of a different shape
from those of variabile.

Types No. 9214, C. M.; paratypes in the collection of Mr. S. Still-
man Berry.

4. Pisidium paradoxum n. sp. Mussel of medium size, somewhat
inequipartite and oblique, moderately elongate, moderately inflated,
having somewhat oval outlines; superior margin nearly straight,
bounded by slightly marked angles anteriorly and posteriorly, the other
margins rounded, the supero-anterior slope barely marked in the
adult, somewhat more so in the young; beaks slightly posterior,
rather small, moderately projecting, rounded; surface with a some-
what silky gloss, striz irregular, crowded, very fine, sharp, some of
them with the periostracum slightly projecting, scale-like; color uni-
formly pale corneous to drab; shell very thin, subtranslucent; hinge
slight, plate narrow; right cardinal with its anterior part nearly
straight and longitudinal, close to the valve-margin, thin, the posterior
part abruptly bent down, short, strongly bifid, the anterior (or inner)
shank forming a hook, the posterior standing out somewhat wing-
like; left cardinals small and short, far apart posteriorly, the anterior
nearly straight and longitudinal, the posterior oblique; laminz rather
slight, the inner of the right valve with the cusps small, pointed,
about median, the outer anterior placed proximally, about one-fourth
the length of the inner, the posterior nearly half as long as the inner,
both left laminz with the cusps small, pointed, the anterior abrupt,

439 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the posterior distally more so; ligament moderately long, slight.
Long. 4; alt. 3.5; diam. 2.5 mm. Soft parts not examined.

The young mussels are very little inflated, with the small, narrow
beaks projecting, the shells colorless, glassy, transparent; the right
cardinal is slightly curved, and its posterior end little thicker, but
distinctly bifid.

Habitat: Lake Winnecook, Unity, Maine. Collected by S. Still-
man Berry, Aug., 1909. About forty specimens were seen, only a
few of them mature, or nearly so.

Type and paratypes No. 9215, and seqq., C. M.; paratypes in the
collection of Mr. S. Stillman Berry.

This is a rather remarkable species. In spite of its commonplace
appearance, it is so different from others, especially in regard to the
formation of the cardinals, that it is difficult to assign it to any of
the more or less well-established groups. In fact, the right cardinal
is rather like that of forms. of Musculium, but otherwise the mussel
is a true Pisidium. It should be noted that the configuration of the
hinge was the same in two specimens opened; so it is not a case of
individual deformity.

5. Pisidium griseolum n. sp. Mussel small, subequipartite, slightly
elongate, moderately inflated; superior margin nearly straight,
bounded by an angle posteriorly and a more obtuse angle anteriorly;
supero-anterior slope somewhat marked, moderately oblique; posterior
margin truncate or subtruncate at nearly right angles, inferior mod-
erately curved; beaks barely behind the middle, rather small, rounded,
or slightly flattened on top, not very prominent; surface dull glossy,
with very fine, somewhat irregular striz; color pale corneous to light
grayish; shell thin, translucent; hinge rather long and stout, plate
rather broad; cardinals short, rather well up on the plate, the right
angular in the middle, its posterior part thicker and grooved, left
both of about the same size, the anterior angular, its edge sharply
pointed, posterior oblique, slightly curved; laminz somewhat massive,
the right anterior with its cusp about median, pointed, not abrupt,
posterior with cusp somewhat distal, abrupt distally, outer both rather
large, about half as long as their principals; left both with cusps
about median, pointed, not very abrupt; ligament rather short and
thick. Long. 2.8; alt. 2.3; diam. 1.5 mm.

Habitat: Lake Winnecook, Unity, Maine. Collected by S. Still-

STERKI: SOME NOTES ON SPHERIID®, 433

man Berry, July, 1909. About thirty specimens were in the lot, rang-
ing from young to mature. Types No. 9218, C. M.; paratypes in the
collection of Mr. S. Stillman Berry.

This modest and rather inconspicuous Pisidium can not be referred
to any of the described species, and can not be mistaken for another.
Similar specimens have been seen before and set aside with a query—
e. g., some from Lynnfield, Massachusetts, collected by H. W. Winkley
in 1910, C. M., No. 6645. The color of these is yellowish corneous,
and the hinge is slightly different.

6. Pisidium limpidum n. sp. Mussel small, subequipartite, short
and oblique, moderately inflated; superior margin short, rounded,
supero-anterior slope from closely in front of the beaks, somewhat
curved, rather steep and long as far as the rounded angular anterior
end well below the longitudinal axis; posterior end truncate at right
angles, passing into the regularly curved inferior margin without an
angle; beaks little projecting over the hinge-margin, slightly flattened
laterally near the center, so as to appear almost pointed and closely
approximate in frontal (or rear) view; surface polished, with the
concentric striz very slight, irregular; shell glassy transparent, color-
less when fresh, with a faint yellowish tinge when dry, and a whitish
zone along the margins; hinge rather stout, curved-angular, plate
short, rather broad; right cardinal long, longitudinal, moderately
curved in the middle, its posterior end somewhat thicker and slightly
grooved to bifid; the left ones rather small, slight, the anterior nearly
straight, its edge pointed, the posterior oblique, slightly curved;
lamin stout, their cusps about in the middle, obtusely pointed, not
abrupt; outer ones about one-third the length of the inner, rather
thick; left ones with their cusps about in the middle, large, pointed,
not very abrupt; ligament rather short and thick. Long. 2.5; alt. 2.3;
diam. 1.8 mm.

Habitat: Elk Creek, one mile south of Oxford Station, Meagher
Co., Montana. Collected by S. Stillman Berry, June, 1914. There
were over forty specimens in the lot, most of them gravid. They
somewhat resemble forms of pauperculum, but are distinct, differing
especially in the features of the hinge.

Type and additional specimens in C. M., No. 9198 and seqq.; para-
types in the collection of Mr. S. Stillman Berry.

7. Pisidium apiculatum n. sp. Mussel inequipartite, oblique, well

434 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

tc strongly inflated; upper margin short, curved, bounded by an obtuse
angle to the supero-anterior slope, which is straight or nearly so,
anterior end rounded angular, posterior margin well rounded, form-
ing one continuous curve from the beaks to the anterior end, the
inferior margin somewhat less strongly curved; beaks somewhat be-
hind the middle, narrow, almost pointed, projecting well over the
hinge margin; surface polished, with very slight, somewhat irregular
striz, and one or two rest-lines; color whitish to straw, with a few
narrow alternating narrow zones which are glassy transparent; hinge
short, little over one-half the length of the mussel, curved, moderately
stout; plate somewhat broad; cardinals small, slight, high up on the
plate, the right moderately curved or nearly straight, its posterior part
a little thicker, grooved to somewhat bifid; the left both slightly
curved, of nearly equal lengths, or the posterior somewhat larger;
laminz short, in the right valve the inner both with cusps occupying
their entire length, pointed, bent upward, the anterior especially so,
and markedly concave on its upper face, somewhat spoon-shaped, the
outer ones both small and short; in the left valve both with cusps
very abrupt, almost spine-like; ligament rather short and moderately
thick. Long. 4.2; alt. 3.7; diam. 3.4 mm.; long. 4.2; alt. 3.6; diam.
2.8 mm.

Soft parts colorless or light yellowish (in preserving fluid). Al-
most every specimen, even barely half-grown, contains a number of
nepionic young.

Habitat: Upsilon Lake, Turtle Mountains, North Dakota, in mud
and sand, water about one foot deep. Collected by Mina L. Winslow,
July 15, 1919. Type C. M., No. 9160 and seq.; paratypes in the
Museum of Zodlogy, University of Michigan.

This Pisidiwm is so characteristic and so greatly different from
others that there can be no question about its representing a distinct
species, apparently not seen or noticed before. Probably it is of
northern distribution. The specimens, several score, ranging from
quite young to full-grown, are remarkably uniform, in regard to size,
shape, and color. However, a few have a small, but well-marked,
sharp scutellar angle at the junction of the upper margin and the
supero-anterior slope, as frequently seen in some other forms—e. g.,
scutellatum, sargenti, ovum, and typical elevatum.

8. Pisidiwm notophthalmi n. sp. Mussel minute, elongate, subequi-

STERKI: SOME NOTES ON SPHARIIDA, 435

partite, little oblique, moderately inflated; outlines nearly elliptical,
with the superior margin rather long, nearly straight, the supero-
anterior slope slightly marked, the posterior margin rounded or sub-
truncate, inferior moderately curved; beaks slightly behind the middle,
rather small, rounded, not much projecting over the hinge-margin;
surface shining, with very fine, slight irregular striz almost obsolete
over the beaks; color whitish, apparently bleached, and probably
glassy colorless when fresh; shell thin, hinge rather long, slight, plate
very narrow; cardinals small, the right slightly curved, its posterior
part projecting cusp-like, somewhat thicker and slightly grooved, the
left both short, nearly parallel, the anterior close to the hinge-edge,
somewhat pointed; laminz slight, the inner of the right valve with
their cusps somewhat pointed and abrupt, the outer ones long, one-
half to three-fourths the length of the outer, the anterior with a
small, pointed, distal cusp; the left ones with their cusps distal,
pointed, abrupt; ligament rather short, slight, but occupying nearly
the whole thickness of the plate. Long. 2.3, alt. 1.8, diam. 1.3 mm.;
long. 2, alt. 1.5, diam. 1.3 mm. (apparently mature).

Habitat: Wild Cat Lake, Skokomish Valley, Mason County, Wash-
ington. Collected by Mrs. Helen T. Gaige in 1919, and sent for
examination by Miss M. L. Winslow. The specimens were taken
from the digestive tract of a salamander, Notophthalmus torosus, and
are all “dead shells,’ bleached, mostly valves, but a large part other-
wise in good condition, with the periostracum and the hinges intact.
The mussels were evidently abundant at the place; of nearly three
hundred, all, except one, a young shell of Pisidium sp. ?, were of this
same species, from nepionic young, some still in the parents, to appar-
ently full-grown, or nearly so, and fairly uniform. The hinges show
some variation: in some specimens the outer lamine of the right valve
are rather short; and in some the cardinals of the left valve are more
oblique; and occasionally the posterior is rudimentary.

The only Pisidium, which P. notophthalmi resembles, is tenuissimum
(exceptionally small forms), but the mussel is more elongate and less
oblique, and the hinge is different.

Type in the C. M., No. 9229; paratypes in the Museum of Zoology,
University of Michigan.

9. Pisidium orcasense n. sp. Mussel of medium size, subequipar-
tite, barely oblique, moderately and evenly inflated; outlines short oval

ANN CAR. MUS., XIII., 20, FEB. 21, 1922.

436 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to nearly elliptic without any angles, except a slight, rounded one at
the scutum, supero-anterior slope not, or little, marked, anterior end
rather broadly rounded, posterior end rounded to subtruncate; beaks
slightly behind the middle, broad, rounded, moderately projecting over
the hinge-margin; surface shining to somewhat dull and with a slight
silky gloss, under the microscope distinctly rugulose, with fine, irregu-
lar, somewhat sharp and crowded striz and a few slightly marked
rest-lines; color pale corneous, shell thin, translucent; hinge about
three-fourths the length of the mussel, slight, with a somewhat broad
plate; cardinals rather small and slight, well up on the plate, the right
curved with its posterior part bifid, a somewhat narrow, but deep,
excavation below it; left anterior somewhat oblique, curved to angu-
lar, its edge pointed, posterior oblique, slightly curved, “‘ covering”
only a small part of the anterior; lamine slight, projecting inward
but little, the right inner both with somewhat proximal, small, pointed
cusps, the outer both short and small; left both with the cusps about
median, small, pointed, somewhat abrupt; ligament rather short and
thick. Long. 4.3; alt. 3.6; diam. 2.6 mm.

Habitat: Orcas Id., San Juan County, Washington. Collected by
Carl C. Engberg in 1919. Type C. M., No. 9242 and seq.; paratypes
in the collection of Mr. Engberg.

There were about fifty specimens in the lot, ranging from quite
young to apparently mature; one mussel opened contained six nepionic
young 1.5mm. long. Some specimens are slightly more elongate, with
the surface more polished, whitish to straw-color, but probably not
distinct.

At first glance this Pisidiwm does not show very strongly marked
features, but upon closer examination it proves peculiar as to its shape
and hinge. It may be noted that the right cardinal is placed close to
the edge of the valve (nymph), and this is in accord with the short-
ness of the left posterior, only its posterior (inferior) part being
developed.

As to shape, P. orcasense is similar to P. pusillum Jenyns from
Europe; whether they may be really related to each other must be
ascertained later.

10. Pisidium prognathum n. sp. Mussel of rather small size,
oblique, little elongate, rather well and evenly inflated, anterior part
slightly longer and directed downward; superior part rather long,

STERKI: SOME NOTES ON SPHERIIDA. 437

curved, supero-anterior slope slightly curved, anterior end well below
the median line, rounded angular, posterior margin subtruncate pos-
tero-anteriorly to rounded, passing into the inferior without any
angle; beaks somewhat posterior, rather small, rounded, little ele-
vated; surface dull glossy, with very fine, barely noticeable, irregular
striz, and two or three slightly marked rest-lines; color yellowish
corneous, shell thin, translucent to transparent; hinge somewhat short,
about three-fifths the length of the mussel, curved, rather slight, plate
rather long, narrow; the right cardinal rather long, moderately, and
regularly curved, its posterior part slightly thicker and grooved, both
left cardinals a little oblique, rather long, nearly parallel, slightly
curved, the posterior passing over the anterior for about two-thirds
of its length; the right inner lamin both have the cusps rather distal,
pointed, not very abrupt, both the outer laminze are small and short,
or the posterior about one-third the length of the inner, both left
laminz with their cusps distal, very abrupt, spine-like, with the crests
somewhat rounded or truncate, inclined distalward; ligament mod-
erately long and thick. Long. 3.2; alt. 2.7; diam. 2 mm.

Soft parts apparently of a yellowish or reddish tinge, as seen in
dried specimens. One mussel was almost completely filled with about
twenty-two nepionic young, about 0.8 mm. long, and in others the
young could be seen through the transparent shell.

Habitat: A small swamp near Quamishan, Vancouver Island, Brit-
ish Columbia, associated with the following, all plainly identical, with
slight variation as to size and shape.

11. Pisidium pilula n. sp. Mussel subequipartite, somewhat elon-
gate, strongly inflated, globular; outlines of the valve-edges oval to
elliptical, supero-anterior slope barely or not marked; beaks somewhat
posterior, narrow, calyculate, rather well elevated and somewhat in-
clined backward; surface shining, with striz very fine and slight,
shallow, irregular; color pale corneous, lighter inclining to straw-
color along the margins; shell thin, translucent; hinge curved, slight,
plate short, narrow; cardinals quite small, short, the right slightly
curved, with the posterior part abruptly much thicker, bifid; left both
comparatively very short, far apart, the anterior on the edge of the
hinge, with its crest pointed, the posterior oblique, barely curved, not
extending over the anterior; the right inner laminz both with the
beaks about median, small, pointed, bent upward, the outer anterior

438 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MuSEUM.

quite small, vestigial, posterior nearly half as long as the inner, con-
nate with it proximally; the left both with their cusps about median,
small, very abrupt, nearly spine-like; ligament rather short and thick.
Long. 3.3; alt. (over beaks) 2.9; diam. 2.7 mm.

Habitat: Small swamp near Quamishan, Vancouver Island, British
Columbia. Collected by A. W. Hanham, sent for examination by
S. S. Berry, 1919. There were only four specimens in the lot, asso-
ciated with the preceding species and P. columbianum. They are
plainly distinct and show only slight differences of shape between
themselves. The mussel is so strongly and evenly inflated that a
transverse section behind the beaks would be circular, or the diameter
may even surpass the dorso-ventral dimension. That the beaks are
calyculate is possibly due to some influence of the habitat, and speci-
mens from other places may not show this feature. Only one speci-
men was opened, but its hinge appeared to be normal. In shape they
are somewhat like forms of P. medianum Sterki, but the beaks are
inclined backward, and the hinge is different. Type in the C. M.,
No. 9261.

12. Spherium declive n. sp. In the Preliminary Catalog of the
North American Spheriide, p. 433, it is stated that a form of
Spherium was doubtfully referred to aureuwm Prime.t With more
materials coming in, it became evident that the form was at least a
well-marked subspecies, which I have named declive. A large num-
ber of good specimens from the Sheyenne River, North Dakota, col-
lected by members of the University of Michigan in the summer of
I9I9, are evidently the same, and showed conclusively that this
Spherium is different and distinct from aureum.

The mussel is less elongate, the supero-anterior slope is more
marked and steeper, the posterior margin is truncate or subtruncate
at nearly right angles; both ends are more angular? and more ventral;

2 Old specimens are often of more rounded outlines, and less character-
istic; the same is true with almost all Spheria of this group (Cyrenastrum).

the beaks are somewhat anterior and inclined forward, and markedly
narrow in the center, as is especially noticeable in half-grown and
adolescent mussels, moderately large, somewhat broad, and not so

1 As described and figured by T. Prime in Mon. Corb., p. 35, and shown

in the rather poor specimen (valves) in his collection, not designated as type;

origin: “ Lake Superior? ”’.

STERKI: SOME NOTES ON SPHERIID, 439

greatly prominent in the full-grown; the sulci are somewhat coarse
and rather irregular to slight and almost obsolete; the color is lighter
or darker grayish corneous. The hinge is somewhat more curved,
the posterior laminz being at a noticeable angle to the plate. It
should be added that mussels taken for aureum are regularly and
evenly rounded-inflated, while in declive the disks—i. e., the middle
part of the valves—are somewhat flattened. Long. 14.5; alt. 11.5;
diam. 8.8 mm.

Typical specimens, well representing the species, are C. M., No.
9140, from the Sheyenne River, near Tolina, North Dakota, collected
by Mina L. Winslow, July 26, 1919; other specimens of the same lot
are in the collection of the Museum of Zodlogy. University of Mich-
igan. There are also numerous specimens from Deuel County, South
Dakota, collected by W. H. Over in 1896; Bates Creek, C. M. Nos.
5202, 5315;-etc.; anda, small creek near Clear Lake, C. M. No, 5133,
etc.; the former are larger, with heavier shells and hinges; long. 16.4;
alt. 12.5; diam. 10.5 mm.

XIV. STUDIES IN THE GENUS LACTUCA, IN WESTERN
PENNSYLVANIA.

By O. E. JENNINGS.

(PLaTE XXXIII.)

During seventeen years of botanizing in the region of Pittsburgh
the writer has been annually impressed with certain peculiar char-
acteristics of some of the species of Lactuca occurring here. Various
collections and very numerous observations in the field have served
to confirm the suspicion that certain of the species, as they occur in
this region, possess characteristics in part different from the typical
forms of the species as described in current botanical literature. To
render the identification of the local forms more exact, and thus to
aid in better establishing their geographical limits, the new varieties
herein named are proposed.

Lactuca spicata variety aurea var. nov.

There grows abundantly in uncultivated grounds and neglected lots
and fields throughout Allegheny and adjacent counties a tall Lactuca
with tawny or sordid pappus, which generally agrees quite well with
Lactuca spicata (Lamarck) Hitchcock, except that the plant is more
robust and the flowers are bright lemon-yellow, often withering to
bright orange. Among thousands of the plants observed in various
parts of the region all had yellow flowers, with the single exception
of a plant with very light-colored flowers, suggesting albinism.

As first described, in Lamarck’s Encyclopédie, in 1789, Sonchus
spicatus from South Carolina had purplish flowers (“Les fleurs sont
purpurines”),+ and in DeCandolle’s Prodromus, in 1838, Section II,
under Agalma of the genus Mulgedium, it was characterized as
follows: “ Pappus sordescens. Invol. calyculatum aut calyculato-im-
bricatum. Cor. cerulee aut purpuree.’ And under this section was

1 Lamarck, J. B. A. P. M., Encyclopédie Méthodique, Botanique, III, 1780,
p. 401.

440

JENNINGS: THE GENUS LACTUCA. 441

€

described Mulgedium leucopheum “ad margines sylvarum Amer. bor.
a@ Nova-Anglia ad Virginiam (Pursh), ad Lacum Huron (Hook.).” *

In an examination of about twenty descriptions of Lactuca spicata
as placed by various authors under the genus Sonchus, Mulgedium, or
Lactuca, only four references were found giving the color of the
flowers as yellow or yellowish. The descriptions in by far the greater
number of the manuals and floras of the eastern United States have
been drawn very largely from material collected and studied along the
eastern coastal regions; this being, of course, especially true of the
earlier systematic works, when practically nothing was known of the
flora in or beyond the Appalachians. In this connection it is of in-
terest to note that in some of the earlier systematic works where
Lactuca spicata was known only from the region quite closely ad-
jacent to the Atlantic coast the plant is always described as having
blue or white flowers.* As the species became somewhat better
known, and its known range was extended into the interior, a few
of the descriptions indicated the flowers as ranging in color from blue
to yellow,* while Wood, in his valuable Class-Book, described the
flowers only as “ yellowish.” ®

A further examination of the evidence furnished by the various
“floras” and “manuals” indicates that in the New England States
and along a comparatively narrow strip bordering the Atlantic coast
the flowers of Lactuca spicata are blue to white, while to the south-
west and west the. flowers become more or less completely yellow.
That the line of demarcation between these regions is perhaps quite
sharp is not unlikely. In the more recently published Flora of Phila-
delphia and Vicinity® the flowers are referred to as blue to white,
while in Darlington’s Flora Cestrica we have “Florets pale blue, or
ochroleucous.” Small and Carter in their Flora of Lancaster County
[Pennsylvania] say for Mulgedium spicatum: “ ligules white, yellow-

id

ish, or bluish.’* From the foregoing and from such facts as the

2De Candolle, A. P., Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis,
VII, 1838, p. 250.

3 Eaton’s Manual, Chapman’s Flora, Pursh’s Flora, Torrey’s Flora, N. Y., etc.

4Noll, H. R., Flora of Pennsylvania, 1852; Small, J. K., Flora of the
Southeastern U. S.; Darlington, Wm., Flora Cestrica, 1853.

5 Wood, A., Class-Book of Botany, 1880, etc.

6 Keller, I. A., and Brown, S., Handbook of the Flora of Philadelphia and
Vicinity, 1905.

7Small, J. K., and Carter, J. J., Flora of Lancaster County, 1913.

442 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

writer has been able to ascertain from his own studies in the field
and herbarium the belief has become quite strong that we are dealing
here with two distinct forms, whose relationships are probably best
indicated as those of species and variety, the latter limited to the in-
terior in its geographical distribution.

The writer has had the privilege of examining the collections of
Lactuca spicata in the herbaria of the Philadelphia Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences, the National Herbarium at Washington, and the Ohio
State Herbarium at Columbus, and as far as could be determined
from the specimens, just as from the numerous specimens in the
Carnegie Museum, the color of the flowers was yellow in all plants
collected in or to the west of the Appalachians. The only blue-
flowered specimens seen were from the region distinctly to the east
of the mountains.

The variety aurea, as it occurs in the Pittsburgh region, is:
Biennial, perhaps rarely annual: stems stout, striate, glabrous, green
to brownish, often somewhat glaucous, about I to 5 meters high,
sometimes 2 cm. or more in diameter at the base, erect, strict, un-
branched up to the inflorescence; leaves in general outline obovate,
acuminate, more or less deeply runcinate-pinnatifid and lobed, more
or less sinuately toothed, often doubly so, the leaves reaching a length
of 3 dm. or more, the terminal lobe being usually more or less unlobed
and equilaterally triangular and comprising one-third to one-half the
length of the leaf; below the lamina narrowing to a widely margined
petiole. and more or less auriculate-clasping base, the leaves usually
pubescent on the veins and mid-rib beneath; the inflorescence forming
an erect, rather densely spicate panicle, the upper leaves narrowing to
lanceolate-acuminate bracts with auriculate-clasping bases; pedicels
rather stout, divaricate to ascending, with two to four minute linear-
lanceolate bracts; heads numerous, in flower about I to 1.5 mm. broad,
the involucre 9 to 12 mm. high, oblong-cylindric, the principal bracts
of an equal length and from a little shorter to as long as the pappus
of the ripe achenes, linear-lanceolate, sub-acute to obtuse, whitish- or
scarious-margined, the outer bracts few, much shorter, all glabrous,
the ligules yellowish-green or sometimes golden, ,soon withering;
achenes oblong, about 1.5 mm. wide by 4.5 to 5 mm. long, flat, quite
curved usually, the middle portion distinctly longitudinally striate, the
whole surface rugose with minute short transverse ridges, grayish-

Jennincs: THE Genus Lacruca. 443

brown, but much mottled with blotches of dark brown, at the apex
narrowing to a short, stout beak about 0.5 mm. long, pappus about
5 mm. long, tawny, minutely barbed upwardly. Flowers in September
to October, rarely in late August.

In various soils, mostly in moist fertile soils; often an abundant
weed in temporarily idle cultivated ground. Specimens have been
examined from the following regions: central and western Maryland;
central and western Pennsylvania; western and northern West Vir-
ginia; and from localities representing practically all portions of
Ohio. The color of the. flowers, so far as could be determined from
the herbarium specimens, was invariably yellowish in all specimens
collected in or west of the Appalachians.

The types, one sheet as to rosette-leaves and the other as to flower-
ing stems, flowers, and seeds, are deposited in the Pennsylvania Her-
barium of the Carnegie Museum. The types were collected on an
idle plot of ground at the corner of Forbes Street and Woodlawn
Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, October 2, 1905, by O. E. Jennings
and Grace E. Kinzer. :

The variety integrifolia Gray, as described under Lactuca leuco-
phea, and having “leaves undivided (simulating those of L. acumi-
nata, but sessile), or the lowest sinuate-pinnatifid,” was founded upon
specimens from “Ohio, Lea. Canton, Illinois, Wolf.’ The type of
Gray’s variety integrifolia is thus quite likely an entire leaved form
of the variety aurea and its disposition would best be as follows:

Lactuca spicata var. aurea forma integrifolia (Gray) comb. nov.

Lactuca leucophea var. integrifolia Gray, Synoptical Flora of North
America, I, Part 2, 1886, p. 444.

Some of the specimens of L. spicata var. aurea collected in the
Pittsburgh region show quite evident tendencies toward the entire-
leaved form, and in the State Herbarium at Columbus, Ohio, there is
a specimen collected in Holmes County, Ohio (Kellerman), and an-
other collected in Defiance County, Ohio (Fullmer), in central and
northwestern Ohio, respectively, that are clearly typical of forma

integrifolia.

444 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Lactuca canadensis var. spinulosa var. nov.

The form of wild lettuce which becomes so abundant in neglected
upland meadows in the Pittsburgh district appears not to be the same
as that which has long passed as Lactuca canadensis. As Linnzus
characterized it, at least under the synonymy which he quoted (Species
Plantarum II, p. 796), Lactuca canadensis does not have spinulose
midribs, and in the keys and descriptions in the current manuals of
today it is usually characterized as distinctly glabrous and with beak
and achene of equal length. Gray, however (Synoptical Flora of
North America, 1886, p. 442), says “ Midrib naked or rarely some
sparse bristles,” and he there mentions also that the achene is “ rather
longer than the beak,” a characteristic of the plant as it occurs in
western Pennsylvania, but hardly in accordance with the treatment
given it in most of the current manuals.

A typical specimen collected by the writer, July 21, 1918, in a
neglected hill-top meadow about one mile north of Glenshaw, Alle-
gheny County, Pennsylvania, altitude about thirteen hundred and
twenty feet above the sea, may be described as the type of the new

variety :

Lactuca canadensis variety spinulosa var. nov.

Stem erect, rigid, but moderately slender, smooth, tinged and
speckled with purple, rather densely leafy, abundantly branching
above into an open panicle of broadly oblong outline. Leaves about
10-15 cm. long, about two-fifths as wide, pale beneath, sagittate-
clasping, the lower narrowed into winged petioles, the upper sessile,
all more or less runcinately pinnatifid and somewhat spinose-dentate,
the terminal lobe elongated, most of the lobes broadening above the
base and acuminate, the lower side of the midrib, especially in the
basal leaves, furnished with rather weak spinose hairs. Heads nu-
merous, the involucre 10-12 mm. high, the lower short bracts pur-
plish, the inner long ones scarious-margined; the flowers about 14-17
in number, light yellow; the achenes about 3 mm. long, oblong-oval,
brown to blackish, transversely rugulose, thin, the margin about two-
thirds as wide as the body of the achene, the beak slender and about
2 mm. long, the pappus soft and shining white, about 6 mm. long.

In richer and moister soil the plant may become at least twice as

Jennincs: THE GENusS LAcTUCA. 445

large as the specimen described, but such specimens are not common,
the larger plants of rich shaded and moist slopes being in the Pitts-
burgh region almost invariably the entirely glabrous and more robust
Lactuca canadensis instead of the variety spinulosa. The variety is
the common weed of the hay fields in this region, while the species
itself is the rarer plant of woodlands and thickets.

446

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

A. Rosette-leaves of Lactuca spicata var. aurea. One-fourth natural

Fic. B. Stem and leaves of L. spicata var. aurea. One-fourth natural size.

Fic.
drawn

Fic.

. C. Branch of inflorescence of same, plant. ‘One-fourth natural size.

D. Stem-leaves from lower part of stem of a smaller plant than was
in fig. B. One-fourth natural size.
E. Head of L. spicata var. aurea with ripe achenes. Three and one-

half times natural size.

Fic.

F. Ripe achene from head in fig. E, drawn at same scale.

Fics. G anp H. Stem-leaves from plants of L. spicata var. aurea forma
integrifolia. One-fourth natural size.
_ (All figures were drawn from specimens collected in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, -
Oct. 2, 1905, by O. E. Jennings and Grace E. Kinzer.)

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XIII. Plate XXXIII,

INDEX

abditum, Pisidium, 427
aberrans, Atractomorpha, 104
Abisares viridipennis, 107
abortivum, Pisidium, 428
Abracris ceruleipennis, 75
delecta, 75
meridionalis, 76
nebulosa, 75
signatipes, 75
abruptus, Corycus, 129
Achetide, 139
Achetoidea, 92, 137
Acrida propinqua, 97
Acridiide, 104
Acridium, 106
Acridoxena hewaniana, 127
Acrydium gratiosus, 96
hamatum, 15
longipenne, 60
welbreechi, 96
acuminata, Lactuca, 443
acutilobum, Sassafras, 301
Adelotettix brunneus, 70
ceruleipennis sp. nov., 70
collaris, 70
obscurus, 70
Synopsis of the Species of, 70
aduncum, Liocentrum, 125
zneo-oculata, Vilerna, 76
fEolacris caternaulti, 37
zquatorialis, Eurycorypha, 134
equilaterale, Pisidium, 427
zsthmaticus, Catantops, 115
7Estrelata, 335, 336, 346, 349,
368, 377
caribbea, 336, 337, 342, 343, 345,
348, 349, 350, 351, 366, 381
hasitata, 336, 337, 342, 343, 345,
348, 351
grisea, 371
lessoni, 343, 344, 352, 353

364,

vociferans, 361, 363, 365, 366,
307) 37139-3739 S745" O70), 300,
381, 382

zthiopicum, Xiphidion, 124
affinis, Morphopus, 95
Rytinatettix sp. nov. (?), 12
africana, Gryllacris, 120
Gryllotalpa, 137

tt

africanum, Xiphidion, 124
(Agalma) Mulgedium, 440
alata, Proptera, 151
alatus, Caletodes, 77
albolineata, Ophthalmolampis, 40
albopictus, Zosperamerus, 68
Aleuas vitticollis, 74
Allotettix chapadensis, 11

chipmani, 10

peruvianus, 10

Spe eent
Alluaudiella? flavopicta, 140
Alota boliviana, 32
alternans, Magnolia, 298
amazonus, Paurotarsus, 17
Amblema, 149

costata, I51

plicata, 151
Amblyscapheus lineatus, 31
Amblytropidia chapadensis, 30

corumbe, 29, 30

robusta, 30

trinitatis, 30
americana, Schistocerca, 83
americanum, Mastodon, 229, 230, 231
amnicum, Pisidium, 426
Amorphopus notabilis, 7
amplipennis, Eluma sp. nov., 127
Amytta occidentalis, 130
Andromeda Parlatorii, 323
anguliflava, Coptacra, 108
angustata, Rodunia, 98
angustidens, Mastodon, 229
angustifolium, Daphnophyllum, 313
angustipennis, Coryacris, 38
Anodonta, 147, 178

grandis, 149, 151

footiana, 151
Anodontoides ferussacianus, 151, 164,
175
subcylindricus, 151

| Ancedopoda, 127

erosa, 128
anpinensis, Mugil, 240; 241, 245

| antennata, Rhytidichrota, 89, 90

| antennatus, Cotys, 7

Stenocrobylus, 116
aperta, Sterculia, 316
Aphidnia, 133°

fod

(

448

apiculatum, Pisidium, 425, 433

aquatica, Tucayaca sp. nov., 53

Aralia, 301, 306, 307, 309
digitata, 307
Greenlandica, 322
Wellingtoniana, 321

Araliacee, 308, 321

Arantia mammisignum, 131
orthocnemis, 131
rectifolia, 131

arctica, Juglans, 289

arcuatus Platytettix sp. nov., 8

argillata, Cymatomera, 125

argillatus, Hoplidostylus, 126

Aspidiophyllum, 297, 307
trilobatum, 297, 298

assimilis, Puffinus, 375

Atractomorpha, 103

atrocostata, Quadrula, 150

auduboni, Puffinus, 342, 345, 352, 358

aurea, Lactuca, 442

aureum, Spherium, 438

aurita, Osmiliola, 78

austera, Copiocera, 65, 67, 68

australis, Dichromorpha, 28
Tetratenia sp. nov., 62

barnesiana, Fusconaia, 150
basalis, Rodunia, 98
Batrachidea mucronata, 16
notata, 16
Beaver River drainage basin, 156
Belgium, King of: Degree of Doctor
of Laws conferred by Univer-
sity of Pittsburgh, 3
King, Queen, and Crown Prince
visit Pittsburgh, 3
Berggreni, Populus, 286
bermudensis, Peecilozonites, 361
Betula, 291
Betulacee, 290
Betulites populifolius, 290, 291
Tugosus, 290, 295
Westii, 290, 291
Westii var. inequilateralis, 295
var. latifolius, 292
var. multinervis, 293
var. oblongus, 292
var. obtusus, 294
var. quadratifolius, 294
var. rhomboidalis, 294
var. rotundatus, 292
var. subintegrifolius, 293

INDEX.

Bibliography of the Ecology of the
Naiades, 179

bicolor, Gelatopcea, 134

bifrensis, Odontomelus, 97

bigbyensis, Fusconaia, 150

Birds, Collections from Colombia, the
Amazons, Bolivia, etc., in the Car-
negie Museum, 2, 8

Birds (Subfossil remains from Ber-
muda): Comparative study, includ-
ing the “Cahow.” By R. W. Shu-
feldt, 333-418

Birds (Subfossil) from Bermuda:
Correspondence relating to, 341-
348

Birds (Subfossil) from Bermuda:

List of material from the
American Museum of Nat-
ural History, 338

List of material in collection

of Mr. Edward McGall,
339

List of material for Compari-
son (Existing species),
340

List of material, Mowbray
Collection, 353

List of material, Table of

specimens and their iden-
tification, 382-383.
bivittatum, Cornops, 60
bivittatus, Euscirtus, 142
bohlsii, Fenestra, 29
Oxyblepta, 58
boliviana, Bucephalacris sp. nov., 72
Copiocera sp. nov., 65, 66, 67
Henia, 58, 59
Pheoparia sp. nov., 74
Rhytidichrota sp. nov., 89, 90
Scaria sp. nov., 15
bolivianus, Mastodon, 229
borealis, Myrsine, 325
Putfinus, 3525 S55 373ecoL
Borellia carinata, 30
borellii, Bucephalacris, 72
Masyntes, 20
Paratettix, II, 12
Scyllina, 33
Tetanorhynchus, 23
Xiphiola, 77.
boucardi, Orphulella, 26
Brachyphyllum crassum, 285
brachysepala, Diospyros, 329
Brachytrypes, 138
caviceps, 139

INDEX.

Brachytrypide, 138
Brashear, Death of Dr. John Alfred,
237
brasiliensis, Hexasmicra, 267, 268
Masyntes, 21
Pentasmicra, 265
Scyllina, 34
Zosperamerus, 68
braziliensis, Dicysta, 269, 270, 272
brevicollis, Eurycorypha, 134
brevicornis, Truxalis, 24
brevipennis, Paramastax, 19
Bruner, Dr. Lawrence: Saltatorial

Orthoptera from South America and

the Isle of Pines, 5-91. Orthoptera
from Africa being a report upon
some Saltatoria, mainly from
Cameroon, contained in the Carne-
gie Museum, 92-142
brunneri, Rhytidichrota, 89
Scyllina.. 325 33
brunneus, Adelotettix, 70
Bucephalacris, 71
boliviana sp. nov., 72
borellii, 72
corallipes, 72
falcifer, 72
fuscipennis, 72
paraguayensis, 72
Synopsis of the Species of, 72
Bulweria, 376
burmeisteri, Toxodon, 227

Cacti of Argentina, 239

cerulans cubensis, Sphingonotus, 35

ceruleipennis, Abracris, 75
Adelotettix, sp. nov., 70

cerulens, Orbillus, 113 :

cerulescens, C£dipoda, r1o1

“ Cahow’”’ : Known characteristics,
349
Caletodes, 76
alatus, 77

Calliptamus italicus, 119
canadensis, Lactuca, 444, 445
Lampsilis ovata, 151

capito, Centriscus, 263

Caprifoliacee, 326 ;

caribbea, /Estrelata, 336, 337, 342,
343, 345, 348, 349, 350, 351, 366,
381

carinata, Borellia, 30

carinatus, Mugil, 241, 247

Carnegie, Andrew, death of, 1

Carnivora, 226

449

castanea, Pheoparia, 74
catantopoides, Stenocrobylus sp. nov.,
116
Cantantops, 116
zsthmaticus, 115
decoratus, 114
kraussi, 114
major, 114
melanostictus, 114
mellitus, 113
mimulus, I1§
uniformis, n. sp., 113
caternaulti, /Kolacris, 37
caviceps, Brachytrypes, 139
cayennensis, Stenacris, sp. nov., 50
Celastracex, 313
Celastrophyllum cretaceum, 313
Centriscide, A Review of the Family,
found in the Waters of Formosa,
By Masamitsu Oshima, 260-264
Centriscus capito, 260, 261, 263
scutatus, 261, 264
cephalus, Mugil, 241, 242, 243
Cephaloceema teretiuscula, 2
cereris, Eurycorypha, 134
cervinus, Stenocrobylus, 115
Chenomugil, 257
Chalcidoidea: Notes on some Species
in the Carnegie Museum. By Hugo
Kahl, 265-268
chapadensis, Allotettix, 11
Amblytropidia, 30
Chelon, 241, 257
Crenilabis, 258
chilensis. Mastodon, 229
chipmani, Allotettix, 10
Tnusia, 55
Chirista, 99
compta, 99
Chlorophycee, 153
Chortophaga cubensis, 34
Chrysochraon filatus, 25
ciliata, Cyrtoxipha, 141
circulus, Obovaria subrotunda, 150
Cissus repens, 308
Cissites, 301, 307, 309, 311
ingens, var. parvifolia, 311
obtusus, 310
cissitifolius, Platanus, 311
clavareaui, Cyphocerastis, 108
coccineipes, Opsomala, 46
coccineum, Pleurobema, 150
obliquum, I51
cochlearistylus, Opisthodichrus, 125
collaris, Adelotettix, 70

450

Copiocera, 64
Collections in
value, etc., 233
Colpolopha obsoleta, 38
columbianum, Pisidium, 426, 438
columbe, Stenacris, 49
compressidens, Toxodon, 227
compressum, Pisidium, 425
Compsacris pulcher, 31
compta, Chirista, 99
comptus, Stenobothrus, 100
congrua, Omura, 36
Coniferales, 285
Conocephalide, 121
conocephalus, Xiphidion, 124
continuum, Xiphidion, 123
contortum, Pisidium, 425
cooki, Procellaria, 353, 360, 363, 365
Coptacra anguliflava, 108
cordifolium, Viburnum Lesquereuxii,
var, 291
Corythucha, 269
Copiocera austera, 65, 67, 68
boliviana, sp. nov., 65, 66, 67
collaris, 64
erythrogaster, 64

Carnegie Museum,

eucera, 64

formosa, sp. nov., 65, 66
hematonata, 64

leta, 64

lepida, 65, 66, 67

nigricans, 64

prasina, 65, 66

specularis, 65

surinamensis, 64, 65

Synopsis of the Species of, 64
Coptacra succinea, 107
corallipes, Bucephalacris, 72
Cornops bivittatum, 60

ignotum, 61

insulare, 60, 61 A

longipenne, 60, 61

paraguayense, 61

pelagicum, sp. nov., 61
corumbe, Amblytropidia, 29, 30
Coryacris angustipennis, 38
Corycomima flavescens, 136
Corycus abruptus, 129

greefh, 130

intermedius, 129

jourinei, 129

karschi, 129

kraussi, 129, 130

paradoxus, 130

premorsus, 129

INDEX.

siccifolium, 130
Synopsis of the Species of, 129
Cosmoderus, 120
costalis, Tettigidea, 14
costata, Amblema, 151
eriganensis, Symphynota, 151
Symphynota, 151
(Lasmigona), 149
Cotys antennatus, 7
crassum, Brachyphyllum, 285
crassus, Unio, 147
creatopus, Puffinus, 355
Credneria, 307, 317
cretacea, Pyrus, 311
cretaceum, Celastrophyllum, 313
Sassafras, 301, 303
Crimisus patruus, 9
Criotettix. 94
nigellus, 95
cruentata, Zoniopoda, 39
cubensis, Chortophaga, 34
Curie, Madam Marie: visit to Pitts-
burgh, 234
curvatum, Pisidium, 427
cyaneus, Stenocrobylus, 116
cyanipes, Scyllina, 33
cyanoptera, Xiphiola, 77
cylindrodes, Stenacris, 48
Cymatomera argillata, 125
Cyphocerastis clavareaui, 108
hopei n. sp., 108, 110
Key for Separating the Species
of, 108
leta, 108
picturata n. sp., 108, 109
tristis, 108 ;
(Cyrenastrum), 438
Cyrtacanthacride, 36, 104
Cyrtacanthacris lineata, 106
ruficornis, 106
Cyrtoxipha ciliata, 141
furva, 141

Dakota Formation: Brief Historic
Notes Relating to Studies,
275-278.

Deposition and Present Distribu-
tion, 278-280
Correlation of, 280
Location in the Cretaceous ana
correlation with other forma-
tions, 281-284
Relation to the Raritan, Amboy,
Woodbine, Tuscaloosa, and
Washita of the Atlantic and

INDEX.

Gulf region, 285
dakotana, Hymenea, 312
dakotense, Daphnophyllum, 313
daphnogenoides, Ficus, 296
Proteoides, 296
Daphnophyllum angustifolium, 313
dakotense, 313
decisum, Pisidium, 427, 430
declive, Spherium, 425, 438, 439
decoratus, Catantops, 114
deflexum, Pisidium, 427, 429
Degree of Doctor of Laws conferred
on King of Belgium, 3; on Madam
Marie Curie, 236
delecta, Abracris. 75
Dichromorpha australis, 28
viridis, 28
Dichroplus exilis, 84
punctulatus, 84
Dictyophorus, 101
laticinctus, 102
Dicysta Champion (Hemiptera).
Carl J. Drake, 269-273
Key to the Species of, 270
braziliensis, 269, 270, 272
hollandi, 269, 270, 271
smithi, 289, 270, 273
vitrea, 269, 270, 271
digitatus, Tridactylus, 137
sterkii, Elliptio, 151
Diospyros brachysepala, 329
primeva, 326
rotundifolia, 324, 325, 326
Steenstrupi, 325
Diplomystus goodi Eastman.
J. Holland, 143-144
dissectum, Sassafras
301, 303
dorsalis, Stenopola, 56
Drake, Carl J., The Genus Dicysta
Champion (Hemiptera), 269-273
duria, Duronia, 99
Rodunia, 99
Duronia, duria, 99

By

By .W.

(Araliopsis),

Edentata, 231

Editorial Notes,
1-4; 233-239

Educational work of the
Museum, 233

By W. J. Holland,

Carnegie

Ebenacee, 324

Ebenales, 324

Effect of the world war on scientific
institutions in London, 341

elegans, Plagiola, 149 |

451

Populites, 288
Rodunia, 99
elevatum, Pisidium, 434
Elephantide, 228
elliotti, Quadrula, 150
Elliptio, 178
dilatatus, 151
sterkii, 151
Eluma gen. nov., 127
amplipennis, sp. nov., 127
emarginata, Procolpia, 36
enderleini, Leucospis, 268
Eneopteride, 141
ensicornis, Rhytidichrota, 89, 90
Eomorphopus, 7
granulatus, 8
Equide, 230
Equus rectidens, 230
Ericacex, 323
Ericales, 323
eriganensis, Symphynota costata, 151
erosa, Ancedopoda, 128
erythrogaster, Copiocera, 64
eucera, Copiocera, 64
Eumastacide, 17
Eumastax militaris, 18
tenuis, 17
Waltibataye D7.
Euphorbiacee, 313
Euprepocnemis guineénsis, 118
plorans, 118
Eurycorypha equatorialis, 134
brevicollis, 134
cereris, 134
securifera, 134
zebrata sp. nov., 135
Eurynia, 177

recta, I51

latissima, 151
Euscirtus, 141

bivittatus, 142

planiceps, 142
Eusitalces vittatus, 79, 80

vulneratus, sp. nov., 79
Euthypoda, 128

kanguroo, 129
Eutryxalis gracilis, 24

exiguum, Pisidium abortivum, 428

exilis, Dichroplus, 84

facialis, Paramastax, 19
Fagales, 290
falcifer, Bucephalacris, 73

falconia, 46
fasciculus, Unio, 146

ANN, CAR. MUS., XIII., 30, FEB. 21, 1922.

452

Felide, 226
femorata, Parapetasia, 102
femoratus, Stenocrobylus, 115
Fenestra, 28
bohlsii, 29
fenestralis, Psinidia, 34
ferruginea, Jodacris, 75
ferrugineum, Pisidium, 427
festivus, Stenocrobylus, 116
Ficus daphnogenoides, 296
inequalis, 297
macrophylla, 295, 296
filatus, Chrysochraon, 25
minor, Paratruxalis, 25
filiformis, Leptysma, 43, 44
fimbriata, Schistocerca, 83
fissicauda, Stenacris, 49
flabellata, Grewiopsis, 320, 321
flava, Fusconaia, 151
parvula, Fusconaia, 151
flavescens, Corycomima, 136
flavofasciata, Schistocerca, 81, 82
flavolinea, Schistocerca, sp. nov., 81
flavolineata, Osmilia, 88
flavopicta, Alluaudiella?, 140
footiana, Anodonta grandis, 151
forficulata, Stenacris, sp. nov., 49
formosa, Copiocera, sp. nov., 65, 66
Schistocerca, 81
formose, Liza, 240, 250
fossulatus, Prototettix, 11, 12
Rytinatettix, 11
fragilis, Paraptera, 151
frenata, Henia, 58
frenatus, Gryllus, 59
Fulmarus glacialis, 353, 373
fumosus, Stenocrobylus, 115
furva, Cyrtoxipha, 141
fuscipennis, Bucephalacris, 72
Masyntes, 21
Fusconaia barnesiana, 150
bigbyensis, 150
flava, 151
parvula, 151
tumescens, 150
fusiformis, Paradichroplus, 86, 87

gaudens, Paramastax, 18
gavia, Puffinus, 352, 355
Gelatopcea, 133

bicolor, 134
geniculapicta,

nov., 39

geniculata, Ophthalmolampis, 39
geniculatus, Paradichroplus, 86

Ophthalmolampis, _ sp.‘

INDEX.

Geology (Some features) of North-
eastern Brazil. By Gerald A. War-
ing, 183-223

Geraniales, 313

gersteckeri, Atractomorpha, 104

Holopercna, 100

gibbinotus, Platytettix, 8

gigantea, Ossifraga, 371

glabrata, Tettigidea sp. nov., 12

glacialis, Fulmarus, 353, 373

Glyptodontide, 323

goodi, Diplomystus, 143

gracilis, Eutryxalis, 24

Leptysma, 43
Orphulella, 25

grandidenta, Platanus primeva, var.,
310

grandis, Anodonta, 149, 151

footiana, Anodonta, 151

granulatus, Eomorphopus, 8

granulosa, Prorhachis, 37

greeff, Corycus, 130

Gress, E. M., An Annotated List of

Fossil Plants of the Dakota
Formation (Cretaceous) in the
Collections at the Carnegie
Museum, Including Descriptions
of Three New Species, 274-281
Grewiopsis, 307

flabellata, 320, 321

Haydenii, 321

Grier, Norman McDowell, Morpho-
logical features of certain Mussel-
shells found in Lake Erie, compared
with those of the corresponding
species found in the drainage of .
the Upper Ohio, 145-182

grisea, “strelata, 371

griseolum, Pisidium, 427, 432

griseus, Puffinus, 355

greenlandica, Aralia, 322

grossa, Leptysma, 44

grouse-locusts, 6

Gryllacride, 119

Gryllacris africana, 120

quadripunctata, 119

Gryllotalpa africana, 137

Gryllotalpide, 137

Gryllotalpoidea, 136

Gryllus conspersus, 139

frenatus, 59
pallens, 83
spp.?, 139
surinamus, 62
guineénsis, Euprepocnemis, 118

INDEX.

Xiphidion, 124
Gymnogryllus miurus, 139

hzematonata, Copiocera, 64
Halocyptesia, 376
hamata, Scaria, 15
hamatum, Acrydium, 15
Hamamelidacee, 308
harkerianum, Sassafras, 301, 304
hasitata, /#strelata, 336, 337,
343, 345, 348. 351
Haydenii, Grewiopsis, 321
Henia boliviana, 58, 59
frenata, 58
steinbachi sp. nov., 59
surinama sp. nov., 58, 59
testacea sp. nov., 59
Synopsis of the species of, 58
Heptasmicra quadrimaculata, 268
Hetrodide, 120
hewaniana, Acridoxena, 127
Hexasmicra brasiliensis, 267
transversa, 268
trinidadensis, 267, 268
Hippodes hopei sp. nov., 93
Holland, W. J., Diplomystus goodi
Eastman, 143-144;
Editorial Notes, 1-4; 233-239;
Fossil mammals collected at
Pedra Vermelha, Bahia, Brazil,
by Gerald A. Waring, 224-232
hollandi, Dicysta, 269, 270, 271
Holopercna gersteckeri, 100
Homeegryllus, 140
. reticulatus, 141
Homorocoryphus, 121
nitidulus, 122
hopei, Cyphocerastis n. sp., 108, 110
Hippodes sp. nov., 93
Hoplidostylus argillatus, 126
humilis, Tetanorhynchus, 22
hyla, Oxya, 105
Hymenza dakotana, 312
hymenophyllus, Leguminosites, 312

342,

idahoénse, Pisidium, 428
ignotum, Cornops, 61
impotens, Parapetasia, 102
inequalis, Ficus, 297
inequilateralis, Betulites Westii, var.,
295
Rhamnus, 314
incertus, Tetanorhynchus, 22
inclyta, Rodunia, 98
indianense, Pisidium, 428

453

inscripta, Schistocerca, 83
insignis, Prorachthes, 42
insipida, Rodunia, 99
insolitus, Paurotarsus, 17
insulare, Cornops, 60, 61
integrifolia, Lactuca, 443
interior, Stenacris, 45, 48
interlineata, Rodunia, 08
intermedia, Leptysma, 44

Opsomala, sp. nov., 46
intermedium, Viburnum dakotense,

327

intermedius, Corycus, 129

Inusia chipmani, 55
pallida, 56

Io, 146

iris, Xiphidion, 124

italicus, Calliptamus, 119

japonicus, Mugil, 241, 243, 245

jayense, Musculium, 425

Jennings, O. E., Studies in the Genus
Lactuca: in Western Pennsylvania,
440-446

Jodacris ferruginea, 75

jourinei, Corycus, 129

Juglandacee, 289

Juglandales, 289

Juglans arctica, 289

Kahl, Hugo, Notes on some Species
of Chalcidoidea in the Carnegie
Museum, 265-268 ;

kanguroo, Euthypoda, 129

kansaseana, Populus, 287

karschi, Corycus, 129

Pteropera, I12
kelaartii, Mugil. 241, 250
Key for Separating the Species of
Cychocerastis, 108 :
to the species of Platytettix, 8
to the species of Pteropera, III
kraussi, Catantops, 114
Corycus, 129, 130

Genus, in
By One:

Lactuca: Studies in the
Western Pennsylvania,
Jennings, 440-446

Lactuca, 441

acuminata,
aurea, 442
canadensis, 444, 445,

var. spinulosa, 444, 445
integrifolia, 443
leucophea, 443

443

454
spicata, 440, 441, 442,
var. aurea, forma _ integri-
folia, 443

leta, Copiocera, 64
Cyphocerastis, 108
Paramastax, 19
Rodunia, 98
levifrons, Rhytidichrota, 89
levifrons, Rhytidichrota, 90
Lampsilis luteola, 151
rosacea, I51
ovata, 175, 176, 177
canadensis, 151
ventricosa, 151, 176
lanceolatus, Pseudorhynchus, 121
lateralis, Tettigidea, 14
latevittatum, Phlaurocentrum, 132
laticincta, 102
latifolius, Betulites Westii var., 292
latissima, Eurynia recta, 151
Lauracez, 301, 309
laurinea, Paleocassia, 312
Laurus proteefolia, 306
Leconteanum, 319
Protophyllum, 317, 319, 320
Leguminose, 312
Leguminosites hymenophyllus, 312
Leiotettix sanguineus, 85
viridis, 85
lens, Obovaria subrotunda, 150
lepida, Copiocera, 65, 66, 67
Leptostyla, 269
Leptysma, 42
filiformis, 43, 44
gracilis, 43
grossa, 44
intermedia, 44
Sps 13 ea 3 ea
Leptysme, 53
Leptysmina minor, sp. nov., 45
pallida, 44, 45
rosea, 45
Lesquereuxil,
328
lessoni, #strelata, 343, 344, 352, 353
leucophea, Lactuca
Leucospis enderleini, 268
schlettereri, 268
Iherminieri, Puffinus, 342, 345, 346,
349, 351, 352, 353, 354, 356, 357,
358, 350, 301, 3625-366
limpidum, Pisidium, 427,
Lindeniana, 309
linea-alba, Pheoparia, 74
linearifolia, 289

Viburnum, 326, 327,

433

INDEX.

Salix proteefolia, var., 289
lineata, Cyrtacanthacris, 106
lineatus, Amblyscapheus, 31
Liocentrum aduncum, 125
Liquidambar, 306, 307, 308, 309

styraciflua, 315
Liriodendron, 307
litigiosus, populites, 288
Liza, Key to the Formosan species

of, 250
Liza formose, 240, 241, 250, 251
parva, 240, 253

pescadorensis, 240, 254
troscheli, 256
lobata, Otumba, 10
lobulata, Tetrix, 11, 12
Locustide, 100
Locustoidea, 6, 92
Locusts, or Short-Horned Grass-
hoppers, 6
longicornis, Staurorhectus, 31
longipenne, Acrydium, 60
Cornops, 60, 61
longirostris, Unio, 147
Loricata, 232
lunum, Monachidium, 84
luteola, Lampsilis, 151
rosacea, Lampsilis, 151

Macherodine, 226
macrophylla, Ficus, 295. 296
macropterum, Ommexecha, 35
magna, Paramastax, 18
magnifica, Schistocerca, 81
Magnolia, 297
alternans, 298
obtusata, 299
speciosa, 299, 300
Magnoliacee, 298
magnum, Pisidium, 426
major, Catantops, 114
Puffinus, 354, 360, 361
Malvales, 315
Mammalia, 226
Mammals (Fossil) collected at Pedra
Vermelha, Bahia, Brazil. by Gerald
A. Waring. By W. J. Holland,
224-232
mammisignum, Arantia, 131
marginalis, Zosperamerus, 68
marschalli, 50
Mastodon, 228
americanum, 229, 230, 231
angustidens, 229
bolivianus, 229

INDEX.

chilensis, 229
waringi, 229
Masyntes borellii, 20
brasiliensis, 21
fuscipennis, 21
steinbachi, 21
tigris, 21
megalli, Puffinus, 354, 355, 359, 381
Meconemide, 130
Mecopoda, 128
Mecopodide, 126
medianum, Pisidium, 438.
megacephala, Stenacris sp. nov., 52
Megatheriide, 231
Megatherium, 231, 232
melanopeza, Zeuneria, 132
Melanoplus, 113
melanostictus, Catantops, 114
mellitus, Catantops, 113
Menispermacee, 300, 308
Menispermites, 307
obtusilobus, 300, 301
salinensis, 300
Menispermum, 309
merceti, Taphronota, 102
meridionalis, Abracris, 76
Paratettix, 95
metanevra, Quadrula, 140
Microcentrum, 134
militaris, Eumastax, 18
mimulus, Catantops, 115
minor, 50
Leptysmina, sp. nov., 45
Orphula, 25
Oxyblepta, sp. nov., 57
Procolpia, 36
mira, Rhabdoplea, 100
mirabile, Sassafras, 301, 304
miurus, Gymnogryllus, 139
modestus, Trybliophorus, sp. nov., 41
Monachidium, 83
lunum, 84
viridipenne, 107
montesi, Mormotus, 126
Moracee, 295
Mormotus montesi, 126
Morphacris, 100
sulcata, 101
Morphopus affinis, 95
mossambicensis, Rodunia, 98
mucronata, Batrachidea, 16
Sterculia, 309, 315, 316
Mudgei, Sassafras, 301, 302
Mugilide found in the Waters of
Formosa: Review of the Fishes ot

455

the Family. By Masamitsu Oshima,
240-259
Mugilide, Key to the genera found
in Formosa, 241
Mugil, 241, 259
anpinensis, 240, 245
carinatus, 247
cephalus, 242, 243
japonicus, 243, 245
kelaartii, 248, 250
ceue, 245
suppositus, 252
Mugil, Key to the Formosan specie
of, 241
Mulgedium, 441
spicatum, 441
Mullets, 240
multicostata, Tettigidea, 15
multinervis, Betulites Westii,
293
Musculium, 427, 432
jayense, 425
Mussel Fauna of Lake Erie, Char-
acteristics of the, 153
Mussel-Shells (Morphological fea-
tures) found in Lake Erie, com-
pared with those of the correspond-
ing species found in the drainage
of the Upper Ohio. By Norman
McDowell Grier, 145-182
Mussel-shells: Table of localities
where collected, 159-162
Table of Lake Erie spéci-
mens as compared with the
same from the Upper Ohio
River drainage, 165-172
mutatum, Pisidium compressum, 427,
430
Myrsine borealis, 325

Viel iies

Naiad fauna: Physical conditions and
types in Lake Erie and Upper Ohio
River, 151

Naiades of Pennsylvania, 234

South America, 234

Naiades, Literature cited with Bib.

liography of Ecology of, 179-
182

Summary of the Physical Condi-
tions in Lake Erie and the
Upper Ohio Drainage which af-
fect the, 157

nana, Phaneroptera, 132

nasica, Opsomala, 46

nebulosa, Abracris, 75

456

neglectum, Xiphidion, sp. nov., 123
Nemobius sp?, 138

Nemobiide, 138

neogeus, Smilodon, 226

nigellus, Criotettix, 95

nigra, Paramastax, 19, 20

nigricans, Copiocera, 64
nigromarginata, Peruvia, 29
nitidulus, Homorocoryphus, 122
normalis, Tucayaca, sp. nov., 54
notabilis, Amorphopus, 7

notata, Batrachidea, 16
notophthalmi, Pisidium, 426, 434, 435
Notophthalmus torosus, 435
nylanderi, Pisidium pauperculum, 427

obesa, Vossia, 136
obesus, Parascopas, 85
obliquum coccineum, Pleurobema, 151
pauperculum, Pleurobema, 151
Pleurobema, 150
oblongus, Betulites Westii, var., 292
Obovaria subtrotunda circulus, 150
lens, 150
obscurus, Puffinus, 345, 351, 352, 353;
357, 358, 359
Adelotettix, 70
obsoleta, Colpolopha, 38
obtectum, Xiphidion, 124
obtusilobus, Menispermites, 300, 301
obtusum, Sassafras, 301, 305, 306
obtusus, Betulites Westii, var., 294
Cissites, 310
occidentalis, Amytta, 130
Platanus, 298, 304, 311
Oceanodroma, 376, 377, 379
octomaculatus, Trybliophorus, 40, 4)
Odontomelus bifrensis, 97
(Ecanthide, 140
(Edipoda cerulescens, 101
(Edipodide, 34
cur, Mugil, 245
Ohio drainage basin: Physical condi-
tions, 155
Ommatolampis, 78
peruviana, 79
Ommexecha macropterum, 35
servillei, 35
Ommexechide, 35
Omura congrua, 36
Opisthodicrus, 124
cochlearistylus, 125
Opsomala, 45, 48
coccineipes, 46
intermedia sp. nov., 46

INDEX.

nasica, 46
steeli, 46
viridis, 46
Ophthalmolampis albolineata, 40
geniculapicta, sp. nov., 39
geniculata, 39
Orbillus cerulens, 113
orcasense, Pisidium, 428, 435, 436
Orchelimum senegalense, 122
ornatus, Stenocrobylus, 116
Orphula, 24
minor, 25
pagana, 25
Orphulella, 32, 97
boucardi, 26
gracilis, 25
pelidna, 26, 100
peruna, 26
punctata, 26
scudderi, 27
surinama, 27
Orphulini, 99
orthocnemis, Arantia, 131
Orthoptera, Saltatorial, 6
Orthoptera from Africa, being a report
upon some Saltatoria mainly from
Cameroon contained in the Carne- ~
gie Museum. By Lawrence Bruner,
92-142
Oshima, Masamitsu, Review of the
Fishes of the Family Centriscide
found in the Waters of Formosa,
260-264
Oshima, Masamitsu, a Review of the
Fishes of the Family Mugilide
found in the waters of Formosa,
240-259
Osmilia flavolineata, 88
Osmiliola aurita, 78
Ossifraga gigantea, 371
Otumba lobata, 10
ovata canadensis, Lampsilis, 151
Lampsilis, 175, 176, 177
ventricosa, Lampsilis, 151, 176
ovatum, Protophyllum, 317, 318
ovum, Pisidium, 434
Oxya hyla, 105
Oxyblepta, 56
bohlsii, 58
minor, sp. nov., 57
puncticeps, 57
Oxyrrhepes, 105
procera, 106

pagana, Orphula, 25

INDEX.

Paleocassia laurinea, 312
pallens, Gryllus, 83
Schistocerca, 83
pallida, Inusia, 56
Leptysmina, 44, 45
Parachloébata pratensis, 27
Paradichroplus fusiformis, 86, 87
geniculatus, 86
sanguineus, sp. nov., 86, 87
paradoxum, Pisidium, 427, 431
paradoxus, Corycus, 130
paraguayensis, Bucephalacris, 72
Paramastax brevipennis, 19
facialis, 19
gaudens, 18
leta, 19
magna, 18
nigra, 19, 20
personata, 19
pictifrons, sp. nov., 19
Synopsis of the Species of, 18
teniata, 19
Parapetasia femorata, 102
impotens, 102
Paraptera, 177, 178
fragilis, 151
paraguayens¢, Cornops, 61
Trarascopas, 84
obesus, 85
sanguineus, 85
paratecta, Tettigidea, 13
Paratettix, borellii, 11, 12
meridionalis, 95
peruvianus, II
wilverthi, 96
Paratruxalis, 24
filatus, 25
minor, 25
Parlatorii, Andromeda, 323
Parorphula, 32
parva, Liza, 240, 250, 253
parvifolia, Cissites ingens, var., 311
parvus, Puffints, 356, 359, 360, 361,
362, 363, 364, 376
parvula, Fusconaia flava, 151
patella, Spherium, 426
patruus, Crimisus, 9
pauperculum, Pisidium, 425, 427, 433
Pleurobema obliquum, 151
Paurotarsus, 16
amazonus, 17
insolitus, 17
rugosus, 17
pelagicum, Cornops, sp. nov., 61
Pelecandides urinatrix, 353, 363, 365

457

pelidna, Orphulella, 26, 100
Pentasimera braziliensis, 265
Perissodactyla, 230
personata, Paramastax, 19
peruna, Orphulella, 26
Peruvia nigromarginata, 29
peruviana, Ommatolampis, 79
Rhytidichrota, 89
Rhytidichrota, 90
peruvianus, Allotettix, 10
Paratettix, 11
pescadorensis, Liza, 240, 250
Pescadores Islands, 259
Pfaffiana, Andromeda, 324
Pheoparia, 73
boliviana, sp. nov., 74
castanea, 74
linea-alba, 74
Phaneroptera, nana, 132
reticulata, 133
sp.?, 133
Phaneropteride, 130
pharaonis, Phleoba, 99,
Rodunia, 99
phila, Tetratenia, 62, 63
Phlaurocentrum latevittatum, 132
Phleoba pharaonis, 99
Phylloptera, 134
Physical Conditions of the Drainage
Basin of the Upper Ohio, 155-156
pictifrons, Paramastax, sp. nov., 19
pictipes, Pteropera, 112
pictorum, Unio, 147, 148
picturata, Cyphocerastis, n. sp.
TOOQMIE
pilosa, Rhytidichrota, 89
pilula, Pisidium, 428, 437
Pinacee, 286
Pisidium and Spherium, Descriptions
of new species and forms of, 429-
439
Pisidium, 433, 435
abditum, 427
abortivum, 428
abortivum exiguum, 428
equilaterale, 427
amnicum (form striolatum Bau-
don?), 426
apiculatum, 425, 433
columbianum, 426, 427, 438
compressum, 425
compressum, mutatum, 427, 429
contortum, 425
curvatum, 427
decisum, 427, 430

EOS,

458

deflexum, 427, 429
elevatum, 434
exiguum, 428
ferrugineum, 427
griseolum, 427, 432
idahoénse, 428
indianense, 428
limpidum, 427, 433
magnum, 426
medianum, 438
notophthalmi, 426, 434, 435
orcasense, 428, 435, 436
ovum, 434
paradoxum, 427, 431
pauperculum, 425, 433
pauperculum nylanderi, 427
pilula, 428, 437
prognathum, 428, 436
pusillum, 436
rotundatum, 427
sargenti, 434
scutellatum, 434
sphericum, 427
splendidulum, 427
tenuissimum, 425
variabile, 425, 426, 431
ventricosum, 427
vesiculare, 425
Plagiola elegans, 149
planiceps. Euscirtus, 142
Plants (Fossil), Annotated List of the
Dakota Formation (Cretaceous) in
the collections of the Carnegie
Museum, including Descriptions of
three new species. By E. M. Gress,
274-281
Platanacee, 306, 307, 309
Platanus, 301, 306, 307, 309
appendiculata, 310
cissitifolia, 310
Guillelmez, 310
Haydenii, 310
occidentalis, 298, 304, 310, 311
primeva, 298, 310
primeva, var. grandidenta, 310
Wrightii, 309, 315
Platyblemmidez, 140
Platytettix arcuatus, sp. nov., 8
gibbinotus, 8
Key to the species of, 8
reticulatus, 8
uniformis, 8
Pleurobema, 178
coccineum, 150
obliquum, 150

INDEX.

obliquum coccineum, 151
pauperculum, 151
plicata, Amblema, 151
plorans, Euprepocnemis, 118
Peecilozonites bermudensis, 361
populifolius, Betulites, 290, 291
Populites elegans, 288
litigiosus, 288
Populus Berggreni, 286
kansaseana, 287
Porter, Death of Mr. Henry Kirke,
237
premorsus, Corycus, 129
prasina, Copiocera, 65, 66
pratensis, Parachloébata, 27
Scyllina, 33, 34
primeva, Diospyros, 326
Platanus, 298
Prionolopha, 37
serrata, 38
Proboscidea, 228, 230
Procellaria cooki, 353, 360, 363, 365
Procellaride, 371
procera, Oxyrrhepes, 106
Procolpia emarginata, 36
minor, 36
producta, Rodunia, 98
Scania, 15
prognathum, Pisidium, 428, 436
propinqua, Acrida, 97 ©
Proptera, 175, 176, 177
alata, 3151
Prorachthes insignis, 42
Prorhachis granulosa, 37
Proscopia, 21
scabra, 22
Proscopide, 21
proteefolia, Laurus, 306
Proteoides daphnogenoides, 296
Protophyllum, 317, 318
Leconteanum, 317, 319, 320
ovatum, 317, 318
rugosum, 317, 318 *
Sternbergii, 317, 319, 320
viburnifolium, 317, 318
Protoplatanus, 307
Prototettix fossulatus, 11, 12
Pseudophyllide, 124
Pseudorhynchus lanceolatus, 121
Psinidia fenestralis, 34
Pteropera karschi, 112
Key to the Species of, 111
pictipes, 112
uniformis, n. Sp., III, I12
verrucigena, I12

INDEX.

Pterospermites, 317
Puffinine, 364
Puffinus assimilis, 375
auduboni, 342, 345, 352, 358
borealis, 352, 355, 373, 381
creatopus, 355
Gavia, 352, 355
griseus, 355
Iherminieri, 342, 345, 346, 349,
350 3527353; 354, 350; 3575
358, 359, 361, 362, 366
major 354, 360, 361
megalli, 354, 355, 359, 381
obscurus, 345, 351, 352, 353, 357;

358, 359
Pparvus, 356, 359, 360, 361, 362,
363, 364, 376 ;

pulcher, Compsacris, 31
punctata, Orphulella, 26
puncticeps, Oxyblepta, 57
punctulatus, Dichroplus, 84
Pupillide, 425
purpurascens, Tetrix, 13
pusillum, Pisidium, 436
Pycnogasteride, 120
pygmeum, Spathosternum, 105
Pyrgomorphide, 36, 1o1
Pyrus cretacea, 311

quadratifolius, Betulites Westii, var.,
294

quadrimaculata, Heptasmicra, 268
quadripunctata, Gryllacris, 119
Quadrula atrocostata, 150

elliotti, 150

metanevra, 149

undulata, 149
Querimana, 240

Radium presented Madam Marie
Curie, 235-237
Ranunculales, 298
recta, Eurynia. 151
latissima, Eurynia, 151
Rodunia, 98
rectidens, Equus, 230
rectifolia, Arantia, 131
Reichenbachi, Sequoia, 286
repens, Cissus, 308
reticulata, Phaneroptera, 133
reticulatus, Homeeogryllus, 141
Platytettix, 8
Rhabdoplea mira, 100
Rhabdoscirtus vittatus, 78
Rhamnacee, 314

459

Rhamnales, 314
Rhamnus inequilateralis, 314
rhomboidalis, Betulites Westii, var.,
204
Rhytidichrota, 88
antennata, 89, 90
boliviana, sp. nov., 89, 90
brunneri, 89
ensicornis, 89, 90
levifrons, 89, 90
peruviana, 89, 90
pilosa, 89
sellata, 89
turgida, 89
varicolor, 89
robusta, Amblytropidia, 30
robustum, Viburnum, 328, 329
Rodunia, 97
angustata, 98
basalis, 98
duria, 99
elegans, 99
inclyta, 98
insipida, 99
interlineata, 98
leta, 98
mossambicensis, 98
pharaonis, 99
producta, 98
recta, 98
rufescens, 99
sanguinolenta, 98
schulthessi, 98
Synopsis of the species of, 98
tricarinata, 98
tricolor, 98
rosea, Leptysmina, 45
rosacea, Lampsilis luteola, 151
Rosacee, 311
Rosales, 306
roseus, Stenocrobylus, 116
rotundatum, Pisidium, 427
rotundatus, Betulites Westii, var., 292
rotundifolia, Diospyros, 324, 325, 326
Rubiales, 326
rufescens, Rodunia, 99
ruficornis, Cyrtacanthacris, 106
rugosus, Betulites, 290, 295
Paurotarsus, 17
Protophyllum, 317, 320
Rutidoderes squarrosus, 103
Rytinatettix affinis, sp. nov.( Piva 12
fossulatus, 11
Salicacee, 286

460

Salicales, 286
salinensis, Menispermites, 300
Salix proteefolia var. linearifolia,
289
Saltatorial Orthoptera, 6
sanguineus, Leiotettix, 85
Paradichroplus, sp. nov., 86, 8y
Parascopas, 85
sanguinolenta, Rodunia, 98
sargenti, Pisidium, 434
Sassafras, 301, 306, 307, 309
(Araliopsis) dissectum,* 301, 303
acutilobum, 301
cretaceum, 301, 303
dissectum, 301, 303
harkerianum, 301, 304
mirabile, 301, 302
Mudgei, 301, 302
obtusum, 301, 305, 306
scabra, Proscopia, 22
Scapsipedus, 140
Scaria boliviana, sp. nov., 15
hamata, 15
producta, 15
Schistocerca, 106
americana, 83
fimbriata, 83
flavofasciata, 81, 82
flavolinea, sp. nov., 81
formosa, 81
inscripta, 83
magnifica, 81
pallens, 83
sp.?, 83
tartarica, 107
schistocercoides, Scyllina, -33
schlettereri, Leucospis, 268
schulthessi, Rodunia, 98
Scudderia, 132
scudderi, Orphulella, 27
scutatus, Centriscus, 261, 264
scutellatum, Pisidium, 434
Scyllina borellii, 33
braziliensis, 34
brunneri, 32, 33
cyanipes, 33
pratensis, 33. 34
schistocercoides, 33
smithi, 33
Scyllinine, 32
securifera, Eurycorypha, 134
sellata, Rhytidichrota, 89
senegalense, Orchelimum, 122
Sequoia Reichenbachi, 286
serrata, Prionolopha, 38

INDEX.

servillei, Ommexecha, 35
Shafer, Death of Dr. John Adolph,
238
siccifolium, Corycus, 130
siculus, Steropleurus, 121
signatipes, Abracris, 75
Shufeldt, R. W., A Comparative
Study of some Subfossil. Remains
of Birds from Bermuda, including
the “ Cahow,” 333-419
Smilodon neogeus, 226
smithi, Dicysta, 269, 270, 273
Scyllina, 33
Snowii, Sterculia, 309, 315
Sonchus, 441
spicatus, 440
Spathosternum pygmeum, 105
sp.?, Allotettix, 11
Cosmoderus?, 120
Nemobius, 138
Schistocerca, 83
speciosa, Magnolia, 297
specularis, Copiocera, 65
sphericum, Pisidium, 427
Spheriide: Some notes with Descrip-
tions of New Species. By Victor
Sterki, 425-439
Spherium and Pisidium, descriptions
of new species and forms of, 429-
439
Spherium, 426, 427
declive, 425, 438, 439
patella, 426
sulcatum, 426
tenue, 428
sphenophyllum, Viburnum, 327
Sphingonotus exrulans, 35
cubensis, 35
spicata, Lactuca, 440, 441, 442, 443
Mulgedium, 441
Sonchus, 440
splendidulum, Pisidium, 427
squarrosus, Rutidoderes, 103
steli, Opsomala, 46
stamineum, 425
Standard Chemical
burgh, 235
Staurorhectus longicornis, 31
Steenstrupi. Diospyros, 325
steinbachi, Henia, sp. nov., 59
Masyntes, 21
Tettigidea, sp. nov., 14
Stenacris, 47, 53
cayennensis, sp. nov., 50
columbee, 49

Company, Pitts-

INDEX.

cylindrodes, 48
fissicauda, 49 _
forficulata, sp. nov., 49
interior, 45, 48
megacephala, sp. nov., 52
vitreipennis, 4&8
Stenobothrus comptus, 100
Stenocrobylus antennatus, 116
catantopoides, n. sp., 116
cervinus, II5
cyaneus, 116
femoratus, 115
festivus, 116
fumosus, 115
ornatus, 116
roseus, 116
Synopsis of the Species of, 115
Stenopola dorsalis, 56
Stephanitis, 269
Sterculia, 306, 309
aperta, 316
mucronata, 309, 315, 316
Snowii, 309. 315, 316
Sterculiaceez, 308, 315
Sterki, Victor, Some Notes on Sphe-
riide with Descriptions of New
Species, 425-439
sterkii, Elliptio dilatatus, 151
Sternbergii, 319
Protophyllum, 317, 319, 320
Steropleurus siculus, 121
Stribling, Death of Miss Mary Jane,

237
styraciflua, Liquidambar, 315
subeylindricus, Anodontoides ferus-

sacianus, I51
subintegrifolius, Betulites Westii, var.,
203
suppositus, Mugil, 252
subrotunda circulus; Obovaria,
lens, Obovaria, 150
succinea, Coptacra, 107
sulcata, Morphacris, 101
suleatum, Spherium, 425
surinama, Henia, sp. nov., 58, 59
Orphulella, 27
Tetratenia, 63
surinamensis, Copiocera, 64, 65
surinamus, Gryllus, 62
Symphynota costata, 151
eriganensis, 151
(Lasmigona) costata, 149
Synopsis of the Species of Adelotet-
tix, 70
Bucephalacris, 72
Copiocera, 64

150

461

Corycus, 129
Henia, 58
Paramastax, 18
Rodunia, 98
Stenocrobylus, 115
Zosperamerus, 68

Tables of specimens of the Subfossil
Birds of Bermuda, 382, 383-385
teniata, Paramastax, 19
Taphronota merceti, 102
thelophora, 103
tarsata, Zoniopoda, 38, 39
tartarica, Schistocerca, 107
Taxacee, 285
tenuis, Eumastax, 17
tenuissimum calcareum,
425
teretiuscula, Cephalocceema, 2
testacea, Henia, sp. nov., 59
Tetanorhynchus borellii, 23
humilis, 22
incertus, 22
Tetratcenia australis, sp. nov., 62
phila, 62, 63
surinama, 63
Tetrigide, 106
(Acrydiide), 6

Pisidium,

Tetrix, 96
lobulata, 11, 12
purpurascens, 13

Tettigidea. 17
costalis, 14
glabrata, sp. nov., 12
lateralis, 14
multicostata, 15
paratecta, 13
steinbachi, sp. nov., 14
Tettigonoidea, 92, 119
Tettix, 96, 106
Tettrigide, 92
thelophora, Taphronota, 103
Thalassidroma, 376
tigris, Masyntes, 21
Tiliacez, 320
torosus, Notophthalmus, 435
Toxodon burmeisteri, 227
compressidens, 227
Toxodontia, 227
Toxodontide, 22
transversa,, Hexasmicra, 268
tricarinata, Rodunia, 98
tricolor, Rodunia, 98
Tridactylide, 137
Tridactylus digitatus, 137
Trigonidiide, 141

462

trilobatum, Aspidiophyllum, 297, 298
trinidadensis, Hexasmicra, 267, 268
trinitatis, Amblytropidia, 30
tristis, Cyphocerastis, 108
troscheli, Liza, 251, 256
Truxalide, 23, 96
Truxalis brevicornis, 24
Trybliophorus modestus, sp. nov., 41
octomaculatus, 40, 41
Tubinares, 380
Tucayaca gen. nov., 53
aquatica, sp. nov., 53
normalis, sp. nov., 54
tumescens, Fusconaia, 150
tumidus, Unio, 148
turgida, Rhytidichrota, 89

Umbellales, 321
undulata, Quadrula, 149
Ungulata, 227
uniformis, Catantops, n. sp., 113
Platytettix, 8
Pteropera, n. Sp., III, 112
Unio crassus, 147
fasciculus, 146
longirostris, 147
pictorum, 147, 148
tumidus, 148
Unios, 147
urinatrix, Pelecandides, 353, 363, 365
Urticacer, 297
Urticales, 295

Vallonia, 425
variabile, Pisidium, 425, 426, 431
varicolor, Rhytidichrota, 89
variegatus, Zonocerus, 103
-ventricosa, Lampsilis ovata, 151, 176
ventricosum, Pisidium, 427
verrucigena, Pteropera, 112
vesiculare, Pisidium, 425
viburnifolium, Protophyllum, 317, 318
“*Viburnum dakotense intermedium,”
327
Viburnum Lesquereuxii, 326, 327
. var. commune, 327
var. cordifolium, 291
Ward, var. lanceolatum, 328

robustum, 328, 329

sphenophyllum, 327
vicina, Paramastax, 18
Vigilant Fire-engine.

land, 419-422

Order of parade. 419

Presentation ceremony, .419
Vilerna eneo-oculata, 76
viridipenne, Monochidium, 107

By W. J. Hol-

INDEX.

viridipennis, Abisares, 107
viridis, Dichromorpha, 28
Leiotettix, 85
Opsomala, 46
Vitacee, 308
vitrea, Dicysta, 269, 270, 271
vitreipennis, Stenacris, 48
vittata, Eumastax, 17

| vittatus, Eusitalces, 79, 80

Rhabdoscirtus, 78
Zosperamerus, sp. nov., 68, 69
vitticollis, Aleuas, 74
vociferans, A®strelata, 361, 363, 365,
366, 367, °371,--373,) 374; 670, sane:
381, 382
Vorticella, 153
Vossia, 135
obesa, 136
vulneratus, Eusitalces, sp. nov., 79

Waring, Gerald A., Some features of
the geology of Northeastern Brazil,
183-223

waringi, Mastodon, 229

Wellingtoniana, Aralia, 321

Westii, Betulites, 290, 291

wilverthi, Paratettix, 96

Wrightii, Platanus, 309, 315

Xanthosmicra, 268
Xenarthra, 231
Xiphidiide, 122
Xiphidion, 122
zthiopicum, 124
africanum, 124
conocephalus, 124
continuum, 123
guineense, 124
iris, 124
neglectum, sp. nov., 123
obtectum, 124
Xiphiola borellii, 77
cyanoptera, 77

zebrata, Eurycorypha, sp. nov., 135
Zeuneria melanopeza, 132
zonatipes, Zosperamerus, 68
Zoniopoda cruentata, 39
tarsata, 38, 39
Zonocerus variegatus, 103
Zosperamerus albopictus, 68
brasiliensis, 68
marginalis, 68
Synopsis of the species of, 68
vittatus, sp. nov., 68, 69
zonatipes, 58

Publications of the Carnegie Museum Serial No. 106

ANNALS

OF THE

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

Vor XT -aNes? sb- 33

October, 109:20..

For sale by Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Sons, 28 Essex St. Strand, London, England;
Maruzen Company, Ltd., 11-16, Nihonbashi Tori Sanchome, Tokyo, Japan; and at
the Carnegie Museum, Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, Pa., U. S. A.

Ill.
IV.

CONTENTS © rn Ae
Editorial Notes ee Bore Eg ae eee = ae
Saltatorial Orthoptera from South America and the Isle cA
of Pines. By Lawrence BRUNER - . eae space

Orthoptera From Africa, Being a Report on someSal-
tatoria Mainly from Cameroon Contained in the Car-

negie Museum. By LawrENCE BRUNER eRe, Se =~
Diplomystus goodi Eastman. By W. J. HoLiann 2 a :
Morphological Features of Certain Mussel-Shells Found —

in Lake Erie, Compared with those of the Correspond- ee

ing Species Found in the Drainage of the VERE Ohio. .
By Norman McDowrELt Grier Ne Sate a wi Steen A res

Some Features of the Geology of Northeastern Brazil. =
By Geratp E. Warine . : 5 : 2 ai Meg ee

Appendix on Fossil Mammalia collected by Gerald A. Ss, at ee
Waring at Pedra Vermelha, Bahia, Brazil. By Wile

HOLLAND , 5 j x Lee oo o Coe eee ie

Publications of the Carnegie Museum Serial No. 110

ANNALS

OF THE

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

Vou. XII. Nos. 3-4.

March, 1922

For sale by Messrs. Wheldon & Wesley, Ltd., 38 Great Queen Street, Kingsway,
London, W. C, E., England; Maruzen Company, Ltd., 11-16, Nihonbashi, Tori-
Sanchome, Tokyo, Japan; and at the Carnegie Museum, Schenley Park, Pittsburgh,
Ra.; U5.

CONTENTS.

Editorial Notes.) Ns 233
VI. A Review of the Fishes of the Family Mugilide found in
the Waters of Formosa. By MAsamitsu Osuima, PH.D. 240
VII. A Review of the Fishes of the Family Centriscide found in
the Waters of Formosa. By MASAmitTsu OsHIMa, PuH.D. 260
VIII. Notes on Some Species of Chalcidoidea in the Carnegie
Miseum.- By Huco Kann ses Bo a ae a 265
IX. The Genus Dicysta Champion. By CARL J. DRAKE...... 269
X. An Annotated List of Fossil Plants of the Dakota Formation
(Cretaceous) in the Collections of the Carnegie Museum,
including Descriptions of Three New Species. By E.
MEGRESS SD ADM ne Nc cak Hace we seas ee mucrom tne Tie epee a 274
XI. A Comparative Study of Some Subfossil Remains of Birds
from Bermuda, including the ‘‘ Cahow.” By R. W.

SHUPEEDT AS SS i ae eee es es cere 333
XII. The ‘ Vigilant ’ Fire-engine. By W. J. HOLLAND....... 419
XIII. Some Notes on Spheriide with Descriptions of New Spe-

cies Gu By VICTOR STERKD. 6 )/). oases. a See eee 423
XIV. Studies in the Genus Lactuca in Western Pennsylvania. By

OWES PENNINGS CAs oe ice Seen gate aa Ma rea eta 440

ahh
yt pa sia

=

et

or
a

Aunt en

Es

BL WHOI Library - Serials

Wi) i

S WHSE 044

em 2 etl
amare SP 2 9eeke Ps
Peay BAP aectare yer thy Me PS whieh eT
+ ; a ee 2 ree
te > 1 Ne
aie re yO NTE

er

err att he he re!

ae
7 sgagrerotes basse i!

yea 7° me OR PRY aT OR NRE S BBY OL HCE
aon

te decms? Pench ancien rie
Sn Aa a ot Sete ** Seer BT,
- beeen A